UC-NRLF 
 
 $B Efl? 4T3 
 
Digitized by the Internet Archive 
 
 in 2007 with funding from 
 
 IVIicrosoft Corporation 
 
 http://www.archive.org/details/baconsessaysandcOObacorich 
 
BACON'S ESSAYS 
 
BACON'S ESSAYS 
 
 AM© 
 
 COLOURS OF GOOD AND EVIL 
 
 NOTES AND GLOSSARIAL INDEX 
 
 W. ALDIS WRIGHT M.A. 
 
 TRINITY COLLEGE CAMBRIDGB 
 
 Honbon 
 
 MACMILLAN AND CO 
 1885 
 
 \All Rights reserved. \ 
 

 
 Cambniige: 
 
 I'KINTEn BY C. J. CLAY, M.A. AND SON. 
 AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS. 
 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 
 FACE 
 
 Preface vii 
 
 Essays i 
 
 Colours of Good and Evil 243 
 
 Appendix 269 
 
 Notes 289 
 
 Appendix to the Notes - Ih^ 
 
 Glossary .... ■ - l^f> 
 
 ivi59^879 
 
FRANCIS BACON 
 
 Burn 
 
 Matriculated at Trin. Coll. Cam 
 
 bridge .... 
 Admitted at Gray's Inn 
 First sat in the House of Com 
 
 mons as Member for Melcombe 
 Knighted by James i. 
 King's Counsel . 
 Solicitor General 
 Attorney General 
 Privy Councillor 
 Lord Keeper 
 Lord High Chancellor 
 Baron Vei*ulam . 
 Viscount St Alban . 
 Sentenced by the House of Lords 
 Died 
 
 2 2 Jan. 1560-1 
 
 10 June, 1573 
 21 Nov. 15/6 
 
 1584 
 
 23 July, 1603 
 
 25 Aug. 1604 
 
 25 June, 1607 
 
 26 Oct. J 61 3 
 9 June, 1 616 
 
 3 March, 161 6-; 
 
 4 Jan. 1617-8 
 July, 1618 
 
 27 Jan. 1620-1 
 3 May, 1621 
 
 9 Apr. 1626 
 
PREFACE 
 
 UNDER the date 5 Feb, 1596 the following e)itry> oc- 
 curs in the books of the Stationers'' Company. *^ Hufrey 
 Hooper. Entred for his copie under thandes of Mr 
 Fr* Bacon Mr D Stanhope Mr Barlowe, and Mr War- 
 den Dawsojiy a booke intituled Essaies Religious medi- 
 tations y places of perswasion and diswasion by Mr Fr. 
 Bacon,"*"* This zvas the frst edition of Bacon'' s Essays. 
 They were published in a small 8vo, volume^ of which 
 the full title is as follows: *^ Essay es. Religious Medi- 
 tations. Places of perswasion and disswasion. Scene 
 and allowed. At London^ Printed for Humfrey Hooper, 
 and are to be sold at the blacke Beare in Chauncery 
 Lane. 1597." The dedication to Antoity Bacon occu- 
 pies three pages. Then follow the table of Contents and 
 the Essays, ten in number; i. Of stud ie. 2. Of dis- 
 course. 3. Of Ceremonies and respe(fls, 4. Of fol- 
 lowers and friends. 5. Sutors. 6. Of expence. 7. Of 
 Regivient of health, 8. Of Honour and reputation, 
 9. Of Faclion. 10. Of Negociating, The Essays 
 occupy thirteen folios y and are followed by the ^* Medi- 
 tationes SacrcVy"^ or Religious Meditatiofis, in Latin^ 
 
 b2 
 
viii ^Preface 
 
 consisting of 15 folios besides the tiile^ and these by 
 '* The Coulet's of Good and euiilj" which are the 
 ''''places of perswasion and disyiuasion*'' already men- 
 tioned. The nnmbering of the folios in the last two is 
 consecutive, 32 /// all. This volume was dedicated by 
 Bacon to his brother Anthony in the following Epistle. 
 
 The Epistle Dedicatorie 
 
 To M. Anthony Bacon 
 
 his deare Brother. 
 
 Louing and beloued Brother, I doe nowe like some 
 that haue an Orcharde ill neighbored, that gather their 
 fniit before it is ripe, to preuent stealing. These frag- 
 ments of my conceites were going to print; To labour 
 the stale of them had bin troublesome, and snbiecl to 
 interpretation ; to let them passe had beene to adneture 
 the wrong they mought receiue by vntrne Coppies, or by 
 some garnishment, which it mought please any that 
 should set theju forth to bestow vpon them. Therefore 
 I helde it best discreation to publish them my selfe as 
 they passed long agoe from my pen, withotit any fur- 
 ther disgrace, then the weaknesse of the Author. And 
 as I did euer hold, there mought be as great a vanitie in 
 retiring and withdrawing mens conceites {except they 
 bee of some nature) from the world, as in obtruding 
 them : So in these particulars I haue played my selfe 
 the Inquisitor, and find nothing to my vnderstanding 
 in them contrarie or infedlious to the state of Religion, 
 or manners, but rather {as I suppose) medicinable. 
 Vnly I disliked now to put them out because they will 
 
^preface ix 
 
 bee like the late new halfe-pence^^ which though the 
 Siluer were goody yet the peeces were small. But since 
 they would not stay with their Master^ but would 7ieedes 
 trauaile abroade, I haue preferred thein to you that are 
 next my sel/e. Dedicating them^ such as they are, to our 
 loue, in the depth whereof {/ assure you) I sometimes 
 wish your infirmities translated vppon my selfe^ that 
 her Maiestie mought hatie the seruice of so adliue and 
 able a mind, ^ I mought be with excuse confined to 
 these cojitemplations 6^ Studies for which I am fittest, 
 so commend I you to the preseruation of the diuine 
 Maiestie, From my Chamber at Graies Inne this 30. 
 of lanuarie. 1597. 
 
 Your entire Lotting brother. 
 
 Fran. Bacon. 
 
 The date of this letter, if not a printer'' s error, is 
 evidently intended to be 1596-7, according to the then 
 reckoning of the civil year, which began on the i^th of 
 March. We have the entry at Stationers^ Hall on 
 Feb. $; a memorandum on the title page of the copy in 
 the British Museum that it was sold on the ^th of Feb., 
 ^()Eliz. {i.e. 1596-7); and a letter of Anthony Bacon^s 
 to the Earl of Essex, zvritten on the ^th of Feb. 1596, 
 which appears to have accompanied a presentation copy 
 of the Essays. There are MSS. of this edition in the 
 British Museum (Lansd. MSS. 775), and the Cam- 
 bridge Univ. Lib, (Nn. 4. 5). The latter I have 
 
 1 Coined for the first time in 1582-3, and used without in- 
 terruption till i6oi. See Folkes, Table of English Silver Coins, 
 p. 57, ed. 1745. 
 
X Pretace 
 
 printed in the Appendix, A fragment containing the 
 essays * 0/ Faction* and * Of N^cgoiiatinge'' is in the 
 ' Harleian coUe(flion {no. 6797). In 1598 a second edi- 
 tion was published by Ilnnifrey Hooper^ also in small 
 SvOf differing from the first in having the Meditations 
 in English^ and the table of Contents of the Essays at 
 the back of the title page. A pirated edition 7uas printed 
 for John Jaggard in 1606, and in 161 2 he was pre- 
 paring afioiher reprint f when the second author's edition 
 appeared. In consequence of this^ J^^ggdrd cancelled 
 the last two leaves of quire 6", arid in their place sub- 
 stituted ^^ the second part of EssaieSy^"" which contains 
 all the additional Essays not printed in the edition of 
 1597. On the authority of a MS. list by Malone Mr 
 Singer mentions an edition in 1604, but I have found 
 no other trace of it. 
 
 During the summer of the year 161 2 Bacon himself 
 had prepared and printed, in a small ^vo. volume of 
 24 1 pages J a second edition of the Essays by themselves, 
 in which the original ten, with the exception of that 
 ** Of Honour and repitation^'" 7vere altered and en- 
 larged y and twertty-nine neiv Essays added. The title 
 of this second edition is; " The Essaies of S' Francis 
 Bacon Knight, the Kings Solliciter Generall. Imprinted 
 at London by lohn Beale, 16 12." It was entered at 
 Stationers* Hall on the \ith of 0(flober, as follo7vs. 
 ** W"^ Hall, John Beale. Entred for their copy under 
 the handcs of my Lo: Bysshopp of London & the 
 Wardens A booke called The Essayes of S* Fr* Bacon 
 knight the Ks Sollicitor gen^all.*'' It was Bacon" s in- 
 tention to have dedicated it to Prince Henry, and the 
 dedication was adually ivritten, but in consequence of 
 
^xthtt xi 
 
 t/te Prince's death on the 6th of November, it was ad- 
 dressed instead to his brother in law Sir John Con- 
 stable^. A copy of the dedication to Prince Henry 
 exists in the British Museum {Birch MSS. /^i<^(^,fol, 
 155), and is written on a single leaf which appears on 
 examination to have belonged to an imperfect MS. of 
 the Essays, preserved among the Harleian MSS. {no. 
 5106), which Mr Spedding describes as **<z volume 
 undoubtedly authentic; for it contains interlineations 
 in Bacon's own hand; and transcribed some time 
 between 1607, when Bacon became Solicitor-general, 
 and 1612, when he brought out a neiu edition of the 
 Essays with further additions and alterations. It is 
 unluckily not quite perfc<fl; one leaf at least, if not 
 more, having been lost at the beginning; though other- 
 wise in excellent preservation. 
 
 ** The title page, which remains, bears the follo7uing 
 inscription, very handsotncly luritten in the old English 
 character, with flourished capitals: The writings of 
 Sr Francis Bacon Knt. the Kinge's SoUicitor Gene- 
 rail : in Moralitie, Policie, and Historie." (Bacon's 
 Works, VI. /. 535). 
 
 The Essays in this MS. are thijiyfour in number, 
 and include two, " Of Honour and Reputation'' and 
 " Of Seditions and Troubles," which are not contained 
 tn the edition of 1612, while in the printed edition six 
 new Essays were added, ^^ Of Religion," *''' Of Cun- 
 ning," '' Of Lone," '' Of Judicature," '' Of vaine 
 glory" and " Of greatnes of Kingdomes." It is to 
 this MS. I have referred in the notes, when quoting the 
 
 2 Sir John Constable married Dorothy Bamham the sister 
 of Lady Bacon. 
 
xii preface 
 
 MS. of the edition of 1612. The dedication to Prince 
 Henry was as folioivs : 
 
 *' To the most high and excellent Prince Henry j Prince 
 of Wales, D: of Cornwall and Earle of Chester 
 
 Yt may please your H 
 
 Having devided my life into the contemplative 
 and adlivc parte, I am desirous to giue his M, and 
 yo' H. of thefruiie of both, simple thonghe they be. To 
 ivrite iust Treatises requircth leasure in the Writer, 
 and leasnre in the Reader, aftd therefore are not so fitt, 
 neither in regard of yo^ H: princely affaires, nor in 
 regard of my continnall service, itf^ is the cause, that 
 hath made me choose to write certaine breif notes, sett 
 downe rather signifcajitlye, then curiously, w** / have 
 called ESSAIES, The word is late, but the thing is 
 auncienl. For Senacaes Epistles to Lucilius, yf one 
 marke them well, are but Essaies, — That is dispersed 
 Meditacons, thoughe conveyed in the forme of Epistles. 
 Theis labors of myne I knoiv cannot be worthie of 
 yo' H: for what can be worthie of you. But my hope 
 is, they may be as graynes of salte, that will rather 
 give you an appetite, then offend you "uf^ satiety. And 
 althoughe they handle those things wherein both mens 
 Lives and theire pens are most conversafit yet {What I 
 have attained, I knowe not) but I have endeavoured to 
 make them not vulgar; but of a nature, whereof a man 
 shall find much i?t experience, litle in bookes ; so as 
 they are neither repeticons norfansies. But howsoever, 
 I shall most humbly desier yo" H: to accept them in 
 gtntious part, and so contrive that if I cannot rest, 
 
i^rcface xiii 
 
 but must shewe my dutifully and dez'oted affe(^ion to 
 yo*^ H: in theis things ttf'' proceed from my self, I 
 shalbe much more ready to doe it, in performance of 
 yo' princely commaundmente ; And so wishing yo^ 
 H: all princely felicitye I rest. 
 
 Yo" H: most htnnhle 
 
 Servant.^'' 
 
 The dedication to Sir John Constable is more simple 
 and natural, 
 
 ** To my loving brother^ S"^ John Constable Knight. 
 
 My last Essaies I dedicated to my deare brother 
 Master Anthony Bacon^ who is with God. Looking 
 amongst my papers this vacation ^ I found others of the 
 same Nature: which if I my selfe shall not suffer to 
 be lostf it seemeth the IVorld will not; by the often 
 printing of the former. Missing my Brother, I found 
 you next; in respecfl of bond of neare alliance, and of 
 straight friendship and societie, and particularly of 
 communication in studies. Wherein I must acknow- 
 ledge my selfe beholding to you. For as my businesse 
 found rest in my contemplations ; so my contemplations 
 euer found rest in your louing conference and iudge- 
 ment. So wishing you all good, I remaine 
 
 Your louing brother and friend, 
 
 Fra. Bacon." 
 
 The Table of Contents gives a list of forty Essays 
 but the last two were not printed, i. Of Religion. 2. 
 Of Death. 3. Of Coodnes and goodnes of nature. 4. 0/ 
 
xiv preface 
 
 Cunning. 5. Of Marriage and single life. 6. 0/ Pa- 
 rents and Children, 7. Of Nobilitie. 8. Of Great 
 place. (). Of Empire. 10. Of Couftsell. \i. Of Dispatch, 
 
 11. Of Loue. 13. Of Friends hippe. 14, Of Atheisme. 
 15. Of Superstition. 16. Of Wisdome for a Mans selfe. 
 J 7. Of Regiment of Health. 18. OfExpences. 19. Cy 
 Piscourse. 20. Of Seeming wise. 21. Cy Riches. 
 
 12. Of Ambition. 23. Of Young men a?td age, 24. 
 Cy Beautie. 25. (y Deformitie. 26. Of nature in 
 Men. 27. Of Custome and Education. 28. Of For- 
 tune, 29. Of Studies. 30. Cy" Ceremonies and respects. 
 31. Of Sutors. 32. Of Followers. 33. Of Negociating. 
 34. Of Fadlion. 35. Of Praise. 36. Of Judicature. 
 37. Of vaine glory. 38. Of greatnes of Kingdomes. 
 39. Cy //^^ publike, 40. Cy Warre and peace. Tlie 
 second edition must have been published between the 
 6th of November, the date of Prince Henry's deaths 
 and the I'jth of Dec. when Chamberlain wrote the let* 
 ter which is quoted in the note to Essay 44, 
 
 /;/ 161 3 Jaggard published a reprint of this edition^ 
 also i7i small Svo, containing the omitted Essay " Of 
 Honour and Reputation" the Religious Meditations, 
 and the Colours of Good and Evil; and in the same 
 year another reprint was issued by the same publisher 
 with a new title page and the printer's errors of the 
 former corretfled. Copies of both these impressions are 
 in the Cambridge University Library, to which they 
 were presented i with a large colledlion of Bacon'^s works, 
 by Basil Montagu, The latter is noted in Montagues 
 Catalogue as having Bacoti's autograph, but the fly leaf 
 containing it has been torn out^ apparently since it has 
 been in the Library, 
 
J3teface xv 
 
 In 1614 aiiothei' edition appeared^ piinied at Edin- 
 burgh for A. Hart, 
 
 Malo7ie mentions an edition in 161 8, /;/ the dedica- 
 tion to which, he says. Bacon ^^ speaks of several 
 editions having been then printed''' {Priot^s Life of 
 Malone, /. 424). If the date be corredl, which there 
 is reason to doubt, this coidd only have been a reprint 
 of the edition of 1612. In Reed's Catalogue {no. 1683) 
 a copy is ineittioned with the date 16 19, and another 
 {no. 1772) a quarto with the date 1622. Mr Singer 
 says, but without giving his authority, " there were, it 
 seems, editions in 1622, 1623, and 1624 in ^to.^^ I have 
 been unable to find any of these. 
 
 In 1624 was published a reprint of yagga^-d's 
 pirated editioti of 16 13, by Elizabeth jfaggard, probably 
 his widow. All the above 7nentioned are in small Svo. 
 
 The third a7td last author* s edition, of which the pre- 
 satt vohune is a reprint, was published in small ^to in 
 1625, the year before BacoiCs death. The number of 
 Essays was increased to fifty -eight, of which tzventy 
 were new and the rest altered or enlarged. The entiy 
 at Statiofiers* Hall is dated the 13/// of March, 1624. 
 ^*'Mr Whiteacre. Hanna Barrett. Entered for their 
 copie under the handes of the lo. B. of London and Mr 
 Lownes Warden. The Essayes dr» cotmsell morrall attd 
 civill of Francis lo. Verulam Vicount St Albon^'' A 
 copy ift the Cambridge University Library {xvii. 36. 
 14) was presented by Bacon to Sir JohJt Finch on the 
 30M of March 1625. // was therefore evidently pnib- 
 lished some time in the latter part of March 1624 — 5. 
 
 The three editions of i$()'j, 1612, and 1^25 are the 
 only ones which possess any authority, the rest appa- 
 
xvi JPrefac^ 
 
 rently having been issued without the author's super- 
 vision or sauiflion. But in 1618 an Italian translation 
 of the second edition was published by John Beale, 
 which was made 7vith Bacon"* s knowledge^ if not at his 
 reqtiest, Tlu author of the translation is not known, 
 Mr Singer conje/lurcd that it was Father Fulgentio, 
 but Air Spedding shcivs clearly, by an extraifl from the 
 preface of Andrea Ciob\ who brought out a revised 
 reprint at Florence in 16 19, that the translation was 
 not the work of an Italian^ but of sonu foreigner^ in 
 all probability of an Englishman. The volume in 
 which it is contained is a small Svo, entitled, ** Saggi 
 Morali del Signore Francesco Bacono, Cavagliero In- 
 giese, Gran Cancelliero d* Inghilterra. Con vn^altro 
 suo Trattato della Sapienza degli Antichi. Tradotti 
 in Italiano, In Londra. Appresso di Giovanni Billio, 
 1618." The Saggi Morali occupy J02 pages, and are 
 thirty-eight in number; the two Essays ^ Of Religion"* 
 and ^ Of Superstition^ being omitted, and their place 
 supplied by those ^ Of Honour and Reputation,'' and 
 ^ Of Seditions and Troubles,' the latter of which had 
 vot as yet appeared in English, The dedication to 
 Cosmo, Grand Duke of Tuscany, was written by Mr 
 Tobie Matthew, Baeon's intimate friend, but throws 
 no light upon the autliorship of tlu translation. He 
 merely says that he found the two works in the posses- 
 sion of Sir William Cavendish, who presented tJiem to 
 him with the Authors pennissiofi. That the transla- 
 tion was published with Bacon's sanction is evident 
 from t/ie f^fl that the Essay ** Of Seditions and Trou- 
 bles,'' which then existed only in MS., was included in 
 the volvme, and that a portion of the dedicatory letter to 
 
i^reface xvii 
 
 Prince Henry was incorporated in Mailhezv's preface. 
 The passage '* To write iust Treatises, . ./ansies" is trans^ 
 lated nearly word for word, the change of person being 
 of course observed. Of this Italian translation, aC' 
 cording to Mr Singer, there were two editions bearing 
 the same date, but differing in the titles of some of the 
 Essays, As I have seen but one, I subjoin his descrip- 
 tion. He says, ^^In one of the copies now before me 
 the Essays contain 102 pages, the Wisdom of the An- 
 cients 150 pages, and a list of Errata is appended to 
 each. In the other copy the Essays comprise 112 pages, 
 the last of which is blank; the Wisdom of the Ancients 
 lid pages only, and there is no list of Errata. Beside 
 the changes in the titles of the Essays, there are also 
 some in the titles of the chapters in the Wisdom of the 
 Ancients ; and it is probable that the text of the version 
 is also revised y but I have not collated //^" 
 
 The French translation published in 16 19 was by 
 Sir Arthur Gorges, 
 
 But the only translation to which any importance 
 can be attached, as having in a great measure the impress 
 of Bacon^s authority, is the Latin, From the dedica- 
 tion of the third edition it is evident that, at the time it 
 was written. Bacon had in course of preparation a 
 jLatin translation of the Essays, which it appears to 
 have been his intention to have published immediately, 
 probably as part of the volume of which we find the 
 entry in the books of Stationers' Hall, on the ^th of 
 April, 1625, but which he did not live to bring out. 
 The entry is as follows: '*Mrs Griff n, Jo. Havilond, 
 Entred for their coppie ufider the hands of Do<T 
 Wilson and Maihewes Lowius warden A booke called 
 
xviii J^rcfacf 
 
 Operum Francisci Baronis Vemlami Vice Comitis 
 Saftcfli Albani by S' Fran: Bacon.'' This was proba- 
 bly intended to be the second volume of his works, the 
 De Augmentis being the firsts and to have contained 
 what were aftenmrds published by his chaplain, D> 
 Rawley, in 1638, ufider the title Operum Moralium et 
 Civilium Tomus. Amo?tg these were the Essays in 
 their Latin dress: '"' Sermones fideles, sive interiora 
 rerum. Per Fraitcisciun Baconuni Baronem de Verji* 
 lamio, Vice-Comitem Sancli Albania The question 
 then arises, by whom was the trarislation made ? In^ 
 tenial evidmce is sufficient to shew that it luas the work 
 0/ several hands, but it is impossible from this alone to 
 assign to each his work. Archbishop Ten i son, in his 
 Baconiana {pp. 60, 6r, ed. 1679) ^^y^ of the Essays: 
 " The Latine Translation of them was a Work per^ 
 formed by divers Hands; by those of Do(flor Ilacket 
 {late Bishop of Lichfield) Air. Benjamin Johnson {the 
 learned and judicious Poet) and some others, whose 
 Names I once heard from Dr. RslwIgj ; but / cannot 
 now recal them. To this Latine Edition, he gave the 
 Title of Sermones Fideles, after the mamier of the 
 Jews, who calVd the words Adagies, or Observatiens 
 of the Wise, Faithful Sayings ; that is, credible Propo- 
 sitions worthy of firfti Assent, and ready Acceptance, 
 And {as I think) he alluded more particularly, in this 
 Title, to a passage in Ecclesiastes^, where the Preacher 
 saith that he sought to find out Verba Delecflabilia, {as 
 Tremellius rendreth the Hebrew) pleasant Words, 
 {tliat is, perhaps, his Book of Canticles) ; attd Verba 
 
 * Eccles. xii. lo, ii. 
 
i^reface xix 
 
 Fidelia {as the same Tremellius) Faithful Sayings; 
 tneanijig, it may be^ his Colletflion of Proverbs. /;/ 
 the next Verse, he calls them Words of the Wise, and 
 so many Goads and Nails given Ab eodem Pastore, 
 from the same Shepherd \ofthe Flock of Israel^^* The 
 next direct testimony is that of Aubrey. Speaking of 
 Hobbes of ATalmesbury, and his intimacy with Bacon, 
 he says; ''''Mr. Tho. Hobbes {Malmesburiensis) was 
 beloved by his Lo'. who was wojtt to have him walke 
 with him in his delicate groves, when he did meditate : 
 and when a notion darted into his mind, Mr. Hobbes 
 was presently to write it downe, aftd his Lo*. was wont 
 to say that he did it better tha?t any one els abozit him ; 
 for that fnajiy tifnes, when he read their notes he scarce 
 understood what they writt, because they understood it 
 not clearly themselves'"^ (Letters, II. 222, 3). Again; 
 ^^He assisted his Lordship in translating severall of his 
 essay es into Latin, one L well remember is that. Of the 
 Greatness of Cities: the rest 1 have forgott*^ (ll. /. 602). 
 In another passage Aubrey is still more precise: ^^He 
 told me that he was employed in translating part of the 
 Essay es, viz. three of them, one whereof was that of the 
 Greatnesse of Cities, the other two I have now forgotV'* 
 (11. p. 234). The Essay here called ** Of the Greatnesse 
 of Cities^"* is no doubt that which stands as Essay 
 XXIX. ^^ Of the true Greatnesse of Kingdomes and 
 Estates,^'' and which first appeared in Latin in the De 
 Augmentis. // is certainly one of the best translated of 
 all, and arguing from internal evidence, based on a 
 comparison of it with the rest, I should be inclined to 
 set down as the other two, which Hobbes translated but 
 which Aubrey had forgotten, the Essays ''^ Of Simula- 
 
 C2 
 
XX preface 
 
 tion and Dissimulation,^^ and ^^0/ Innovations.^'' 
 This of course is a mere conjedure, but it seems a rea- 
 sonable one. Who translated the others it is impossible 
 to say. Among the Maloniana in Priory's Life of Ma- 
 lone (/. 424, ed. i860), we find the following. *^It 
 is not com7?ionly known that the translation 0/ Bacon"* s 
 Essays i?ito Latin, which was published in 1619, was 
 done by the famous John Selden; but this is proved 
 decisively by a letter from N, N. {John Selden N.) to 
 Camden {See Camden. Epistol., 4/^. 1691, /. 278). In 
 the General Dicft. and several other books, this transla- 
 tion is ascribed to Bishop Hacket and Ben Jonson,^"* 
 The letter to which Ala lone alludes is anonymous, and 
 the writer says that he had translated Bacon's Essays 
 into Latin, after the correiflest copy published in 
 Italian. The original is among the Cotton MSS. 
 Julius C. 5, and is ez'idently a transcript in some 
 hand not Selden'' s. In the heading as it stands in the 
 printed volume, **iV. N. Clarissimo Viro Gulielmo 
 Camdeno suo,'"' N. N. (i. e. non nominato) is added by 
 the editor, who was certainly not aware that Selden 
 7vas the writer. What authority Malone had for 
 speaking so positively upon the point I have been unable 
 (0 discover. There is nothing contrary to probability in 
 /he supposition that Selden may have translated the 
 Essays in 16 19, but there is nothing to shew that his 
 translation was ever published, as Malone asserts. It 
 certainly is not indicated in the letter itself of which 
 the following is the passage in question. ^^ Joannes 
 Sarisburiensis e nostris pene solus est, qui rimatus 
 arcana Ethices et Philologice puriora, monimentum 
 reliquit metitis Philosophicce in libris de nugis Curia- 
 
i^reface xxi 
 
 Hum; nuperrime vera viagnus ille Franciscus Ba^ 
 conus in t€?itameniis suis Ethico-poliiicis, qua ex 
 Anglico sermone ad correcflissimum, Italice editum, 
 exemplar, in Latinum transtuli.^^ The date of the 
 letter is ''Londini xiv Julii Anglorum CID.DC.XIX:'' 
 There is o?te allusion in it which favours the supposi- 
 tio7i that it may have been Selden^s, ''*' Propterea si 
 sapientice et scientianim in Britannia nondum ccelitus 
 edoda lineame?tta enucleatius exposuero in Historiis 
 meiSf qualia apud priscos cum Druydes, turn Saxones 
 {parentes nostros) ea extitisse comperero, haud perpe- 
 ram ego aut inutiliter bonas horas trivisse judicer, 
 utpote quce ad bonam mentem sua more fecerint.^* This 
 may refer to his Analecfta Anglo-Britannica, and the 
 Notes to Drayton"* s Polyolbion ; but upon such evidence 
 it is impossible to decide. 
 
 There are strong indications of Bacon's supervision 
 in the translation of the Essays ^^ Of FlantationSy** 
 ^' Of Building,'" and '' Of Gardens,'' in which there 
 are alterations and additions which none but the authof 
 himself would have vefttured to make. In the other 
 Essays the deviations from the English are not so re- 
 markable, though even i7t these there are variations 
 which are worthy of notice. The most important are 
 given in the notes to the present Volume. 
 
 That the preparation of a Latin trajislation had 
 been in Bacon's mind for two or three years before his 
 death is clear, from a letter to Mr Tobie Matthew, 
 written apparently about the ertd of June, 1623. * * // is 
 true, my labours are now most set to have those works, 
 which I had formerly published, as that of Advance- 
 ment of Learning, that of Henry VII. that of the 
 
xxii i^refacc 
 
 Essays, being retradate, and made more perfed^ well 
 translated into Latin by the help of some good pens, 
 which forsake me not. For these modern languages 
 willy at one time or other, play the bankrupts with 
 books : and since I have lost much time with this age, 
 I would be glad, as God shall give me leave, to recover 
 it with posterity^'' {Bacon's Works, xii. /. 448, ed. 
 Montagu), But there is nothing to shew that any 
 part of the translation was done by Bacon himself ; it 
 is probable that he exercised only a general supervision 
 aver it. 
 
 The Colours of Good and Evil were first published 
 in 1597, in the volume already described as containing 
 the first edition of the Essays. They were reprinted in 
 the edition of 1598, and in the various pirated impres- 
 sions of which account has been given, but never again 
 in English with Bacons sandlion. They were incor- 
 porated in the De Augmentis, where they appear in 
 Latin in B. 6. c. 3, with some addition£ and alterations. 
 
 A few words remain to be said with regard to the 
 present volume. L have endeavoured to give an acairate 
 reprint of the edition of 162^, from a comparison often 
 copies of that edition which, though bearing the same 
 date, are all different from each other in points of no 
 great importance. The variations of these copies are 
 given in the Appendix to the Azotes. The only alter- 
 ation I have made has beat the adoption of the modem 
 usage with regard to the letters u and v. The Colours 
 of Good and Evil are reprinted from the edition of 
 1597; the deviations from it are given in the Notes, 
 and are merely corretflions of obvious errors. My 
 chief objed in the Notes themselves has been to sheiv 
 
i^refact xxiii 
 
 hcno the Essays have gtvwn into their present shape, 
 and for this purpose I have marked all the variations 
 from the previous editions of 1597, and 161 2, and 
 have given indication of the manmr in which in ecuh 
 successive edition the Essays were expanded and modi- 
 fied. In addition to this I have quoted, where possible^ 
 any parallel passages which I had met with in other 
 works of Bacon, and which appeared either to contain 
 the germ of an Essay, or to exhibit the same thought 
 in another form. Throughout I have collated the 
 Latin translation, and have given the results of the col- 
 lation wherever it seemed to throw any light upon, or to 
 contain anything which was not in the English Edi- 
 Hon. The Glossary is intended, not so much to assist 
 the English reader, who will find few difficulties in 
 Bacon'' s language or style, as to record all the archaisms 
 both of di(flion and construtflion which seemed worthy 
 of note. With regard to the names of the plants con- 
 tained in the Essay " Of Gardens'"* I have endeavoured 
 as far as possible, by consulting the old herbals of Lyte, 
 Gerarde, and Parkinson, to identify them with the 
 more modem appellations, but I cannot hope, in all 
 cases, to have been successful. 
 
 In conclusion, I have to express my thanks to 
 the Stationers'* Company for permission to search 
 their books for the entries of the three editions of the 
 Essays published in Bacon's life time, and to Mr 
 Spedding for the ready assistance he has always given 
 me in all cases of doubt and difficulty upon which I 
 have consulted him. 
 
 W. A. WRIGHT. 
 Cambridge, 
 4 Sept., i86'i. 
 
PREFACE TO THE THIRD EDITION. 
 
 In the present edition the text and notes have under- 
 gone a complete revision, and some slight errors have 
 been corrected. 
 
 The insertion of a few notes, and the addition of 
 some words to the Glossarial Index are all the material 
 changes that have been made. 
 
 W, A, IV, 
 
 Cambridge, 
 12 May, 1865. 
 
THE 
 
 E S S A Y E S 
 
 OR 
 
 COVNSELS, 
 
 CIVILL AND 
 
 M O R A L L, 
 
 OF 
 
 FRANCIS LO. VERVLAM, 
 VISCOVNT St Alban. 
 
 Newly enlarged. 
 
 LONDON, 
 
 Printed by lOHN Haviland for 
 
 Hanna Barret, and Richard 
 
 Whitaker, and are to be sold 
 
 at the signe of the Kings head in 
 
 Pauls Church-yard. 16-25. 
 
xxviii '2ri)e €Fpt0tle i3cl)uatone 
 
 Latine Volume of them, (being in the Vniuersall Lan- 
 guage) may last, as long as Bookes last. My Instaura- 
 tio7i, I dedicated to the K'nig: My HistorieoiHENR V 
 the Seue?tth, (which I haue now also translated into 
 Latine) and my Portions of Naturall History'^ to the 
 Prince: And these I dedicate to your Grace; Being 
 of the best Fruits, that by the good Encrease, which 
 God giues to my Pen and Labours, I could yeeld. 
 God leade your Grace by the Hand. 
 
 Your Graces most Obliged and 
 faithfull Seruant^ 
 
 Fr. St. ALBAN. 
 
THE TABLE 
 
 PAGB 
 
 T Of Truth I 
 
 1 Of Death 5 
 
 3 Of Vnitie in Religion .... 8 
 
 4 Of Reuenge . . . . . .14 
 
 5 Of Aduersitie 16 
 
 6 Of Simulation and Dissimulation . . 18 
 
 7 Of Parents and Children . . . • '23 
 
 8 Of Marriage and Single Life ... 26 
 
 9 Of Enuie -29 
 
 10 Of Loue 36 
 
 1 1 Of Great Place 39 
 
 12 Of Boldnesse ...... 44 
 
 13 Of Goodnessc^ and Goodnesse of Nature . 47 
 
 14 Of Nobilitie 51 
 
 15 Of Seditions and Troubles . . .54 
 
 16 Of A theism e 64 
 
 17 Of Superstition 68 
 
 18 Of Trauaile . . . ... 71 
 
 19 Of Empire 76 
 
 ^o Of Cotinsell 82 
 
XXX IZrje '^Me 
 
 I'AGE 
 
 2 1 0/ Delaics 89 
 
 22 Of Cunning . . . . . '91 
 
 23 Of Wisdome for a Mans Selfe ... 96 
 
 24 Of Iftnouatiojts ..... 99 
 
 25 Of Dispatch 10 1 
 
 26 Of Seeming Wise . . . . .104 
 
 27 Of Frendship 106 
 
 28 Of Expence 116 
 
 29 Of the true Greatnesse of Kingdomes and 
 
 Estates . . . . . . .118 
 
 30 Of Regiment of Health . . . .131 
 
 31 Of Suspicion 134 
 
 32 Of Discourse . . .136 
 
 33 Of Plantations 139 
 
 34 Of Riches 144 
 
 35 Of Prophecies 149 
 
 36 Of Ambition 153 
 
 37 Of Maskes and Triumphs . . .156 
 
 38 Of Nature in Men 159 
 
 39 Of Custome and Education . .162 
 
 40 Of Fortune 1 65 
 
 41 Of Vsur}' 168 
 
 42 Of Youth and Age 1 73 
 
 43 Of Beautie 176 
 
 44 Of Deformitie 178 
 
 45 Of Building 180 
 
 46 Of Gardens 186 
 
 47 Of Negotiating 195 
 
 48 Of Followers and Frends . . . . 1 98 
 
 49 Of Sutours 201 
 
 50 Of Studies 204 
 
'^t^e ^able 
 
 XXXI 
 
 51 Of Fadion 
 
 52 Of Ceremonies and Respeds 
 
 53 Of Praise 
 
 54 Of Vain-Glory 
 
 55 Of Honour and Reputation 
 
 56 Of Judicature . 
 
 57 Of Anger 
 
 58 Q/" Vicissitude of Things . 
 
 PAGE 
 207 
 210 
 
 216 
 219 
 222 
 228 
 
 «3i 
 
 Of Fame ^ a fragment 
 
 239 
 
ESSAYES 
 
 ©f ®rut6 
 
 WHAT is Truth; said jesting P/to<f/ And 
 would not stay for an Answer. Certainly 
 there be, that delight in Giddinesse; And count 
 it a Bondage, to fix a Beleefe ; Affeding Free- 
 will in Thinking, as well as in Ailing. And 
 though the Se<5ls of Philosophers of that Kinde 
 be gone, yet there remaine certaine discours- 
 ing Wits, which are of the same veines, though 
 there be not so much Bloud in them, as was 
 in those of the Ancients. But it is not onely 
 the Difficultie, and Labour, which Men take 
 in finding out of Truth; Nor againe, that when 
 it is found, it imposeth upon mens Thoughts; 
 that doth bring Lies in favour: But a naturall, 
 though corrupt Love, of the Lie it selfe. One 
 of the later Schoole of the Grecians, examin- 
 eth the matter, and is at a stand, to thinke 
 what should be in it, that men should love 
 Lies; Where neither they make for Pleasure, 
 as with Poets; Nor for Advantage, as with 
 
 B 
 
2 lEi^^ajie^ 
 
 the Merchant; but for the Lies sake. But I 
 cannot tell ; This same Truths is a Naked, and 
 Open day hght, that doth not shew, the Masques, 
 and Mummeries, and Triumphs of the world, 
 halfe so Stately, and daintily, as Candlelights. 
 Truth may perhaps come to the price of a 
 Pearle, that sheweth best by day : But it will 
 not rise, to the price of a Diamond, or Carbun- 
 cle, that sheweth best in varied lights. A mix- 
 ture of a Lie doth ever adde Pleasure. Doth 
 any man doubt, that if there were taken out of 
 Mens Mindes, Vaine Opinions, Flattering Hopes, 
 False valuations. Imaginations as one would, 
 and the like ; but it would leave the Mindes, of 
 a Number of Men, poore shrunken Things; 
 full of Melancholy, and Indisposition, and un- 
 pleasing to themselves? One of the Fathers, 
 in great Severity, called Poesie, Vininn Dcemo- 
 mnn; because it fiUeth the Imagination, and 
 yet it is, but with the shadow of a Lie. But it 
 is not the Lie^ that passeth through the Minde, 
 but the Lie that sinketh in, and setleth in it, 
 that doth the hurt, such as we spake of before. 
 But howsoever these things are thus, in mens 
 depraved ludgements, and Affedlions, yet Truth, 
 which onely doth iudge it selfe, teacheth, that 
 the Inquirie of Truth, which is the Love-making, 
 or Wooing of it; The knowledge of Truth, 
 which is the Presence of it ; and the Beleefe of 
 Truth, which is the Enioying of it ; is the 
 Soveraigne Good of humane Nature. The first 
 Creature of God, in the workes of the Dayes, 
 was the Light of the Sense ; The last, was the 
 Light of Reason; And his Sabbath Work^ 
 
ever since, is the Illumination of his Spirit. 
 First he breathed Light, upon the Face, of the 
 Matter or Chaos ; Then he breathed Light, into 
 the Face of Man ; and still he breatheth and in- 
 spireth Light, into the Face of his Chosen. The 
 Poet, that beautified the Sedl, that was other- 
 wise inferiour to the rest, saith yet excellently 
 well : // is a pleasure to stand upon the shore, 
 and to see ships tost upon the Sea: A pleasure 
 to stand in the window of a Castle, and to see a 
 Battaile, and the Adventures thereof, below: But 
 no pleasure is comparable, to the standing, upon 
 the vatitage ground of Truth : (A hill not to be 
 commanded, and where the Ayre is alwaies 
 cleare and serene ;) A 7td to see the Errours, and 
 Wandrings, arid Mists, and Ternpests, in the 
 vale below : So alwaies, that this prospedl, be 
 with Pitty, and not with Swelling, or Pride. 
 Certainly, it is Heaven upon Earth, to have a 
 Mans Minde Move in Charitie, Rest in Provi- 
 dence, and Turne upon the Poles of Truth. 
 
 To passe from Theologicall, and Philosophi- 
 call Truth, to the Truth of civill Businesse ; It 
 will be acknowledged, even by those, that prac- 
 tize it not, that cleare and Round dealing, is the 
 Honour of Mans Nature ; And that Mixture of 
 Falshood, is like Allay in Coyne of Gold and 
 Silver; which may make the Metall worke the 
 better, but it embaseth it. For these winding, 
 and crooked courses, are the Goings of the Ser- 
 pent; which goeth basely upon the belly, and 
 not upon the Feet There is no Vice, that doth 
 so cover a Man with Shame, as to be found 
 false, and perfidious. And therefore Moun- 
 
 B2 
 
4 ^^^ase^ 
 
 taigny saith prettily, when he enquired the rea- 
 son, why the word of the Lie^ should be such a 
 Disgrace, and such an Odious Charge? Saith 
 he, If it be well weighed^ To say that a ma?i. 
 liethj is as much to say, as that he is brave to- 
 wards Godj and a Coward towards Men. For 
 a Lie faces God, and shrinkes from Man. Surely 
 the Wickednesse of Falshood, and Breach of 
 Faith, cannot possibly be so highly expressed, 
 as in that it shall be the last Peale, to call the 
 ludgemcnts of God, upon the Generations of 
 Men, It being foretold, that when Christ com- 
 methj He shall notjlftde Faith tipon the Earth. 
 
II 
 
 MEN feare Death ^ as Children feare to goe 
 in the darke : And as that Natural Feare 
 in Children, is increased with Tales, so is the 
 other. Certainly, the Contemplation of Death, 
 as the wages of smne, and Passage to another 
 world, is Holy, and Religious ; But the Feare 
 of it, as a Tribute due unto Nature, is weake. 
 Yet in Religious Meditations, there is some- 
 times. Mixture of Vanitie, and of Superstition. 
 You shal reade, in some of the Friars Books 
 of Mortification, that a man should thinke 
 with himselfe, what the Paine is, if he have 
 but his Fingers end Pressed, or Tortured ; And 
 thereby imagine, what the Paines of Death are, 
 when the whole Body, is corrupted and dis- 
 solved ; when many times. Death passeth with 
 lesse paine, then the Torture of a Limme : 
 For the most vitall parts, are not the quickest 
 of Sense. And by him, that spake onely as a 
 Philosopher, and Naturall Man, it was well 
 said; Pompa Mortis viagis terret, qucim Mors 
 ipsa, Groanes and Convulsions, and a disco- 
 
6 tssJ^age^ 
 
 loured Face, and Friends weeping, and Blackes, 
 and Obsequies, and the like, shew Death Ter- 
 rible. It is worthy the observing, that there is 
 no passion in the minde of man, so weake, but 
 it Mates, and Masters, the Feare of Death : 
 And therefore Death, is no such terrible Ene- 
 mic, when a man hath so many Attendants, 
 about him, that can winne the combat of him. 
 /?^z/<?«^^ triumphs ovox Death; Love slights it; 
 Honour aspireth to it ; Griefe flieth to it ; Feare 
 pre-occupatcth it ; Nay we reade, after Otho the 
 Emperour had slainc himsclfe, Pitty (which is 
 the tenderest of Affedions) provoked many to 
 die, out of meere compassion to their Soveraigne, 
 and as the truest sort of Followers. Nay Seneca 
 addes Nicenesse &> Saciety; Cogita qtia7n ditl 
 eadejn fcceris; Mori veile, no ft tantum Fortis, 
 aut Miser ^ sed etid?n Fastidiosiis potest, A man 
 would die, though he were neither valiant, nor 
 miserable, onely upon a wearinesse to doe the 
 same thing, so oft over and over. It is no lesse 
 worthy to observe, how little Alteration, in good 
 Spirits, the Approaches of Death make; For 
 they appeare, to be the same Men, till the last 
 Instant. Augustus CcEsar died in a Comple- 
 ment; Livia, Coniugij nostri memor^ vive fir» 
 vale. Tiberius in dissimulation; As Tacitus 
 saith of him ; In7n Tiber iu7n Vires ^ ^ Corpus, 
 non Dissifntilatio, deserebant. Vespasian in a 
 lest; Sitting upon the Stoole, Ut puto Deusfio. 
 Galba with a Sentence : Feri, si ex re sit populi 
 Romani; Holding forth his Necke. Septifnius 
 Severus in dispatch ; Adeste^ si quid mihi re- 
 stat agendum. And the like. Certainly, the 
 
Stoikes bestowed too much cost upon Deathy 
 and by their great preparations, made it ap- 
 peare more fearefull. Better saith he, Qui Ft- 
 nem VitcB extremuin inter M inter a ponat Na- 
 turcB, It is as Naturall to die, as to be borne; 
 And to a httle Infant, perhaps, the one, is as 
 painfull, as the other. He that dies in an earn- 
 est Pursuit, is like one that is wounded in hot 
 Bloud ; who, for the time, scarce feeles the 
 Hurt; And therefore, a Minde fixt, and bent 
 upon somewhat, that is good, doth avert the 
 Dolors of Death : But above all, beleeve it, the 
 sweetest Canticle is, Nunc dimittis ; when a 
 Man hath obtained worthy Ends, and Expedla- 
 tions. Death hath this also ; That it openeth 
 the Gate, to good Fame, and extinguisheth 
 Envie. 
 
 Extin^us amabitur idem* 
 
Ill 
 
 IDELIGION being the chiefe Band of hu- 
 •'■ *- mane Society, it is a happy thing, when it 
 selfe, is well contained, within the true Band of 
 Unity. The Quarrels, and Divisions about Re- 
 ligion^ were Evils unknowne to the Heathen. 
 The Reason was, because the Religion of the 
 Heathen, consisted rather in Rites and Cere- 
 monies ; then in any constant Beleefe. For you 
 may imagine, what kinde of Faith theirs was, 
 when the chiefe Do(flors, and Fathers of their 
 Church, were the Poets. But the true God hath 
 this Attribute, That he is a lealoiis God; And 
 therefore, his worship and Religion, will endure 
 no Mixture, nor Partner. We shall therefore 
 speake, a few words, concerning the Ufiiiy of 
 the Church; What are the Fruits thereof; what 
 the Bounds; And what the Meanes? 
 
 The Fruits of U?tity (next unto the well 
 Pleasing of God, which is All in All) are two ; 
 The One, towards those, that are without the 
 Church; The Other, towards those, that are 
 within. For the Former; It is certaine, that 
 Heresies, and Schismes, are of all others, the 
 greatest Scandals ^ yea more then Corruption of 
 
(Bi Hnttg in Heltgion 9 
 
 Manners. For as in the Naturall Body, a 
 Wound or Solution of Continuity, is worse then 
 a Corrupt Humor; So in the Spirituall. So that 
 nothing, doth so much keepe Men out of the 
 Church, and drive Men out of the Church, as 
 Breach of Unity: And therefore, whensoever it 
 commeth to that passe, that one saith, Ecce in 
 Deserto; Another saith, Ecce i?t penetralibus ; 
 That is, when some Men seeke Christ, in the 
 Conventicles of Heretikes, and others, in an 
 Outward Face of a Church, that voice had need 
 continually to sound in Mens Fares, Nolite exire^ 
 Goe not out. The Dodlor of the Gentiles (the 
 Propriety of whose Vocation, drew him to have 
 a special! care of those without) saith ; If an 
 Heathen come in, and heare you speake with 
 severall Tongties, Will he not say that you are 
 mad? And certainly, it is little better, when 
 Atheists, and prophane Persons, do heare of so 
 many Discordant, and Contrary Opinions in Re- 
 ligion; It doth avert them from the Church, and 
 maketh them, To sit downe in the chaire of the 
 S corners. It is but a light Thing, to be Vouched 
 in so Serious a Matter, but yet it expresseth well 
 the Deformity. There is a Master of Scoffing ; 
 that in his Catalogue of Books, of a faigned 
 Library, sets Downe this Title of a Booke ; The 
 morris daunce of Heretikes. For indeed, every 
 Se6l of them, hath a Divers Posture, or Cringe 
 by themselves, which cannot but Move Derision, 
 in Worldlings, and Depraved Politickes, who 
 are apt to contemne Holy Things. 
 
 As for the Fruit towards those that are 
 within; It is Peace; which containeth infinite 
 
Blessings: It establisheth Faith; It kindleth 
 Charity ; The outward Peace of the Church, Dis- 
 tilleth into Peace of Conscience ; And it turneth 
 the Labours, of Writing, and Reading of Con- 
 troversies, into Treaties of Mortification, and 
 Devotion. 
 
 Concerning the Bounds of Unity; The true 
 Placing of them, importeth exceedingly. There 
 appeare to be two extremes. For to certaine 
 Zelajits all Speech of Pacification is odious, h 
 it peace ^ lehu? What hast thou to doe with 
 peace? tume thee behinde me. Peace is not the 
 Matter, but Following and Party. Contrariwise, 
 certaine Laodiceans, and Luke-warme Persons, 
 thinke they may accommodate Points of Reli- 
 gion, by Middle Waies, and taking part of both; 
 And witty Reconcilements; As if they would 
 make an Arbitrcment, betweene God and Man. 
 Both these Extremes are to be avoyded ; which 
 will be done, if the League of Christians, penned 
 by our Saviour himselfe, were in the two crosse 
 Clauses thereof, soundly and plainly expounded ; 
 He that is not with 7is, is against us: And 
 againe; He that is not against us, is with us: 
 That is, if the Points Fundamentall and of Sub- 
 stance in Religion, were truly discerned and dis- 
 tinguished, from Points not meerely of Faith, but 
 of Opinion, Order, or good Intention. This is a 
 Thing, may seeme to many, a Matter triviall, 
 and done already : But if it were done lesse par- 
 tially, it would be embraced more generally. 
 
 Of this I may give onely this Advice, accord- 
 ing to my small Modell. Men ought to take 
 heede, of rending Gods Church, by two kinds of 
 
&t ^nitg in i^leltgton ii 
 
 Controversies. The one is, when the Matter of 
 the Point controverted, is too small and light, 
 not worth the Heat, and Strife about it, kindled 
 onely by Contradi(flion. For, as it is noted by 
 one of the Fathers ; Christs Coat, indeed, had no 
 seatne: But the Churches Vesticre was of divers 
 colours; whereupon he saith. In veste varietas 
 sit, Scissura non sit; They be two Things, Unity ^ 
 and Uniformity. The other is, when the Matter 
 of the Point Controverted is great ; but it is driven 
 to an over-great Subtilty, and Obscurity ; So that 
 it becommeth a Thing, rather Ingenious, then 
 Substantiall. A man that is of Judgement and 
 understanding, shall sometimes heare Ignorant 
 Men differ, and know well within himselfe, that 
 those which so differ, meane one thing, and yet 
 they themselves would never agree. And if it 
 come so to passe, in that distance of ludgement, 
 which is betweene Man and Man ; Shall wee not 
 thinke, that God above, that knowes the Heart, 
 doth not discerne, that fraile Men, in some of 
 their Contradidlions, intend the same thing ; and 
 accepteth of both? The Nature of such Contro- 
 versies is excellently expressed, by S*. Paul, in 
 the Warning and Precept, that he giveth, con- 
 cerning the same, Devita prof anas vocum Novi- 
 tates, (2r* Oppositiones falsi Nominis Scientice, 
 Men create Oppositions, which are not ; And put 
 them into new termes, so fixed, as whereas the 
 Meaning ought to governe the Terme, the Terme 
 in effecfl governeth the Meaning. There be also 
 two false Peaces, or Unities; The one. when the 
 Peace is grounded, but upon an implicite ignor- 
 ance; For all Colours will agree in the Darke: 
 
' The other, when it is peeced up, upon a direifl 
 Admission of Contraries, in Fundamental! Points. 
 For Truth and Falshood, in such things, are Hke 
 the Iroji and Clay, in the toes of Nabucadnezars 
 Image; They may Cleave, but they will not 
 Incorporate. 
 
 Concerning the Meanes of procuring Unity; 
 Men must beware, that in the Procuring, or 
 Muniting, of Religious Unity, they doe not Dis- 
 solve and Deface the Lawes of Charity, and of 
 humane Society. There be two Swords amongst 
 Christians ; the Spirituall, and Temporal! ; And 
 both have their due Office, and place, in the 
 maintenance oi Religion. But we may not take 
 up the Third sword, which is Mahomets Sword, 
 or like unto it ; That is, to propagate Religion, 
 by Warrs, or by Sanguinary Persecutions, to force 
 Consciences ; except it be in cases of Overt Scan- 
 dal!, Blasphemy, or Intermixture of Pra(fl;ize, 
 against the State ; Much lesse to Nourish Sedi- 
 tions ; To Authorize Conspiracies and Rebellions; 
 To put the Sword into the Peoples Hands ; And 
 the like ; Tending to the Subversion of all Gov- 
 ernment, which is the Ordinance of God. For 
 this is, but to dash the first Table, against the 
 Second ; And so to consider Men as Christians, 
 as we forget that they are Men. Lucretius the 
 Poet, when he beheld the A(5l of Agamemnon, 
 that could endure the Sacrificing of his owne 
 Daughter, exclaimed ; 
 
 Tantum Relhgio potuit suadere malorum. 
 
 What would he have said, if he had knowne of 
 the Massacre in France, or the Powder Treason 
 
<Bi Sanitg in i^cKgiou 13 
 
 of England? He would have beene, Seven times 
 more Epicure and Atheist, then he was. For as 
 the temporall Sword, is to bee drawne, with 
 ^reat circumspedlion, in Cases of Religion; So 
 it is a thing monstrous, to put it into the hands of 
 the Common People. Let that bee left unto the 
 Anabaptists, and other Furies. It was great 
 Blasphemy, when the Devill said ; I will ascend, 
 and be like the Highest; But it is greater Blas- 
 phemy, to personate God, and bring him in say- 
 ing; / will descend, and be like the Prince of 
 Darknesse; And what is it better, to make the 
 cause of Religion,, to descend, to the cruell and 
 execrable A6lions, of Murthering Princes, But- 
 chery of People, and Subversion of States, and 
 Governments? Surely, this is to bring Downe the 
 Holy Ghost, in stead of the Liknesse of a Dove, 
 in the Shape of a Vulture, or Raven : And to set, 
 out of the Barke of a Christian Church, a Flagge 
 of a Barque of Pirats, and Assassins, Ther- 
 fore it is most necessary, that the Church by 
 Dodlrine and Decree; Princes by their Sword; 
 And all Learnings, both Christian and Morall, as 
 by their Mercury Rod ; Doe Damne and send to 
 Hell, for ever, those Facfls and Opinions, tend- 
 ing to the Support of the same ; As hath beene 
 already in good part done. Surely in Counsels, 
 Concerning Religion, that Counsel of the Apostle 
 would be prefixed ; Ira hominis non implet lus- 
 ticiam Dei. And it was a notable Observation, 
 of a wise Father, And no lesse ingenuously con- 
 fessed ; That those, which held and per s waded, 
 pressure of Consciences, were commonly inter- 
 ess ed therin, themselves, for their owne ends. 
 
IV 
 
 Of aaebenge 
 
 DEVENGE is a kinde of Wilde lustice; 
 -^*' which the more Mans Nature runs to, the 
 more ought Law to weed it out. For as for the 
 first Wrong, it doth but offend the Law ; but the 
 Revenge of that wrong, puttcth the Law out of 
 Office. Certainly, in taking Revenge^ A Man is 
 but even with his Enemy; But in passing it 
 over, he is Superiour : For it is a Princes part to 
 Pardon. And Salomon, I am sure, saith, // is 
 the glory of a Man to passe by an offence. That 
 which is past, is gone, and Irrevocable; And 
 wise Men have Enough to doe, with things pre- 
 sent, and to come : Therefore, they doe but trifle 
 with themselves, that labour in past matters. 
 There is no man, doth a wrong, for the wrongs 
 sake ; But therby to purchase himselfe. Profit, 
 or Pleasure, or Honour, or the like. Therfore 
 why should I be angry with a Man, for loving 
 himselfe better then mee? And if any Man 
 should doe wrong, meerely out of ill nature, why? 
 yet it is but like the Thorn, or Bryar, which 
 prick, and scratch, because they can doe no 
 
other. The most Tolerable Sort of Revenge^ is 
 for those wrongs which there is no Law to reme- 
 dy : But then, let a man take heed, the Revenge 
 be such, as there is no law to punish: Else, a 
 Mans Enemy, is still before hand. And it is two 
 for one. Some, when they take Revenge, are 
 Desirous the party should know, whence it com- 
 meth : This is the more Generous. For the De- 
 light seemeth to be, not so much in doing the 
 Hurt, as in Making the Party repent: But Base 
 and Crafty Cowards, are like the Arrow, that 
 flyeth in the Darke. Cosnius Duke of Florence, 
 had a Desperate Saying, against Perfidious or 
 Negledling Friends, as if those wrongs were un- 
 pardonable : You shall reade (saith he) that we 
 are co77imanded to forgive our E^temies; But 
 you never read, that wee are comjnanded, to 
 forgive our Friends. But yet the Spirit of lob, 
 was in a better tune ; Shall wee (saith he) take 
 good at Gods Hands, and 7iot be content to take 
 evill also? And so of Friends in a proportion. 
 This is certaine ; That a Man that studieth Re- 
 venge, keepes his owne Wounds greene, which 
 otherwise would heale, and doe well. Publique 
 Revenges, are, for the most part. Fortunate ; As 
 that for the Death of Ccesar; For the Death of 
 Pertinax; for the Death of Henry the Third of 
 France ; And many more. But in private Re- 
 venges it is not so. Nay rather, Vindicative 
 Persons live the Life of Witches ; who as they 
 are Mischievous, So end they Infortunate. 
 
®f abbersitie 
 
 IT was an high speech of Seneca^ (after the 
 manner of the Stoickes) That the good things, 
 which belong to Prosperity, are to be wished; 
 but the good things, that belong to Adversity, 
 are to be admired. Bona Reriim Seciindarum, 
 Optabilia; Adversanan, Mirabilia. Certainly 
 if Miracles, be the Command over Nature, they 
 appeare most in Adversity. It is yet a higher 
 speech of his, then the other, (much too high for 
 a Heathen) // is true greatnesse, to have in one, 
 the Frailty of a Man, 6r» the Security of a God, 
 Verl magfucfn, habere Fragilitatem Hojninis, 
 Securitatein Dei, This would have done better 
 in Poesy; where Transcendences are more al- 
 lowed. And the Poets indeed, have beene busy 
 with it ; For it is, in effe(fl, the thing, which is 
 figured in that Strange Fi(5lion, of the Ancient 
 Poets, which seemeth not to be without mystery ; 
 Nay, and to have some approach, to the State 
 of a Christian: That Hercules, whe?i hee went 
 to unbifide Prometheus, (by whom Humane Na- 
 ture is represented) j^//^^ ///^ length of the great 
 
0! ^Dbn^iiie 17 
 
 Ocean, in an Earthen Pot, or Pitcher: Lively- 
 describing Christian Resolution ; that saileth, in 
 the fraile Barke of the Flesh, thorow the Waves 
 of the World. But to speake in a Meane. The 
 Vertue of Prosperities is Temperance ; The Ver- 
 tue oi Adversity, is Fortitude: which in Morals 
 is the more Heroicall Vertue. Prosperity is the 
 Blessing of the Old Testament ; Adversity is 
 the Blessing of the New; which carrieth the 
 greater Benediction, and the Clearer Revelation 
 of Gods Favour. Yet, even in the old Testa- 
 ment, if you Listen to Davids Harpe, you shall 
 heare as many Herselike Ayres, as Carols: And 
 the Pencill of the holy Ghost, hath laboured 
 more, in describing, the Affli(5lions of lob, then 
 the Felicities of Salomon. Prospe7'ity is not 
 without many Feares and Distastes; And Ad- 
 versity is not without Comforts and Hopes. 
 Wee see in Needle-workes, and Imbroideries, It 
 is more pleasing, to have a Lively Worke, upon 
 a Sad and Solemne Ground; then to have a 
 Darke and Melancholy Worke, upon a Light- 
 some Ground: ludge therfore, of the Pleasure 
 of the Heart, by the Pleasure of the Eye. Cer- 
 tainly, Vertue is like pretious Odours, most fra- 
 grant, when they are incensed, or crushed : For 
 Prosperity doth best discover Vice; But Ad- 
 versity doth best discover Vertue. 
 
VI 
 
 ®f S'tmulati'on antt Bfssfmulatfon 
 
 rslSSIMULA TION is but a faint kind of 
 -^^ Policy, or Wisdome ; For it asketh a strong 
 Wit, and a strong Heart, to know, when to tell 
 Truth, and to doe it. Therfore it is the weaker 
 Sort of Politicks, that are the great Dissemblers. 
 Tacitus saith ; Livia sorted well^ with the 
 Arts of her Husband, 6-» Dissimulation of her 
 So7i7ie: Attributing Arts or Policy to Augustus, 
 and Dissi7nulation to Tiberius. And againe, 
 when Muciaiuis encourageth Vespasian, to take 
 Arms against Vitellius, he saith; We rise not, 
 against the Piercing ludgmetit of Atigustus, 
 nor the Extre?fie Cautioft or Closenesse of Tibe- 
 rius. These Properties of Arts or Policy, and 
 Dissi?fiulatio?i or Closenesse, are indeed Habits 
 and Faculties, severall, and to be distinguished. 
 For if a Man, have that Penetration of Judg- 
 ment, as he can discerne, what Things are to be 
 laid open, and what to be secretted, and what to 
 be shewed at Halfe lights, and to whom, and 
 when, (which indeed are Arts of State, and Arts 
 of Life, as Tacitus well calleth them) to him, A 
 
©f Simulation ant) JSijigimuIatCon 19 
 
 Habit of Dtssijnulati07i, is a Hinderance, and a 
 Poorenesse. But if a Man cannot obtaine to 
 that Judgment, then it is left to him, generally, 
 to be Close, and a Dissembler. For where a 
 Man cannot choose, or vary in Particulars, there 
 it is good to take the safest and wariest Way in 
 generall ; Like the Going softly by one that can- 
 not well see. Certainly the ablest Men, that 
 ever were, have had all an Opennesse, and 
 Francknesse of deahng; And a name of Cer- 
 tainty, and Veracity; But then they were like 
 Horses, well mannaged; For they could tell 
 passing well, when to stop, or turne: And at 
 such times, when they thought the Case indeed, 
 required Dissimulation^ if then they used it, it 
 came to passe, that the former Opinion, spred 
 abroad of their good Faith, and Clearnesse of 
 dealing, made them almost Invisible. 
 
 There be three degrees, of this Hiding, and 
 Vailing of a Mans Selfe. The first Closenesse, 
 Reservation, and Secrecy; when a Man leaveth 
 himselfe without Observation, or without Hold 
 to be taken, what he is. The second Dissimu- 
 lation, in the Negative; when a man lets fall 
 Signes, and Arguments, that he is not, that he is. 
 And the third Simulation, in the Affirmative ; 
 when a Man industriously, and expressely, faigns, 
 and pretends to be, that he is not. 
 
 For the first of these, Secrecy: It is indeed, 
 the Vertue of a Confessour ; And assuredly, the 
 Secret Man, heareth many Confessions ; For who 
 will open himselfe, to a Blab or a Babler? But 
 if a Man be thought Secret, it inviteth Disco- 
 verie; As the more Close Aire, sucketh in the 
 
 C2 
 
more Open: And as in Confession, the Reveal- 
 ing is not for worldly use, but for the Ease of a 
 Mans Heart, so Secret Men come to the Know- 
 ledge of Many Things, in that kinde; while 
 Men rather discharge their Mindes, then impart 
 their Mindes. In few words, Mysteries are due 
 to Secrecy. Besides (to say Truth) Nakediiesse 
 is uncomely, as well in Minde, as Body ; and it 
 addeth no small Reverence, to Mens Manners, 
 and A(flions, if they be not altogether Open. As 
 for Talkers and Futile Persons, they are com- 
 monly Vaine, and Credulous withall. For He 
 that talketh, what he knoweth, will also talke, 
 what he knoweth not. Therfore set it downe; 
 That an Habit of Secrecy, is both Politick, and 
 Morall. And in this Part, it is good, that a 
 Mans Face, give his Tongue, leave to Speake. 
 For the Discovery, of a Mans Selfe, by the Tracfls 
 of his Countenance, is a great Weaknesse, and 
 Betraying; By how much, it is many times, 
 more marked and beleeved, then a Mans words. 
 For the Second, which is Dissimulation. It 
 foUoweth many times upon Secrecy, by a neces- 
 sity : So that, he that will be Sec7'et, must be a 
 Dissejnbler, in some degree. For Men are too 
 cunning, to suffer a Man, to keepe an indifferent 
 carriage, betweene both, and to be Secret, with- 
 out Swaying the Ballance, on either side. They 
 will so beset a man with Questions, and draw 
 him on, and picke it out of him, that without an 
 absurd Silence, he must shew an Inclination, 
 one way ; Or if he doe not, they will gather as 
 much by his Silence, as by his Speech. As 
 for Equivocations, or Oraculous Speeches, they 
 
®f Simulation anU 39i^?{{muIation 21 
 
 cannot hold out long. So that no man can be 
 secret, except he give himselfe a little Scope of 
 Dissimulation ; which is, as it were, but the 
 Skirts or Traine of Secrecy, 
 
 But for the third Degree, which is Simula- 
 tion, and false Profession; That I hold more 
 culpable, and lesse politicke; except it be in 
 great and rare Matters. And therefore a gene- 
 rail Custome of Simulation (which is this last 
 Degree) is a Vice, rising, cither of a naturall 
 Falsenesse, or Fearefulnesse ; Or of a Minde, 
 that hath some maine Faults ; which because a 
 man must needs disguise, it maketh him prac- 
 tise Sijnulation, in other things, lest his Hand 
 should be out of ure. 
 
 The great Advantages of Simulation and 
 Dissifnulatioji are three. First to lay asleepe 
 Opposition, and to Surprize. For where a Mans 
 Intentions, are published, it is an Alarum, to 
 call up, all that are against them. The second 
 is, to reserve to a Mans Selfe, a faire Retreat: 
 For if a man engage himselfe, by a manifest De- 
 claration, he must goe through, or take a Fall. 
 The third is, the better to discover the Minde of 
 another. For to him that opens himselfe. Men 
 will hardly shew themselves adverse; but will 
 (faire) let him goe on, and turne their Freedome 
 of Speech, to Freedome of thought. And there- 
 fore, it is a good shrewd Proverbe of the Span- 
 iard ; Tell a lye, and finde a Troth, As if there 
 were no way of Discovery, but by Simulation. 
 There be also three Disadvantages, to set it 
 even. The first. That Si?nulation and Dissimu^ 
 lation, commonly carry with them, a Shew of 
 
22 1c)»i»ase^ 
 
 Fearfulnesse, which in any Businesse, doth 
 spoile the Feathers, of round flying up to the 
 Mark. The second, that it pusleth & per- 
 plexeth the Conceits of many ; that perhaps 
 would otherwise co-operate with him ; and 
 makes a Man walkc, almost alone, to his owne 
 Ends. The third, and greatest is, that it de- 
 priveth a Man, of one, of the most principall 
 Instruments for Acflion ; which is Tms/ and 
 Beleefe, The best Composition, and Tempera- 
 ture is, to have Opennesse in Fame and Opi- 
 nion; Secrecy in Habit; Dissitnulation in sea- 
 sonable use ; And a Power to faigne, if there be 
 no Remedy. 
 
VII 
 
 ©f patents anB (KjbflKun 
 
 THE loyes oi Parents are Secret; And so 
 are their Griefes, and Feares : They cannot 
 utter the one ; Nor they will not utter the other. 
 Children sweeten Labours ; But they make Mis- 
 fortunes more bitter: They increase the Cares 
 of Life ; but they mitigate the Remembrance of 
 Death. The Perpetuity by Generation is com- 
 mon to Beasts; But Meniory, Merit, and Noble 
 workes, are proper to Men : And surely a Man 
 shall see, the Noblest workes, and Foundations, 
 have proceeded from Childlesse Men; which 
 have sought to expresse the Images of their 
 Minds ; where those of their Bodies have failed : 
 So the care of Posterity, is most in them, that 
 have no Posterity. They that are the first Rais- 
 ers of their Houses, are most Indulgent towards 
 their Children; Beholding them, as the Contin- 
 uance, not only of their kinde, but of their 
 Worke ; And so both Children^ and Creattires. 
 
 The difference in Affe6lion, of Parents, to- 
 wards their severall Children, is many times 
 unequall ; And sometimes unworthy ; Especially 
 
24 lEjJ^agejJ 
 
 in the mother; As Salomon saith ; A wise sonne 
 reioyceth the Father; but ait ufigracious sonne 
 shames the Mother. A Man shall see, where 
 there is a House full of Childreii, one or two, of 
 the Eldest, respe<51ed, and the Youngest made 
 wantons ; But in the middest, some that are, as it 
 were forgotten, who, many times, neverthelesse, 
 prove the best. The Illiberalitie of Parents, in 
 allowance towards their Childreii^ is an harme- 
 fuU Errour ; Makes them base ; Acquaints them 
 with Shifts ; Makes them sort with meane Com- 
 pany ; And makes them surfet more, when they 
 come to Plenty: And therefore, the Proofe is 
 best, when Men keepe their Authority towards 
 their Children, but not their Purse. Men have 
 a foolish manner (both Parents^ and Schoole- 
 masters, and Servants) in creating and breeding 
 an Emulation between Brothers, during Child- 
 hood, which many times sorteth to Discord, 
 when they are Men; And disturbeth Families. 
 The Italians make little difference betweene 
 Children, and Nephewes, or neere Kinsfolkes; 
 But so they be of the Lumpe, they care not, 
 though they passe not through their owne Body. 
 And, to say Truth, in Nature, it is much a like 
 matter; In so much, that we see a Nephew, 
 sometimes, resembleth an Uncle, or a Kinsman, 
 more then his owne Parent; As the Bloud hap- 
 pens. Let Pa7'ents choose betimes, the Voca- 
 tions, and Courses, they meane their Children 
 should take; For then they are most flexible; 
 And let them not too much apply themselves, to 
 the Disposition of their Children, as thinking 
 they will take best to that, which they have 
 
©f i^arent^ ant) CPIiflDren 25 
 
 most Minde to. It is true, that if the Affe6lion 
 or Aptnesse of the Childre7i^ be Extraordinary, 
 then it is good, not to crosse it ; But generally, 
 the Precept is good; OptUnum elige^ suave ^ 
 facile illud faciei Consuetiido. You7iger Bro^ 
 thers are commonly Fortunate, but seldome or 
 nev^er, where the Elder are disinherited. 
 
VIII 
 
 r 
 
 HE that hath Wife and Children, hath given 
 Hostages to Fortune; For they are Imped- 
 iments, to great Enterprises, either of Vertue, 
 or Mischiefe. ' Certainly, the best workes, and 
 of greatest Merit for the Pubhke, have proceeded 
 from the jirunarried, or Childlesse Men; which, 
 both in Affedlion, and Meanes, have married and 
 endowed the Publike. Yet it were great Reason, 
 that those that have Children, should have great- 
 est care of future times ; unto which, they know, 
 they must transmit, their dearest pledges. Some 
 there are, who though they lead a Single Life, 
 yet their Thoughts doe end with themselves, 
 and account future Times, Impertinences. Nay, 
 there are some other, that account Wife and 
 Children, but as Bills of charges. Nay more, 
 there are some foolish rich covetous Men, that 
 take a pride in having no Children, because they 
 may be thought, so much the richer. For per- 
 haps, they have heard some talke ; Such an one 
 is a great rich Man; And another except to it ; 
 Yea, but he hath a great charge of Children: As 
 
©f i^arriaje ant) Singk 2ife 27 
 
 if it were an Abatement to his Riches. But the 
 most ordinary cause of a Single Life, is Liberty ; 
 especially, in certaine Selfe-pleasing, and hu--/' 
 morous Mindes, which are so sensible of every 
 restraint, as they will goe neare, to thinke their ', 
 
 Girdles, and Garters, to be Bonds and ShacklejJ ^ ^''\ \ 
 
 Unmarried Men are best Friends ; best Masters ; (J^ ^t^J^^' 
 best Servants ; but not alwayes best Subiedls ; ' 
 
 For they are light to runne away ; And almost 
 all Fugitives are of that Condition, i A Single 
 Life doth well with Church men; For Charity ),>a^ 
 
 will hardly water the Ground, where it must first '^ ' 
 
 fill a Poole. It is indifferent for Judges and Ma- 
 gistrates ; For if they be facile, and corrupt, you 
 shall have a Servant, five times worse than a 
 Wife. For Souldiers, I finde the Generalls com- 
 monly in their Hortatives, put Men in minde of 
 their Wives and Children: And I thinke the 
 Despising of Marriage, amongst the Turkes, 
 maketh the vulgar souldier more base._ Cer- * 
 
 tainly. Wife and Children, are a kinde of Disci- f^i^^ 
 phne of Humanity: And single Me ft, though 
 they be many times more Charitable, because 
 their Meanes are lesse exhaust; yet, on the 
 other side, they are more cruell, and hard heart- 
 ed, (good to make severe Inquisitors) because 
 their Tendernesse, is not so oft called upon. 
 Grave Natures, led by Custome, and therfore 
 constant, are commonly loving Husbands; As 
 was said of Ulysses; Vetidain suam prcetiilit 
 Immortalitati. ] Chast Women are often Proud, 
 and froward, as Presuming upon the Merit of ^' 
 their Chastity. It is one of the best Bonds, f/u't*-^-^ 
 both of Chastity and Obedience, in the Wzfe, if 
 
u.ft^ 
 
 28 lE^^age^ 
 
 She thinke her Husband Wise ; which She 
 will never doe, if She finde him lealotis.i ' Wives 
 are young Mens Mistresses; Companions for 
 middle Age; and old. Mens Nurse^J So as a 
 Man may have a^' Quarrell to marry, when he 
 will. But yet, he was reputed one of the wise 
 Men, that made Answer to the Question ; When 
 a Man should marry? A young Man not yet, an 
 Elder Man not at alhj Mt is often seene, that 
 bad Husbands, have Very good Wives; whether 
 it be, that it rayseth the Price of their Husbands 
 Kindnesse, when it comes ; Or that the Wives 
 take a Pride, in their Patience. But this never 
 failes, if the bad Husbands were of their owne 
 choosing, against their Friends consent; For 
 then, thev will be sure, to make good their owne 
 FoUy. 
 
IX 
 
 (Bi CBubH 
 
 THERE be none of the Affeflions^ which have 
 beene noted to fascinate, or bewitch, but 
 Love^ and Envy. They both have vehement 
 wishes ; They frame themselves readily into 
 Imaginations, and Suggestions; And they come 
 easily into the Eye ; especially upon the presence 
 of the Obie<fls ; which are the Points, that con- 
 duce to Fascination, if any such Thing there be. 
 We see likewise, the Scripture calleth Envy, 
 An Evill Eye: And the Astrologers, call the 
 evill Influences of the Starrs, Evill Aspedsj So 
 that still, there seemeth to be acknowledged, in 
 the A(fl of Envy J an Eiaculation, or Irradiation 
 of the Eye. Nay some have beene so curious, 
 as to note, that the Times, when the Stroke, or 
 Percussion of an Envious Eye doth most hurt, 
 are, when the Party envied is beheld in Glory, 
 or Triumph ; For that sets an Edge upon Envy; 
 And besides, at such times, the Spirits of the 
 person Envied, doe come forth, most into the 
 outward Parts, and so meet the Blow. 
 
 But leaving these Curiosities, (though not 
 
30 IcjJ^age^ 
 
 unworthy, to be thought on, in fit place,) wee 
 will handle, what Persons are apt to Envy 
 others; What persons are 7nost SiibieSl to be 
 Envied the7nselvesj And, What is the Differ- 
 ence between Publique, and private Envy. 
 
 A man, that hath no vertue in himselfe, ever 
 envieth Vertue in others. For Mens Mindes, 
 will either feed upon their owne Good, or upon 
 others Evill; And who wanteth the one, wil 
 prey upon the other; And who so is out of Hope 
 to attaine to anothers Vertue, will seeke to come 
 at even hand, by Depressing an others Fortune. 
 
 A man that is Busy, and Inquisitive, is com- 
 monly Envious: For to know much of other 
 Mens Matters, cannot be, because all that Adoe 
 may concerne his owne Estate : Therfore it must 
 needs be, that he taketh a kinde of plaie-plea- 
 sure, in looking upon the Fortunes of others ; 
 Neither can he, that mindeth but his own Busi- 
 nesse, finde much matter for Envy, For Envy 
 is a Gadding Passion, and walketh the Streets, 
 and doth not keepe home; Non est curiosus, 
 quin idem sit malevolus. 
 
 Men of Noble birth, are noted, to be envions 
 towards New Men, when they rise. For the 
 distance is altered; And it is like a deceipt of 
 the Eye, that when others come on, they thinke 
 themselves goe backe. 
 
 Deformed Persons, and Eunuches, and Old 
 Men, and Bastards, are Envious: For he that 
 cannot possibly mend his owne case, will doe 
 what he can to impaire anothers ; Except these 
 Defe(fls light, upon a very brave, and Heroicall 
 Nature; which thinketh to make his Natural! 
 
Wants, part of his Honour: In that it should be 
 said, that an Eunuch, or a Lame Man, did such 
 great Matters ; Affe(fling the Honour of a Mira* 
 cle ; as it was in Narses the Eunuch, and Age^ 
 silatis, and Ta7nberlanes, that were Lame men. 
 
 The same, is the Case of Men, that rise after 
 Calamities, and Misfortunes; For they are, as 
 Men fallen out with the times; And thinke 
 other Mens Harmes, a Redemption, of their 
 owne Sufferings. 
 
 They, that desire to excell in too many Mat- 
 ters, out of Levity, and Vaine glory, are ever 
 Envious; For they cannot want worke; It being 
 impossible, but many, in some one of those 
 Things, should surpasse them. Which was the 
 Chara6\er of Adrian the Emperour, that mor- 
 tally Envied Poets, and Pai^iters, and Artificers , 
 in Works, wherein he had a veine to excell. 
 
 Lastly, neare Kinsfolks, and Fellowes in Of- 
 fice, and those that have beene bred together, 
 are more apt to Envy their Equals, when they 
 are raised. For it doth upbraid unto them, 
 their owne Fortunes ; And pointeth at them, and 
 commeth oftner into their remembrance, and in- 
 curreth likewise more into the note of others: 
 And Envy ever redoubleth from Speech and 
 Fame. Caifts Envy, was the more vile, and 
 Malignant, towards his brother Abel; Because, 
 when his Sacrifice was better accepted, there 
 was no Body to looke on. Thus much for those 
 that are apt to Envy, 
 
 Concerning those that are 7nore or lesse sub- 
 ie^ to Envy: First, Persons of eminent Vertue, 
 when they are advanced, are lesse envied. For 
 
5« lE^^agcU 
 
 their Fortune seemeth but due unto them ; and 
 no man Envieth the Payment of a Debt, but 
 Rewards, and Liberahty rather. Againe, Envy 
 is ever ioyncd, with the Comparing of a Mans 
 Selfe; And where there is no Comparison, no 
 Envy; And therfore Kings, are not envied^ but 
 by Kings. Neverthelesse, it is to be noted, that 
 unworthy Persons, are most envied^ at their first 
 comming in, and afterwards overcome it better ; 
 wheras contrariwise. Persons of Worth, and 
 Merit, are most envied^ when their Fortune con- 
 tinueth long. For by that time, though their 
 Vertue be the same, yet it hath not the same 
 Lustre; For fresh Men grow up, that darken it. 
 
 Persons of Noble Bloud, are lease envied^ in 
 their Rising: For it seemeth, but Right, done to 
 their Birth. Besides, there seemeth not much 
 added to their Fortune; And Envy is as the 
 Sunne Beames, that beat hotter, upon a Bank 
 or steepe rising Ground ; then upon a Flat. 
 And for the same reason, those that are adr 
 vanced by degrees, are lesse envied, then those 
 that are advanced suddainly, and per saltum. 
 
 Those that have ioyned with their Honour, 
 great Travels, Cares, or Perills, are lesse subie(fl 
 to Envy. For Men thinke, that they earne 
 their Honours hardly, and pitty them some- 
 times; And Pitty ^ ever healeth Envy: Where- 
 fore, you shall observe that the more deepe, and 
 sober sort of Politique persons, in their Great- 
 nesse, are ever bemoaning themselves, what a 
 Life they lead; Chanting a Quanta patimur. 
 Not that they feele it so, but onely to abate the 
 Edge of Envy, But this is to be understood, of 
 
Businesse, that is laid upon Men, and not such 
 as they call unto themselves. For Nothing in- 
 creaseth Envy more, then an unnecessary, and 
 Ambitious Ingrossing of Businesse. And no- 
 thing doth extinguish En7>y more, then for a 
 great Person, to preserve all other infcriour Of- 
 ficers, in their full Rights, and Preheminences, 
 of their Places. For by that meanes, there be 
 so many Skreenes betweene him, and Envy. 
 
 Above all, those are most subiecfl to Envy, 
 which carry the Greatnesse of their Fortunes, in 
 an insolent and proud Manner: Being never 
 well, but while they are shewing, how great 
 they are. Either by outward Pompe, or by Tri- 
 umphing over all Opposition, or Competition; 
 whereas Wise men will rather doe sacrifice to 
 Envy; in suffering themselves, sometimes of 
 purpose to be crost, and overborne in things, that 
 doe not much concerne them. Notwithstanding, 
 so much is true; That the Carriage of Great- 
 nesse, in a plaine and open manner (so it be 
 without Arrogancy, and Vaine glory) doth draw 
 lesse Envy, then if it be in a more crafty, and 
 cunning fashion. For in that course, a Man 
 doth but disavow Fortune ; And seemeth to be 
 conscious, of his owne want in worth ; And doth 
 but teach others to Envy him. 
 
 Lastly, to conclude this Part ; As we said in 
 the beginning, that the A(fl of Envy, had some- 
 what in it, of Witchcraft; so there is no other 
 Cure of Envy, but the cure of Witchcraft: And 
 that is, to remove the Lot (as they call it) & to 
 lay it upon another. For which purpose, the 
 wiser Sort of great Persons, bring in ever upon 
 
 D 
 
34 Ic^^age^ 
 
 the Stage, some Body, upon whom to derive 
 the E7tvie, that would come upon themselves ; 
 Sometimes upon Ministers, and Servants ; Some- 
 times upon Colleagues and Associates ; and the 
 like ; And for that turne, there are never want- 
 ing, some Persons of violent and undertaking 
 Natures, who so they may have Power, and 
 Businesse, will take it at any Cost. 
 
 Now to speake of Publique Eiivy. There is 
 yet some good in Ptibliqtic Efivy; whereas in 
 PrivatCy there is none. For Publique Ettvy is 
 as an Ostracisme, that eclipseth Men, when they 
 grow too great. And therefore it is a Bridle 
 also to Great Ones, to keepe them within 
 Bounds. 
 
 This Envy, being in the Latine word Invi- 
 diam goeth in the Moderne languages, by the 
 name of Discontentment: Of which we shall 
 speake in handling Sedition, It is a disease, in 
 a State, like to Infe6lion. For as Infedlion, 
 spreadeth upon that, which is sound, and taint- 
 eth it; So when Envy, is gotten once into a 
 State, it traduccth even the best Acflions there- 
 of, and turneth them into an ill Odour. And 
 therefore, there is little won by intermingling of 
 plausible Adlions. For that doth argue, but a 
 Weaknesse, and Feare of Ettvy, which hurteth 
 so much the more, as it is likewise usuall in In- 
 fe^ionsj which if you feare them, you call them 
 upon you. 
 
 This publique Envy, seemeth to beat chiefly, 
 upon principall Officers, or Ministers, rather 
 then upon Kings, & Estates themselves. But 
 this is a sure Rule, that if the Envy upon the 
 
®f Snofi 35 
 
 Minister, be great, when the cause of it, in him, is 
 smal ; or if the Envy be generall, in a manner, 
 upon all the Ministers of an Estate; then the 
 Envy (though hidden) is truly upon the State 
 it selfe. And so much oi publike envy or dis^ 
 contentment, &. the difference therof from Pri- 
 vate Envy, which was handled in the first place. 
 We will adde this, in generall, touching the 
 Affe6lion of Envy; that of all other Affe6lions, 
 it is the most importune, and continuall. For of 
 other Affedions, there is occasion given, but now 
 and then : And therefore, it was well said, Invi- 
 dia festos dies non agit. For it is ever working 
 upon some, or other. And it is also noted, that 
 Love and Envy, doe make a man pine, which 
 other Affedions doe not ; because they are not 
 so continuall. It is also the vilest Affedlion, 
 and the most depraved ; For which cause, it is 
 the proper Attribute, of the Devill, who is called; 
 The Envious Man, that soweth tares amongst 
 the wheat by night. As it alwayes commeth to 
 passe, that Efivy worketh subtilly, and in the 
 darke; And to the preiudice of good things, 
 such as is the Wheat, 
 
 T>2 
 
X 
 
 Of Uobe 
 
 THE Stage is more beholding to Love, then 
 the Life of Man. For as to the Stage, 
 Love is ever matter of Comedies, and now and 
 then of Tragedies: But in Life, it doth much 
 mischiefe: Sometimes hke a Syren; Sometimes 
 like a Fury. You may observe, that amongst 
 all the great and worthy Persons, (whereof the 
 memory remaineth, either Ancient or Recent) 
 there is not One, that hath beene transported, 
 to the mad degree oi Love: which shewes, that 
 great Spirits, and great Businesse, doe keepe out 
 this weake Passion. You must except, never- 
 thelesse, Marciis Afttonius the halfe Partner of 
 the Empire of Rome; and Appius Claudius the 
 Decemvir, and Law-giver: Whereof the former, 
 was indeed a Voluptuous Man, and Inordinate; 
 but the latter, was an Austere, and wise man: 
 And therefore it seemes (though rarely) that 
 Love can finde entrance, not only into an open 
 Heart; but also into a Heart well fortified; if 
 watch be not well kept. It is a poore Saying of 
 Epicurus; Satis magnum Alter Alteri Thea- 
 
m Sobe 37 
 
 trum sumus: As if Man, made for the contem- 
 plation of Heaven, and all Noble Obie(fls, should 
 doe nothing, but kneele before a little Idoll, and 
 make himselfe subiecfl, though not of the Mouth 
 (as Beasts are) yet of the Eye ; which was given 
 him for higher Purposes. It is a strange Thing, 
 to note the Excesse of this Passion ; And how it 
 braves, the Nature, and value of things ; by this, 
 that the Speaking in a perpetuall Hyperbole, is 
 comely in nothing, but in Love. Neither is it 
 meerely in the Phrase ; For whereas it hath beene 
 well said, that the Arch-flatterer, with whom all 
 the petty Flatterers have Intelligence, is a Mans 
 Selfe ; Certainly, the Lover is more. For there 
 was never Proud Man, thought so absurdly well 
 of himselfe, as the Lover doth of the Person 
 loved: And therefore, it was well said ; That it 
 is i77tpossible to love, and to be wise. Neither 
 doth this weaknesse appeare to others onely, 
 and not to the Party Loved; But to the Loved, 
 most of all: except the Love be reciproque. 
 For, it is a true Rule, that Love is ever reward- 
 ed, either with the Reciproque, or with an in- 
 ward, and secret Contempt. By how much the 
 more. Men ought to beware of this Passion, 
 which loseth not only other things, but it selfe. 
 As for the other losses, the Poets Relation, doth 
 well figure them ; That he that preferred Helena, 
 quitted the Gifts of luno, and Pallas. For who- 
 soever esteemeth too much of Amorous Affec- 
 tion, quitteth both Riches, and Wisedoine. This 
 Passion, hath his Flouds, in the very times of 
 Weaknesse; which are, great Prosperitiej and 
 great Adversities though this latter hath beene 
 
38 lE^^agc^J 
 
 lesse observed. Both which times kindle Love^ 
 and make it more fervent, and therefore shew it 
 to be the Childe of Folly. They doe best, who, 
 if they cannot but admit Love, yet make it 
 keepe Quarter: And sever it wholly, from their 
 serious Affaires, and A6lions of life : For if it 
 checke once with Busincsse, it troubleth Mens 
 Fortunes, and maketh Men, that they can, no 
 wayes be true, to their owne Ends. I know not 
 how, but Martiall Men, are given to Love: I 
 thinke it is, but as they are given to Wine; For 
 Perils, commonly aske, to be paid in Pleasures. 
 There is in Mans Nature, a secret Inclination, 
 and Motion, towards love of others ; which, if it 
 be not spent, upon some one, or a few, doth na- 
 turally spread it selfe, towards many ; and mak- 
 eth men become Humane, and Charitable; As 
 it is scene sometime in Friars. Nuptiall love 
 maketh Mankinde ; Friendly love perfedleth it ; 
 but Wanton love Corrupteth, and Imbaseth it 
 
XI 
 
 0i CSreat ^lace 
 
 MEN in Gr^af F/ace, are thrice Servants: 
 Servants of the Soveraigne or State ; Ser- 
 vants of Fame ; and Servants of Businesse. So 
 as they have no Freedome ; neither in their Per- 
 sons ; nor in their A(flions ; nor in their Times. 
 It is a strange desire, to seeke Power, and to 
 lose Libertie; Or to seeke Power over others, 
 and to loose Power over a Mans Selfe. The 
 Rising unto P/ace is Laborious ; And by Paines 
 Men come to greater Paines ; And it is some- 
 times base; And by Indignities, Men come to 
 Dignities. The standing is shppery, and the 
 Regresse, is either a downefall, or at least an 
 Eclipse, which is a Melancholy Thing. Cum 
 nou sts, qtii ftieris^ non esse, air velis vivere. 
 Nay, retire Men cannot, when they would ; nei- 
 ther will they, when it were Reason: But are 
 impatient of privatenesse, even in Age, and 
 Sicknesse, which require the Shadow: Like old 
 Townesmen, that will be still sitting at their 
 Street doore ; though thereby they offer Age to 
 Scorne. Certainly Great Persons, had need to 
 
40 1EjJ0age0 
 
 borrow other Mens Opinions; to thinke them- 
 selves happy; For if they iudge by their owne 
 Feehng ; they cannot finde it : But if they thinke 
 with themselves, what other men thinke of them, 
 and that other men would faine be as they are, 
 then they are happy, as it were by report; 
 When perhaps they finde the Contrary within. 
 For they are the first, that finde their owne 
 Griefs; though they be the last, that finde 
 their owne Faults. Certainly, Men in Great 
 Fortunes, are strangers to themselves, and 
 while they are in the pusle of businesse, they 
 have no time to tend their Health, either of 
 Body, or Minde. //// Mors gravis incubat, 
 gut 7iotus 7iitnis omnibtiSy ignotiis morihir sibi. 
 In Place, There is License to doe Good, and 
 Evill; wherof the latter is a Curse; For in 
 Evill, the best condition is, not to will; The 
 Second, not to Can. But Power to doe good, 
 is the true and lawfuU End of Aspiring. For 
 good Thoughts (though God accept them,) yet 
 towards men, are little better then good Dreames ; 
 Except they be put in A61 ; And that cannot be 
 without Power, and Place ; As the Vantage, and 
 Commanding Ground. Merit, and good Works, 
 is the End of Mans Motion ; And Conscience of 
 the same, is the Accomplishment of Mans Rest 
 For if a Man, can be Partaker of Gods Theater, 
 he shall likewise be Partaker of Gods Rest. Et 
 conversus Deus, ut aspiceret Opera, quce fecC" 
 runt mantis suce, vidit qtiod ofn?iia essent bona 
 nimis; And then the Sabbath. In the Discharge 
 of thy Place, set before thee the best Examples ; 
 For Imitation, is a Globe of Precepts. And after 
 
a time, set before thee, thine owne Example; 
 And examine thy selfe stricflly, whether thou didst 
 not best at first. Negledl not also the Examples 
 of those, that have carried themselves ill, in the 
 same Place: Not to set off thy selfe, by taxing 
 their Memory ; but to diredl thy selfe, what to 
 avoid. Re forme therfore, without Braverie, or 
 Scandall, of former Times, and Persons ; but 
 yet set it downe to thy selfe, as well to create 
 good Presidents, as to follow them. Reduce 
 things, to the first Institution, and observe, wher- 
 in, and how, they have degenerate ; but yet aske 
 Counsell of both Times ; Of the Ancient Time, 
 what is best ; and of the Latter Time, what is 
 fittest. Seeke to make thy Course Regular ; that 
 Men may know before hand what they may ex- 
 pe6l : But be not too positive, and peremptorie ; 
 And expresse thy selfe well, when thou digres- 
 sest from thy Rule. Preserve the Right of thy 
 Place; but stirre not questions of Iurisdi(5lion : 
 And rather assume thy Right, in Silence, and de 
 fado, then voice it, with Claimes, and Chal- 
 lenges. Preserve likewise, the Rights of Infe- 
 riour Places; And thinke it more Honour to 
 dire(5l in chiefe, then to be busie in all. Em- 
 brace, and invite Helps, and Advices, touching 
 the Execution of thy Place ; And doe not drive 
 away such, as bring thee Information, as Med- 
 lers ; but accept of them in good part. The 
 vices of Authoritie are chiefly foure : Delates; 
 Corruption; Roughnesse; and Facilitie. For 
 Delates; Give easie Accesse ; Keepe times ap- 
 pointed; Goe through with that which is in 
 hand; And interlace not businesse, but of ne- 
 
4^ lE^^tag^^ 
 
 cessitie. For Corruption; Doe not onely binde 
 thine owne Hands, or thy Servants hands, from 
 taking ; but binde the hands of Sutours also from 
 offring. For Integritie used doth the one; but 
 Integritie professed, and with a manifest detes- 
 tation of Bribery, doth the other. And avoid not 
 onely the Fault, but the Suspicion. Whosoever is 
 found variable, and changeth manifestly, without 
 manifest Cause, giveth Suspicion of Corruption. 
 Therefore, alwayes, when thou changest thine 
 Opinion, or Course, professe it plainly, and de- 
 clare it, together with the Reasons, that move 
 thee to change; And doe not thinke to steale 
 it. A Servant, or a Favorite, if hee be inward, 
 and no other apparant Cause of Esteeme, is 
 commonly thought but a By-way, to close Cor- 
 ruption, For Roughnesses It is a needlesse 
 ZTiMSQ. oi Discontent : 6'^2/^r?V/> breedeth Feare, 
 but RougJmesse breedeth Hate. Even Reproofes 
 from Authoritie, ought to be Grave, and not 
 Taunting. As for Facilitiej It is worse then 
 Bribery. For Bribes come but now and then; 
 But if Importunitie, or Idle Respe<5ls lead a Man, 
 he shall never be without. As Salomon saith; 
 To respe^ Perso?is, is not good; For such a 
 man will tra?tsg7'esse for a peece of Bread. It is 
 most true, that was anciently spoken ; A place 
 sheweth the Man : And it sheweth some to the 
 better, and some to the worse : Omnium con- 
 sensu^ cap ax hnperij^ nisi imperasset; saith Ta- 
 citus o( Galba: but of Vespasian he saith ; Solus 
 Imperatitiinn Vespasianus mutatus in melius. 
 Though the one was meant of Sufficiencie, the 
 other of Manners, and Affe(nion. It is an as- 
 
sured Signe, of a worthy and generous Spirit, 
 whom Honour amends. For Honour is, or 
 should be, the Place of Vertue: And as in 
 Nature, Things move violently to their Place, 
 and calmely in their Place : So Vertue in Am- 
 bition is violent, in Authoritie setled and calme. 
 All Rising to Great Place, is by a winding Staire : 
 And if there be Fadlions, it is good, to side a 
 Mans selfe, whilest hee is in the Rising ; and to 
 ballance Himselfe, when hee is placed. Use the 
 Memory of thy Predecessour fairely, and ten- 
 derly ; For if thou dost not, it is a Debt, will 
 sure be paid, when thou art gone. If thou have 
 Colleagues, respedl them, and rather call them, 
 when they looke not for it, then exclude them, 
 when they have reason to looke to be called. Be 
 not too sensible, or too remembring, of thy Place, 
 in Conversation, and private Answers to Suitors ; 
 But let it rather be said ; When he sits in Place, 
 he is another Man, 
 
XII 
 
 IT is a triviall Grammar Schoole Text, but 
 yet worthy a wise Ma?ts Consideration. 
 Question was asked oi Demosthenes; What was 
 the Chief e Part of an Oratour? He answered, 
 Anion; what next? Ad ion; what next again? 
 Adion. He said it, that knew it best; And 
 had by nature, himselfe, no Advantage, in that 
 he commended. A strange thing, that that Part 
 of an Oratour, which is but superficial!, and 
 rather the vertue of a Player ; should be placed 
 so high, above those other Noble Parts, of In- 
 vention, Elocution, and the rest : Nay almost 
 alone, as if it were All in All. But the Reason 
 is plaine. There is in Humane Nature, gene- 
 rally, more of the Foole, then of the Wise ; And 
 therfore those faculties, by which the Foolish 
 part of Mens Mindes is taken, are most potent 
 Wonderfull like is the Case of Boldness e, in 
 Civill Businesse; What first? Boldnesse; What 
 Second, and Third? Boldnesse, And yet Bold- 
 nesse is a Childe of Ignorance, and Basenesse, 
 farre inferiour to other Parts. But neverthelesse, 
 
it doth fascinate, and binde hand and foot, those, 
 that are either shallow in Judgment; or weake 
 in Courage, which are the greatest Part; Yea 
 and prevaileth with wise men, at weake times. 
 Therfore, we see it hath done wonders, in Popu- 
 lar States ; but with Senates and Princes lesse ; 
 And more ever upon the first entrance of Bold 
 Perso7is into A(flion, then soone after; For 
 Boldnesse is an ill keeper of promise. Surely, 
 as there are Moiintebanques for the Naturall 
 Body : So are there Motintebaiiqiies for the 
 Politique Body : Men that undertake great 
 Cures; And perhaps have been Lucky, in two 
 or three Experiments, but want the Grounds of 
 Science; And therfore cannot hold out. Nay 
 you shall see a Bold Fellow^ many times, doe 
 Mahomets Miracle. Mahomet made the People 
 beleeve, that he would call an Hill to him ; And 
 from the Top of it, offer up his Praiers, for the 
 Observers of his Law. The People assembled ; 
 Mahomet cald the Hill to come to him, againe, 
 and againe; And when the Hill stood still, he 
 was never a whit abashed, but said; If the Hill 
 will not come to Mahomet^ Maho77iet wil go to 
 the Ml. So these Men, when they have pro- 
 mised great Matters, and failed most shame- 
 fully, (yet if they have the perfecflion of Bold- 
 nesse) they will but slight it over, and make a 
 turne, and no more adoe. Certainly, to Men of 
 great Judgment, Bold Persons, are a Sport to 
 behold ; Nay and to the Vulgar also, Boldnesse 
 hath somewhat of the Ridiculous. For if Ab- 
 surdity be the Subie6l of Laughter, doubt you 
 not, but great Boldnesse is seldome without some 
 
46 lE^^ase^ 
 
 Absurdity. Especially, it is a Sport to see, 
 when a Bo/d Fellow is out of Countenance ; For 
 that puts his Face, into a most Shruncken, and 
 woodden Posture; As needes it must; For in 
 Bashfulnesse, the Spirits doe a little goe and 
 come ; but with Bo/d Men, upon like occasion, 
 they stand at a stay; Like a Stale at Chesse, 
 where it is no Mate, but yet the Game cannot 
 stirre. But this last, were fitter for a Satyre, 
 then for a serious Observation. This is well to 
 be weighed ; That Boldnesse is ever blinde : For 
 it seeth not dangers, and Inconveniences. Ther- 
 fore, it is ill in Counsell, good in Execution : So 
 that the right Use of Bold persons is, that they 
 never Command in Chiefe, but be Seconds, and 
 under the Diredlion of others. For in Counsell, 
 it is good to see dangers; And in Execution, 
 not to see them, except they be very great 
 
XIII 
 
 ®f CGooKnegse anlr C5oolin£»S£ of Nature 
 
 I TAKE Goodnesse in this Sense, the affedling 
 of the Weale of Men, which is that the 
 Grecians call Philanthropiaj And the word 
 Humanitie (as it is used) is a little too light, to 
 expresse it. Goodnesse I call the Habit, and 
 Goodnesse of Nahire the Inclination. This of 
 all Vertues, and Dignities of the Minde, is the 
 greatest; being the Charadler of the Deitie: 
 And without it, Man is a Busie, Mischievous, 
 Wretched Thing; No better then a Kinde of 
 Vermine. Goodnesse answers to the Theologicall 
 Verhu Charitie, and admits no Excesse, but 
 Errour. The desire of Power in Excesse, caused 
 the Angels to fall ; The desire of Knowledge in 
 Excesse, caused Man to fall; But in Charity, 
 there is no Excesse; Neither can Angell, or 
 Man, come in danger by it. The Inchnation 
 to Goodnesse^ is imprinted deepely in the Nature 
 of Man : In so much, that if it issue not towards 
 Men, it will take unto Other Living Creatures ; 
 As it is seen in the Turks, a Cruell People, who 
 neverthelesse, are kinde to Beasts, and give 
 
48 lE^^agc^ 
 
 Almes to Dogs, and Birds : In so much, as 
 Busbechius reporteth ; A Christian Boy in Con- 
 stantinople^ had Hke to have been stoned, for 
 gagging, in a waggishnesse, a long Billed Fowle. 
 Errours, indeed, in this vertue of Goodnesse, or 
 Chanty, may be committed. The Italians have 
 an ungracious Proverb; Tanto biion che val 
 niente: So good, that he is good for nothing. 
 And one of the Dodlors of Italy, Nicholas 
 Macciavel, had the confidence to put in writing, 
 almost in plaine Termes : That the Christian 
 Faith, had given up Good Men, in prey, to those, 
 that are Tyramticall, and uniust. Which he 
 spake, because indeed there was never Law, or 
 Se6l, or Opinion, did so much magnifie Good- 
 nesse, as the Christian Religion doth. Therfore 
 to avoid the Scandall, and the Danger both ; it 
 is good to take knowledge, of the Errours, of an 
 Habit, so excellent. Seeke the Good of other 
 Men, but be not in bondage, to their Faces, or 
 Fancies ; For that is but Facilitie, or Softnesse ; 
 which taketh an honest Minde Prisoner. Nei- 
 ther give thou yEsops Cocke a Gemme, who 
 would be better pleased, and happier, if he had 
 had a Barly Corne. The Example of God 
 teacheth the Lesson truly : He sendeth his Raine, 
 and viaketh his Sunne to shi7ie, upon the lust, 
 and Ufiiust; But hee doth not raine Wealth, 
 nor shine Honour, and Vertues, upon Men 
 equally. Common Benefits, are to be commu- 
 nicate with all ; But peculiar Benefits, with 
 choice. And beware, how in making the Por- 
 traiture, thou breakest the Patterne: For Divini- 
 tie maketh the Love of our Selves the Patterne ; 
 
(B( aSiOohnt^^t anD Cool)ne$$^c o! ilaturc 49 
 
 The Love of our Neighbours but the Portraiture. 
 Se// all thou hast, and give it to the poore, and 
 follow mee : But sell not all thou hast, except 
 thou come, and follow mee ; That is, except thou 
 have a Vocation, wherin thou maist doe as much 
 good, with little meanes, as with great : For 
 otherwise, in feeding the Streamcs, thou driest 
 the Fountaine. Neither is there only a Habit 
 of Goodnesse, directed by right Reason ; but 
 there is, in some Men, even in Nature, a Dispo- 
 sition towards it : As on the other side, there is 
 a Naturall Malignitie. For there be, that in 
 their Nature, doe not affedl the Good of Others. 
 The lighter Sort of Malignitie, turneth but to a 
 Crosnesse, or Frowardnesse, or Aptnesse to op- 
 pose, or Difficilnesse, or the like ; l3ut the deeper 
 Sort, to Envy, and meere Mischiefe. Such Men, 
 in other mens Calamities, are, as it were, in 
 season, and are ever on the loading Part ; Not 
 so good as the Dogs, that licked Lasarus Sores ; 
 but like Flies, that are still buzzing, upon any 
 Thing that is raw ; MisaJtthropi, that make it 
 their Pra6\ise, to bring Men, to the Bough ; And 
 yet have never a Tree, for the purpose, in their 
 Gardens, as Timojt had. Such Dispositions, 
 are the very Errours of Humane Nature : And 
 yet they are the fittest Timber, to make great 
 Politiques of : Like to knee Timber, that is good 
 for Ships, that are ordained, to be tossed ; But 
 not for Building houses, that shall stand firmc. 
 The Parts and Signes of Goodnesse are many. 
 If a Man be Gracious, and Curteous to Strangers, 
 it shewes, he is a Citizen of the World ; And that 
 his Heart, is no Island, cut off from other Lands,* 
 
 E 
 
50 ?c0^age^ 
 
 but a Continent, that ioynes to them. If he be 
 Compassionate, towards the Afflidions of others, 
 it shewes that his Heart is hke the noble Tree, 
 that is wounded it selfe, when it gives the Balme. 
 If he easily Pardons and Remits Offences, it 
 shews, that his Minde is planted above Iniuries; 
 So that he cannot be shot. If he be Thankfull 
 for small Benefits, it shewes, that he weighes 
 Mens Mindes, and not their Trash. But above 
 all, if he have S\ Pauls Perfedion, that he 
 would wish to be an Anathema from Christy for 
 the Salvation of his Brethren, it shewes much 
 of a Divine Nature, and a kinde of Conformity 
 with Christ himselfe. 
 
XIIII 
 
 WE will speake of Nobility^ first as a Por- 
 tion of an Estate J Then as a Condition 
 of Particular Persons. A Monarchy, where 
 there is no Nobility at all, is ever a pure, and 
 absolute Tyranny; As that of the Turkes. For 
 Nobility attempers Soveraignty, and drawes the 
 Eyes of the People, somewhat aside from the 
 Line RoyalL But for Democracies, they need 
 it not ; And they are commonly, more quiet, and 
 lesse subiedl to Sedition, then where there are 
 Stirps of Nobles. For Mens Eyes are upon the 
 Businesse, and not upon the Persons : Or if 
 upon the Persons, it is for the Businesse sake, 
 as fittest, and not for Flags and Pedegree. Wee 
 see the Switzers last well, notwithstanding their 
 Diversitie of Religion, and of Cantons. For 
 Utility is their Bond, and not Respedls. The 
 united Provinces of the Low Countries, in their 
 Government, excell: For where there is an 
 Equality, the Consultations are more indifferent, 
 and the Payments and Tributes more cheerfull. 
 A great and Potent Nobility addeth Maiestie to 
 
 £2 
 
52 lE^^age^ 
 
 a Monarch, but diminisheth Power; And put- 
 teth Life and Spirit into the People, but presseth 
 their Fortune. It is well, when Nobles are not 
 too great for Soveraignty, nor for Justice ; And 
 yet maintained in that heigth, as the Insolencie 
 of Inferiours, may be broken upon them, before 
 it come on too fast upon the Maiesty of Kings. 
 A Numerous Nobility, causeth Poverty, and In- 
 convenience in a State : For it is a Surcharge of 
 Expence; And besides, it being of Necessity, 
 that many of the Nobility, fall in time to be 
 weake in Fortune, it maketh a kinde of Dispro- 
 portion, betweene Honour and Meanes. 
 
 As for Nobility in particular Persons; It is 
 a Reverend Thing, to see an Ancient Castle, or 
 Building not in decay ; Or to see a faire Timber 
 Tree, sound and perfedl: How much more, to 
 behold an Ancient Noble Family, which hath 
 stood against the Waves and weathers of Time. 
 P'or new Nobility is but the A61 of Power ; But 
 Ancient Nobility is the A(fl of Time. Those 
 that are first raised to Nobility, are commonly 
 more Vertuous, but lesse Innocent, then their 
 Descendants : For there is, rarely, any Rising, 
 but by a Commixture, of good and evill Arts. 
 But it is Reason, the Memory of their vertues, 
 remaine to their Posterity ; And their Faults die 
 with themselves. Nobility of Birth, commonly 
 abateth Industry: And he that is not industrious, 
 envieth him, that is. Besides, Noble persons, 
 cannot goe much higher ; And he that standeth 
 at a stay, when others rise, can hardly avoid 
 Motions of Envy. On the other side. Nobility 
 extinguisheth the passive Envy, from others 
 
towards them; Because they are in possession 
 of Honour. Certainly Kings, that have Able 
 men of their Nobility^ shall finde ease in imploy- 
 ing them; And a better Slide into their Busi- 
 nesse : For People naturally bend to them, as 
 borne in some sort to Command. 
 
XV 
 
 ®f Sebitfons antr '^Troubles 
 
 OHEPHEARDS of People, had need know 
 *^ the Kalenders of Tempests in State; which 
 are commonly greatest, when Things grow to 
 Equahty; As Naturall Tempests are greatest 
 about the ^qjiinodia. And as there are cer- 
 taine hollow Blasts of Winde, and secret Swel- 
 lings of Seas, before a Tempest, so are there in 
 States : 
 
 Ille etiam ccecos instare Ttntmlttts 
 
 Scepe monetj Fraudesqtie, £r» operta tinnescere 
 Bella, 
 
 Libels, and licentious Discourses against 
 the State, when they are frequent and open; 
 And in like sort, false Newes, often running up 
 and downe, to the disadvantage of the State, 
 and hastily embraced ; are amongst the Signes 
 of Troubles. Virgil giving the Pedegre of Fatney 
 saith, She was sister to the Giants. 
 
i&i SeDition^ anD ^roublc^ 55 
 
 Illam Terra Paresis ird irritata Deorum^ 
 Extremain {ut perhibent) Cceo Enceladoqiie so- 
 
 rorein 
 Progemcit, — 
 As if Fa77ies were the Reliques of Seditions 
 past ; But they are no lesse, indeed, the preludes 
 of Seditions to come. Howsoever, he noteth it 
 right, that Seditious Tuinults, and Seditious 
 Fames, differ no more, but as Brother and Sister, 
 Mascuhne and Feminine ; Especially, if it come 
 to that, that the best Actions of a State, and 
 the most plausible, and which ought to give 
 greatest Contentment, are taken in ill Sense, 
 and traduced : For that shewes the Envy great, 
 as Tacitus saith ; Co?tflata magna Invidia, seu 
 beu^y seu inall, gesta premmtt. Neither doth it 
 follow, that because these Fames, are a signe of 
 Troubles, that the suppressing of them, with too 
 much Severity, should be a Remedy of Troubles. 
 For the Despising of them, many times, checks 
 them best ; and the Going about to stop them, 
 doth but make a Wonder Long-lived. Also that 
 kinde of Obedience, which Tacitus speakcth of, 
 is to be held suspedled; Erant in officio, sed 
 tamen qui mallent mandata I?nperantiu?n inter- 
 pretari, quam exequi; Disputing, Excusing, 
 Cavilling upon Mandates and Dire61ions, is a 
 kinde of shaking off the yoake, and Assay of 
 disobedience : Especially, if in those disputings, 
 they, which are for the direcflion, speake feare- 
 fully, and tenderly ; And those that are against 
 it, audaciously. 
 
 Also, as Macciavel noteth well ; when Prin- 
 ces, that ought to be Common Parents, make 
 
1E00age0 
 
 themselves as a Party, and leane to a side, it is 
 as a Boat that is overthrowen, by uneven weight, 
 on the one Side ; As was well seen, in the time 
 of Henry the third of France: For first, him- 
 selfc entred League for the Kxtirpation of the 
 Protesiants ; and presently after, the same 
 League was turned upon Himselfe. For when 
 the Authority of Princes, is made but an Ac- 
 cessary to a Cause; And that there be other 
 Bands, that tic faster, then the Band of Sove- 
 raignty, Kings begin to be put almost out of 
 Possession. 
 
 Also, when Discords, and Quarrells, and 
 Facflions, are carried openly, and audaciously; 
 it is a Signe, the Reverence of Government is 
 lost. For the Motions of the greatest persons, 
 in a Government, ought to be, as the^Iotions 
 of the Planets, under Primum Mobile; (accord- 
 ing to the old Opinion :) which is, That Every 
 of them, is carried swiftly, by the Highest Mo- 
 tion, and softly in their owne Motion. And 
 thcrfore, when great Ones, in their owne parti- 
 cular Motion, move violently, and, as Tacitus 
 exprcsseth it well, Liberiiis, quam ut hnperan- 
 tiutn mcniinissetitj It is a Signe, the Orbs are 
 out of P>ame. For Reverence is that, wherwith 
 Princes are girt from God; Who threatneth the 
 dissolving thereof; Solva?n cingula Regum. 
 
 So when any of the foure Pillars of Govern- 
 ment, are mainly shaken, or weakned (which 
 are Religion, Justice, Counsell, and Treasure,) 
 Men had need to pray for Faire Weather. But 
 let us passe from this Part of Predicflions, (Con- 
 cerning which, neverthelesse, more light may 
 
<B( SctiittonjJ ant) ^roublc^ 57 
 
 be taken, from that which foUoweth ;) And let 
 us speake first of the Materials of Seditions; 
 Then of the Motives of them ; And thirdly of 
 the Remedies. 
 
 Concerning the Material Is of Seditions. It 
 is a Thing well to be considered : For the surest 
 way to prevent Seditions, (if the Times doe 
 beare it,) is to take away the Matter of them. 
 For if there be Fuell prepared, it is hard to tell, 
 whence the Spark shall come, that shall set it 
 on Fire. The Matter of Seditions is of two 
 kindes ; Much Poverty, and Much Discontent- 
 7nent. It is certaine, so many Overthrowne 
 Estates, so many Votes for Troubles. Lucan 
 notcth well the State of Rome, before the Civill 
 Warre. 
 
 Hi7ic Usura vorax, rapidumque in tempore 
 
 Foenus, 
 Hinc concussa Fides, ^ mult is utile Be Hum. 
 
 This same Multis utile Be Hum, is an as- 
 sured and infallible Signe, of a State, disposed 
 to Seditions, and Troubles. And if this Poverty, 
 and Broken Estate, in the better Sort, be ioyned 
 with a Want and Necessity, in the meane Peo- 
 ple, the danger is imminent, and great. For 
 the Rebellions of the Belly are the worst. As 
 for Discontentments, they are in the Politique 
 Body, like to Humours in the Naturall, which 
 are apt to gather a preternaturall Heat, and to 
 Enflame. And let no Prince measure the Dan- 
 ger of them, by this; whether they be lust, or 
 Uniust ? For that were to imagine People to 
 be too reasonable; who doe often spurne at 
 
58 ^j3^age^ 
 
 their owne Good : Nor yet by this ; whether 
 the Griefes, wherupon they rise, be in facfl, great 
 or small : For they are the most dangerous 
 Disco7ite7itme7its^ where the Feare is greater then 
 the Feeling. Dolendi Modus, Timendi non item. 
 Besides, in great Oppressions, the same Things, 
 that provoke the Patience, doe withall mate the 
 Courage : But in Feares it is not so. Neither 
 let any Prince, or State, be secure concerning 
 Discontejttjnents, because they have been often, 
 or have been long and yet no Perill hath ensued ; 
 For as it is true, that every Vapor, or Fume, 
 doth not turne into a Storme ; So it is, never- 
 thelesse, true, that Stormes, though they blow 
 over divers times, yet may fall at last ; And as 
 the Spanish Proverb noteth well; The cord 
 hreaketh at the last by the weakest pull. 
 
 The Causes and Motives of Seditions are; 
 Innovation in Religion; Taxes; Alteration of 
 Lawes and Customes; Breaking of P?'iviledges; 
 Generall Oppression; Advancement of utiwor- 
 thy persons; Strangers ; Dearths; Disbanded 
 Souldiers; Fa^ions growne despe7'ate; And 
 whatsoever in offending People, ioyneth and 
 knitteth them, in a Common Cause. 
 
 For the Re7nedies; There may be some gene- 
 rall Preservatives, whereof wee will speake ; As 
 for the iust Cure, it must answer to the Particu- 
 lar Disease : And so be left to Counsell, rather 
 then Rule. 
 
 The first Re77iedy or prevention, is to remove 
 by all meanes possible, that i7iateriall Cause of 
 Sedition, wherof we spake ; which is Want and 
 Poverty in the Estate, To which purpose, ser- 
 
<Bi S^tiitton^ ant) ^rouble^ 59 
 
 veth the Opening, and well Ballancing of Trade ; 
 The Cherishing of Manufactures; the Banish- 
 ing of Idlenesse ; the Repressing of waste and 
 Excesse by Sumptuary Lawes; the Improve- 
 ment and Husbanding of the Soyle ; the Regu- 
 lating of Prices of things vendible ; the Mode- 
 rating of Taxes and Tributes; And the like. 
 Generally, it is to be foreseene, that the Popula- 
 tion of a Kingdome, (especially if it be not 
 mowen downe by warrs) doe not exceed, the 
 Stock of the Kingdome, which should maintaine 
 them. Neither is the Population, to be reckoned, 
 onely by number : For a smaller Number, that 
 spend more, and earne lesse, doe weare out an 
 Estate, sooner then a greater Number, that live 
 lower, and gather more. Therefore the Multi- 
 plying of Nobilitie, and other Degrees of Qua- 
 litie, in an over Proportion, to the Common 
 People, doth speedily bring a State to Necessitie : 
 And so doth likewise an overgrowne Clergie; 
 For they bring nothing to the Stocke ; And in 
 like manner, when more are bred Schollers, then 
 Preferments can take off. 
 
 It is likewise to be remembred, that for as 
 much as the increase of any Estate, must be 
 upon the Forrainer, (for whatsoever is some 
 where gotten, is some where lost) There be but 
 three Things, which one Nation selleth unto an- 
 other ; The Conimoditie as Nature yeeldeth it ; 
 The Manufadtirej and the Vedure or Carriage, 
 So that if these three wheeles goe. Wealth will 
 flow as in a Spring tide. And it commeth many 
 times to passe, that Materiain siiperabit Opus; 
 That the Worke, and Carriage, is more worth, 
 
6o lE^^apc^ 
 
 then the Materiall, and enricheth a State more ; 
 As is notably seene in the Low-Coii7itrey-men^ 
 who have the best Mines, above ground, in the 
 World. 
 
 Above all things, good Policie is to be used, 
 that the Treasure and Moneyes, in a State, be 
 not gathered into few Hands. For otherwise, a 
 State may have a great Stock, and yet starve. 
 And Money is like Muck, not good except it 
 be spread. This is done, chiefly, by suppress- 
 ing, or at the least, keeping a strait Hand, upon 
 the Devouring Trades of Usurie, Ingrossing, 
 great Pasturages, and the like. 
 
 For Removing Disco7itcnt?nents, or at least, 
 the danger of them ; There is in every State (as 
 we know) two Portions of Subieds; The No- 
 blesse, and the Commonaltie. When one of these 
 is Discontent, the danger is not great ; For Com- 
 mon People, are of slow Motion, if they be not 
 excited, by the Greater Sort ; And the Greater 
 Sort are of small strength, except the Multitude, 
 be apt and ready, to move of themselves. Then 
 is the danger, when the Greater Sort doe but 
 wait for the Troubling of the Waters, amongst 
 the Meaner, that then they may declare them- 
 selves. The Poets faigne, that the rest of the 
 Gods, would have bound Jupiter; which he hear- 
 ing of, by the Counsell of Pallas, sent for Bri- 
 areus, with his hundred Hands, to come in to 
 his Aid. An Embleme, no doubt, to shew, how 
 safe it is for Monarchs, to make sure of the 
 good Will of Common People. 
 
 To give moderate Liberty, for Griefes, and 
 Discontentments to evaporate, (so it be without 
 
CBf (Sel)ttton${ anD ZxonhU^ 6i 
 
 too great Insolency or Bravery) is a safe Way. 
 For he that turneth the Humors backe, and 
 maketh the Wound bleed inwards, endangereth 
 mahgne Ulcers, and pernicious Impostumations. 
 
 The Part of Epimetheus^ mought well be- 
 come Pro7netheus, in the case of Discontent- 
 mentsj For there is not a better provision a- 
 gainst them. Epitnetheus^ when Griefes and 
 Evils flew abroad, at last shut the lid, and kept 
 Hope in the Bottome of the Vessell. Certainly, 
 the Politique and Artificiall Nourishing, and 
 Entertaining of Hopes, and Carrying Men from 
 Hopes to Hopes; is one of the best Antidotes, 
 against the Poyson of Discontentments. And it 
 is a certaine Signe, of a wise Government, and 
 Proceeding, when it can hold Mens hearts by 
 Hopes, when it cannot by Satisfadlion : And 
 when it can handle things, in such manner, as 
 no Evill shall appeare so peremptory, but that 
 it hath some Out- let of Hope: Which is the 
 lesse hard to doe, because both particular Per- 
 sons, and Fa(ftions, are apt enough to flatter 
 themselves, or at least to brave that, which they 
 beleeve not. 
 
 Also, the Foresight, and Prevention, that 
 there be no likely or fit Head, whereunto Dis- 
 contented Persons may resort, and under whom 
 they may ioyne, is a knowne, but an excellent 
 Point of Caution. I understand a fit Head, to 
 be one, that hath Greatnesse, & Reputation : 
 That hath Confidence with the Discontented 
 Party; and upon whom they turne their Eyes ; 
 And that is thought discojitented in his own 
 particular; which kinde of Persons, are either 
 
6^ ic^^age^ 
 
 to be wonne, and reconciled to the State, and 
 that in a fast and true manner ; Or to be front- 
 ed, with some other, of the same Party, that 
 may oppose them, and so divide the reputation. 
 Generally, the Dividing and Breaking of all 
 Fadlions, and Combinations that are adverse to 
 the State, and setting them at distance, or at 
 least distrust amongst themselves, is not one of 
 the worst Remedies. For it is a desperate Case, 
 if those, that hold with the Proceeding of the 
 State, be full of Discord and Fa6lion; And 
 those that are against it, be entire and united. 
 
 I have noted, that some witty and sharpe 
 Speeches, which have fallen from Pfijices, have 
 given fire to Seditions. Ccpsar did himselfe in- 
 finite Hurt, in that Speech ; Sylla nescivit Li- 
 ie7'as^ non potuit di^are: For it did, utterly, cut 
 off that Hope, which Men had entertained, that 
 he would, at one time or other, give over his 
 Didlatorship. Galba undid himselfe by that 
 wSpeech ; Legi d se AIilite??i, non emi: For it put 
 the Souldiers, out of Hope, of the Donative. 
 Probus likewise, by that Speech ; Si vixero, non 
 opus erit mnpliiis Romano Imperio militibus. A 
 Speech of great Despaire, for the Souldiers: 
 And many the like. Surely, Princes had need, 
 in tender Matters, and Ticklish Times, to be- 
 ware what they say; Especially in these short 
 Speeches, which flie abroad like Darts, and are 
 thought to be shot out of their secret Intentions. 
 For as for large Discourses, they are flat Things, 
 and not so much noted. 
 
 Lastly, let Princes, against all Events, not be 
 without some Great Person, one, or rather more, 
 
©f Sctiitionjj anti '^Trouble?; 6^ 
 
 of Military Valour neere unto them, for the Re- 
 pressing of SeditionSy in their beginnings. For 
 without that, there useth to be more trepidation 
 in Court, upon the first Breaking out of T^'oubles, 
 then were fit. And the State runneth the dan- 
 ger of that, which Tacitus saith ; Atqju is Ha- 
 bitus a?ii7noru7n fnitj ut pessifnum faci^tus aude- 
 rejit Pattci, Plures vellent, Onmes paterentur. 
 But let such Military Persons, be Assured, and 
 well reputed of, rather then Facftious, and Po- 
 pular; Holding also good Correspondence, with 
 the other Great Men in the State; Or else the 
 Remedie, is worse then the Disease. 
 
XVI 
 
 I HAD rather bclceve all the Fables in the 
 Legend^ and the Tabnud^ and the Alcoran^ 
 then that this universall Frame, is without a 
 Minde. And therefore, God never wrought Mi- 
 racle, to convince Atheisme^ because his Ordi- 
 nary Works convince it. It is true, that a little 
 Philosophy inclineth Mans Minde to Atheis7nc; 
 But depth in Philosophy, bringeth Mens Mindes 
 about to Religion: For while the Minde of 
 Man, looketh upon Second Causes Scattered, it 
 may sometimes rest in them, and goe no fur* 
 ther : But when it beholdeth, the Chaine of 
 them, Confederate and Linked together, it must 
 needs flie to Providence^ and Deitie, Nay even 
 that Schoolc^ which is most accused q>{ Atheisine^ 
 doth most demonstrate Religion; That is, the 
 Schoole of Lcucippus^ and DejnocrituSy and Epi- 
 curus. For it is a thousand times more Credi- 
 ble, that foure Mutable Elements, and one Im- 
 mutable Fift Essence, duly and Eternally placed, 
 need no God ; then that an Army, of Infinite 
 small Portions, or Seedes unplaced, should have 
 
produced this Order, and Beauty, without a Di- 
 vine Marshall. The Scripture saith ; The Foole 
 hath said in his Heart, there is no God: It is 
 not said ; The Foole hath thought i7i his Heart: 
 So as, he rather saith it by rote to himselfe, as 
 that he would have, then that he can throughly 
 beleeve it, or be perswaded of it. For none 
 deny there is a God, but those, for whom it 
 maketh that there were no God, It appeareth 
 in nothing more, that Atheis7ne is rather in the 
 Lip, then in the Heart of Man, then by this; 
 That Atheists will ever be talking of that their 
 Opinion, as if they fainted in it, within them- 
 selves, and would be glad to be strengthned, 
 by the Consent of others: Nay more, you shall 
 have Atheists strive to get Disciples, as it fareth 
 with other Sedls : And, which is most of all, you 
 shall have of them, that will suffer for Atheisme, 
 and not recant ; Wheras, if they did truly thinke, 
 that there were no such Thing as God, why 
 should they trouble themselves? Epicurus is 
 charged, that he did but dissemble, for his cre- 
 dits sake, when he affirmed ; There were Blessed 
 Natures, but such as enioyed themselves, without 
 having respedl to the Government of the World. 
 Wherin, they say, he did temporize ; though in 
 secret, he thought, there was no God. But cer- 
 tainly, he is traduced ; For his Words are Noble 
 and Divine: Non Deos vulgi negare profanumj 
 sed vulgi Opiniones Dijs applicare profanum, 
 Plato could have said no more. And although, 
 he had the Confidence, to deny the Administra- 
 tion, he had not the Power to deny the Nature 
 The Indians of the West, have Names for their 
 
 F 
 
66 1c^0aj}c^ 
 
 particular Gods, though they have no name for 
 God: As if the Heathc7is, should have had the 
 Names lupiter, Apollo, Mars, &c. But not the 
 WordZ^^wJ.' which shewes, that even those Bar- 
 barous People, have the Notion, though they 
 have not the Latitude, and Extent of it. So 
 that against Atheists, the very Savages take 
 part, with the very subtillest Philosophers. The 
 Contemplative Atheist is rare; A Diagoras, a 
 Bion, a Luciaji perhaps, and some others ; And 
 yet they seeme to be more then they are ; For 
 that, all that Impugne a received Religioti, or 
 Superstition, are by the adverse Part, branded 
 with the Name of Atheists, But the great 
 Atheists, indeed, are Hypocrites; which are ever 
 Handling Holy Things, but without Feeling. 
 So as they must needs be cauterized in the End. 
 The Causes oi Atheisme are; Divisions in Re- 
 ligion, if they be many; For any one maine 
 Division, addeth Zcalc to both Sides ; But many 
 Divisions introduce Atheisjne. Another is, 
 Sca7idall of Priests; When it is come to that, 
 which S. Bernard saith ; Nojt est iam dicere, ut 
 Popnhis, sic Sacerdos : quia nee sic Populus, ut 
 Sacei'dos. A third is, Custome of Profane Scoff- 
 ing in Holy Matters; which doth, by little and 
 little, deface the Reverence of Religion. And 
 lastly. Learned Ti??ies, specially with Peace, and 
 Prosperity: For Troubles and Adversities doe 
 more bow Mens Mindes to Religio7i. They that 
 deny a God, destroy Mans Nobility: For cer- 
 tainly, Man is of Kinne to the Beasts, by his 
 Body; And if, he be not of Kinne to God, by 
 his Spirit, he is a Base and Ignoble Creature. 
 
It destroies likewise Magnanimity, and the Rais- 
 ing of Humane Nature: For take an Example 
 of a Dog; And mark what a Generosity, and 
 Courage he will put on, when he findes himselfe 
 maintained, by a Man ; who to him is in stead 
 of a God, or Melior Natura: which courage is 
 manifestly such, as that Creature, without that 
 Confidence, of a better Nature, then his owne, 
 could never attaine. So Man, when he resteth 
 and assureth himselfe, upon divine Protedlion, 
 and Favour, gathereth a Force and Faith ; which 
 Humane Nature, in it selfe, could not obtaine. 
 Therefore, as Atheis77ie is in all respecfls hate- 
 full, so in this, that it depriveth humane Nature, 
 of the Meanes, to exalt it selfe, above Humane 
 Frailty. As it is in particular Persons, so it is 
 in Nations: Never was there such a State, for. 
 Magnanimity, as Rome: Of this State heare 
 what Cicero saith ; Quain vohwius, licet, patres 
 conscripti, nos ameinus, tamen nee niimero His* 
 pa ft OS, nee 7'obore G alios, nee calliditate Pce?ios, 
 nee artibiis Grcecos, nee dcjiique hoc ipso huius 
 Gentis &^ Terrce domestico nativoque se7isu Italos 
 ipsos ^ Latifios; sed Pietate, ac Religiotie, at- 
 que hdc U7id Sapie7ttid, quod Deoru77i l77i77iorta- 
 liu77i Nu77iitie, 077i7iia regi,guber7iarique perspexi- 
 tnuSj 077i7tes Gentes Natio7iesque superavimus. 
 
 F2 
 
XVII 
 
 ®f Sbupergtftion 
 
 IT were better to have no Opinion of God at 
 all ; then such an Opinion, as is unworthy 
 of him : For the one is Unbeleefe, the other is 
 Contumely: And certainly Superstition is the 
 Reproach of the Deity. Plutarch saith well to 
 ' that purpose : Surely (saith he) / had rather, a 
 great deale^ Men should say, there was no such 
 Man, at all, as Plutarch; then that they should 
 say, that there was one Plutarch, that would 
 eat his Children, as soon as they were borne y 
 as the Poets speake of Saturne. And, as the 
 Contumely is greater towards God, so the Danger 
 is greater towards Men. Atheisme leaves a Man 
 to Sense ; to Philosophy ; to Naturall Piety ; to 
 Lawes ; to Reputation ; All which may be Guides 
 to an outward Morall vertue, though Religion 
 were not ; But Superstition dismounts all these, 
 and eredleth an absolute Monarchy, in the 
 Mindes of Men. Therefore Atheisjne did never 
 perturbe States; For it makes Men wary of 
 themselves, as looking no further : And we see 
 the times enclined to Atheisme (as the Time of 
 
Of Superstition 69 
 
 Augustus CcEsar) were civil Times. But Supers 
 slitioHy hath beene the Confusion of many- 
 States ; And bringeth in a new Prwium Mobile^ 
 that ravisheth all the Spheares of Government. 
 The Master of Superstition is the People ; And 
 in all Superstition^ Wise Men follow Fooles ; 
 And Arguments are fitted to Pradlise, in a re- 
 versed Order. It was gravely said, by some of 
 the Prelates, in the Coiincell of Trent, where 
 the dodlrine of the Schoolemen bare great Sway ; 
 That the Schoolemeji were like Astronomers, 
 which didfaigne Eccentricks and Epicycles, and 
 such Engi?ies of Orbs, to save the Phenomena; 
 though they knew, there were no such Things : 
 And, in like manner, that the Schoolmen, had 
 framed a Number of subtile and intricate 
 Axiomes, and Theorems, to save the pra6lise of 
 the Church. The Causes of Superstition are : 
 Pleasing and sensuall Rites and Ceremonies: 
 Excesse of Outward and PharisaicallHohnesse; 
 Over-great Reverence of Traditions, which can- 
 not but load the Church; The Stratagems of 
 Prelates for their owne Ambition and Lucre: 
 The Favouring too much of good Intentions, 
 which openeth the Gate to Conceits and Novel- 
 ties ; The taking an Aime at divine Matters by 
 Human, which cannot but breed mixture of 
 Imaginations; And lastly. Barbarous Times, 
 Especially ioyned with Calamities and Disasters. 
 Superstitioft, without a vaile, is a deformed 
 Thing ; For, as it addeth deformity to an Ape, 
 to be so like a Man ; So the Similitude of Su- 
 perstition to Religion, makes it the more de- 
 formed. And as wholesome Meat corrupteth to 
 
little Wormes; So good Formes and Orders, 
 corrupt into a Number of petty Observances. 
 There is a Superstition^m avoiding Superstition; 
 when men thinke to doe best, if they goe fur- 
 thest from the Stipcrstition formerly received : 
 Therefore, Care would be had, that, (as it fareth 
 in ill Purgings) the Good be not taken away, 
 with the Bad ; which commonly is done, when 
 the People is the Reformer. 
 
XVIII 
 
 ®f 'STrabafle 
 
 ^RA VAILE, in the younger Sort, is a Part 
 ** of Education; In the Elder, a Part of Ex- 
 perience. He that travaileth into a Country, 
 before he hath some Entrance into the Lan- 
 guage, goeth to Schoole, and not to Travaile, 
 That Young Men travaile under some Tutor, or 
 grave Servant, I allow well ; So that he be such 
 a one, that hath the Language, and hath been 
 in the Country before ; whereby he may be able 
 to tell them, what Things are worthy to be scene 
 in the Country where they goe ; what Acquaint- 
 ances they are to seeke; What Exercises or 
 discipline the Place yeeldeth. For else young 
 Men shall goe hooded, and looke abroad little. 
 It is a strange Thing, that in Sea voyages, 
 where there is nothing to be scene, but Sky and 
 Sea, Men should make Diaries; but in Land- 
 Travaile^ wherin so much is to be observed, for 
 the most part, they omit it ; As if Chance, were 
 fitter to be registred, then Observation. Let 
 Diaries, therefore, be brought in use. The 
 Things to be scene and observed are : The 
 
7^ lijs^age^ 
 
 Courts of Princes, specially when they give Au- 
 dience to Ambassadours : The Courts of Justice, 
 while they sit and heare Causes ; And so of Con- 
 sistories Ecclesiasticke : The Churches, and 
 Monasteries, with the Monuments which are 
 therein extant: The Wals and Fortifications o{ 
 Cities and Townes ; And so the Havens & Har- 
 bours : Antiquities, and Ruines : Libraries ; Col- 
 ledges, Disputations, and Leflures, where any 
 are: Shipping and Navies: Houses, and Gar- 
 dens of State, and Pleasure, neare great Cities : 
 Armories : Arsenals : Magazens : Exchanges : 
 Burses; Ware-houses: Exercises of Horseman- 
 ship ; Fencing ; Trayning of Souldiers ; and the 
 like : Comedies ; Such wherunto the better Sort 
 of persons doe resort; Treasuries of Jewels, and 
 Robes ; Cabinets, and Rarities : Aiid to conclude, 
 whatsoever is memorable in the Places; where 
 they goe. After all which, the Tutors or Ser- 
 vants, ought to make diligent Enquirie. As for 
 Triumphs ; Masques ; Feasts ; Weddings ; Fune- 
 ralls ; Capitall Executions ; and such Shewes ; 
 Men need not to be put in mind of them ; Yet are 
 they not to be negledled. If you will have a 
 Young Man, to put his Travaile, into a little 
 Roome, and in short time, to gather much, this 
 you must doe. First, as was said, he must have 
 some Entrance into the Language, before he 
 goeth. Then he must have such a Servant, or 
 Tutor, as knoweth the Country, as was likewise 
 said. Let him carry with him also some Card 
 or Booke describing the Countr}^ where he tra- 
 velleth ; which will be a good Key to his Enquir)'. 
 Let him keepe also a Diary. Let him not stay 
 
CDf '^Trabaile 73 
 
 long in one Citty, or Towne ; More or lesse as 
 the place deserveth, but not long: Nay, when 
 he stayeth in one City or Towne, let him change 
 his Lodging, from one End and Part of the 
 Towne, to another; which is a great Adamant 
 of Acquaintance. Let him sequester himselfe 
 from the Company of his Countr)' men, and diet 
 in such Places, where there is good Company of 
 the Nation, where he travaileth. Let him upon 
 his Removes, from one place to another, procure 
 Recommendation, to some person of Quality, 
 residing in the Place, whither he removeth; that 
 he may use his Favour, in those things, he de- 
 sireth to see or know. Thus he may abridge 
 his Travaile, with much profit. As for the ac- 
 quaintance, which is to be sought in Travaile; 
 That which is most of all profitable, is Acquaint- 
 ance with the Secretaries, and Employd Men of 
 Ambassadours ; For so in Travailijig in one 
 Country he shall sucke the Experience of many. 
 Let him also see and visit. Eminent Persons, in 
 all Kindes, which are of great Name abroad ; 
 That he may be able to tell, how the Life agreeth 
 with the Fame. For Quarels, they are with 
 Care and Discretion to be avoided : They are, 
 commonly, for Mistresses ; Healths ; Place ; and 
 Words. And let a Man beware, how he keepeth 
 Company, with Cholerick and Quarelsome Per- 
 sons ; for they will engage him into their owne 
 Quarels. When a Travailer returneth home, 
 let him not leave the Countries, where he hath 
 Travailed^ altogether behinde him; But main- 
 taine a Correspondence, by letters, with those of 
 his Acquaintance, which are of most Worth. ' 
 
74 ^^jjage^ 
 
 And let his Travaile appcare rather in his Dis- 
 course, then in his Apparrell, or Gesture: And 
 fn his Discourse, let him be rather advised in 
 his Answers, then forwards to tell Stories : And 
 let it appeare, that he doth not change his 
 Country Manners, for those of Forraigne Parts ; 
 But onely, prick in some Flowers, of that he 
 hath Learned abroad, into the Customes of his 
 owne Country. 
 
XIX 
 
 IT is a miserable State of Minde, to have few 
 Things to desire, and many Things to feare : 
 And yet that commonly is the Case of Kings; 
 Who being at the highest, want Matter of desire, 
 which makes their Mindes more Languishing; 
 And have many Representations of Perills and 
 Shadowes, which makes their Mindes the lesse 
 cleare. And this is one Reason also of that 
 Effedl, which the Scripture speaketh of; That 
 the Kings Heart is inscrutable. For Multitude 
 of lealousies, and Lack of some predominant 
 desire, that should marshall and put in order all 
 the rest, maketh any Mans Heart, hard to finde, 
 or sound. Hence it comes hkewise, that Princes, 
 many times, make themselves Desires, and set 
 their Hearts upon toyes : Sometimes upon a 
 Building ; Sometimes upon Eredling of an Or- 
 der; Sometimes upon the Advancing of a Per- 
 son; Sometimes upon obtaining Excellency in 
 some Art, or Feat of the Hand; As Nero for 
 playing on the Harpe, Domitian for Certainty 
 of the Hand with the Arrow, Commodus for 
 
76 Ic^^agej} 
 
 playing at Fence, Caracalla for driving Chariots, 
 and the like. This seemeth incredible unto those, 
 that know not the Principle ; That the Minde of 
 Man is more cheared^ and refreshed^ by profiting 
 in sfnall things^ then by standi?tg at a stay in 
 great. We see also that Kings, that have been 
 fortunate Conquerours in their first yeares ; it 
 being not possible for them to goe forward infi- 
 nitely, but that they must have some Checke or 
 Arrest in their Fortunes; turne in their latter 
 yeares, to be Superstitious and Melancholy: As 
 did Alexander the Great; Dioclesian; And \ix 
 our memory, Charles the fift ; And others : For 
 he that is used to goe forward, and findeth a 
 Stop, falleth out of his owne favour, and is not 
 the Thing he was. 
 
 To speake now of the true Temper of Etn- 
 pire: It is a Thing rare, & hard to keep: For 
 both Temper & Distemper consist of Contraries. 
 But it is one thing to mingle Contraries, an- 
 other to enterchange them. The Answer of 
 Apollonius to Vespasian, is full of Excellent 
 Instru(5lion; Vespasiatt asked him; What was 
 Neroes overthrow? He answered; Nero could 
 touch and tune the Harpe well; But in Govern- 
 ment, sometimes he used to winde the pins too 
 high, sometijnes to let the7n downe too low. 
 And certaine it is, that Nothing destroieth Au- 
 thority so much, as the unequall and untimely 
 Enterchange of Power Pressed too farre, and 
 Relaxed too much. 
 
 This is true ; that the wisdome of all these 
 latter Times in Princes Affaires, is rather fine 
 Deliveries, and Shiftings of Dangers and Mis- 
 
(Bf ^Empire 77 
 
 chiefes, when they are neare; then solid and 
 grounded Courses to keepe them aloofe. But 
 this is but to try Masteries with Fortune: And 
 let men beware, how they negledl, and suffer 
 Matter of Trouble, to be prepared : For no Man 
 can forbid the Sparke, nor tell whence it may 
 come. The difficulties in Princes Businesse, 
 are many and great ; But the greatest difficulty, 
 is often in their owne Minde. Yox it is com- 
 mon with PfinceSy (saith Tacitus) to will Con- 
 tradi6lories. Suntplerumque Reguin vohintates 
 vehe7nenteSy &r^ inter se contraries. For it is the 
 Soloecisme of Power, to thinke to Command the 
 End, and yet not to endure the Meane. 
 
 Kings have to deale with their Neighbours; 
 their Wives; their Children; their Prelates or 
 Clergie; their Nobles; their Second-Nobles or 
 Gentlemen; their Merchants; their Commons; 
 and their Men of Warre; And from all these 
 arise Dangers, if Care and Circumspedlion be 
 not used. 
 
 First for their Neighbours; There can no 
 generall Rule be given, (The Occasions are so 
 variable,) save one ; which ever holdeth ; which 
 is. That Princes doe keepe due Centinell, that 
 none of their Neighbours doe overgrow so, (by 
 Encrease of Territory, by Embracing of Trade, 
 by Approaches, or the like) as they become 
 more able to annoy them, then they were. And 
 this is, generally, the work of Standing Counsels 
 to foresee, and to hinder it. During that Tri- 
 umvirate of Kings, King Henry the 8. of Eng- 
 land, Francis the i. King oi France, and Charles 
 the 5. Empcrour, there was such a watch kept, 
 
78 iS^^age^ 
 
 that none of the Three, could win a Palme of 
 Ground, but the other two, would straightwaies 
 ballance it, cither by Confederation, or, if need 
 were, by a Warre : And would not, in any wise, 
 take up Peace at Interest. And the like was 
 done by that League (which, Guicciardine saith, 
 was the Security of Italy) made betwene Ferdi- 
 na?ido King of Naples; Lorenzius Medices^ and 
 Ludovictis S/orza, Potentates, the one of Flo- 
 rence, the other of Millaine. Neither is the 
 Opinion, of some of the Schoole-Men, to be re- 
 ceived; That a warre cajinot iustly be made, 
 but tipon a p7'ecede7it Iniury, or Provocation. 
 For there is no Question, but a iust Feare, of 
 an Imminent danger, though there be no Blow 
 given, is a lawfull Cause of a Warre. 
 
 For their Wives; There are Cruell Exam- 
 ples of them. Livia is infamed for the poyson- 
 ing of her husband: Roxolana, Solyjnans Wife, 
 was the destruction, of that renowned Prince, 
 Sultan Mustapha; And otherwise troubled his 
 House, and Succession: Edward ihc Second of 
 Efigland, his Queen, had the principall hand, 
 in the Deposing and Murther of her Husband. 
 This kinde of danger, is then to be feared, chiefly, 
 when the Wives have Plots, for the Raising of 
 their owne Children; Or else that they be Ad- 
 voutresses. 
 
 For their Children: The Tragedies, likewise, 
 of dangers from them, have been many. And 
 generally, the Entring of Fathers, into Suspicion 
 of their Child?'en, hath been ever unfortunate. 
 The destrudlion of Mustapha, (that we named 
 before) was so fatall to Solymans Line, as the 
 
Succession of the Turks, from Solymany untill 
 this day, is suspedled to be untrue, and of 
 strange Bloud; For that Selymus the Second 
 was thought to be Supposititious. The destruc- 
 tion of Crispus, a young Prince, of rare Toward- 
 nesse, by Constantijius the Great, his Father, 
 was in like manner fatall to his House; For 
 both Constantinus, and Constance, his Sonnes, 
 died violent deaths ; And Constantitts his other 
 Sonne, did little better; who died, indeed, of 
 Sicknesse, but after that Itdiamis had taken 
 Armes against him. The destruflion of Deme- 
 trius, Sonne to Philip the Second, of Macedo7i, 
 turned upon the Father, who died of Repent- 
 ance. And many like Examples there are: But 
 few, or none, where the Fathers had good by 
 such distrust ; Except it were, where the Sonnes 
 were up, in open Armes against them; As was 
 Sely7ntis the first against Baiazet: And the 
 three Sonnes of Henry the Second, King of 
 England. 
 
 For their Prelates; when they are proud and 
 great, there is also danger from them: As it 
 was, in the times of Ansebmis, and Thomas 
 Becket, Archbishops of Canterbury ; who with 
 their Crosiars, did almost try it, with the Kings 
 Sword; And yet they had to deale with Stout 
 and Haughty Kings; William Rufus, He7iry 
 the first, and Henry the second. The danger is 
 not from that State, but where it hath a de- 
 pendance of forraine Authority; Or where the 
 Churchmen come in, and are elecfled, not by the 
 Collation of the King, or particular Patrons, but 
 by the People. 
 
8o lE^^age^ 
 
 For their Nobles; To keepe them al a dis- 
 tance, it is not amisse; But to depresse them, 
 may make a King more Absolute, but lesse Safe; 
 And lesse able to performe any thing, that he 
 desires. I have noted it, in my History of King 
 Henry the Seventh, of Englajid^ who depressed 
 his Nobility J Whereupon, it came to passe, that 
 his Times were full of Difficulties, & Troubles ; 
 For the Nobility^ though they continued loyall 
 unto him, yet did they not co-operate with him, 
 in his Businesse. So that in effecfl, he was 
 faine to doe all things, himselfe. 
 
 For their Second Nobles ; There is not much 
 danger from them, being a Body dispersed. 
 They may sometimes discourse high, but that 
 doth little Hurt: Besides, they are a Counter- 
 poize to the Higher Nobility^ that they grow not 
 too Potent: And lastly, being the most imme- 
 diate in Authority, with the Common People, 
 they doe best temper Popular Commotions. 
 
 For their Merchants; They are Vena porta; 
 And if they flourish not, a Kingdome may have 
 good Limmes, but will have empty Veines, and 
 nourish little. Taxes, and Imposts upon them, 
 doe seldome good to the Kings Revenew ; For 
 that that he winnes in the Hundred, he leeseth 
 in the Shire; The particular Rates being in- 
 creased, but the totall Bulke of Trading rather 
 decreased. 
 
 For their Commons; There is little danger 
 from them, except it be, where they have Great 
 and Potent Heads; Or where you meddle, with 
 the Point of Religion; Or their Customes, or 
 Meancs of Life. 
 
m lEmpire 8i 
 
 For their Men of warre; It is a dangerous 
 State, where they Hve and remaine in a Body, 
 and are used to Donatives ; whereof we see Ex- 
 amples in the lanizaries^ and Pretorian Bands 
 of Rome: But Traynings of Men, and Arming 
 them in severall places, and under severall Com- 
 manders, and without Donatives, are Things of 
 Defence, and no Danger. 
 
 Princes are like to Heavenly Bodies, which 
 cause good or evill times; And which have 
 much Veneration, but no Rest, All precepts 
 concerning Kings, are in effedl comprehended, 
 in those two Remembrances : Memento quod es 
 Homoj And Memetito quod es Deus, or Vice 
 Dei: The one bridleth their Power, and the 
 other their Will. 
 
XX 
 
 Of ©ounsell 
 
 THE greatest Trust, betweene Man and Man, 
 is the Trust of Giving- ConnselL For in 
 other Confidences, Men commit the parts of life ; 
 Their Lands, their Goods, their Children, their 
 Credit, some particular Affaire ; But to such, as 
 they make their Counseliours, they commit the 
 whole : By how much the more, they are obliged 
 to all Faith and integrity. The wisest Princes^ 
 need not thinke it any diminution to their 
 Greatnesse, or derogation to their Sufficiency, 
 to rely upon Counsell. God himselfe is not 
 without: But hath made it one of the great 
 Names, of his blessed Sonne ; The Coimsellour, 
 Salomon hath pronounced, that /// Counsell is 
 Stability, Things will have their first, or second 
 Agitation ; If they be not tossed upon the Argu- 
 ments of Counsell^ they will be tossed upon the 
 Waves oi Fortune; And be full of Inconstancy, 
 doing, and undoing, like the Reeling of a drunk- 
 en Man. Salomons Sonne found the Force of 
 Counsell^ as his Father saw the Necessity of it. 
 For the Beloved Kingdome of God was first 
 
^f atonmtW 83 
 
 rent, and broken by ill Couiisell; Upon which 
 Counsel! J there are set, for our Instrudlion, the 
 two Markes, whereby Bad Counsell is, for ever, 
 best discerned : That it was young Counsell, for 
 the Persons ; And Violent Coimsell, for the 
 Matter. 
 
 The Ancient Times doe set forth in Figure, 
 both the Incorporation, and inseparable Con- 
 iun6\ion of Counsel \f\\}s\ Kmgs; And the wise 
 and Politique use of Cojmsell by Kings: The 
 one, in that they say, lupiter did marry Metis, 
 which signifieth Cotmsell: Whereby they in- 
 tend, that Soveraignty is married to Counsell: 
 The other, in that which followeth, which was 
 thus: They say after lupiter was married to 
 Metis, she conceived by him, and was with 
 Childe ; but lupiter suffered her not to stay, till 
 she brought forth, but eat her up ; Wherby he 
 became himselfe with Child, and was delivered 
 oi Pallas Artned, out of his Head. Which mon- 
 strous Fable, containeth a Secret of Empire; 
 How Kings are to make use of their Councell 
 of State. That first, they ought to referre mat- 
 ters unto them, which is the first Begetting or 
 Impregnation ; But when they are elaborate, 
 moulded, and shaped, in the Wombe of their 
 Councell, and grow ripe, and ready to be brought 
 forth ; That then, they suffer not their Councell 
 to goe through with the Resolution, and direc- 
 tion, as if it depended on them ; But take the 
 matter backe into their owne Hands, and make 
 it appeare to the world, that the Decrees, and 
 finall Diredlions, (which, because they come 
 forth with Prudence, and Power, are resembled 
 
 G2 
 
84 Ic^^agejJ 
 
 to Pallas Armed) proceeded from themselves: 
 And not onely from their Authority y but (the 
 more to adde Reputation to Themselves) from 
 their Head, and Device. 
 
 Let us now speake of the Inconveniences of 
 Counsell, and of the Rejnedies. The Inconveni- 
 ences, that have been noted in calling, and using 
 Counsell, are three. First, the Revealing of 
 Affaires, whereby they become lesse Secret. 
 Secondly, the Weakning of the Authority of 
 Princes, as if they were lesse of Themselves. 
 Thirdly, the Danger of being unfaithfully coun- 
 selled, and more for the good of them that coun- 
 sell, then of him that is counselled. For which 
 Inconvenie?ices, the Dodlrine of Italy, and Prac- 
 tise of France, in some Kings times, hath intro- 
 duced Cabinet Counsels; A Remedy worse then 
 the Disease. 
 
 As to Secrecy; Princes are not bound to 
 communicate all Matters, with all Counsellors ; 
 but may cxtracfl and selecfl. Neither is it neces- 
 sary, that he that consulteth what he should 
 doe, should declare what he will doe. But let 
 Pri7tces beware, that the unsecreting of their 
 Affaires, comes not from Themselves. And as 
 for Cabinet Counsels, it may be their Motto; 
 Plenus rima?'um sum: One futile person, that 
 maketh it his glory to tell, will doe more hurt, 
 then many, that know it their duty to conceale. 
 It is true, there be some Affaires, which require 
 extreme Secrecy, which will hardly go beyond 
 one or two persons, besides the King: Neither 
 are those Counsels unprosperous : For besides 
 the Secrecy, they commonly goe on constantly 
 
CM ©ouugcll 85 
 
 in one Spirit of Diredlion, without distra(flion. 
 But then it must be a Prudent King^ such as is 
 able to Grinde with a Hand-Mill; And those 
 Inward Cotaisellours, had need also, be Wise 
 Men, and especially true and trusty to the Kings 
 Ends ; As it was with King Henry the Seventh 
 of Eftglandy who in his greatest Businesse, im- 
 parted himself to none, except it were to Morton 
 ;ind Fox. 
 
 For Weakening of Authority; The Fable 
 sheweth the Remedy. Nay the Maiesty of Kings, 
 is rather exalted, then diminished, when they 
 are in the Chaire of Counsell: Neither was there 
 ever Prince^ bereaved of his Dependances, by 
 his Counsell; Except where there hath beene, 
 either an Overgreatnesse in one Cotinsellour^ 
 Or an Overstri(Sl Combination in Divers ; which 
 are Things soone found, and holpen. 
 
 For the last Inconvenience^ that Men will 
 CouJisell with an Eye to themselves; Certainly, 
 Non inveniet Fidem super terram, is meant of 
 the Nature of Times, and not of all particular 
 Persons; There be, that are in Nature, Faith- 
 full, and Sincere, and Plaine, and Diredl; Not 
 Crafty, and Involved: Let Princes, above all, 
 draw to themselves such Natures. Besides, 
 Counsellou?'s are not Commonly so united, but 
 that one Counsellour keepeth Centinell over 
 Another; So that if any do Counsell out of 
 Faction, or private Ends, it commonly comes to 
 the Kifigs Eare. But the best Remedy is, if 
 Princes know their Coujisellours, as well as 
 their Counsellours know Them : 
 
 Principis est Virtus maxifna nosse suos. 
 
86 15^0agc0 
 
 And on the other side, Counsellours should not 
 be too Speculative, into their Soveraignes Per- 
 son. The true Composition of a Cojinsellour, is 
 rather to be skilful! in their Masters Businesse, 
 then in his Nature ; For then he is like to Ad- 
 vise him, and not to Feede his Humour. It is 
 of singular use to Princes^ if they take the Opi- 
 nions of their Counsell, both Seperately, and 
 Together. For Private Opinion is more free; 
 but Opinion before others is more Reverend. 
 In private. Men are more bold in their owne Hu- 
 mours ; And in Consort, Men are more obnox- 
 ious to others Humours; Therefore it is good to 
 take both: And of the inferiour Sort, rather in 
 private, to preserve Freedome ; Of the greater, 
 rather in Consort, to preserve Respe6l. It is 
 in vaine for Princes to take Counsel concern- 
 ing Matters^ if they take no Counsell likewise 
 concerning Persons: For all Matters, are as 
 dead Images ; And the Life of the Execution of 
 Affaires, resteth in the good Choice of Persons, 
 Neither is it enough to consult concerning Per- 
 sons, Secundum genera, as in an Idea, or Ma- 
 thetnaticall Description, what the Kinde and 
 Charadler of the Perso?i should be; For the 
 greatest Errours are committed, and the most 
 ludgement is shewne, in the choice of Indivi- 
 duals, It was truly said; Optimi Consiliarij 
 mortuij Books will speake plaine, when Coun- 
 sellors Blanch. Therefore it is good to be con- 
 versant in them ; Specially the Bookes of such, 
 as Themselves have been Adlors upon the 
 Stage. 
 
 The Counsels^ at this Day, in most Places, 
 
m eoutt^ell 87 
 
 are but Familiar Meetings; where Matters are 
 rather talked on, then debated. And they run 
 too swift to the Order or Acfb of Counsel/. It 
 were better, that in Causes of weight, the Mat- 
 ter were propounded one day, and not spoken 
 to, till the next day; In Noile Consilitan, So 
 was it done, in the Commission of Union, be- 
 tween England and Scotland; which was a 
 Grave and Orderly Assembly. I commend set 
 Daies for Petitions : For both it gives the Suit- 
 ors more certainty for their Attendance ; And it 
 frees the Meetings for Matters of Estate, that 
 they may Hoc agere. In choice of Committees, 
 for ripening Businesse, for the Counsell, it is 
 better to choose Indifferent persons, then to 
 make an Indifferency, by putting in those, that 
 are strong, on both sides. I commend also 
 standing Comtnissions; As for Trade ; for Trea- 
 sure; for Warre; for Suits; for some Provinces: 
 For where there be divers particular Counsels, 
 and but one Counsell of Estate, (as it is in 
 Spaine) they are in effedl no more, then Stand- 
 ing Commissions ; Save that they have greater 
 Authority. Let such, as are to informe Coun- 
 sets, out of their particular Professions, (as Law- 
 yers, Sea-men, Mint-men, and the like) be first 
 heard, before Committees; And then, as Occa- 
 sion serves, before the Counsell. And let them 
 not come in Multitudes, or in a Tribunitious 
 Manner; For that is, to clamour Counsels, not 
 to enforme them. A long Table, and a square 
 Table, or Seats about the Walls, seeme Things 
 of Forme, but are Things of Substance ; For at 
 a long Table, a few at the upper end, in effecfl, 
 
88 i£0^aj)e$ 
 
 sway all the Businesse ; But in the other Fomie, 
 there is more use of the Counselloiirs Opinions, 
 that sit lower. A Khig, when he presides in 
 Cotmseily let him beware how he Opens his owne 
 Inclination too much, in that which he pro- 
 poundeth: For else Counsellours will but take 
 the Winde of him ; And in stead of giving Free 
 Counsell, sing him a Song of Placibo^ 
 
XXI 
 
 FORTUNE is like the Market; Where many 
 times, if you can stay a little, the Price 
 will fall. And againe, it is sometimes like Sy- 
 billd!s Offer; which at first offereth the Com- 
 modity at full, then consumeth part and part, 
 and still holdeth up the Price. For Occasion 
 (as it is in the Common verse) tiirneth a Bald 
 Noddle^ after she hath presented her locks in 
 Fronts and no hold taken: Or at least turneth 
 the Handle of the Bottle, first to be received, 
 and after the Belly, which is hard to claspe. 
 There is surely no greater Wisedome, then well 
 to time the Beginnings, and Onsets of Things. 
 Dangers are no more light, if they once seeme 
 light: And more dangers have deceived Men, 
 then forced them. Nay, it were better, to meet 
 some Dangers halfe way, though they come 
 nothing neare, then to keepe too long a watch, 
 upon their Approaches ; For if a Man watch too 
 long, it is odds he will fall asleepe. On the 
 other side, to be deceived, with too long Sha- 
 dowes, (As some have beene, when the Moone 
 
90 iE^jSagc^ 
 
 was low, and shone on their Enemies backe) 
 And so to shoot off before the time ; Or to teach 
 dangers to come on, by over early Buckling to- 
 wards them, is another Extreme. The Ripe- 
 nesse, or Unripenesse, of the Occasion (as we 
 said) must ever be well weighed ; And generally, 
 it is good, to commit the Beginnings of all great 
 Acftions, to Argos with his hundred Eyes ; And 
 the Ends to Briareus with his hundred Hands: 
 First to Watch, and then to Speed. For the 
 Helmet of Pluto, which maketh the Politicke 
 Man goe Invisible, is. Secrecy in the Counsel!, 
 & Celerity in the Execution. For when Things 
 are once come to the Execution, there is no Se- 
 crecy comparable to Celerity; Like the Motion 
 of a Bullet in the Ayre, which flyeth so swift, 
 as it out-runs the Eye. 
 
XXII 
 
 (©f Ctunning 
 
 WE take Cunning for a Sinister or Crooked 
 Wisedome. And certainly, there is great 
 difference, between a Cunning Man, and a Wise 
 Man; Not onely in Point of Honesty, but in 
 point of Ability. There be that can packe the 
 Cards, and yet cannot play well ; So there are 
 some, that are good in Canvasses, and Facflions, 
 that are otherwise Weake Men. Againe, it is 
 one thing to understand Persons, and another 
 thing to understand Matters; For many are 
 perfecfl in Mens Humours, that are not greatly 
 Capable of the Reall Part of Businesse ; Which 
 is the Constitution of one, that hath studied 
 Men, more then Bookes. Such Men are fitter 
 for Practise, then for Counsell; And they are 
 good but in their own Alley: Turne them to 
 New Men, and they have lost their Ayme; So 
 as the old Rule, to know a Foole from a Wise 
 Man ; Mitte ainbos nudos ad ignotos^ ^ videbis; 
 doth scarce hold for them. And because these 
 Cunning Men, are hke Haberdashers of Small 
 Wares, it is not amisse to set forth their Shop. 
 
92 lE^sajje^ 
 
 It is a point of Cu7ining; to wait upon him, 
 with whom you speake, with your eye; As the 
 lesuites give it in precept: For there be many 
 Wise Men, that have Secret Hearts, and Trans- 
 parant Countenances. Yet this would be done, 
 with a demure Abasing of your Eye sometimes, 
 as the lesuites also doe use. 
 
 Another is, that when you have any thing 
 to obtaine of present dispatch, you entertaine, 
 and amuse the party, with whom you deale, 
 with some other Discourse ; That he be not too 
 much awake, to make Obiedions. I knew a 
 Counsellor and Secretary^ that never came to 
 Queene Elizabeth of England^ with Bills to 
 signe, but he would alwaies first put her into 
 some discourse of Estate, that she mought the 
 lesse minde the Bills. 
 
 The like Surprize, may be made, by Moving 
 things, when the Party is in haste, and cannot 
 stay, to consider advisedly, of that is moved. 
 
 If a man would crosse a Businesse, that he 
 doubts some other would handsomely and effec- 
 tually move, let him pretend to wish it well, and 
 move it himselfe, in such sort, as may foile it. 
 
 The breaking off, in the midst of that, one 
 was about to say, as if he tooke himselfe up, 
 breeds a greater Appetite in him, with whom 
 you conferre, to know more. 
 
 And because it workcs better, when any 
 thing seemeth to be gotten from you by Ques- 
 tion, then if you offer it of your selfe, you may 
 lay a Bait for a Question, by shewing another 
 Visage and Countenance, then you are wont; 
 To the end, to give Occasion, for the party to 
 
(Bi ©unnmg 93 
 
 aske, what the Matter is of the Change? As 
 Ae/iemms did; A7td I had 7iot befoi'e that time 
 been sad before the King. 
 
 In Things, that are tender and unpleasing, it 
 is good to breake the Ice, by some whose Words 
 are of lesse weight, and to reserve the more 
 weighty Voice, to come in, as by chance, so 
 that he may be asked the Question upon the 
 others Speech. As Narcissus did, in relating to 
 Claudius^ the Marriage oi Messali?ia and Silius. 
 
 In things, that a Man would not be seen in, 
 himselfe; It is a Point of Cumiing^ to borrow 
 the Name of the World ; As to say ; The World 
 sayes, Or, There is a speech abroad. 
 
 I knew one, that when he wrote a Letter, 
 he would put that which was most Materiall, in 
 the Post-script^ as if it had been a By-matter. 
 
 I knew another, that when he came to have 
 Speech, he would passe over that, that he in- 
 tended most, and goe forth, and come backc 
 againe, and speake of it, as of a Thing, that he 
 had almost forgot. 
 
 Some procure themselves, to be surprized, at 
 such times, as it is like, the party that they 
 work upon, will suddenly come upon them : And 
 to be found with a Letter in their hand, or doing 
 somewhat which they are not accustomed; To 
 the end, they may be apposed of those things, 
 which of themselves they are desirous to utter. 
 
 It is a Point of Cunnings to let fall those 
 Words, in a Mans owne Name, which he would 
 have another Man learne, and use, and there- 
 upon take Advantage. I knew two, that were 
 Competitors, for the Secretaries Place, in Queene 
 
94 lE^sage^ 
 
 Elizabeths time, and yet kept good Quarter be- 
 tweene themselves; And would conferre, one 
 with another, upon the Businesse; And the 
 one of them said, That to be a Secretary, in 
 the Declination of a Monarchy^ was a Ticklish 
 Thing, and that he did not affedl it : The other, 
 straight caught up those Words, and discoursed 
 with divers of his Friends, that he had no reason 
 to desire to be Secretary, in the Declination of a 
 Monarchy, The first Man tooke hold of it, and 
 found Meanes, it was told the Queenej Who 
 hearing of a Declination of a Mottarchy, tooke 
 it so ill, as she would never after heare of the 
 others Suit. 
 
 There is a Cunfiing, which we in England 
 call, The Turning of the Cat in the Pan; which 
 is, when that which a Man sayes to another, he 
 laies it, as if Another had said it to him. And 
 to say Truth, it is not easie, when such a Mat- 
 ter passed between two, to make it appeare, 
 from which of them, it first moved and began. 
 
 It is a way, that some men have, to glaunce 
 and dart at Others, by Justifying themselves, by 
 Negatives ; As to say, This I doe not: As Tigil- 
 Ujius did towards Burrhus; Se non diversas 
 speSy sed Incolumitatem Imperatoris simplicittr 
 spe6lare. 
 
 Some have in readinesse, so many Tales and 
 Stories, as there is Nothing, they would insinu- 
 ate, but they can wrap it into a Tale; which 
 serveth both to keepe themselves more in Guard, 
 and to make others carry it, with more Pleasure, 
 
 It is a good Point of Cunnings for a Man, to 
 shape the Answer he would have, in his owne 
 
®f ©unnfns 95 
 
 Words, and Propositions; For it makes the 
 other Party sticke the lesse. 
 
 It is strange, how long some Men will lie in 
 wait, to speake somewhat, they desire to say; 
 And how farre about they will fetch ; And how 
 many other Matters they will beat over, to come 
 neare it. It is a Thing of great Patience, but 
 yet of much Use. 
 
 A sudden, bold, and unexpedled Question, 
 doth many times surprise a Man, and lay him 
 open. Like to him, that having changed his 
 Name, and walking in Pauls ^ Another suddenly 
 came behind him, and called him by his true 
 Name, whereat straightwaies he looked backe. 
 
 But these Small Wares, and Petty Points of 
 Ctmnmgj are infinite : And it were a good deed, 
 to make a List of them : For that nothing doth 
 more hurt in a State, then that Cuniiing Men 
 passe for Wise, 
 
 But certainly, some there are, that know 
 the Resorts and Falls of Businesse, that cannot 
 sinke into the Maine of it : Like a House, that 
 hath convenient Staires, and Entries, but never 
 a faire Roome. Therfore, you shall see them 
 finde out pretty Looses in the Conclusion, but 
 are no waies able to Examine, or debate Mat- 
 ters. And yet commonly they take advantage 
 of their Inability, and would be thought Wits of 
 diredlion. Some build rather upon the Abusing 
 of others, and (as we now say ;) Ptitting Tricks 
 upon the77ij Then upon Soundnesse of their 
 own proceedings. But Salomon saith ; Prtidens 
 advertit ad Gressus S2ws: Stultus divert it ad 
 Dolos, 
 
XXIII 
 
 ®f Misebome for a ittnns sclfe 
 
 AN Ant is a wise Creature for it Selfe; iJut 
 it is a shrewd Thing, in an Orchard, or 
 Garden. And certainly, Men that are gieat 
 Lovers of IhemselveSy waste the Publique. 
 Divide with reason betweene Selfe-love^ and 
 Society: And be so true to thy Selfe, as thou be 
 not false to Others ; Specially to thy King, and 
 Country. It is a poore Center of a Mans Adlions, 
 Himselfe, It is right Earth. For that onely 
 stands fast upon his owne Center ; Whereas all 
 Things, that have Affinity with the Heavens, 
 move upon the Center of another, which they 
 benefit. The Referring of all to a Mans Selfe, 
 is more tolerable in a Soveraigne Prince; Be- 
 cause Themselves are not onely Themselves; 
 But their Good and Evill, is at the perill of the 
 Publique Fortune. But it is a desperate Evill 
 in a Servant to a Prince, or a Citizen in a Re- 
 publique. For whatsoever Affaires passe such 
 a Mans Hands, he crooketh them to his owne 
 Ends: Which must needs be often Eccentrick 
 to the Ends of his Master, or State. Therefore 
 
®f 2®feet)omc for a i^ang j;elfe 97 
 
 let Princes, or States, choose such Servants, as 
 have not this marke ; Except they meane their 
 Service should be made but the Accessary. 
 That which maketh the Effedl more pernicious, 
 is, that all Proportion is lost. It were dispro- 
 portion enough, for the Servants Good, to be 
 preferred before the Masters; But yet it is a 
 greater Extreme, when a little Good of the Ser- 
 vant, shall carry Things, against a great Good 
 of the Masters. And yet that is the case of Bad 
 Officers, Treasurers, Ambassadours, Generals, 
 and other False and Corrupt Servants; which 
 set a Bias upon their Bowie, of their owne Petty 
 Ends, and Envies, to the overthrow of their 
 Masters Great and Important Affaires. And 
 for the most part, the Good such Servants re- 
 ceive, is after the Modell of their owne Fortune ; 
 I5ut the Hurt they sell for that Good, is after 
 the Modell of their Masters Fortune. And cer- 
 tainly, it is the Nature of Extreme Selfe-Ldve7'sj 
 As they will set an House on Fire, and it were 
 but to roast their Egges: And yet these Men, 
 many times, hold credit with their Masters; 
 Because their Study is but to please Them, and 
 profit Themselves : And for either respe<51:, they 
 will abandon the Good of their Affaires. 
 
 Wisedo77ie for a Mans Selfe, is in many 
 Branches thereof, a depraved Thing. It is the 
 Wisedome of Rats, that will be sure to leave a 
 House, somewhat before it fall. It is the IVise- 
 do7ne of the Fox., that thrusts out the Badger, 
 who digged & made Roome for him. It is the 
 WisedoTTie of Crocodiles, that shed teares, when 
 they would devoure. But that which is specially 
 
 H 
 
98 Ic^^age^ 
 
 to be noted, is, that those, which (as Cicero 
 saies of Pompey) are, Sin Amantes si?ie Rivali, 
 are many times unfortunate. And whereas they 
 have all their time sacrificed to Themselves^ 
 they become in the end themselves Sacrifices to 
 the Inconstancy of Fortune; whose Wings they 
 thought, by their Self-Wisedome, to have Pin- 
 nioned. 
 
xxiiir 
 ®f 3)nnobnt{on« 
 
 As the Births of Living Creatures, at first, 
 are ill shapen : So are all Iimovaiions^ 
 which are the Births of Time. Yet notwith- 
 standing, as Those that first bring Honour into 
 their P^amily, are commonly more worthy, then 
 most that succeed : So the first President (if it 
 be good) is seldome attained by Imitation. For 
 111, to Mans Nature, as it stands perverted, hath 
 a Naturall Motion, strongest in Continuance : 
 But Good, as a Forced Motion, strongest at first. 
 Surely every Medicine is an Innovation; And 
 he that will not apply New Remedies, must 
 expe6l New Evils : For Time is the greatest 
 hinovatour: And if Time, of course, alter Things 
 to the worse, and Wisedome, and Counsell shall 
 not alter them to the better, what shall be the 
 End? It is true, that what is setled by Custome, 
 though it be not good, yet at least it is fit. And 
 those Things, which have long gone together, 
 are as it were confederate within themselves : 
 Whereas New Things peece not so well; But 
 though they helpe by their utility, yet they trou- 
 
 H 2 
 
ble, by their Inconformity. Besides, they are like 
 Strangers; more Admired, and lesse Favoured. 
 All this is true, if Time stood still ; which con- 
 trariwise moveth so round, that a Froward Re- 
 tention of Custome, is as turbulent a Thing, as 
 an hinovatioji : And they that Reverence too 
 much Old Times, are but a Scorne to the New. 
 It were good therefore, that Men in their Inno- 
 vations^ would follow the Example of Time it 
 selfe ; which indeed Innovateth greatly, but 
 quietly, and by degrees, scarce to be perceived : 
 For otherwise, whatsoever is New, is unlooked 
 for; And ever it mends Some, and paires Other; 
 And he that is holpen, takes it for a Fortune, 
 and thanks the Time ; And he that is hurt, for a 
 wrong, and imputeth it to the Author. It is 
 good also, not to try Experiments in States; 
 Except the Necessity be Urgent, or the utility 
 Evident : And well to beware, that it be the 
 Reformation, that draweth on the Change ; And 
 not the desire of Change, that pretendeth the 
 Reformation. And lastly, that the Noveltyy 
 though it be not reiecfled, yet be held for a Sus- 
 pecfl : And, as the Scripture saith ; That we 
 make a stand upon the A ncient Way^ and then 
 looke about tis, and discover, what is the straight, 
 and right way, and so to walke in it. 
 
XXV 
 
 A FFECTED Dispatch, is one of the most 
 -^^ dangerous things to Businesse that can be. 
 It is Hke that, which the Physicians call Predi- 
 gestion, or Hasty Digestion; which is sure to 
 fill the Body, full of Crudities, and secret Seeds 
 of Diseases. Therefore, measure not Dispatch, 
 by the Times of Sitting, but by the Advance- 
 ment of the Businesse. And as in Races, it is 
 not the large Stride, or High Lift, that makes 
 the Speed : So in Businesse, the Keeping close 
 to the matter, and not Taking of it too much at 
 once, procureth Dispatch. It is the Care of 
 Some, onely to come off speedily, for the time ; 
 Or to contrive some false Periods of Businesse, 
 because they may seeme Me7i of Dispatch. But 
 it is one Thing, to Abbreviate by Contradling, 
 Another by Cutting off : And Businesse so han- 
 dled at severall Sittings or Meetings, goeth 
 commonly backward and forward, in an unsteady 
 Manner. I knew a Wise Man, that had it for 
 a By-word, when he saw Men hasten to a con- 
 clusion; Stay a little, that we may make an 
 End the sootier. 
 
1 02 Ic^jjage^ 
 
 On the other side, True Dispatch is a rich 
 Thing. For Time is the measure of Businesse, 
 as Money is of Wares : And Businesse is bought 
 at a deare Hand, where there is small dispatch. 
 The Spartajts, and Spa?iia7'ds, have been noted 
 to be of Small dispatch; Mi vcnga la Muerte 
 de Spagiia; Let my Death come from Spainej 
 For then it will be sure to be long in comming. 
 
 Give good Hearing to those, that give the 
 first Information in Businesse ; And rather dire(5l 
 them in the beginning, then interrupt them in 
 the continuance of their Speeches : for he that 
 is put out of his owne Order, will goe forward 
 and backward, and be more tedious while he 
 waits upon his Memory, then he could have 
 been, if he had gone on, in his owne course. 
 But sometimes it is scene, that the Moderator is 
 more troublesome, then the A(flor. 
 
 Iterations are commonly losse of Time : But 
 there is no such Gaine of Time, as to itcj'ate 
 often the State of the Question: For it chaseth 
 away many a Frivolous Speech, as it is comming 
 forth. Long and Curious Speeches, are as fit 
 for Dispatch^ as a Robe or Mantle with a long 
 Traine, is for Race. Prefaces, and Passages, 
 and Excusations, and other Speeches of Refer- 
 ence to the Person, are great wasts of Time ; 
 And though they seeme to proceed of Modesty, 
 they are Bravery. Yet beware of being too 
 Materiall, when there is any Impediment or 
 Obstrucflion in Mens Wils ; For Pre-occupation 
 of Minde, ever requireth preface of Speech; 
 Like a Fomentation to make the unguent enter. 
 
 Above all things. Order, and Distribution, 
 
i&i Bfepatc]^ 103 
 
 and Singling' out of Par/s, is the life of Dis- 
 patch; So as the Distribution be not too subtill : 
 For he that doth not divide, will never enter 
 well into Businesse ; And he that divideth too 
 much, will never come out of it clearely. To 
 choose Time, is to save Time ; And an Unsea- 
 sonable Motion is but Beating the Ayre. There 
 be three Parts of Businesse: The Preparation; 
 The Debate, or Examination; And the Perfec- 
 tion. Whereof, if you looke for Dispatch, let the 
 Middle onely be the Worke of Many, and the 
 First and Last the Worke of Few. The Pro- 
 ceeding upon somewhat conceived in Writing, 
 doth for the most part facilitate Dispatch: For 
 though it should be wholly reiecfled, yet that 
 Negative is more pregnant of Diredlion, then 
 an Indefinite; As Ashes are more Generative 
 then Dust. 
 
XXVI 
 
 ®f Sbeeming toise 
 
 IT hath been an Opinion, that the French are 
 wiser then they seeme ; And the Spaniards 
 seeme wiser then they are. But howsoever it be 
 between Nations, certainly it is so between Man 
 and Man. For as the Apostle saith of Godli- 
 7iessej Having a shew of Godlinesse, hut deny- 
 ing the Power thereof; So certainly, there are 
 in Point of Wisedome, and Sufficiency, that 
 doe Nothing or Little, very solemnly; Magno 
 conatu Nugas. It is a Ridiculous Thing, and 
 fit for a Satyre, to Persons of ludgement, to see 
 what shifts these Formalists have, and what 
 Prospedlives, to make Superficies to seeme Body, 
 that hath Depth and Bulke. Some are so Close 
 and Reserved, as they will not shew their Wares, 
 but by a darke Light; And seeme alwaies to 
 keepe backe somewhat : And when they know 
 within themselves, they speake of that they doe 
 not well know, would neverthelesse seeme to 
 others, to know of that, which they may not well 
 speake. Some helpe themselves with Counte- 
 nance, and Gesture, and are wise by Signes ; As 
 Cicero saith of Piso, that when he answered him, 
 he fetched one of his Browes, up to his Fore- 
 
(B{ Seeming foi^e 105 
 
 head, and bent the other downe to his Chin : 
 Respondes, altera ad Fro7ite7ii siiblato, altero ad 
 Mentum depress Super cilio; Crudelitatem tibi 
 non placere. Some thinke to beare it, by Speak- 
 ing a great Word, and being peremptory ; And 
 goe on, and take by admittance that, which they 
 cannot make good. Some, whatsoever is beyond 
 their reach, will seeme to despise or make light 
 of it, as Impertinent, or Curious ; And so would 
 have their Ignorance secme ludgement. Some 
 are never without a Difference, and commonly 
 by Amusing Men with a Subtilty, blanch the 
 matter; Of whom A, Gellius saith,' Hominem 
 delirunty qui Verborwn Minutijs Rerumfrangit 
 Pondera, Of which kinde also, Plato in his 
 Protagoras bringeth in Prodicus, in Scorne, and 
 maketh him make a Speech, that consisteth of 
 distindlions from the Beginning to the End. 
 Generally, Such Men in all Deliberations, finde 
 ease to be of the Negative Side ; and affedl a 
 Credit, to obie<5l and foretell Difficulties : For 
 when propositions are denied, there is an End 
 of them ; But if they be allowed, it requireth a 
 New Worke : which false Point of Wisedome, 
 is the Bane of Businesse. To conclude, there 
 is no decaying Merchant, or Inward Beggar, 
 hath so many Tricks, to uphold the Credit of 
 their wealth, as these Empty persons have, to 
 maintaine the Credit of their Sufficiency. Seem- 
 ing Wise-men may make shift to get Opinion : 
 But let no Man choose them for Employment ; 
 For certainly, you were better take for Busi- 
 nesse, a Man somewhat Absurd, then over 
 Formall. 
 
XXVII 
 
 IT had beene hard for him that spake it, to 
 have put more Truth and untruth together, 
 in few Words, then in that Speech ; Whosoever 
 is delighted in solitude, is either a wilde Beast, 
 or a God. For it is most true, that a Naturall 
 and Secret Hatred, and Aversation towards 
 Society, in any Man, hath somewhat of the 
 Savage Beast ; But it is most Untrue, that it 
 should have any Chara(fler, at all, of the Divine 
 Nature; Except it proceed, not out of a Plea- 
 sure in Solitude, but out of a Love and desire, 
 to sequester a Mans Selfe, for a Higher Conver- 
 sation : Such as is found, to have been falsely 
 and fainedly, in some of the Heathen ; As Epi- 
 meiiides the Candian, Numa the Roman, Em^ 
 pedocles the Sicilian, and Apollonius of Tyana; 
 And truly and really, in divers of the Ancient 
 Hermits, and Holy Fathers of the Church. But 
 little doe Men perceive, what Solitude is, and 
 how farre it extendeth. For a Crowd is not 
 Company ; And Faces are but a Gallery of Pic- 
 tures; And Talke but a Tinckling Cy?nbally 
 
(Di iFtenti^Jip 107 
 
 where there is no Love. The Latine Adage 
 meeteth with it a httle ; Magna Civitas, Magna 
 solihido; Because in a great Towne, Frends 
 are scattered ; So that there is not that Fellow- 
 ship, for the most Part, which is in lesse Neigh- 
 bourhoods. But we may goe further, and affirme 
 most truly ; That it is a meere, and miserable 
 Solitude^ to want true Freiids; without which 
 the World is but a Wildernesse : And even in 
 this sense also of Solitude, whosoever in the 
 Frame of his Nature and Affe6lions, is unfit for 
 Frendship, he taketh it of the Beast, and not 
 from Humanity. 
 
 A principall Fruit of Frendship, is the Ease 
 and Discharge of the Fulnesse and Swellings 
 of the Heart, which Passions of all kinds doe 
 cause and induce. We know Diseases of Stop- 
 pings, and Suffocations, are the most dangerous 
 in the body; And it is not much otherwise in 
 the Minde : You may take Sarza to open the 
 Liver ; Steele to open the Spleene ; Flowers of 
 Sulphur for the Lungs ; Castoreum for the 
 Braine ; But no Receipt openeth the Heart, but 
 a true Frend; To whom you may impart, Griefes, 
 loyes, Feares, Hopes, Suspicions, Counsels, and 
 whatsoever lieth upon the Heart, to oppresse 
 it, in a kind of Civill Shrift or Confession. 
 
 It is a Strange Thing to observe, how high 
 a Rate, Great Kings and Monarchs, do set upon 
 this Fruit of Fre7idship, wherof we speake : 
 So great, as they purchase it, many times, at the 
 hazard of their owne Safety, and Greatnesse. 
 For Princes, in regard of the distance of their 
 Fortune, from that of their Subieds & Servants, 
 
io8 It^^age^ 
 
 cannot gather this Fruit; Except (to make 
 Themselves capable thereof) they raise some 
 Persons, to be as it were Companions, and 
 almost Equals to themselves, which many times 
 sorteth to Inconvenience. The Moderne Lan- 
 guages give unto such Persons, the Name of 
 Favorites, or Priifadocs; As if it were Matter 
 of Grace, or Conversation. But the Roman Name 
 attaineth the true Use, and Cause thereof; 
 Naming them Participes Curarum; For it is 
 that, which tieth the knot. And we see plainly, 
 that this hath been done, not by Weake and 
 Passionate Princes onely, but by the Wisest, 
 and most Politique that ever reigned; Who 
 have oftentimes ioyned to themselves, some of 
 their Servants; Whom both Themselves have 
 called Frends; And allowed Others likewise to 
 call them in the same manner ; Using the Word 
 which is received between Private Men. 
 
 L. Sylla, when he commanded Rofne, raised 
 Po7npey (after surnamed the Great) to that 
 Heigth, that Pompcy vaunted Himselfe for Syl- 
 Ids Overmatch. For when he had carried the 
 Consulship for a Frend of his, against the pursuit 
 of Sylla, and that Sylla did a little resent thereat, 
 and began to speake great, Pompey turned upon 
 him againe, and in effe(fl bad him be quiet; 
 For that mo7'e Men adored the Su7i7ie Risi7ig, 
 the7i the Su7i7ie sctti7ig. With Julius CcEsar, 
 Deci77ius Brutus had obtained that Interest, as 
 he set him downe, in his Testament, for Heire 
 in Remainder, after his Nephew. And this was 
 the Man, that had power with him, to draw him 
 forth to his death. For when Ccesar would have 
 
®f dFtent)^Jip 109 
 
 discharged the Senate, in regard of some ill 
 Presages, and specially a Ureame of Calpurnia; 
 This Man lifted him gently by the Arme, out of 
 his Chaire, telling him, he hoped he would not 
 dismisse the Senate, till his wife had dreamt a 
 better Dreame. And it seemeth, his favour was 
 so great, as Antonius in a Letter, which is re- 
 cited Verbatim, in one of Cicero's Philippiques, 
 calleth him Veitcfica, Witch; As if he had 
 enchanted Ccesar. Augustus raised Agrippa 
 (though of meane Birth) to that H eighth, as 
 when he consulted with Mcscenas, about the 
 Marriage of his Daughter lulia, Mcecenas tooke 
 the Liberty to tell him; That he must either 
 marry his Daughter to Agrippa, or take away 
 his life, there was no third way, he had made 
 him so great. With Tiber itis Ccesar, Seia?ius 
 had ascended to that Height, as they Two were 
 tearmed and reckoned, as a Paire of Frends. 
 Tiberius in a Letter to him saith ; Hcec pro 
 Amicitid nostrd non occult avi: And the whole 
 Senate, dedicated an Altar to Frendship, as to 
 a Goddesse, in respecfl of the great Dearenesse 
 of Frendship, between them Two. The like or 
 more was between Septimius S events, and Plau- 
 tianus. For he forced his Eldest Sonne to marry 
 the Daughter of Plautianus; And would often 
 maintaine Plautiajius, in doing Affronts to his 
 Son : And did write also in a Letter to the 
 Senate, by these Words ; / love the Man so well, 
 as I wish he 7nay over-live me. Now if these 
 Princes, had beene as a Traian,ox a Marctis Au- 
 re litis, A Man might have thought, that this had 
 proceeded of an abundant Goodnesse of Nature ; 
 
no lEji^age^ 
 
 But being Men so Wise, of such Strength and 
 Severitie of minde, and so Extreme Lovers of 
 Themselves, as all these were ; It proveth most 
 plainly, that they found their owne Felicitie 
 (though as great as ever happened to Mortall 
 Men) but as an Halfe Peece, except they mought 
 have a Frend to make it Entire: And yet, which 
 is more, they were Princes, that had Wives, 
 Sonnes, Nephews ; And yet all these could not 
 supply the Comfort of Fre?tdship. 
 
 It is not to be forgotten, what Commineus 
 observeth, of his first Master Duke Charles the 
 Hardy; Namely, that hee would communicate 
 his Secrets with none ; And least of all, those 
 Secrets, which troubled him most. Whereupon 
 he goeth on, and saith, That towards his Latter 
 time ; That closcnesse did impaire^ and a little 
 perish his understanding. Surely Commitieiis 
 mought have made the same ludgement also, if 
 it had pleased him, of his Second Master Lewis 
 the Eleventh, whose closenesse was indeed his 
 Tormentour. The Parable of Pythagoras is 
 darke, but true ; Cor ne edito; Eat not the Heat't 
 Certainly, if a Man would give it a hard Phrase, 
 Those that want Frends to open themselves 
 unto, are Canniballs of their owne Hearts. But 
 one Thing is most Admirable, (wherewith I will 
 conclude this first Fruit oi frendship) which is, 
 that this Communicating of a Mans Selfe to his 
 Frefid, works two contrarie Effe(fl;s ; For it re- 
 doubleth loyes, and cutteth Grief es in Halfes. 
 For there is no Man, that imparteth his loyes to 
 his Frend, but he ioyeth the more; And no 
 Man, that imparteth his Grie/es to his Frend, 
 
®f JFrcnl)0j)ip iii 
 
 but hee grieveth the lesse. So that it is, in 
 Truth of Operation upon a Mans Minde, of like 
 vertue, as the Alchytnists use to attribute to 
 their Stone, for Mans Bodie ; That it worketh 
 all Contrary Effe6\s, but still to the Good, and 
 Benefit of Nature. But yet, without praying in 
 Aid of Alchy mists ^ there is a manifest Image of 
 this, in the ordinarie course of Nature. For in 
 Bodies, Union strengthneth and cherisheth any 
 Naturall A(flion ; And, on the other side, weak- 
 neth and dulleth any violent Impression : And 
 even so is it of Minds. 
 
 The second Fruit of Frendship, is Health- 
 full and Soveraigne for the Understandings as 
 the first is for the Affeilions. For Frendship 
 maketh indeed a faire Day in the Affe^ions, 
 from Storme and Tempests : But it maketh Day- 
 light in the Understandifig^ out of Darknesse 
 & Confusion of Thoughts. Neither is this to be 
 understood, onely of Faithfull Counsell, which a 
 Man receiveth from his Frend; But before you 
 come to that, certaine it is, that whosoever hath 
 his Minde fraught, with many Thoughts, his 
 Wits and Understanding doe clarifie and breake 
 up, in the Communicating and discoursing with 
 Another: He tosseth his Thoughts, more easily; 
 He marshalleth them more orderly; He seeth 
 how they looke when they are turned into Wordr, ; 
 Finally, He waxeth wiser then Himselfe; And 
 that more by an Houres discourse, then by a 
 Dayes Meditation. It was well said by Themi- 
 stocles to the King of Persia; That speech was 
 like Cloth of Arras ^ opened, and put abroad; 
 Whereby the Imagery doth appeare in Figure; 
 
112 lE^^age^ 
 
 whereas in Thoughts^ they lie but as in Packs, 
 Neither is this Second Fruit of Frendship^ in 
 opening the Understanding, restrained onely to 
 such Frends, as are able to give a Man Coun- 
 sell: (They indeed are best) But even, without 
 that, a Man learneth of Himselfe, and bringeth 
 his owne Thoughts to Light, and whetteth his 
 Wits as against a Stone, which it selfe cuts not. 
 In a word, a Man were better relate himselfe, to 
 a Statua, or Picflure, then to suffer his Thoughts 
 to passe in smother. 
 
 Adde now, to make this Second Fruit of 
 Frendship compleat, that other Point, which 
 lieth more open, and falleth within Vulgar Ob- 
 servation ; which is Faithfull Counsell from a 
 Frend. He7'aclitus saith well, in one of his 
 i^nigmaes; Dry Light is ever the best. And 
 certaine it is, that the Light, that a man receiv- 
 eth, by Counsell from Another, is Drier, and 
 purer, then that which commeth from his owne 
 Understanding, and Judgement; which is ever 
 infused and drenched in his Affe(5lions and Cus- 
 tomes. So as, there is as much difference, be- 
 tweene the Counsell, that a Frend giveth, and 
 that a Man giveth himselfe, as there is between 
 the Counsell of a Frend, and of a Flatterer. For 
 there is no swch. Flatte7'er, as is a Mans Selfe; 
 And there is no such Remedy, against Flattery 
 of a Mans Selfe, as the Liberty of a Frend. 
 Counsell is of two Sorts ; The one concerning 
 Manners, the other concerning Businesse. For 
 the First; The best Preservative to keepe the 
 Minde in Health, is the faithfull Admonition of 
 a Frend. The Calling of a Mans Selfe, to a 
 
Stridl Account, is a Medicine, sometime, too 
 Piercing and Corrosive. Reading good Bookes 
 of Morality, is a little Flat, and Dead. Observ- 
 ing our Faults in Others, is sometimes unproper 
 for our Case. But the best Receipt (best (I say) 
 to worke, and best to take) is the Admonition of 
 a Freud. It is a strange thing to behold, what 
 grosse Errours, and extreme Absurdities, Many 
 (especially of the greater Sort) doe commit, for 
 want of a Freud, to tell them of them ; To the 
 great dammage, both of their Fame, & Fortune. 
 For, as ^S". lames saith, they are as Men, that 
 looke sometimes iuto a Glasse, and p7-eseutly for- 
 get their owu Shape, ^ Favour. As for Busi- 
 nesse, a Man may think, if he will, that two 
 Eyes see no more then one ; Or that a Gamester 
 seeth alwaies more then a Looker on ; Or that a 
 Man in Anger, is as Wise as he, that hath said 
 over the foure and twenty Letters ; Or that a 
 Musket may be shot off, aswell upon the Arme, 
 as upon a Rest ; And such other fond and high 
 Imaginations, to thinke Himselfe All in All. But 
 when all is done, the Helpe of good Couusell^ is 
 that, which setteth Busitiesse straight. And if 
 any Man thinke, that he will take Couuseli, but 
 it shall be by Peeces ; Asking Coujtsell in one 
 Businesse of one Man, and in another Businesse 
 of another Man ; It is well, (that is to say, better 
 perhaps then if he asked none at all ;) but he 
 runneth two dangers : One, that he shall not be 
 faithfully counselled ; For it is a rare Thing, ex- 
 cept it be from a perfe6l and entire Freud, to 
 have Counsell given, but such as shalbe bowed 
 and crooked to some ends, which he hath that 
 
 I 
 
givcth it. The other, that he shall have Counsell 
 given, hurtfull, and unsafe, (though with good 
 Meaning) and mixt, partly of Mischiefe, and 
 partly of Remedy : Even as if you would call a 
 Physician, that is thought good, for the Cure of 
 the Disease, you complaine of, but is unac- 
 quainted with your body ; And therefore, may 
 put you in way for a present Cure, but over- 
 throweth your Health in some other kinde; And 
 so cure the Disease, and kill the Patient. But a 
 Frcndy that is wholly acquainted with a Mans 
 Estate, will beware by furthering any present 
 Businesses how he dasheth upon other Incon- 
 venience. And therefore, rest not upon Scatter- 
 ed CotiJisels; They will rather distracfl, and Mis- 
 Icade, then Settle, and Dire(fl. 
 
 After these two Noble Fruits of Frendship; 
 {Peace in the Affe^ions, and Support of the 
 ludgement^ foUoweth the last Fruit; which is 
 like the Pomg7'a?iatj full of many kernels ; I 
 meane Aid, and Bearing a Part, in all Anions, 
 and Occasions, Here, the best Way, to repre- 
 sent to life the manifold use of Frendship, is to 
 cast and see, how many Things there are, which 
 a Man cannot doe Himselfe; And then it will 
 appeare, that it was a Sparing Speech of the 
 Ancients, to say. That a Frend is another 
 Himselfe: For that a F'l'cnd is farre more then 
 Himselfe, Men have their Time, and die many 
 times in desire of some Things, which they prin- 
 cipally take to Heart ; The bestowing of a Child, 
 The Finishing of a Worke, Or the like. If a 
 Man have a true Frefid, he may rest almost 
 secure, that the Care of those Things, will con> 
 
(Bt Jfxtv(t}$\)i^ 115 
 
 tinue after Him. So that a Man hath as it were 
 two Lives in his desires. A Man hath a Body, 
 and that Body is confined to a Place ; But where 
 Frendship is, all Offices of Life, are as it were 
 granted to Him, and his Deputy. For he may 
 exercise them by his Frend. How many Things 
 are there, which a Man cannot, with any Face 
 or Comelines, say or doe Himselfe? A Man 
 can scarce alledge his owne Merits with mo- 
 desty, much lesse extoll them: A man cannot 
 sometimes brooke to Supplicate or Beg : And a 
 number of the like. But all these Things, are 
 Gracefull in a Frends Mouth, which are Blush- 
 ing in a Mans Owne. So againe, a Mans Per- 
 son hath many proper Relations, which he can- 
 not put off. A Man cannot speake to his Sonne, 
 but as a Father; To his Wife, but as a Hus- 
 band ; To his Enemy, but upon Termes : where- 
 as a Frend may speak, as the Case requires, and 
 not as it sorteth with the Person. But to enu- 
 merate these Things were endlesse : I have given 
 the Rule, where a Man cannot fitly play his 
 owne Part: If he have not a FreJtdj he may quit 
 the Stage. 
 
 1 2 
 
XXVIII 
 
 Of (Sxpcnce 
 
 TDICHES arc for Spending; And Spending 
 "'*' for Honour and good Acflions. Therefore 
 Extraordijuuy Expcjue must l^e limitted by the 
 Worth of the Occasion: For Voluntary Undoing, 
 may be aswell for a Mans Country, as for the 
 Kingdoine of Heaven, But Ordinary Expence 
 ought to be limitted by a Mans Estate ; And go- 
 verned with such regard, as it be within his 
 Compasse ; And not subie(fl to Deceit and Abuse 
 of Servants ; And ordered to the best Shew, that 
 the Bils may be lesse, then the Estimation 
 abroad. Certainly, if a Man will keep but of 
 Even hand, his Ordinary Expences ought to 
 be, but to the Halfe of his Receipts; And if he 
 thinke to waxe Rich, but to the Third Part. It 
 is no Basenesse, for the Greatest, to descend 
 and looke, into their owne Estate. Some for- 
 beare it, not upon Negligence alone, But doubt- 
 ing to bring Themselves into Melancholy, in 
 rcspedl they shall finde it Broken. But Wounds 
 cannot be Cured without Searching. He that 
 cannot looke into his own Estate at all, had need 
 
(B( Icxpence 117 
 
 both Choose well, those whom he employeth, 
 and change them often: For New are more 
 Timorous, and lesse Subtile. He that can looke 
 into his Estate but seldome, it behoveth him to 
 turne all to Certainties. A Man had need, if he 
 be Plentifull, in some kinde of Expe7ice^ to be as 
 Saving againe, in some other. As if he be Plen- 
 tifull in Diet, to be Saving in Apparell: If he be 
 Plentifull in the Hall, to be Saving in the Stable : 
 And the like. For he that is Plentifull in Ex- 
 pences of all Kindes, will hardly be preserved 
 from Decay. In Clearing of a Mans Estate, he 
 may as well hurt Himselfe in being too sudden, 
 as in letting it runne on too long. For hasty 
 Selling is commonly as Disadvantageable as 
 Interest. Besides, he that cleares at once, will 
 relapse; For finding himselfe out of Straights, 
 he will revert to his Customes: But hee that 
 cleareth by Degrees, induceth a Habite of Fru- 
 gahtie, and gaineth as well upon his Minde, as 
 upon his Estate. Certainly, who hath a State to 
 repaire, may not despise small Things: And 
 commonly, it is lesse dishonourable, to abridge 
 pettie Charges, then to stoope to pettie Gettings. 
 A Man ought warily to beginne Charges, which 
 once begun will Continue : But in Matters, that 
 returne not, he may be more Magnificent. 
 
XXIX 
 
 ©{ ti)e true (Sreatnesst of ILtingbomcs 
 anO (Sstntcs 
 
 THE Speech of Themistoclcs the Atheniafty 
 which was Haughtie and Arrogant, in tak- 
 ing so much to Himselfc, had been a Grave and 
 Wise Observation and Censure, applied at large 
 to others. Desired at a Feast to touch a Lute, 
 he said ; He could not fiddle^ but yet he could 
 make a small Towne, a great Citty, These 
 Words (holpen a little with a Metaphore) may 
 expresse two differing Abilities, in those that 
 deale in Businesse of Estate. For if a true Sur- 
 vey be taken, of Counsellours and Statesmen, 
 there may be found (though rarely) those, which 
 can make a Small State Great, and yet cannot 
 Fiddle: As on the other side, there will be found 
 a great many, that can fiddle very cunningly, 
 but yet are so farre from being able, to make a 
 Small State Great, as their Gift heth the other 
 way ; To bring a Great and Flourishing Estate 
 to Ruine and Decay. And certainly, those De- 
 generate Arts and Shifts, whereby many Coun- 
 
(Sf Grcatttc^^e of Ulngtomc^ anD lEgtatc^ J 19 
 
 sellours and Governours, gaine both Favour 
 with their Masters, and Estimation with the 
 Vulgar, deserve no better Name then Fidling; 
 Being Things, rather pleasing for the time, and 
 gracefuU to themselves onely, then tending to 
 the Weale and Advancement of the State, which 
 they serve. There are also (no doubt) Counsel- 
 lours and Governours, which may be held suffi- 
 cient, {NegoHjs pares,) Able to mannage Affaires, 
 and to keepe them from Precipices, and mani' 
 fest Inconveniences; which neverthelesse, are 
 farre from the Abilitie, to raise and Amplific an 
 Estate, in Power, Meanes, and Fortune. But 
 be the worke-men what they may be, let us 
 speake of the Worke ; That is ; The true Great- 
 nesse ofKingdomes and Estates ; and the Meanes 
 thereof. An Argument, fit for Great and Mightie 
 Princes, to have in their hand ; To the end, that 
 neither by Over-measuring their Forces, they 
 leese themselves in vaine Enterprises; Nor on 
 the other side, by undervaluing them, they de- 
 scend to Fearefull and Pusillanimous Coun- 
 sells. 
 
 The Greatnesse of an Estate in Bulke and 
 Territorie, doth fall under Measure; And the 
 Greatnesse of Finances and Revenew doth fall 
 under Computation. The Population may ap- 
 peare by Musters: And the Number and Great- 
 nesse of Cities and Townes, by Cards and Maps. 
 But yet there is not any Thing amongst Civill 
 Affaires, more subiedl to Errour, then the right 
 valuation, and true Judgement, concerning the 
 Power and Forces of an Estate. The King- 
 dome of Heaven is compared, not to any great 
 
1 20 1i0^a|)C0 
 
 Kern ell or Nut, but to a Cfaine of Mustafd- 
 seed; which is one of the least Graines, but hath 
 in it a Propertie and Spirit, hastily to get up 
 and spread. So are there States, great in Terri- 
 torie, and yet not apt to Enlarge, or Command ; 
 And some, that have but a small Dimension of 
 Stemme, and yet apt to be the Foundations of 
 Great Monarchies. 
 
 Walled Townes, Stored Arcenalls and Ar- 
 mouries, Goodly Races of Horse, Chariots of 
 Warre, Elephants, Ordnance, Artillery, and the 
 like: All this is but a Sheep in a Lions Skin, 
 except the Breed and disposition of the People, 
 be stout and warlike. Nay Number (it selfe) in 
 Armies, importeth not much, where the People 
 is of weake Courage: For (as Virgil saith) // 
 7iever troubles a IVol/e, how many the sheepe be. 
 The Armie of the Persians^ in the Plaines of 
 Arbela^ was such a vast Sea of People, as it did 
 somewhat astonish the Commanders in Alex- 
 anders Armie ; Who came to him therefore, and 
 wisht him, to set upon them by Night; But 
 hee answered. He would not pilfer the Vi^ory. 
 And the Defeat was Easie. When Tigranes 
 the Armenian, being incamped upon a Hill, 
 with ^00000. Men, discovered the Armie of the 
 Romans^ being not above 14000. Marching to- 
 wards him, he made himselfe Merry with it, 
 and said ; Yonder Men, are too Many for an 
 Ambassage, and too Few for a Fight. But be- 
 fore the Sunne sett, he found them enough, to 
 give him the Chace, with infinite Slaughter. 
 Many are the Examples, of the great oddes be- 
 tween Number and Courage: So that a Man 
 
iBi ©rcalne^^e of HingHome.^ antj Ic^tatc^ 121 
 
 may truly make a Judgement ; That the Princi- 
 pal Point of Greatnesse in any State, is to have 
 a Race of Military Men. Neither is Money the 
 Sinewes of Warre, (as it is trivially said) where 
 the Sinewes of Mens Armes, in Base and Effe- 
 minate People, are failing. For Solon said well 
 to Croesus (when in Ostentation he shewed him 
 his Gold) Sir, if any Other come, that hath bet- 
 ter Iron the?t you, he will be Master of all this 
 Gold. Therfore let any Prince or State, thinke 
 soberly of his Forces, except his Militia of Na- 
 tives, be of good and Valiant Soldiers. And let 
 Princes, on the other side, that have Subie<5\s of 
 Martiall disposition, know their owne Strength ; 
 unlesse they be otherwise wanting unto Them- 
 selves. As for Mercenary Forces, (which is the 
 Helpe in this Case) all Examples shew; That, 
 whatsoever Estate or Prince doth rest upon 
 them ; Hee may spread his Feathers for a tifne, 
 but he will mew the?n soone after. 
 
 The Blessijtg of ludah and Issachar will 
 never meet ; That the sa?ne People or Nation, 
 should be both The Lions whelpe, and the Asse 
 betweene Burthens: Neither will it be, that a 
 People over-laid with Taxes, should ever be- 
 come Valiant, and Martiall. It is true, that 
 Taxes levied by Consent of the Estate, doe 
 abate Mens Courage lesse ; As it hath beene 
 scene notably, in the Excises of the Low Coun- 
 tries; And in some degree, in the Subsidies of 
 England. For you must note, that we speake 
 now, of the Heart, and not of the Purse. So 
 that, although the same Tribute and Tax, laid 
 by Consent, or by Imposing, be all one to the 
 
122 lE^^agc^ 
 
 Purse, yet it workes diversly upon the Courage. 
 So that you may conclude; That no People^ 
 over-charged with Tribute^ is fit for Einpire, 
 
 Let States that aime at Greatnesse, take heed 
 how their Nobility and Gentlemen^ doe multiply 
 too fast. For that maketh the Common Sub- 
 ie(fl, grow to be a Peasant, and Base Swaine, 
 driven out of Heart, and in effedl but the Gen- 
 tlema7is Labourer. Even as you may see in 
 Coppice Woods ; If you leave your staddles too 
 thick, you shall 7iever have cleane Underwood, 
 but Shrubs and Bushes. So in Countries, if 
 the Gentlemen be too many, the Commons will 
 be base ; And you will bring it to that, that not 
 the hundred poll, will be fit for an Helmet: Es- 
 pecially as to the htfantery, which is the Nerve 
 of an Army: And so there will be Great Popu- 
 lation, and Little Strength. This, which I speake 
 of, hath been no where better seen, then by 
 comparing of England and France; whereof 
 Efigland, though farre lesse in Territory and 
 Population, hath been (neverthelesse) an Over- 
 match ; In regard, the Middle People of Etig- 
 land, make good Souldiers, which the Peasants 
 of France doe not. And herein, the device of 
 King Hen7y the Seventh, (whereof I have spoken 
 largely in the History of his Life) was Profound, 
 and Admirable ; In making Farmes, and houses 
 of Husbandry, of a Standard; That is, main- 
 tained with such a Proportion of Land unto 
 them, as may breed a Subiedl, to live in Conve- 
 nient Plenty, and no Servile Condition; And to 
 keepe the Plough in the Hands of the Owners, 
 and not meere Hirelings. And thus indeed, you 
 
^f CSreatnesf^c of ItingDome^ anli Ic^tatciS 123 
 
 shall attaine to Virgils Charadler, which he 
 gives to Ancient Italy. 
 
 — Terra potens Armis atqtie nbere Glebce, 
 Neither is that State (which for any thing I 
 know, is almost peculiar to England^ and hardly 
 to be found any where else, except it be perhaps 
 in Poland) to be passed over ; I meane the State 
 of Free Servants and Attendants upon Noble- 
 men and Ge7itlevien ; which are no waies infe- 
 riour, unto the Yeomanry^ for Armes. And 
 therefore, out of all Question, the Splendour, 
 and Magnificence, and great Retinues, and Hos- 
 pitality of Noble^nen^ and Gentlemen^ received 
 into Custome, doth much conduce, unto Mar- 
 tiall Greatnesse. Whereas, contrariwise, the 
 Close and Reserved living, of Nobletnen, and 
 Gentlemen, causeth a Penury of Military Forces. 
 
 By all meanes, it is to be procured, that the 
 Trimck of Nebuchadjiezzars Tree of Monarchy, 
 be great enough, to beare the Branches, and the 
 Boughes ; That is. That the Naturall Sub teds 
 of the Crowne or State, beare a sufficient Pro- 
 portion, to the Stranger Subieds, that they go- 
 verne. Therfore all States, that are liberall of 
 Naturalization towards Strangers, are fit for 
 Empire. For to thinke, that an Handfull of 
 People, can, with the greatest Courage, and Po- 
 licy in the World, embrace too large Extent of 
 Dominion, it may hold for a time, but it will 
 faile suddainly. The Spartans were a nice Peo- 
 ple, in Point of Naturalization ; whereby, while 
 they kept their Compasse, they stood firme ; 
 But when they did spread, and their Boughs 
 were becommen too great, for their Stem, they 
 
1 24 1E0^a|}f0 
 
 became a Windfall upon the suddaine. Never 
 any State was, in this Point, so open to receive 
 Strangers^ into their Body, as were the Roinana. 
 Therefore it sorted with them accordingly ; For 
 they grew to the greatest Monarchy, Their 
 manner was, to grant Naturalization, (which 
 they called his Civitatis) and to grant it in the 
 highest Degree; That is. Not onely lus Com- 
 mercij^ Ins Connubij^ Ins H CEreditatis ; But 
 also, lus Suffragij, and his Hononon. And 
 this, not to Singular Persons alone, but likewise 
 to whole Families ; yea to Cities, and sometimes 
 to Nations. Adde to this, their Custome of 
 Plantation of Colonies; whereby the Roman 
 Plant, was removed into the Soile, of other Na- 
 tions. And putting both Constitutions together, 
 you will say, that it was not the Ro?na?is that 
 spred upon the World; But it was the World, 
 that spred upon the Romans: And that was 
 the sure Way of Greatnesse. I have marveiled 
 sometimes at Spaine, how they claspe and con- 
 taine so large Dominions, with so few Natural! 
 Spaniards : But sure, the whole Compasse of 
 Spaine, is a very Great Body of a Tree ; Farre 
 above Rome, and Sparta, at the first. And be- 
 sides, though they have not had that usage, to 
 Naturalize liberally ; yet they have that, which is 
 next to it ; That is, To employ, almost ifidiffer- 
 ently, all Nations, in their Militia of ordifiary 
 Soldiers: yea, and sometimes in their Highest 
 Co??tmands. Nay, it seemeth at this instant, 
 they are sensible of this want of Natives ; as by 
 the P7'agmaticall Sanflion, now published, ap- 
 peareth. 
 
©f ffitcatnc^^e of Hingtiom^^ ant) ^^tatcg 125 
 
 It is certaine, that Sedentary^ and Within- 
 dooreA rts, and delicate Manufadlures (that require 
 rather the Finger, then the Arme) have, in their 
 Nature, a Contrariety, to a Mihtary disposition. 
 And generally, all Warlike People, are a little 
 idle ; And love Danger better then Travaile : 
 Neither must they be too much broken of it, if 
 they shall be preserved in vigour. Therefore, 
 it was great Advantage, in the Ancient States of 
 Sparta, Athens, Rojne, and others, that they 
 had the use of Slaves, which commonly did rid 
 those Manufacflures. But that is abohshed, in 
 greatest part, by the Christian Law. That 
 which commeth nearest to it, is, to leave those 
 Arts chiefly to Strangers, (which for that pur- 
 pose are the more easily to be received) and to 
 containe, the principall Bulke of the vulgar Na- 
 tives, within those three kinds ; Tillers of the 
 Ground ; Free Servants; & Handy-Crafts-Men, 
 of Strong, & Manly Arts, as Smiths, Masons, 
 Carpenters, &c ; Not reckoning Professed Soul- 
 diers. 
 
 But above all, for Evtpi7'e and Greatnesse, it 
 importeth most; That a Nation doe professe 
 Armes, as their principall Honour, Study, and 
 Occupation. For the Things, which we for- 
 merly have spoken of, are but Habilitatio7is to- 
 wards Armes : And what is Habilitation without 
 Intention and A^? Romulus, after his death 
 (as they report, or faigne) sent a Present to the 
 Romans; That, above all, they should intend 
 Armes ; And then, they should prove the great- 
 est Empire of the World. The Fabrick of the 
 State of Sparta, was wholly (though not wisely) 
 
126 ic^^age^ 
 
 framed, and composed, to that Scope and End. 
 The Persians J and Macedonians^ had it for a 
 flash. The Galls, Germans, Goths, Saxons, 
 Normans, and others, had it for a Time. The 
 Turks have it, at this day, though in great De- 
 cHnation. Of Christian Europe, they that have 
 it, arc, in efifecfl, onely the Spa?tiards. But it is 
 so plaine, That every Man profile th ifi that hee 
 fnost intendelh, that it needeth not to be stood 
 upon. It is enough to point at it ; That no Na- 
 tion, which doth not diredlly professe Armes, 
 may looke to have Greatnesse fall into their 
 Mouths. And, on the other side, it is a most 
 Certaine Oracle of Time; That those States, 
 that continue long in that Profession (as the 
 Romans and Turks principally have done) do 
 wonders. And those, that have professed Armes 
 but for an Age, have notwithstanding, common- 
 ly, attained that Greatnesse in that Age, which 
 maintained them long after, when their Profes- 
 sion and Exercise of Armes hath growen to 
 decay. 
 
 Incident to this Point is; For a State, to 
 have those Lawes or Customes, which may reach 
 forth unto them, iust Occasions (as may be pre- 
 tended) of Warre. For there is that lustice 
 imprinted, in the Nature of Men, that they enter 
 not upon Wars (whereof so many Calamities 
 doe ensue) but upon some, at the least Specious, 
 Grounds and Quarells. The Turke, hath at 
 hand, for Cause of Warre, the Propagation of 
 his Law or ScO. ; A Quarell that he may alwaies 
 Command. The Rojjians, though they esteemed, 
 the Extending the Limits of their Empire, to be 
 
©f ^rcatne^^c of Hingtiome^ antJ Ic^tate^ 127 
 
 great Honour to their Generalls, when it was 
 done, yet they never rested upon that alone, to 
 begin a Warre. First therefore, let Nations, 
 that pretend to Greatnesse, have this ; That they 
 be sensible of Wrongs, either upon Borderers, 
 Merchants, or Pohtique Ministers; And that 
 they sit not too long upon a Provocation. Se- 
 condly, let them be prest, and ready, to give 
 Aids and Succours, to their Confederates ; As it 
 ever was with the Romans: In so much, as if the 
 Confederate, had Leagues Defensive with divers 
 other States, and upon Invasion offered, did im- 
 plore their Aides severally, yet the Romans 
 would ever bee the formost, and leave it to none 
 Other to have the Honour. As for the Warres, 
 which were anciently made, on the behalfe, of a 
 kinde of Partie, or tacite Conformitie of Estate, 
 I doe not see how they may be well iustified: 
 As when the Ro7na7ts made a Warre for the 
 Libertie of Grecia: Or when the Lacedeinoni- 
 a?ts, and Athenians, made Warres, to set up or 
 pull downe Deinocracies, and Oligarchies: Or 
 when Warres were made by Forrainers, under 
 the pretence of lustice, or Protection, to deliver 
 the Subiecfts of others, from Tyrannic, and Op- 
 pression ; And the like. Let it suffice, That no 
 Estate expedl to be Great, that is not awake, 
 upon any iust Occasion of Arming. 
 
 No Body can be healthfull without Exercise, 
 neither Naturall Body, nor Politique: And cer- 
 tainly, to a Kingdome or Estate, a lust and Hon- 
 ourable Warre, is the true Exercise, A Civill 
 Warre, indeed, is like the Heat of a Feaver ; But 
 a Forraine Warre, is like the Heat of Exercise^ 
 
1 28 ii^^aped 
 
 and serveth to keepe the Body in Health : For 
 in a Slothful! Peace, both Courages will effemi- 
 nate, and Manners Corrupt. But howsoever it 
 be for Happinesse, without all Question, for 
 Greatnesse, it maketh, to bee still, for the most 
 Part, in Armes : And the Strength of a Veteran 
 Armie, (though it be a chargeable Businesse) al- 
 waies on Foot, is that, which commonly giveth 
 the Law ; Or at least the Reputation amongst all 
 Neighbour States ; As may well bee scene in 
 Spaine; which hath had, in one Part or other, 
 a Veteran Armie, almost continually, now by 
 the Space of Six-score yeeres. 
 
 To be Master of the Sea, is an Abridgement 
 of a Monarchy. Cicero writing to Atticus, of 
 Pompey his Preparation against Ccesar, saith ; 
 Consilimn Pompcij planl Theinistocleum est; 
 Putatenijii, qui Mari poiitur,eum Rerumpotiri. 
 And, without doubt, Potnpey had tired out Ccb- 
 sar, if upon vaine Confidence, he had not left 
 that Way. We see the great Effedls of Bat- 
 tailes by Sea. The Battaile of Adium decided 
 the Empire of the World. The Battaile of Le- 
 panto arrested the Greatnesse of the Turke. 
 There be many Examples, where Sea -Fights 
 have beene Finall to the warre ; But this is, 
 when Princes or States, have set up their Rest, 
 upon the Battailes. But thus much is certaine ; 
 That hee that Commands the Sea, is at great 
 liberty, and may take as much, and as little of 
 the Warre, as he will. Whereas those, that be 
 strongest by land, are many times neverthelesse 
 in great Straights. Surely, at this Day, with 
 us of Europe^ the Vantage of Strength at Sea 
 
<©f ffircatttc^^c of 1£tingt)omejs anl) lE^taUjJ 1 29 
 
 (which is one of the Principall Dowries of this 
 Kingdome of Great Brittaine) is Great : Both be- 
 cause, Most of the Kingdomes of Europe, are 
 not meerely Inland, but girt with the Sea, most 
 part of their Compasse ; And because, the Wealth 
 of both Indies, seemes in great Part, but an Ac- 
 cessary, to the Command of the Seas. 
 
 The Warres of Latter Ages, seeme to be 
 made in the Darke, in Respedl of the Glory and 
 Honour, which refle(fted upon Men, from the 
 Warres in Aticient Time. There be now, for 
 Martiall Encouragement, some Degrees and 
 Orders of Chivalry; which ncverthelesse, are 
 conferred promiscuously, upon Soldiers, & no 
 Soldiers ; And some Remembrance perhaps 
 upon the Scutchion ; And some Hospitals for 
 Maimed Soldiers ; And such like Things. But 
 in Ancient Times ; The Trophies erecfled upon 
 the Place of the Vicflory ; The Funerall Lauda- 
 tives and Monuments for those that died in the 
 Wars ; The Crowns and Garlands Personal ; 
 The Stile of Emperor, which the Great Kings 
 of the World after borrowed ; The Triumphes 
 of the Generalls upon their Retume ; The great 
 Donatives and Largesses upon the Disbanding 
 of the Armies ; were Things able to enflame all 
 Mens Courages. But above all, That of the 
 Triumph, amongst the Romans, was not Page- 
 ants or Gauderie, but one of the Wisest and No- 
 blest Institutions, that ever was. For it con- 
 tained three Things; Honour to the Generall; 
 Riches to the Treasury out of the Spoiles ; And 
 Donatives to the Army. But that Honour, per- 
 haps, were not fit for Monarchies; Except it be 
 
 K 
 
130 lE^^agc^ 
 
 in the Person of the Monarch himselfe, or his 
 Sonnes ; As it came to passe, in the Times 
 of the Ro?na?t Emperours, who did impropriate 
 the Afluall Triumphs to Thcmschxs, and their 
 Sonnes, for such Wars, as they did atchieve in 
 Person : And left onely, for Wars atchieved by 
 Subiedls, some Triumphall Garments, and En- 
 signes, to the Generall. 
 
 To conclude ; No Man can, by Care taking 
 (as the Scripture saith) adde a Cubiie to his 
 Stature; in this little Modell of a Mans Body: 
 But in the Great Frame of Kingdomes, & Com^ 
 mon Wealths^ it is in the power of Princes, or 
 Estates, to adde Amplitude and Greatnesse to 
 their Kingdomes. For by introducing such Or- 
 dinances, Constitutions, and Customes, as we 
 have now touched, they may sow Greatnesse^ 
 to their Posteritie, and Succession. But these 
 Things are commonly not Obsen'ed, but left to 
 take their Chance. 
 
XXX 
 
 THERE is a wisdome in this, beyond the 
 Rules of Physicke: A Mans owne Obser- 
 vation, what he findes Good of, and what he 
 findes Hurt of, is the best Physicke to preserve 
 Health. But it is a safer Conclusion to say; 
 This agree th not well with vie, there/ore I will 
 not contimie it; Then this ; I finde no offence 
 of this, therefore I may use it. For Strength of 
 Nature in youth, passeth over many Excesses, 
 which are owing a Man till his Age. Discerne 
 of the comming on of Yearcs, and thinke not, to 
 doe the same Things still ; For Age will not be 
 Defied. Beware of sudden Change in any great 
 point of Diet, and if necessity inforce it, fit the 
 rest to it. For it is a Secret, both in Nature, 
 and State ; That it is safer to change Many 
 Things, then one. Examine thy Customes, of 
 Diet, Sleepe, Exercise, Apparell, and the like; 
 And trie in any Thing, thou shalt iudge hurtful!, 
 to discontinue it by little and little ; But so, as 
 if thou doest finde any Inconvenience by the 
 Change, thou come backe to it againe : For it 
 
 K 2 
 
13^ ?£s0agc3 
 
 is hard to distinguish, that which is generally 
 held good, and wholesome, from that, which is 
 good particularly, and fit for thine owne Body. 
 To be free minded, and cheerefully disposed, at 
 Houres of Meat, and of Sleep, and of Exercise, 
 is one of the best Precepts of Long lasting. As 
 for the Passions and Studies of the Minde ; Avoid 
 Envie ; Anxious Feares ; Anger fretting inwards ; 
 Subtill and knottie Inquisitions ; loyes, and Ex- 
 hilarations in Excesse ; Sadnesse not Communi- 
 cated. Entertaine Hopes; Mirth rather then 
 loy ; Varietie of Delights, rather then Surfet of 
 them ; Wonder, and Admiration, and therefore 
 Novelties ; Studies that fill the Minde with Splen- 
 dide and Illustrious Obiecfls, as Histories, Fa- 
 bles, and Contemplations of Nature. If you flie 
 Physicke in Health altogether, it will be too 
 strange for your Body, when you shall need it. 
 If you make it too familiar, it will worke no Ex- 
 traordinary Effe(5\, when Sicknesse commeth. I 
 commend rather, some Diet, for certaine Sea- 
 sons, then frequent Use of Physicke, Except it 
 be growen into a Custome. For those Diets 
 alter the Body more, and trouble it lesse. Des- 
 pise no new Accident, in your Body, but aske 
 Opinion of it. In Sicknesse, respecfl Health 
 principally; And in Health, Adio?i. For those 
 that put their Bodies, to endure in Health, may 
 in most Sicknesses, which are not very sharpe, 
 be cured onely with Diet, and Tendering. Celsus 
 could never have spoken it as a Physician, had 
 he not been a Wise Man withall ; when he giveth 
 it, for one of the great precepts of Health and 
 Lasting ; That a Man doe vary, and enterchange 
 
iBi irlcgimcnt of l^ealtj) 133 
 
 Contraries; But with an Inclination to the more 
 benigne Extreme : Use Fasting, and full Eating, 
 but rather full Eating; Watching and Sleep, 
 but rather Sleep; Sitting, and Exercise, but 
 rather Exercise ; and the like. So shall Nature 
 be cherished, and yet taught Masteries. PAy- 
 s/cz'ans are some of them so pleasing, and con- 
 formable to the Humor of the Patient, as. they 
 presse not the true Cure of the Disease; And 
 some other are so Regular, in proceeding ac- 
 cording to Art, for the Disease, as they rcspe6l 
 not sufficiently the Condition of the Patient. 
 Take one of a Middle Temper ; Or if it may not 
 be found in one Man, combine two of either 
 sort: And forget not to call, aswell the best 
 acquainted with your Body, as the best reputed 
 of for his Faculty. 
 
XXXI 
 
 <©f gbuspicion 
 
 SUSPICIONS amongst Thoughts, are like 
 •^ Bats amongst Birds, they ever fly by Twi- 
 light. Certainly, they are to be repressed, or, at 
 the least, well guarded: For they cloud the 
 Minde ; they leese Frends ; and they checke with 
 Businesse, whereby Businesse cannot goe on, 
 currantly, and constantly. They dispose Kings to 
 Tyranny, Husbands to lealousie, Wise Men to 
 Irresolution and Melancholy. They are Defe(fls, 
 not in the Heart, but in the Braine ; For they take 
 Place in the Stoutest Natures : As in the Example 
 of Henry the Seventh of England: There was 
 not a more Suspicious Man, nor a more Stout. 
 And in such a Composition, they doe small Hurt 
 For commonly they are not admitted, but with 
 Examination, whether they be likely or no? 
 But in fearefull Natures, they gaine Ground too 
 fast. There is Nothing makes a Man Suspe^ 
 much, more then to Know little : And therefore 
 Men should remedy Suspicion, by procuring to 
 know more, and not to keep their Suspicions in 
 Smother. What would Men have? Doe they 
 
<Bi 5u0ptcton 135 
 
 thinke, those they employ and deale with, are 
 Saints? Doe they not thinke, they will have 
 their owne Ends, and be truer to Themselves, 
 then to them? Therefore, there is no better 
 Way to moderate Suspicions^ then to account 
 upon such Suspicioj s as true, and yet to bridle 
 them, as false. For so farre, a Man ought to 
 make use of Suspicions, as to provide, as if that 
 should be true, that he Suspeds, yet it may doe 
 him no Hurt. Suspicions, that the Minde, of 
 it selfe, gathers, are but Buzzes ; But Suspicions, 
 that are artificially nourished, and put into Mens 
 Heads, by the Tales, and Whisprings of others, 
 have Stings. Certainly, the best Meane, to 
 cleare the Way, in this same Wood of Stis- 
 picions, is franckly to communicate them, with 
 the Partie, that he Suspcds: For thereby, he 
 shall be sure, to know more of the Truth of 
 them, then he did before; And withall, shall 
 make that Party, more circumsped, not to give 
 further Cause of Suspicion. But this would not 
 be done to Men of base Natures : For they, if 
 they finde themselves once suspedied, will never 
 be true. The Italian saies: Sospetto licentia 
 fede: As if Suspicion did give a Pasport to 
 Faith : But it ought rather to kindle it, to dis- 
 charge it selfe. 
 
XXXII 
 
 ©f discourse 
 
 SOME in their Discourse, desire rather Com- 
 mendation of Wit, in being able to hold 
 all Arguments, then of Judgment, in discerning 
 what is True : As if it were a Praise, to know 
 what might be Said, and not what should be 
 Thought. Some have certaine Common Places, 
 and Theames, wherein they are good, and want 
 Variety: Which kinde of Poverty is for the most 
 part Tedious, and when it is once perceived 
 Ridiculous. The Honourablest Part of Talke, 
 is to give the Occasion ; And againe to Moder- 
 ate and passe to somewhat else; For then a 
 Man leads the Daunce. It is good, in Discourse, 
 and Speech of Conversation, to var>', and enter- 
 mingle Speech, of the present Occasion with 
 Arguments; Tales with Reasons; Asking of 
 Questions, with telling of Opinions; and lest 
 with Earnest: For it is a dull Thing to Tire, 
 and, as we say now, to lade, any Thing too farre. 
 As for lest, there be certaine Things, which 
 ought to be priviledged from it; Namely Re- 
 ligion, Matters of State, Great Persons, Any 
 
i&i Sfecourge 137 
 
 Mans present Businesse of Importance, And 
 any Case that deserveth Pitty. Yet there be 
 some, that thinke their Wits have been asleepe ; 
 Except they dart out somewhat, that is Piquant, 
 and to the Quicke: That is a Vaine, which 
 would be brideled ; 
 
 Farce Puer stvnults^ ^fortiits utere Lorzs. 
 
 And generally. Men ought to finde the differ- 
 ence, between Saltnesse and Bitternesse. Cer- 
 tainly, he that hath a Satyricall vaine, as he 
 maketh others afraid of his Wit, so he had need 
 be afraid of others Memory. He that question- 
 eth much, shall learne much, and content much ; 
 But especially, if he apply his Questions, to the 
 Skill of the Persons, whom he asketh : For he 
 shall give them occasion, to please themselves 
 in Speaking, and himselfe shall continually ga- 
 ther Knowledge. But let his Questions, not be 
 troublesome; For that is fit for a Poser. And 
 let him be sure, to leave other Men their Turnes 
 to speak. Nay, if there be any, that would 
 raigne, and take up all the time, let him finde 
 meanes to take them off, and to bring Others 
 on ; As Musicians use to doe, with those, that 
 dance too long Galliards. If you dissemble 
 sometimes your knowledge, of that you are 
 thought to know ; you shall be thought another 
 time, to know that, you know not. Speach of a 
 Mans Selfe ought to be seldome, and well cho- 
 sen. I knew One, was wont to say, in Scorne ; 
 He must needs be a Wise Man, he speakes so 
 much of Hi?7iselfe: And there is but one Case, 
 wherein a Man may Commend Himselfe, with 
 
1^8 1c^<{agc0 
 
 good Grace ; And that is in commending Vertuc 
 in Another ; Especially, if it be such a Vertuc, 
 whereunto Himselfepretendeth. Speech of Touch 
 towards Others, should be sparingly used : For 
 Discourse ought to be as a Field, without com- 
 ming home to any Man. I knew two Noble- 
 men^ of the West Part of England; Whereof 
 the one was given to Scoffe, but kept ever Royal 
 Cheere in his House: The other, would aske of 
 those, that had beene at the Others Table ; Tell 
 truelyj was there never a Flout or drie Blow 
 given; To which the Guest would answer ; Such 
 and such a Thing passed: The Lord would say; 
 / thought he would marre a good Dinner, Dis- 
 cretion of Speech, is more then Eloquence; And 
 to speak agreeably to him, with whom we deale, 
 is more then to speake in good Words, or in 
 good Order. A good continued Speech, without 
 a good Speech of Interlocution, shews Slow- 
 nesse: And a Good Reply, or Second Speech, 
 without a good Setled Speech, sheweth Shal- 
 lownesse and Weaknesse. As we see in Beasts, 
 that those that are Weakest in the Course, are 
 yet Nimblest in the Turne: As it is betwixt the 
 Grey-hound, & the Hare. To use too many Cir- 
 cumstances, ere one come to the Matter, is 
 Wearisome ; To use none at all, is Blunt, 
 
XXXIII 
 
 ®f plantations 
 
 PLANTATIONS are amongst Ancient, 
 •*■ Primitive, and Heroicall Workes. When the 
 World was young, it begate more Children ; But 
 now it is old, it begets fewer : For I may iustly 
 account new Plantations, to be the Children of 
 former Kingdomes. I like a Plantation in a 
 Pure Soile; that is, where People are not Dis- 
 planted, to the end, to Plant in Others. For 
 else, it is rather an Extirpation, then a Planta- 
 tion. Planting of Countries, is like Planting of 
 Woods; For you must make account, to leese 
 almost Twenty yeeres Profit, and expecfb your 
 Recompence, in the end. For the Principal! 
 Thing, that hath beene the Destrucflion of most 
 Plantations, hath beene the Base, and Hastie 
 drawing of Protit, in the first Yeeres. It is true, 
 Speedie Profit is not to be negle6led, as farre as 
 may stand, with the Good of the Plajttationy 
 but no further. It is a Shamefull and Unblessed 
 Thing, to take the Scumme of People, and 
 Wicked Condemned Men, to be the People with 
 whom you Plant: And not only so, but it spoil- 
 
140 is^^age^ 
 
 eth the Plantation; For they will ever live like 
 Rogues, and not fall to worke, but be Lazie, and 
 doe Mischicfe, and spend Vicfluals, and be 
 quickly weary, and then Certifie over to their 
 Country, to the Discredit of the Plantation. 
 The People wherewith you Plant, ought to be 
 Gardners, Plough-men, Labourers, Smiths, Car- 
 penters, loyners. Fisher-men, Fowlers, with some 
 few Apothecaries, Surgeons, Cookes, and Ba- 
 kers. In a Country of Plantation, first looke 
 about, what kinde of Vicfluall, the Countrie 
 yeelds of it selfe, to Hand: As Chestnuts, Wall- 
 nuts, Pine-Apples, Olives, Dates, Plummes, 
 Cherries, Wilde-Hony, and the like : and make 
 use of them. Then consider, what Vi61uall or 
 Esculent Things there are, which grow speedily, 
 and within the yeere; As Parsnips, Carrets, 
 Turnips, Onions, Radish, Artichokes of Hieru- 
 salem, Maiz, and the like. For Wheat, Barly, 
 and Oats, they aske too much Labour : But with 
 Pease, and Beanes, you may begin ; Both because 
 they aske lesse Labour, and because they ser\^e 
 for Meat, as well as for Bread. And of Rice like- 
 wise commeth a great Encrease, and it is a 
 kinde of Meat Above all, there ought to be 
 brought Store of Bisket, Oat-meale, Flower, 
 Meale, and the like, in the beginning, till Bread 
 may be had. For Beasts, or Birds, take chiefly 
 such, as are least Subie(fl to Diseases, and Mul- 
 tiply fastest: As Swine, Goats, Cockes, Hennes, 
 Turkies, Geese, House-doves, and the like. The 
 Vicfluall in Plajitations, ought to be expended, 
 almost as in a Besieged Towne ; That is, with 
 certaine Allowance. And let the Maine Part of 
 
iBf iPlantation? 141 
 
 the Ground employed to Gardens or Corne, bee 
 to a Common Stocke ; And to be Laid in, and 
 Stored up, and then Dehvered out in Propor- 
 tion; Besides some Spots of Ground, that any- 
 Particular Person, will Manure, for his owne 
 Private. Consider likewise, what Commodities 
 the Soile, where the Plantation is, doth natu- 
 rally yeeld, that they may some way helpe to 
 defray the Charge of the Plantation: So it be 
 not, as was said, to the untimely Preiudice, of 
 the maine Businesse ; As it hath fared with To- 
 bacco in Virginia, Wood commonly aboundeth 
 but too much; And therefore, Timber is fit to 
 be one. If there be Iron Ure, and Streames 
 whereupon to set the Milles; Iron is a brave 
 Commoditie, where Wood aboundeth. Making 
 of Bay Salt, if the Climate be proper for it, 
 would be put in Experience. Growing Silke 
 likewise, if any be, is a likely Commoditie. 
 Pitch and Tarre, where store of Firres and 
 Pines are, will not faile. So Drugs, and Sweet 
 Woods, where they are, cannot but yeeld great 
 Profit. Soape Ashes likewise, and other Things, 
 that may be thought of. But moile not too 
 much under Ground: For the Hope of Mines is 
 very Uncertaine, and useth to make the Pla?tters 
 Lazie, in other Things. For Government, let it 
 be in the Hands of one, assisted with some 
 Counsell : And let them have Commission, to 
 exercise Martiall Lawes, with some limitation. 
 And above all, let Men make that Profit of 
 being in the Wildernesse, as they have God al- 
 waies, and his Service, before their Eyes. Let 
 not the Government of the Plantation^ depend 
 
14^ i£0^age0 
 
 upon too many Counsellours, and Undertakers, 
 in the Countrie that Planteth, but upon a tem- 
 perate Number: And let those be, rather Noble- 
 men, and Gentlemen, then Merchants : For they 
 looke ever to the present Gaine. Let there be 
 Freedomes from Custome, till the Plantation be 
 of Strength : And not only Freedome from Cus- 
 tome, but Freedome to carrie their Commodi- 
 ties, where they may make their Best of them, 
 except there be some speciall Cause of Caution. 
 Gramme not in People, by sending too fast. 
 Company, after Company; But rather hearken 
 how they waste, and send Supplies proportion- 
 ably ; But so, as the Number may live well, in 
 the Plantation, and not by Surcharge be in 
 Penury. It hath beene a great Endangering, to 
 the Health of some Pla?itations, that they have 
 built along the Sea, and Rivers, in Marish and 
 unwholesome Grounds. Therefore, though you 
 begin there, to avoid Carriage, and other like 
 Discommodities, yet build still, rather upwards, 
 from the Streames, then along. It concerneth 
 likewise, the Health of the Plantation, that they 
 have good Store of Salt with them, that they 
 may use it, in their Vicflualls, when it shall be 
 necessary. If you Plant, where Savages are, 
 doe not onely entertaine them with Trifles, and 
 Gingles; But use them iustly, and gratiously, 
 with sufficient Guard neverthelesse : And doe 
 not winne their favour, by helping them to in- 
 vade their Enemies, but for their Defence it is 
 not amisse. And send oft of them, over to the 
 Country, that Plants, that they may see a better 
 Condition then their owne, and commend it 
 
CBf ^plantations 143 
 
 when they returne. When the Plantatiojt grows 
 to Strength, then it is time, to Plant with Wo- 
 men, as well as with Men; That the Plantation 
 may spread into Generations, and not be ever 
 peeced from without. It is the sinfullest Thing 
 in the world, to forsake or destitute a Planta- 
 tion, once in Forwardnesse : For besides the 
 Dishonour, it is the Guiltinesse of Bloud, of 
 many Commiserable Persons. 
 
XXXIIII 
 
 I CAN NOT call I^ic/ies better, then the Bag- 
 gage of Vertue. The Roinati Word is better, 
 Impedimenta. For as the Baggage is to an Army, 
 so is Riches to Vertue. It cannot be spared, 
 nor left behinde, but it hindreth the March; 
 Yea, and the care of it, sometimes, loseth or 
 disturbeth the Vidlory: Of great Riches^ there 
 is no Reall Use, except it be in the Distribu- 
 tion; The rest is but Conceit. So saith Salo- 
 vion; Where viiich is, there are Many to con- 
 sume it; And what hath the Ow7ier, but the 
 Sight of it, with his Eyes? The Personall Fru- 
 ition in any Man, cannot reach to feele Great 
 Riches : There is a Custody of them ; Or a 
 Power of Dole and Donative of them; Or a 
 Fame of them ; But no Solid Use to the Owner. 
 Doe you not see, what fained Prices, are set 
 upon little Stones, and Rarities? And what 
 Works of Ostentation, are undertaken, because 
 there might seeme to be, some Use of great 
 Riches? But then you will say, they may be 
 of use, to buy Men out of Dangers or Troubles. 
 
i&f ^xcf}t^ 145 
 
 As Salomon saith; Riches are as a strong Hold^ 
 in the Iviaginatioti of the Rich Man, But this 
 is excellently expressed, that it is in Imaginor 
 tion, and not alwaies in Fad. For certainly 
 Great Riches, have sold more Men, then they 
 have bought out. Seeke not Proud Riches, but 
 such as thou maist get iustly, Use soberly, Dis- 
 tribute cheerefully, and Leave contentedly. Yet 
 have no Abstra(5l nor Friarly Contempt of them. 
 But distinguish, as Cicero saith well of Rabirius 
 Posthutnus; In studio rei amplijicandcey appa- 
 rebat, non AvariticB Prcsdatn, sed Instrumen- 
 tiim Bonitati, quceri. Hearken also to Salo- 
 mon, and beware of Hasty Gathering oi Riches: 
 (liii festinat ad Divitias, non erit insons. The 
 Poets faigne that when Pliitusy (which is Riches,) 
 is sent from lupiter, he limps, and goes slowly ; 
 But when he is sent from Pluto, he runnes, and 
 is Swift of Foot. Meaning, that Riches gotten 
 by Good Meanes, and lust Labour, pace slowly ; 
 But when they come by the death of Others, 
 (As by the Course of Inheritance, Testaments, 
 and the like,) they come tumbling upon a Man. 
 But it mought be applied likewise to Pluto, 
 taking him for the Devill. For when Riches 
 come from the Devill, (as by Fraud, and Oppres- 
 sion, and uniust Meanes,) they come upon 
 Speed. The Waies to enrich are many, and 
 most of them Foule. Parsiinony is one of the 
 best, and yet is not Innocent : For it with-hold- 
 eth Men, from Workes of Liberality, and Cha- 
 rity. The Improvement of the Ground, is the 
 most Naturall Obtaining of Riches; For it is 
 our Great Mothers Blessing, the Earths ; But it 
 
 L 
 
146 'ic^gacejs 
 
 is slow. And yet, where Men of great wealth, 
 doe stoope to husbandry, it multiplieth Riches 
 exceedingly. I knew a Nobleman in Ett^iand, 
 that had the greatest Audits, of any Man in my 
 Time: A Great Grasier, A Great Sheepe-Mas- 
 ter, A Great Timber Man, A Great Colliar, A 
 Cireat Corne-Master, A Great Lead-Man, and so 
 of Iron, and a Number of the like Points of 
 Husbandry. So as the Earth seemed a Sea to 
 him, in respedl of the Perpetuall Importation. 
 It was truly observed by One, that Himselfe 
 came very hardly to a Little Riches, and very 
 easily to Great Riches. For when a Mans 
 Stocke is come to that, that he can expedl the 
 Prime of Markets, and overcome those Bar- 
 gaines, which for their greatnesse are few Mens 
 Money, and be Partner in the Industries of 
 Younger Men, he cannot but encrease mainely. 
 The Gaines of Ordinaty Trades and Vocations, 
 are honest ; And furthered by two Things, chief- 
 ly : By Diligence; And By a good Name, for 
 good and faire dealing. But the Gaines of Ba?- 
 gaines, are of a more doubtfull Nature ; When 
 Men shall waite upon Others Necessity, broake 
 by Servants and Instruments to draw them on, 
 Put off Others cunningly that would be better 
 Chapmen, and the like Pradlises, which are 
 Crafty and Naught. As for the Choppifig of 
 Bargaines, when a Man Buies, not to Hold, but 
 to Sell over againe, that commonly Grindeth 
 double, both upon the Seller, and upon the 
 Buyer. Shavings, doe greatly Enrich, if the 
 Hands be well chosen, that are trusted. Usury 
 is the certaine^t Meanes of Gaine, though one 
 
®f l^icje0 147 
 
 of the worst ; As that, whereby a Man doth eate 
 his Bread; In sudor e vultiis alient: And be- 
 sides, doth Plough upon Sundaies. But yet 
 Certaine though it be, it hath Flawes ; For that 
 the Scriveners and Broakers, doe valew unsound 
 Men, to serve their owne Turne. The Fortune, 
 in being the First in an Invention y or in a 
 Priviledge^ doth cause sometimes a wonderfull 
 Overgrowth in Riches; As it was with the first 
 Sugar Man, in the Canaries: Therefore, if a 
 Man can play the true Logiciany to have as well 
 Judgement, as Invention, he may do great Mat- 
 ters; especially if the Times be fit. He that 
 resteth upon Gaines Certaine, shall hardly grow 
 to great Riches: And he that puts all upon Ad- 
 vefttureSy doth often times breake, and come to 
 Poverty: It is good therefore, to guard ^^7/^«- 
 tures with Certai?ities, that may uphold losses. 
 Monopolies, and Coemption of Wares for Resale, 
 where they are not restrained, are great Meanes 
 to enrich ; especially, if the Partie have intelli- 
 gence, what Things are like to come into Re- 
 quest, and so store Himselfe before hand. Riches 
 gotten by Service, though it be of the best Rise, 
 yet when they are gotten by Flattery, Feeding 
 Humours, and other Servile Conditions, they 
 may be placed amongst the Worst. As for 
 Fishing for Testame^its and Executorships (as 
 Tacitus saith of Seneca; Testamenta et Orbos, 
 ta7iqucLm Indagine capij) It is yet worse; By 
 how much Men submit themselves, to Meaner 
 Persons, then in Service. Beleeve not much 
 them, that seeme to despise Riches: For they 
 despise them, that despaire of them ; And none 
 
 L2 
 
148 Ic^^ajot^ 
 
 Worse, when they come to them. Be not Pen- 
 ny wise ; Riches have Wings, and sometimes 
 they Fly away of themselves, sometimes they 
 must be set Flying to bring in more. Men 
 leave their Riches^ either to their Kindred; Or 
 to the Publique : And moderate Portions prosper 
 best in both. A great State left to an Heire, is 
 as a Lure to all the Birds of Prey, round about, 
 to seize on him, if he be not the better stablished 
 in Yeares and Judgement. Likewise Glorious 
 (}ifts and Foundations, are like Saci'ijices with- 
 out Salt; And but the Painted Sepjilchres of 
 Almes, which soone will putrifie, and corrupt 
 inwardly. Therefore, Measure not thine Ad- 
 vancements by Quantity, but Frame them by 
 Measure; and Dcferre not Charities till Death: 
 For certainly, if a Man weigh it rightly, he that 
 doth so, is rather Liberall of an Other Mans, 
 then of his Owne. 
 
XXXV 
 
 I MEAN E not to spcake of Divine Prophe- 
 cies; Nor of Heathen Oracles ; Nor of Na- 
 turall Predi6lions ; But only of Prophecies, that 
 have beene of certaine Memory, and from Hid- 
 den Causes. Saith the Pythonissa to Saul; To 
 Morrow thou and thy sonne shall be with vie. 
 Homer hath these Verses. 
 
 At Dojnus jEnecE cun6lis dominabitur Oris, 
 Et Nati Nato7'u??i, ^ qui nascentur ab illis: 
 A PropheciCy as it seemes, of the Roman Em- 
 pire. Seneca the Tragedian hath these Verses. 
 
 Veniefit Annis 
 
 S ecu la seris, quibus Oceaniis 
 Vincula Rerum laxet, <2r* ingens 
 Pate at Tel Ins, Typhisque novos 
 Detegat Orbes; nee sit Terr is 
 Ultima Thule: 
 A Prophecie of the Discovery oi America. The 
 Daughter of Polycrates dreamed, that lupiter 
 bathed her Father, and Apollo annointed him : 
 And it came to passe, that he was crucified in 
 
150 li05age^ 
 
 an Open Place, where the Sunne made his 
 Bodie runne with Sweat, and the Raine washed 
 it. Philip of Maccdon dreamed, He sealed up 
 his Wives Belly: Whereby he did expound it, 
 that his Wife should be barren; But Aristander 
 the Soothsayer, told him, his Wife was with 
 Childe, because Men doe not use to Scale Ves- 
 sells that are cmptie. A Phantasme, that ap- 
 peared to M. Brutus in his Tent, said to him ; 
 Philippis itcrum me videbis. Tiberius said to 
 Galba. Tu quoque Galba degustabis Imperium. 
 In Vespasiajis Time, there went a Pr'ophecie in 
 the East ; That those that should come forth of 
 ludea, should reigne over the World : which 
 though it may be was meant of our Saviour, 
 yet Tacitus expounds it of Vespasian, Domi- 
 tian dreamed, the Night before he was slaine, 
 that a Golden Head was growing out of the 
 Nape of his Necke: And indeed, the Succession 
 that followed him, for many yeares, made Gold- 
 en Times. Henry the Sixt of England, said of 
 Henry the Seventh, when he was a Lad, and 
 gave him Water; This is the Lad, that shall 
 enioy the Crowne, for which we strive. When 
 I was in France, I heard from one D'. Pena, 
 that the Q. Mother, who was given to Curious 
 Arts, caused the King her Husbands Nativitie, 
 to be Calculated, under a false Name; And the 
 Astrologer gave a Judgement, that he should be 
 killed in a Duell ; At which the Queene laughed, 
 thinking her Husband, to be above Challenges 
 and Duels : but he was slaine, upon a Course at 
 Tilt, the Splinters of the Staffe of Mongomery, 
 going in at his Bever. The triviall Prophecie, 
 
®f J^ropl&cciejJ 151 
 
 M'hich I heard, when I was a Childe, and Queene 
 Elizabeth was in the Plower of her Yeares, was ; 
 When He7Jipe is sponne; 
 Engla7t(Vs done. 
 Whereby, it was generally conceived, that after 
 the Princes had Reigned, which had the Princi- 
 piall Letters, of that Word Hejnpe, (which were 
 Henry, Edward, Mary, Philip, and Elizabeth) 
 E ngland should come to utter Confusion : Which, 
 thankes be to God, is verified only, in the 
 Change of the Name : For that the Kings Stile, 
 is now no more of Ejigland, but of Britaine, 
 There was also another P?'ophecie, before the 
 year of 88. which I doe not well understand. 
 There shall be seene tipo?i a day, 
 Betweene the Baugh, and the May, 
 The Blacke Fleet of Norway. 
 When that that is come and gone, 
 England build Houses of Lime and Stone 
 For after Warres shall you have None, 
 It was generally conceived, to be meant of the 
 Spanish Fleet, that came in 88. For that the 
 King of Spaities Surname, as they say, is N^or- 
 way. The Predidlion oi Regiomo?itanus; 
 
 OHogessimus ollavus mirabilis Annus; 
 Was thought likewise accomplished, in the Send- 
 ing of that great Fleet, being the greatest in 
 Strength, though not in Number, of all that ever 
 swamme upon the Sea. As for Cleons Dreame, 
 I thinke it was a lest. It was, that he was de- 
 voured of a long Dragon ; And it was expound- 
 ed of a Maker of Sausages, that troubled him 
 exceedingly. There are Numbers of the like 
 
152 lE^^age^ 
 
 kinde ; Especially if you include Dre antes, and 
 Prcdifiions oi Astrologie. But I have set downe 
 these few onely of certaine Credit, for Example. 
 My Judgement is, that they ought all to be De- 
 spised; And ought to serve, but for Winter 
 Talke, by the Fire side. Though when I say 
 Despised, I meane it as for Beleefe : For other- 
 wise, the Spreading or Publishing of them, is in 
 no sort to be Despised. For they have done 
 much Mischiefe: And I see many severe Lawes 
 made to suppresse them. That, that hath given 
 them Grace, and some Credit, consisteth in 
 three Things. First, that Men marke, when 
 they hit, and never marke, when they misse : As 
 they doe, generally, also of Dreames. The se- 
 cond is, that Probable Conie(nures, or obscure 
 Traditions, many times, turne themselves into 
 Prophecies: While the Nature of Man, which 
 coveteth Diviriation, thinkes it no Perill to fore- 
 tell that, which indeed they doe but collecfl. As 
 that of Seneca s Verse. For so much was then 
 sabic(fl to Demonstration, that the Globe of the 
 Earth, had great Parts beyond the Atlanticke; 
 which mought be Probably conceived, not to be 
 all Sea: And adding thereto, the Tradition in 
 Plaid's Timeus, and his Atlanticus, it mought 
 encourage One, to turne it to a Predi^ion. The 
 third, and Last (which is the Great one) is, that 
 almost all of them, being infinite in Number, 
 have beene Impostures, and by idle and craftie 
 Braines, mcercly contrived and faigned, after the 
 Event Past. 
 
XXXVI 
 
 Of ambition 
 
 AMBITION is like Cholerj Which is an 
 '^~^ Humour, that makcth Men Adlive, Earnest, 
 Full of Alacritie, and Stirring, if it be not stop- 
 ped. But if it be stopped, and cannot have his 
 Way, it becommeth Adust, and thereby Maligne 
 and Venomous. So Ambitious Men, if they 
 finde the way Open for their Rising, and still 
 get forward, they are rather Busie then Danger- 
 ous ; But if they be check 't in their desires, they 
 become secretly discontent, and looke upon Men 
 and matters, with an Evill Eye; And are best 
 pleased, when Things goe backward ; Which is 
 the worst Propertie, in a Servant of a Prince 
 or State. Therefore it is good for Princes, if 
 they use Ambitious Men, to handle it so, as 
 they be still Progressive, and not Retrograde: 
 Which because it cannot be without Inconveni- 
 ence, it is good not to use such Natures at all. 
 For if they rise not with their Service, they will 
 take Order to make their Service fall with them. 
 But since we have said, it were good not to use 
 Men of Ambitious Natures, except it be upon 
 
154 lE^^a^e^ 
 
 necessltie, it is fit we speake, in what Cases, 
 they are of necessitie. Good Commanders in 
 the Warres, must be taken, be they never so 
 Ambitions : For the Use of their Service dis- 
 penseth with the rest; And to take a Soldier 
 without A ?f lb it ion, is to pull off his Spurres. 
 There is also great use of Ajftbitioiis Men, in 
 being Skreenes to Princes, in Matters of Dan- 
 ger and Envie: For no Man will take that Part, 
 except he be like a Seel'd Dove, that mounts 
 and mounts, because he cannot see about him. 
 There is Use also of Ambitious Men, in Pulling 
 d.owne the Greatnesse, of any Subie(fl that 
 over-tops: As Tiberius used Macro in the Pul- 
 ling down of Seianus, Since therefore they 
 must be used, in such Cases, there resteth to 
 speake, how they are to be brideled, that they 
 may be lesse dangerous. There is lesse danger 
 of them, if they be of Meane Birth, then if they 
 be Noble: And if they be rather Harsh of Na- 
 ture, then Gracious and Popular: And if they be 
 rather New Raised, then growne Cunning, and 
 Fortified in their Greatnesse. It is counted by 
 some, a weaknesse in Princes, to have Favor- 
 ites: But it is, of all others, the best Remedy 
 against Ambitious Great-Ones. For when the 
 Way of Pleasuring and Displeasuring, lieth by 
 the Favourite, it is Impossible, Any Other 
 should be Over-great. Another meanes to curbe 
 them, is to Ballance them by others, as Proud 
 as they. But then, there must be some Middle 
 Counsellours, to keep Things steady : For with- 
 out that Ballast, the Ship will roule too much. 
 At the least, a Prince may animate and inure 
 
®f ambition 155 
 
 some Meaner Persons, to be, as it were. Scourges 
 to Ambitious Men. As for the having of them 
 Obnoxious to Ruine, if they be of fearefull Na- 
 tures, it may doe well: But if they bee Stout, and 
 Daring, it may precipitate their Designes, and 
 prove dangerous. As for the pulling of them 
 downe, if the Affaires require it, and that it may 
 not be done with safety suddainly, the onely 
 Way is, the Enterchange continually of Favours, 
 and Disgraces ; whereby they may not know, 
 what to expe61 ; And be, as it were, in a Wood. 
 Oi AjnbitioHs, it is lesse harmefull, the y^ w^^/V/V?;/ 
 to prevaile in great Things, then that other, to 
 appeare in every thing; For that breeds Confu- 
 sion, and marres Businesse. But yet, it is lesse 
 danger, to have an Ajnbitioics Man, stirring in 
 Businesse, then Great in Dependances. He that 
 seeketh to be Eminent amongst Able Men, hath 
 a great Taske; but that is ever good for the 
 Publique. But he that plots, to be the onely 
 Figure amongst Ciphars, is the decay of an 
 whole Age. Ho?iotir hath three Things in it: 
 The Vantage Ground to doe good: The Ap- 
 proach to Kings, and principall Persons: And 
 the Raising of a Mans owne Fortunes. He that 
 hath the best of these Intentions, when he as- 
 pireth, is an Honest Man: And that Prince, that 
 can discerne of these Intentions, in Another 
 that aspireth, is a wise Prince. Generally, let 
 Princes and States, choose such Ministers, as 
 are more sensible of Duty, then of Rising ; And 
 such as love Businesse rather upon Conscience, 
 then upon Bravery: And let them Discerne a 
 Busie Nature, from a Willing Minde. 
 
XXXVII 
 
 THESE Things are but Toyes, to come 
 amongst such Serious Observations. But 
 yet, since Princes will have such Things, it is 
 better, they should be Graced with Elegancy, 
 then Daubed with Cost. Dancing to Song, is a 
 Thing of great State, and Pleasure. I understand 
 it, that the Song be in Quire, placed aloft, and 
 accompanied with some broken Musicke: And 
 the Ditty fitted to the Device. Ading in Song^ 
 especially in Dialogues, hath an extreme Good 
 Grace: I say Ailing, not Dancing, (For that is a 
 Meane and Vulgar Thing;) And the Voices of 
 the Dialogue, would be Strong and Manly, (A 
 Base, and a Tenour ; No Treble ;) And the Ditty 
 High and Tragicall; Not nice or Dainty. 
 Severall Quires, placed one over against an- 
 other, and taking the Voice by Catches, Anthe?ne 
 wise, give great Pleasure. Turning Dances into 
 Figure, is a childish Curiosity. And generally, 
 let it be noted, that those Things, which I here 
 set downe, are such, as doe naturally take the 
 Sense, and not resped Petty Wonderments. It 
 
<Bi itta^que^ antJ IZTriumpft^ 157 
 
 is true, the Alterations of Scenes^ so it be quiet- 
 ly, and without Noise, are Things of great 
 Beauty, and Pleasure : For they feed and relieve 
 the Eye, before it be full of the same Obiedl. 
 Let the Scenes abound with Light, specially 
 Coloured and Varied: And let the Masquers, or 
 any other, that are to come down from the 
 Scene, have some Motions, upon the Scene it 
 selfe, before their Comming down: For it drawes 
 the Eye strangely, & makes it with great 
 pleasure, to desire to see that, it cannot perfecflly 
 discerne. Let the Songs be Loud, and Cheere- 
 full, and not Chirpings, or Pulings. Let the 
 Musicke likewise, be Sharpe, and Lond, and 
 Well Placed, The Colours, that shew best by 
 Candlelight, are; White, Carnation, and a 
 Kinde of Sea-Water-Greene ; And Oes, or Spangs^ 
 as they are of no great Cost, so they are of most 
 Glory. As for Rich Embroidery, it is lost, and 
 not Discerned. Let the Sutes of the Masquers, 
 be Gracefull, and such as become the Person, 
 when the Vizars are off: Not after Examples of 
 Knowne Attires ; Turks, Soldiers, Mariners, and 
 the like. Let A ntimasqties not be long ; They have 
 been commonly of Fooles, Satyres, Baboones, 
 Wilde-Men, Antiques, Beasts, Sprites, Witches, 
 Ethiopes, Pigmies, Turquets, Nimphs, Rusticks, 
 Cupids, Statua's Moving, and the like. As for 
 Angels, it is not Comicall enough, to put them in 
 Anti-Masques J And any Thing that is hideous, 
 as Devils, Giants, is on the other side as unfit. 
 But chiefly, let the Musicke of them, be Recrea- 
 tive, and with some strange Changes. Some 
 Sweet Odours, suddenly comming forth, without 
 
158 lE&^ageg 
 
 any drops falling, are, in such a Company, as there 
 is Stcame and Heate, Things of great Pleasure; 
 & Refreshment. Double Masques, one of Men, 
 another of Ladies, addeth State, and Variety. 
 But All is Nothing, except the Rooine be kept 
 Cleare, and Neat. 
 
 For lusts, and Tourneys, and Barriers; The 
 Glories of them, are chiefly in the Chariots, 
 wherein the Challengers make their Entry; 
 Especially if they be drawne with Strange 
 Beasts; As Lions, Beares, Cammels, and the 
 like : Or in the Devices of their Entrance ; Or 
 in the Bravery of their Liveries ; Or in the Good- 
 ly Furniture of their Horses, and Armour. But 
 enough of these Toyes. 
 
XXXVIII 
 
 ®f iSature in itttn 
 
 AJATURE is Often Hidden; Sometimes 
 "^ ^ Overcome ; Seldome Extinguished. Force 
 maketh Nature more violent in the Returne : 
 Dodlrine and Discourse maketh Nature lesse 
 Importune: But Custome onely doth alter and 
 subdue Nature. Hee that seeketh Vi(51ory over 
 his Nature^ let him not set Himselfe too great, 
 nor too small Tasks : For the first, will make 
 him deie6led by often Faylings ; And the Second 
 will make him a small Proceeder, though by 
 often Prevailings. And at the first, let him 
 pra6lise with Helps, as Swimmers doe with 
 Bladders, or Rushes : But after a Time, let him 
 pradlise with disadvantages, as Dancers doe 
 with thick Shooes. For it breeds great Perfec- 
 tion, if the Pradlise be harder then the use. 
 Where Nature is Mighty, and therefore the Vic- 
 tory hard, the Degrees had need be; First to 
 Stay and Arrest Nature in Time ; Like to Him, 
 that would say over the Foure and Twenty Let- 
 ters, when he was Angry: Then to Goe lesse in 
 Quantity ; As if one should, in forbearing Wine, 
 
1 6o li^^agc^ 
 
 come from Drinking Healths, to a Draught at a 
 Meale : And lastly, to Discontinue altogether. 
 But if a Man have the Fortitude, and Resolu- 
 tion, to enfranchise Himselfe at once, that is the 
 best; 
 
 Optimiis ille Ani7ni Vindex^ Icedentia pe6lus 
 Vmcula qui rupit, dedoluitqtie seinel. 
 
 Neither is the Ancient Rule amisse, to bend A^^ 
 iure as a Wand, to a Contrary Extreme, whereby 
 to set it right : Understanding it, where the Con- 
 trary Extreme is no Vice. Let not a man force 
 a Habit upon himselfe, with a Perpetuall Con- 
 tinuance, but with some Intermission. For both 
 the Pause, reinforceth the new Onset ; And if a 
 Man, that is not perfecft, be ever in Practise, he 
 shall as well pra<5lis3 his Errours, as his Abili- 
 ties; And induce one Habite of both: And there 
 is no Meanes to helpe this, but by Seasonable 
 Intermissions. But let not a Man trust his Vic- 
 torie over his Nature too farre; For Nature 
 will lay buried a great Time, and yet revive, 
 upon the Occasion or Temptation. Like as it 
 was with ^sopcs DamoscU^ turned from a Catt 
 to a Woman; who sate very demurely, at the 
 Boards End, till a Mouse ranne before her. 
 Therefore let a Man, either avoid the Occasion 
 altogether; Or put Himselfe often to it, that hee 
 may be little moved with it. A Mans Nature is 
 best perceived in Privatenesse, for there is no 
 Affedlation ; In Passion, for that putteth a Man 
 out of his Precepts ; And in a new Case or Ex- 
 periment, for there Custome leaveth him. They 
 are happie Men, whose Natures sort with their 
 
®f i^atuw in M^n 16 1 
 
 Vocations; Otherwise they may say, Multum 
 Incola fuit Anima mea: when they converse in 
 those Things, they doe not Affe6l. In Studies, 
 whatsoever a Man commandeth upon himselfe, 
 let him set Houres for it: But whatsoever is 
 agreeable to his Nature, let him take no Care, 
 for any set Times: For his Thoughts, will flie 
 to it of Themselves ; So as the Spaces of other 
 Businesse, or Studies, will suffice. A Mans Na- 
 ture runnes either to Herbes, or Weeds; There- 
 fore let him seasonably Water the One, and 
 Destroy the Other. 
 
 M 
 
XXXIX 
 
 ®t ©ustonu anti ISttucatfon 
 
 MENS Thoughts are much according to 
 their Inclination: Their Discourse and 
 Speeches according to their Learning, and In- 
 fused Opinions; But their Deeds are after as 
 they have beene Accustomed, And therefore, 
 as Macciavel well noteth (though in an evill 
 favoured Instance) There is no Trusting to the 
 Force of Nature, nor to the Bravery of Words ; 
 Except it be Corroborate by Custome. His In- 
 stance is, that for the Atchieving of a desperate 
 Conspiracie, a Man should not rest upon the 
 Fiercenesse of any mans Nature, or his Reso- 
 lute Undertakings; But take such an one, as 
 hath had his Hands formerly in Bloud. But 
 Macciavel knew not of a Friar Clejnenty nor a 
 Ravillac, nor a laureguy, nor a Baltasar Ge- 
 rard: yet his Rule holdeth still, that Nature, 
 nor the Engagement of Words, are not so forci- 
 ble, as Custome, Onely Superstition is now so 
 well advanced, that Men of the first Bloud, are 
 as Firme, as Butchers by Occupation: And vo- 
 tary Resolution is made Equipollent to Custome^ 
 
®f ©ujJtomc aul) Ictjucation 163 
 
 even in matter of Bloud. In other Things, the 
 Predominancy of Ctistoine is every where Visi- 
 ble; In so much, as a Man would wonder, to 
 heare Men Professe, Protest, Engage, Give 
 Great Words, and then Doe iust as they have 
 Done before: As if they were Dead Images, 
 and Engines moved onely by the wheeles of 
 Custome, We see also the Raigne or Tyrannic 
 of Custome, what it is. The hidiajis (I meane 
 the Se(fl of their Wise Men) lay Themselves 
 quietly upon a Stacke of Wood, and so Sacrifice 
 themselves by Fire. Nay the Wives strive to 
 be burned with the Corpses of their Husbands. 
 The Lads of Sparta^ of Ancient Time, were 
 wont to be Scourged upon the Altar of Diana^ 
 without so much as Oueching. I remember in 
 the beginning of Qiieene Elizabeths time of 
 England^ an Irish Retell Condemned, put up a 
 Petition to the Depufie, that he might be hanged 
 in a With, and not in an Halter, because it 
 had beene so used, with former Rebels. There 
 be Monkes in Russia, for Penance, that will sit 
 a whole Night, in a Vessell of Water, till they 
 be Ingaged with hard Ice. Many Examples 
 may be put, of the Force of Custome^ both upon 
 Minde, and Body. Therefore, since Custome is 
 the Principall Magistrate of Mans life; Let Men 
 by all Meanes endevour, to obtaine good Cus- 
 to7nes. Certainly, Custo7ne is most perfedl, when 
 it beginneth in Young Yeares : This we call 
 Ed7ication; which is, in effe6l, but an Early 
 Custo7ne, So we see, in Languages the Tongue 
 is more Pliant to all Expressions and Sounds, 
 the loints are more Supple to all Feats of Ac- 
 
 M 2 
 
164 lEji^age^ 
 
 tivitie, and Motions, in Youth then afterwards. 
 For it is true, that late Learners, cannot so well 
 take the PHe; Except it be in some Mindes, 
 that have not suffered themselves to fixe, but 
 have kept themselves open and prepared, to re- 
 ceive continuall Amendment, which is exceeding 
 Rare. But if the Force of Ctistoine Simple and 
 Separate, be Great ; the Force of Custo7ne Copu- 
 late, and Conioyned, & Collegiate, is far Great- 
 er. For there Example teacheth ; Company 
 comforteth ; Emulation quickeneth ; Glory rais- 
 eth : So as in such Places the Force of Cusiome 
 is in his Exaltation. Certainly, the great Multi- 
 plication of Vertues upon Humane Nature, rest- 
 cth upon Societies well Ordained, and Disci- 
 plined. For Commonwealths, and Good Govern- 
 ments, doe nourish Vertue Growne, but doe not 
 much mend the Seeds. But the Misery is, that 
 the most Effedluall Meanes, are now applied, to 
 the Ends, least to be desired. 
 
XL 
 
 ®f Jportune 
 
 IT cannot be denied, but Outward Accidents 
 conduce much to Fortune: Favour, Oppor- 
 tunitie. Death of Others, Occasion fitting Vertue. 
 But chiefly, the Mould of a Mans Fortune^ is in 
 his owne hands. Faber quisqiie Fortiince sues; 
 saith the Poet. And the most Frequent of Ex- 
 ternal! Causes is, that the Folly of one Man, is 
 the Fortune of Another. For no Man prospers 
 so suddenly, as by Others Errours. Serpens 
 nisi Serpente7n comederit non fit Draco. Overt, 
 and Apparent vertues bring forth Praise ; But 
 there be Secret and Hidden Vertues, that bring 
 Forth Fortune. Certaine Deliveries of a Mans 
 Selfe, which have no Name. The Spanish 
 Name, Deseinboltura, partly expresseth them: 
 When there be not Stonds, nor Restivenesse in 
 a Mans Nature ; But that the wheeles of his 
 Minde keepe way, with the wheeles of his For- 
 tune. For so Livie (after he had described Cato 
 Maior^ in these words ; hi illo viro, tantum 
 Robur Corporis &r^ Animifuity utquocunque loco 
 natus esset, For tu nam sibi fa^urus videreturj) 
 
1 66 lE^^age^ 
 
 falleth upon that, that he had, Versatile Inge- 
 nium, Thcrfore, if a Man looke Sharply, and 
 Attentively, he shall see Fortune: For though 
 shee be Blinde, yet shee ii not Invisible. The 
 Way of Fortune^ is like the Milken Way in the 
 Skie; Which is a Meeting or Knot, of a Num- 
 ber of Small Stars; Not Seene asunder, but 
 Giving Light together. So are there, a Number 
 of Little, and scarce discerned Vertues, or rather 
 Faculties and Customes, that make Men Fortu- 
 nate, The Italians note some of them, such as 
 a Man would little thinke. When they speake 
 of one, that cannot doe amisse, they will throw 
 in, into his other Conditions, that he hath, Poco 
 di Matto. And certainly, there be not two more 
 Fortunate Properties ; Then to have a Little of 
 the Foolej And not Too Much of the Honest, 
 Therefore, Extreme Lovers of their Countrey, or 
 Masters, were never Fortunate, neither can they 
 be. For when a Man placeth his Thoughts 
 without Himselfe, he goeth not his owne Way. 
 An hastie Fortune maketh an Enterpriser, and 
 Remover, (The French hath it better ; Fntrepre- 
 nanty or Rcmuant) But the Exercised Fortune 
 maketh the Able Man. Fortune is to be Hon- 
 oured, and Rcspe(51ed, and it bee but for her 
 Daughters, Confidence, and Reputatioti. For 
 those two Felicitie breedeth: The first within a 
 Mans Selfe; the Latter, in Others towards Him. 
 All Wise Men, to decline the En\y of their owne 
 vertues, use to ascribe them to Providence and 
 Forttme; For so they may the better assume 
 them : And besides, it is Greatnesse in a Man, 
 to be the Care, of the Higher Powers. So Ccesaf 
 
O! JFortune 167 
 
 said to the Pilot in the Tempest, Ccesarcm por- 
 tas, &r* Forttuiam eius. So Sylla chose the 
 Name of Felix, and not of Magnus. And it 
 hath beene noted, that those, that ascribe openly 
 too much to their owne Wisdome, and Policic, 
 end Inforhmatc. It is written, that Timotheus 
 the Athenian, after he had, in the Account he 
 gave to the State, of his Government, often in- 
 terlaced this Speech; And in this Fo7'tune had 
 no Part; never prospered in any Thing he un- 
 dertooke afterwards. Certainly, there be, whose 
 Fortunes are like Homers Verses, that have a 
 Slide, and Easinesse, more then the Verses of 
 other Poets: As Plutarch saith of Timoleons 
 Fortime, in respedl bf that of Agesilaus, or 
 Epaminondas, And that this should be, no 
 doubt it is much, in a Mans Selfe. 
 
XLI 
 
 ®f Wisnxit 
 
 MANY have made Wittie Invedlives against 
 Usurie, They say, that it is Pitie, the 
 Devill should have Gods part, which is the 
 Tithe. That the Usurer is the greatest Sabbath 
 Breaker, because his Plough goeth every Sun- 
 day. That the Usjirer is the Droane^ that Virgil 
 speaketh of: 
 
 Ignavutn Fucos Pecus cL prcEsepibus arcent. 
 That the Usurer breaketh the First Law, that 
 was made for Mankinde, after the Fall ; which 
 was, /;/ sudore VuMs tut comedes Partem 
 tuum; Not, In sudore Vuitus alienu That 
 Usurer's should have Orange-tawney Bonnets, 
 because they doe ludaize. That it is against 
 Nature, for Money to beget Money; And the 
 like. I say this onely, that Usury is a Conces- 
 sum propter Duritiem Cordis: For since there 
 must be Borrowing and Lending, and Men arc 
 so hard of Heart, as they will not lend freely, 
 Ustiry must be permitted. Some Others have 
 made Suspicious, and Cunning Propositions, of 
 Bankes, Discover)^ of Mens Estates, and other 
 Inventions. But few have spoken of Usury use- 
 fully. It is good to set before us, the Incommo- 
 dities, and Commodities of Usury; That the 
 
iBf ^^urie 169 
 
 Good may be, either Weighed out, or Culled 
 out ; And warily to provide, that while we make 
 forth, to that which is better, we meet not, with 
 that which is worse. 
 
 The Discommodities of Usury are: First, 
 that it makes fewer Merchants. For were it 
 not, for this Lazie Trade of Usury ^ Money would 
 not lie still, but would, in great Part, be Im- 
 ployed upon Merchandizing ; Which is the Vena 
 Porta of Wealth in a State. The Second, that 
 it makes Poore Merchants. For as a Farmer 
 .cannot husband his Ground so well, if he sit at 
 a great Rent ; So the Merchant cannot drive his 
 Trade so well, if he sit at great Usury. The 
 Third is incident to the other two ; And that is, 
 the Decay of Customes of Kings or States, which 
 Ebbe or flow with Merchandizing. The Fourth, 
 that it bringeth the Treasure of a Realme or 
 State, into a few Hands. For the Usurer being 
 at Certainties, and others at Uncertainties, at 
 the end of the Game ; Most of the Money will 
 be in the Boxe; And ever a State flourisheth, 
 when Wealth is more equally spread. The 
 Fifth, that it beats downe the Price of Land: 
 For the Employment of Money, is chiefly, either 
 Merchandizing, or Purchasing ; And Usury Way- 
 layes both. The Sixth, that it doth Dull and 
 Dampe all Industries, Improvements, and new 
 Inventions, wherin Money would be Stirring, if 
 it were not for this Slugge. The Last, that it is 
 the Canker and Ruine of many Mens Estates ; 
 Which in processe of Time breeds a Publike 
 Povertie. 
 
 On the other side, the Commodities of Usury 
 
170 lE^gage^ 
 
 are. First, that howsoever Usury in some re- 
 spe(fl hindereth Merchandizing, yet in some 
 other it advanceth it: For it is certain, that the 
 Greatest Part of Trade, is driven by Young 
 Merchants, upon Borrowing at Interest: So as if 
 the Usurer, either call in, or kccpe backe his 
 Money, there will ensue presently a great Stand 
 of Trade. The Second is, That were it not, for 
 this easie borrowing upon Interest, Mens neces- 
 sities would draw upon them, a most sudden un- 
 doing; In that they would be forced to sell their 
 Meanes (be it Lands or Goods) farre under Foot ; 
 and so, whereas Usury doth but Gnaw upon 
 them, Bad Markets would Swallow them quite 
 up. As for Mortgaging, or Pawning, it will 
 little mend the matter ; For either Men will not 
 take Pawnes without Use; Or if they doe, they 
 will looke precisely for the Forfeiture. I remem- 
 ber a Cruell Moneyed Man, in the Country, that 
 would say ; The Devill take this Usufy, it keepes 
 us from Forfeitures, of Mortgages, and Bonds. 
 The third and Last is ; That it is a Vanitie to 
 conceive, that there would be Ordinary Borrow- 
 ing without Profit ; And it is impossible to con- 
 ceive, the Number of Inconveniences, that will 
 ensue, if Borrowing be Cramped. Therefore, to 
 speake of the Abolishing of Usu?y is Idle. All 
 States have ever had it, in one Kinde or Rate, 
 or other. So as that Opinion must be sent to 
 Utopia, 
 
 To speake now, of the Reformation and Rei- 
 glefnent of Usury; How the Discommodities of 
 it may be best avoided, and the Cotnmodities 
 retained. It appeares by the Ballance, of Com- 
 
C5f SUgurie 171 
 
 ffiodities^ and Discommodities of Usury, Two 
 Things are to be Reconciled. The one, that 
 the Tooth of Usiirie be grinded, that it bite not 
 too much : The other, that there bee left open a 
 Meanes, to invite Moneyed Men, to lend to the 
 Merchants, for the Continuing and Quickning 
 of Trade. This cannot be done, except you in- 
 troduce, two severall So7'ts of Usury; A Lesse, 
 and a Greater, For if you reduce Usury, to 
 one Low Rate, it will ease the common Borrow- 
 er, but the Merchant wil be to seeke for Money. 
 And it is to be noted, that the Trade of Mer- 
 chandize, being the most Lucrative, may beare 
 Usury at a good Rate ; Other Contrails not so. 
 To serve both Intentions, the way would be 
 briefly thus. That there be Two Rates of Ustiry, 
 The one Free, and Generall for All ; The other 
 under Licence only, to Certaine Persons, and in 
 Certaine Places of Merchandising, First there- 
 fore, let Usury, iti generall, be reduced to Five 
 in the Hu7idred; And let that Rate be pro- 
 claimed to be Free and Current; And let the 
 State shut it selfe out, to take any Penalty for 
 the same. This will preserve Borrowing from 
 any generall Stop or Drinesse. This will ease 
 infinite Borrowers in the Countrie. This will, 
 in good Part, raise the Price of Land, because 
 Land purchased at Sixteene yeares Purchase, wil 
 yeeld Six in the Hundred, and somewhat more, 
 whereas this Rate of Interest, Yeelds but Five. 
 This, by like reason, will Encourage and edge, 
 Industrious and Profitable Improvements ; Be- 
 cause Many will rather venture in that kinde, 
 then take Five in the Hundred, especially hav- 
 
17a lE^^age? 
 
 ing beene used to greater Profit. Secondly, let 
 there be Certaine Persons licensed to Lend, to 
 knowne Merchants, upon Usury at a Higher 
 Rate; and let it be with the Cautions following. 
 Let the Rate be, even with the Merchant him- 
 selfe, somewhat more easie, then that he used 
 formerly to pay : For, by that Meanes, all Bor- 
 rowers shall have some ease, by this Reforma- 
 tion, be he Merchant, or whosoever. Let it be 
 no Banke or Common Stocke, but every Man 
 be Master of his owne Money: Not that I alto- 
 gether Mislike Banks, but they will hardly be 
 brooked, in regard of certain suspicions. Let 
 the State be answered, some small Matter, for 
 the Licence, and the rest left to the Lender: For 
 if the Abatement be but small, it will no whit 
 discourage the Lender. For he, for Example, 
 that tooke before Ten or Nine in the Hundred, 
 wil sooner descend to Eight in the Hundred, 
 then give over his Trade of Usury; And goe 
 from Certaine Gaines, to Gaines of Hazard. Let 
 these Licenced Lenders be in Number Indefi- 
 nite, but restrained to Certaine Principall Cities 
 and Townes of Merchandizing: For then they 
 will be hardly able, to Colour other Mens Mo- 
 neyes, in the Country: So as Wv^ Licence of Ni?te, 
 will not sucke away the current Rate of Five: 
 For no Man will Lend his Moneyes farre off, 
 nor put them into Unknown Hands. 
 
 If it be Obieded, that this doth, in a Sort, 
 Authorize Usury, which before was, in some 
 places, but Permissive: The Answer is; That it 
 is better, to Mitigate Usury by Declaration, 
 then to suffer it to Rage by Connivence, 
 
XLII 
 
 ®f ^outfi anti age 
 
 A MAN that is Young in yeares, may be 
 Old in Houres, if he have lost no Time. 
 But that happeneth rarely. Generally, youth is 
 like the first Cogitations, not so Wise as the 
 Second. For there is a youth in thoughts as 
 well as in Ages. And yet the Invention of 
 Young Men, is more lively, then that of Old : 
 And Imaginations streame into their Mindes 
 better, and, as it were, more Divinely. Natures 
 that have much Heat, and great and violent de- 
 sires and Perturbations, are not ripe for Adlion, 
 till they have passed the Meridian of their 
 yeares : As it was with Julius Ccesar, & Septimius 
 Severus, Of the latter of whom, it is said ; luven- 
 tute7n egit, Erroribus, ijnd Fiiroribus, plenam. 
 And yet he was the Ablest Emperour, almost, 
 of all the List. But Reposed Natures may doe 
 well in Youth. As it is scene, in Augustus Ccb- 
 sar, Cosmus Duke of Florence, Gaston de Fois, 
 and others. On the other side, Heate and Vi- 
 vacity in Age, is an Excellent Composition for 
 Businesse. Young Men, are Fitter to Invent, 
 
1 74 li^^age^ 
 
 then to ludge; Fitter for Execution, then for 
 Counsell ; And Fitter for New Proiecls, then for 
 Setled Businesse. For the Experience of A^-ey 
 in Things that fall within the compasse of it, 
 direcfleth them ; But in New Things, abuseth 
 them. The Errours of Youjig Men are the 
 Ruine of Businesse ; But the Errours of Aged 
 Men amount but to this ; That more might have 
 beene done, or sooner. Young Men^ in the 
 Condu(fl, and Mannage of Adlions, Embrace 
 more then they can Hold, Stirre more then they 
 can Quiet ; Fly to the End, without Considera- 
 tion of the Meancs, and Degrees ; Pursue some 
 few Principles, which they have chanced upon 
 absurdly; Care not to Innovate, which draws 
 unknowne Inconveniences ; Use extreme Reme- 
 dies at first; And, that which doubleth all Er- 
 rours, will not acknowledge or retra(fl them; 
 Like an unready Horse, that will neither Stop, 
 nor Turne. Men of Age, Obiedl too much. 
 Consult too long. Adventure too little, Repent 
 too soone, and scldome drive Businesse home to 
 the full Period ; But content themselves with a 
 Mediocrity of Successe. Certainly, it is good to 
 compound Employments of both ; For that will 
 be Good for the Present^ because the Vertues of 
 either Age^ may corre(ft the defedls of both; 
 And good for Succession, that You?ig Men may 
 be Learners, while Men in Age are A(5lours: 
 And lastly, Good for Exier?ie Accidenis, because 
 Authority followeth Old Men, And Favour and 
 Popularity Yonth, But for the Morall Part, 
 perhaps Yonth will have the preheminence, as^ 
 Age hath for the Politique. A certaine Rabbine^ 
 
®f gout]& anD 2(ge 175 
 
 upon the Text ; Your Young Men shall see vi" 
 sions, and your Old Men shall dreavie dreajnes; 
 Inferreth, that Young Men are admitted nearer 
 to God then Old; Because Vision is a clearer 
 Revelation, then a Dreaine. And certainly, the 
 more a Man drinketh of the World, the more it 
 intoxicateth; And Age doth profit rather in the 
 Powers of Understanding, then in the Vertues of 
 the Will and AffecfliOns. There be some have 
 an Over-early Ripenesse in their yeares, which 
 fadeth betimes: These are first, Such as have 
 Brittle Wits, the Edge whereof is soone turned ; 
 Such as was Hermogenes the Rhetorician, whose 
 Books are exceeding Subtill; Who afterwards 
 \vaxed Stupid. A Second Sort is of those, that 
 have some naturall Dispositions, which have bet- 
 ter Grace in Yotith, then in Age: Such as is a 
 fluent and Luxuriant Speech; which becomes 
 Youth well, but not Age: So Tulfy saith of 
 Hortensiusj Idem matiebat, neque idem decebat. 
 The third is of such, as take too high a Straine 
 at the First ; And are Magnanimous, more then 
 Tra<fl of yeares can uphold. As was Scipio Af- 
 fricanus, of whom Livy saith in eflfecft; Ultima 
 primis cedebant. 
 
XLIII 
 
 ®f aSeautg 
 
 VERTUE is like a Rich Stone, best plaine 
 set : And surely, Vertue is best in a Body, 
 that is comely, though not of Delicate Features: 
 And that hath rather Dignity of Presence, then 
 Beauty of Aspecfl. Neither is it almost seene, 
 that very Beautifull Persons, are otherwise of 
 great Vertue; As if Nature, were rather Busie 
 not to erre, then in labour, to produce Excel- 
 lency. And therefore, they prove Accomplished, 
 but not of great Spirit ; And Study rather Beha- 
 viour, then Vertue. But this holds not alwaies ; 
 For Augustus Ccesar, Titus Vespasianus, Phi- 
 lip le Belle of France, Edward the Fotirth of 
 England, Alcibiades of Athens, Ismael the So- 
 phy of Persia, were all High and Great Spirits ; 
 And yet the most Beautifull Men of their Times. 
 In Beauty, that of Favour, is more then that of 
 Colour, And that of Decent and Gracious Mo- 
 tion, more then that of Favour. That is the best 
 Part oi Beauty, which a Picflure cannot expresse ; 
 No nor the first Sight of the Life. There is no 
 Excellent Beauty, that hath not some Strange- 
 
®f iSeauts 177 
 
 nesse in the Proportion. A Man cannot tell, 
 whether Apelles^ or Albert Du7'er^ were the 
 more Trifler: Whereof the one would make a 
 Personage by Geometricall Proportions : The 
 other, by taking the best Parts out of divers 
 Faces, to make one Excellent. Such Person- 
 ages, I thinke, would please no Body, but the 
 Painter, that made them. Not but I thinke a 
 Painter, may make a better Face, then ever 
 was ; But he must doe it, by a kinde of Felicity, 
 (As a Musician that maketh an excellent Ayre 
 in Musicke) And not by Rule. A Man shall sec 
 Faces, that if you examine them, Part by Part, 
 you shall finde never a good; And yet all to- 
 gether doe well. If it be true, that the Principall 
 Part of Beauty^ is in decent Motion, certainly it 
 is no marvaile, though Perso7is in YeareSj seeme 
 many times more Amiable; Ptilchrorum Au- 
 tunifius pulcher: For no Youth can be comely, 
 but by Pardon, and considering the Youth., as 
 to make up the comelinesse. Beauty is as Sum- 
 mer-Fruits, which are easie to corrupt, and can- 
 not last : And, for the most part, it makes a dis- 
 solute Youth^ and an Age a little out of counte- 
 nance : But yet certainly againe, if it light well, 
 it maketh Vertues shine, and Vices blush. 
 
xLim 
 (©{ Beformitg 
 
 T\EFORMED Persons are commonly even 
 ■^-^ with Nature: For as Nature hath done ill 
 by them; So doe they by Nature: Being for 
 the most part, (as the Scripture saith) void of 
 Natujdll Affe^ioji ; And so they have their Re- 
 venge of Nature. Certainly there is a Consent 
 between the Body and the Minde ; And where 
 Nature erreth in the One, she ventureth in the 
 Other. Ubi peccat in uno, periclitatiir in altero. 
 But because, there is in Man, an Eledlion touch- 
 ing the Frame of his Minde, and a Necessity in 
 the Frame of his Body, the Starres of Naturall 
 Inclination, are sometimes obscured, by the Sun 
 of Discipline, and Vertue. Therefore, it is good 
 to consider of Deformity^ not as a Signe, which 
 is more Deceivable ; But as a Cause, which sel- 
 dome faileth of the Efife(fl. Whosoever hath 
 any Thing fixed in his Person, that doth enduce 
 Contempt, hath also a perpetuall Spurre in him- 
 selfe, to rescue and deliver himselfe from Scorne : 
 Therefore all Deformed Persons are extreme 
 
 Bold. First, as in their own Defence, as being 
 
®f Beformitg 179 
 
 exposed to Scorn ; But in Processe of Time, by 
 a Generall Habit. Also it stirreth in them In- 
 dustry, and especially of this kinde, to watch 
 and observe the Weaknesse of Others, that they 
 may have somewhat to repay. Againe, in their 
 Superiours, it quencheth lealousie towards them, 
 as Persons that they think they may at pleasure 
 despise: And it layeth their Competitours and 
 Emulatours asleepe ; As never beleeving, they 
 should be in possibility of advancement, till they 
 see them in Possession. So that, upon the mat- 
 ter, in a great Wit, Defonnity is an Advantage 
 to Rising. Kings in Ancient Times, (And at 
 this present in some Countries,) were wont to 
 put Great Trust in Eunuchs; Because they, that 
 are Envious towards All, are more Obnoxious 
 and Officious towards One. But yet their Trust 
 towards them, hath rather beene as to good 
 Spialls, and good Whisperers ; then good Magis- 
 trates, and Officers. And much like is the Rea- 
 son oi Deformed Persons. Still the Ground is, 
 they will, if they be of Spirit, seeke to free them- 
 selves from Scorne ; Which must be, either by 
 Vertue, or Malice: And therefore, let it not be 
 Marvelled, if sometimes they prove Excellent 
 Persons ; As was Agesilaus, Zanger the Sonne 
 of Solyman, ^sope, Gasca President of Peru; 
 And Socrates may goe likewise amongst them ; 
 with Others. 
 
 N2 
 
XLV 
 
 ®f 23uiHring 
 
 TJOUSES arc built to Live in, and not to 
 -*- -^ Looke on : Therefore let Use bee preferred 
 before Uniformitie ; Except where both may be 
 had. Leave the Goodly Fabrickes of Houses^ for 
 Beautie only, to the Eftchanted Pallaccs of the 
 Poets: Who build them with small Cost. Hee 
 that builds a faire House, upon an /// Seat, 
 committeth Himselfe to Prison. Neither doe I 
 reckon it an /// Seat, only, where the Aire is 
 Unwholsome; But likewise where the Aire is 
 unequall ; As you shall see many Fine Seats, set 
 upon a knap of Ground, Environed with Higher 
 Hilles round about it: whereby the Heat of the 
 Sunne is pent in, and the Wind gathereth as in 
 Troughes ; So as you shall have, and that sud- 
 denly, as great Diversitie of Heat and Cold, as 
 if you Dwelt in severall Places. Neither is it /// 
 Ai?'e onely, that maketh an /// Seat, but 111 
 Wayes, 111 Markets; And, if you will consult 
 with Momus, 111 Neighbours. I speake not of 
 many More : Want of Water ; Want of Wood, 
 Shade, and Shelter ; Want of Fruitfulnesse, and 
 mixture of Grounds of severall Natures ; Want 
 
m asuJWng 18 1 
 
 of Prospe(fl; Want of Levell Grounds; Want 
 of Places, at some neare Distance, for Sports of 
 Hunting, Hauking, and Races; Too neare the 
 Sea, too remote; Having the Commoditie of 
 Navigable Rivers, or the discommoditie of their 
 Overflowing; Too farre off from great Cities, 
 which may hinder Businesse ; Or too neare them, 
 which Lurcheth all Provisions, and maketh every 
 Thing deare : Where a Man hath a great Living 
 laid together, and where he is scanted: All 
 which, as it is impossible, perhaps, to finde to- 
 gether, so it is good to know them, and thinke 
 of them, that a Man may take as many as he 
 can: And if he have severall Dwellings, that he 
 sort them so, that what hee wanteth in the One, 
 hee may finde in the Other. Ltccullus answered 
 Pompey well; Who when hee saw his Stately 
 Galleries, and Roomes, so Large and Lightsome, 
 in one of his Houses^ said ; Surely, an excellent 
 Place for Snm7Jter, but how doe you in Winter? 
 Lucullus answered ; Why, doe you not think me 
 as wise, as some Fowle are, that ever change 
 their A boad towards the Winter ? 
 
 To passe from the Seat, to the House it selfe ; 
 We will doe as Cicero doth, in the Oratours Art ; 
 Who writes Bookes De Oratore, and a Booke 
 he entitles Orator: Whereof the Former delivers 
 the Precepts of the Art; And the Latter the Per- 
 fection, We will therefore describe a Princely 
 Pallace, making a briefe Modell thereof. For it 
 is strange to see, now in Europe, such Huge 
 Buildings, as the Vatican, and Escuriall, and 
 some Others be, and yet scarce a very Fairc 
 Koome in them. 
 
1 82 lE^^a^csi 
 
 First therefore, I say, you cannot have a 
 Perfecfl Pallace^ except you have two several I 
 Sides ; A Side for the Banqtiet^ as is spoken of 
 in the Booke of Hester; And a Side ; for the 
 Houshold: The One for Feasts and Triumphs, 
 and the Other for DwelHng. I understand both 
 these Sides, to be not onely Retumes, but Parts 
 of the Ff'Oftt ; And to be uniforme without, 
 though severally Partitioned within ; And to be 
 on both Sides, of a Great and Stately Tower, 
 in the Middest of the Front; That as it were, 
 ioyneth them together, on either Hand. I would 
 have on the Side of the Bafiqitet, in Front, one 
 only Goodly Roome, above Staires, of some Fortie 
 Foot high ; And under it, a Roome, for a Dress- 
 ing or Preparing Place, at Times of Triumphs. 
 On the other Side, which is the Houshold Side, 
 I wish it divided at the first, into a Hall, and a 
 Chappell, (with a Partition betweene ;) Both of 
 good State, and Bignesse : And those not to goe 
 all the length, but to have, at the further end, 
 a Winter, and a Stimmer Parler, both Faire. 
 And under these Roomes, A Faire and Large 
 Cellar, suncke under Ground : And likewise, 
 some Pri7>ie Kite/tins, with Butteries, and Pan- 
 tries, and the like. As for the Tower, I would 
 have it two Stories, of Eighteene Foot High 
 a peece, above the two Wings ; And a Goodly 
 Leads upon the Top, railed with Statua's inter- 
 posed ; And the same Tower to bee divided into 
 Roomes, as shall be thought fit. The Staires 
 likewise, to the upper Roomes, let them bee 
 upon a Faire open Newell, and finely raild in, 
 \i'\\}s\ Images of Woody cast into a Brasse Colour: 
 
(Bi 33uilt)ina 183 
 
 And a very faire Landing Place at the Top. 
 But this to be, if you doe not point, any of the 
 lower Roomes, for a Dining Place of Servants. 
 For otherwise, you shall have the Servants Din- 
 ner, after your owne : For the Steame of it will 
 come up as in a Tunnell. And so much for the 
 Front. Only, I understand the Height of the 
 first Staires, to be Sixteene Foot, which is the 
 Height of the Lower Roome. 
 
 Beyond this Fronts is there to be a Faire 
 Court, but three Sides of it, of a Farre Lower 
 building, then the Front. And in all the foure 
 Corners of that Court, Faire Staire Cases, cast 
 into Turrets, on the Outside, and not within 
 the Row of Buildings themselves. But those 
 Towers, are not to be of the Height of the 
 Front J But rather Proportionable to the Lower 
 Building. Let the Court not be paved, for that 
 striketh up a great Heat in Summer, and much 
 Cold in Winter. But onely some Side Alleys, 
 with a Crosse, and the Quarters to Graze, being 
 kept Shorne, but not too neare Shorne. The 
 Row of Returne, on the Ba7iquet Side, Let it 
 be all Stately Galleries ; In which Galleries, 
 Let there be three, or five, fine Cupola^s, in the 
 Length of it, placed at equall distance : And 
 fine Coloured Windowes of severall workes. 
 On the Houshold Side, Chainbers of Presence, 
 and Ordinary Entertainments, with some Bed- 
 chambers; And let all three Sides, be a double 
 House, without Thorow Lights, on the Sides, 
 that you may have Roomes from the Sunne, 
 both for Fore-noone, and After- noone. Cast it 
 also, that you may have Roomes, both for Sum- 
 
184 lEgjSagejj 
 
 mer, and Winter : Shadie for Summer, and 
 Warme for Winter. You shall have sometimes 
 Faire Houses^ so full of Glasse, that one cannot 
 tell, where to become, to be out of the Sunne, 
 or Cold : For Inbowed Windowes, I hold them 
 of good Use ; (In Cities indeed, Upright doe 
 better, in respedl of the Uniformitie towards the 
 Street ;) For they bee Prettie Retiring Places for 
 Conference ; And besides, they keepe both the 
 Wind, and Sunne off: For that which would 
 strike almost thorow the Roome, doth scarce 
 passe the Wi/idow. But let them be but few, 
 Foure in the Courts On the Sides onely. 
 
 Beyond this Courts let there be an In- 
 ward Court of the same Square, and Height ; 
 Which is to be environed, with the Garden^ 
 on all Sides : And in the Inside, Cloistered on 
 all Sides, upon Decent and Beautifull Arches, 
 as High as the first Stor)-. On the Under 
 Story ^ towards the Garden^ Let it be turned to a 
 Grotta, or Place of Shade, or Estivation. And 
 onely have opening and Windowes towards the 
 Garden; And be Levell upon the Floare, no 
 whit sunke under Ground, to avoid all Dampish- 
 nesse. And let there be a FoJtntaine, or some 
 faire Worke of Stat ad's, in the Middest of this 
 Court; And to be Paved as the other Court 
 was. These Buildings to be for Privie Lodg- 
 ings, on both Sides; And the End, for Privie 
 Galleries. Whereof, you must fore-see, that one 
 of them, be for an Infirmary, if the Prince, or 
 any Speciall Person should be Sicke, with 
 Chambers, Bed-chamber, Anticamera, and Re- 
 camera, ioyning to it. This upon the Second 
 
Story. Upon the Ground Story, a Faire Gai- 
 lery, Open, upon Pillars : And upon the Third 
 Story likewise, an Open Gallery upon Pillars, 
 to take the Prospedl;, and Freshnesse of the 
 Garden. At both Corners of the further Side, 
 by way of Returne, Let there be two Delicate or 
 Rich Cabinets, Daintily Paved, Richly Hanged, 
 Glased with Crystalline Glasse, and a Rich Cu- 
 pola in the Middest; And all other Elegancie 
 that may be thought upon. In the Upper Gal- 
 leiy too, I wish that there may be, if the Place 
 will yeeld it, some Fountaines Running, in di- 
 vers Places, from the Wall, with some fine 
 Avoidances. And thus much, for the Modell of 
 the Pallace : Save that, you must have, before 
 you come to the Front, three Courts. A Greene 
 Court Plain, with a Wall about it ; A Second 
 Court of the same, but more Garnished, with 
 little Turrets, or rather Embellishments, upon 
 the Wall : And a Third Cojirt, to make a Square 
 with the Front, but not to be built, nor yet en- 
 closed with a Naked Wall, but enclosed with 
 Tarrasscs, Leaded aloft, and fairely garnished, 
 on the three Sides ; And Cloistered on the In- 
 side, with Pillars, and not with Arches Below. 
 As for Offices, let them stand at Distance, with 
 some Low Galleries, to passe from them, to the 
 Pallace it Sclfe. 
 
XLVI 
 
 <©{ (Sarlicns 
 
 GOD Almightie first Planted a Garden. And 
 indeed, it is the Purest of Humane plea- 
 sures. It is the Greatest Refreshment to the 
 Spirits of Man ; Without which, Buildings and 
 Pallaces are but Grosse Handy-works: And a 
 Man shall ever see, that when Ages grow to 
 Civility and Elegancie, Men come to Build 
 Stately^ sooner then to Garden Finely: As if 
 Gardening were the Greater Perfection. I doe 
 hold it, in the Royall Ordering of Gardens, there 
 ought to be Gardens, for all the Moneths in the 
 Yeare: In which, severally. Things of Beautie, 
 may be then in Season. For December, and 
 January, and the Latter Part Qi November, you 
 must take such Things, as are Greene all Win- 
 ter: Holly; Ivy; Bayes; luniper; Cipresse 
 Trees; Eugh; Pine-Apple-Trees; Firre-Trees; 
 Rose-Mary ; Lavander ; Periwinckle, the White, 
 the Purple, and the Blewe ; Gennander ; Flagges; 
 Orenge-Trees ; Limon-Trees; And Mirtles, it 
 they be stooved ; & Sweet Marioram warme set. 
 There followeth, for the latter Part of January, 
 and February, the Mezerion Tree, which then 
 blossomes; Crocus Vernus, both the Yellow, 
 
and the Gray; Prime-Roses; Anemones; The 
 Early Tulippa; Hiacynthus OrientaHs; Cha- 
 mairis; Frettellaria. For Marc/i, There come 
 Violets, specially the Single Blew, which are 
 the Earliest ; The Yellow Daffadill ; The Dazie ; 
 The Almond-Tree in Blossome; The Peach- 
 Tree in Blossome ; The Cornelian-Tree in Blos- 
 some; Sweet-Briar. In Aprill follow. The 
 Double white Violet; The Wall-flower; The 
 Stock-Gilly-Flower ; The Couslip; Flower-De- 
 lices, & Lillies of all Natures; Rose-mary 
 Flowers; The Tulippa; The Double Piony; 
 The Pale Daffadill ;* The French Honny-Suckle ; 
 The Cherry-Tree in Blossome ; The Dammasin, 
 and Plum-Trees in Blossome; The White- 
 Thorne in Leafe ; The Lelacke Tree. In May^ 
 and lune^ come Pincks of all sorts, Specially the 
 Blush Pincke; Roses of all kinds, except the 
 Muske, which comes later; Hony-Suckles; 
 Strawberries ; Buglosse ; Columbine ; The 
 French Mary-gold ; Flos Africanus ; Cherry-Tree 
 in Fruit ; Ribes ; Figges in Fruit ; Raspes ; Vine 
 Flowers ; Lavender in Flowers ; The Sweet Sa- 
 tyrian, with the White Flower ; Herba Muscaria ; 
 Lilium Convallium; The Apple-tree in Blos- 
 some. In IiUy^ come G illy- Flowers of all Va- 
 rieties; Muske Roses; The Lime-Tree in blos- 
 some ; Early Peares, and Plummes in Fruit ; Gin- 
 nitings; Quadlins. In August, come Plummes 
 of all sorts in Fruit ; Peares ; Apricockes ; Ber- 
 beries ; Filberds ; Muske-Melons ; Monks Hoods, 
 of all colours. In September^ come Grapes; 
 Apples ; Poppies of all colours ; Peaches ; Melo- 
 Cotones; Nedlarines; Cornelians; Wardens; 
 
1 88 ls^<;age^ 
 
 Quinces. In Oflober, and the beginning of 
 November^ come Services; Medlars; Bullises; 
 Roses Cut or Removed to come late; Holly- 
 okes ; and such like. These Particulars are 
 for the Clijnaie of London; But my meaning is 
 Perceived, that you may have Ver Pcrpetuuiny 
 as the Place affords. 
 
 And because, the Breath of Flowers, is farre 
 Sweeter in the Aire, (where it comes and Goes, 
 like the Warbling of Musick) then in the hand, 
 thcrfore nothing is more fit for that delight, then 
 to know, what be the Flowersy and Plants^ that 
 doe best perfume the Aire. Roses Damask & 
 Red, are fast Flowers of their Smels ; So that ; 
 you may walke by a whole Row of them, and 
 finde Nothing of their Sweetnesse ; Yea though 
 it be, in a Mornings Dew. Bayes hkewise yeeld 
 no Smell, as they grow. Rosemar>' little ; Nor 
 Sweet-Marioram. That, which above all Others, 
 yeelds the Sweetest S?nell in the Aire, is the 
 Violet ; Specially the White-double-Violet, which 
 comes twice a Yeare; About the middle of 
 A prill, and about Ba?'tholojnew-tide. Next to 
 that is, the Muske-Rose. Then the Strawberry- 
 Leaves dying, which [yeeld] a most Excellent Cor- 
 diall Smell. Then the Flower of the Vines ; It is 
 a little dust, like the dust of a Bent, which growes 
 upon the Cluster, in the First comming forth. 
 Then Sweet Briar. Then Wall-Flowers, which 
 are very Delightfull, to be set under a Parler, or 
 Lower Chamber Window. Then Pincks, and 
 Gilly-Flowers, specially the Matted Pinck, & 
 Clove Gilly-flower. Then the Flowers of the 
 Lime tree. Then the Hony-Sucklcs, so they be 
 
iBf Gavtien^ 189 
 
 somewhat a farre off. Of Beane Flowers I 
 speake not, because they are Field Flowers. 
 But those which Perfume the Aire most delight- 
 fully, not passed by as the rest, but being Troden 
 upon and Crushed, are Three : That is Burnet, 
 Wilde-Time, and Water-Mints. Therefore, you 
 are to set whole Allies of them, to have the 
 Pleasure, when you walke or tread. 
 
 For Gardens, (Speaking of those, which are 
 indeed Prince-like, as we have done of Build- 
 ings) the Contents, ought not well to be, under 
 Thirty Acres of Ground; And to be divided 
 into three Parts : A Greene in the Entrance ; A 
 Heath or Desa^'t in the Going forth ; And the 
 Maine Garden in the midst; Besides Alleys, on 
 both Sides. And I like well, that Foure Acres 
 of Ground, be assigned to the Greene; Six to 
 the Heath; Foure and Foure to cither Side; 
 And Twelve to the Maine Garden. The Greene 
 hath two pleasures; The one, because nothing 
 is more Pleasant to the Eye, then Greene Grasse 
 kept finely shorne; The other, because it will 
 give you a faire Alley in the midst, by which 
 you may go in front upon a Stately Hedge, 
 which is to inclose the Garden. But, because 
 the Alley will be long, and in great Heat of the 
 Yeare, or Day, you ought not to buy the shade 
 in the Garden, by Going in the Sunne thorow 
 the Greene, therefore you are, of either Side the 
 Greene, to Plant a Covert Alley, upon Carpen- 
 ters Worke, about Twelve Foot in Height, by 
 which you may goe in Shade, into the Garden. 
 As for the Making of Kfiots, or Figures, with 
 Divers Coloured Earths, that they may lie un- 
 
190 lEjJ^agejJ 
 
 der the Windowes of the House, on that Side, 
 which the Garden stands, they be but Toyes: 
 You may see as good Sights, many times, in 
 Tarts. The Garden is best to be Square; In- 
 compassed, on all the Foure Sides, with a Stately 
 Arched Hedge. The Arches to be upon Piliaj's, 
 of Carpenters Worke, of some Ten P'oot high, 
 and Six Foot broad: And the Spaces between, 
 of the same Dimension, with the Breadth of the 
 Arch. Over the Arches, let there bee an Entire 
 Hedge, of some Foure Foot High, framed also 
 upon Carpenters Worke : And upon the Upper 
 Hedge^ over every Arch, a little Turret, with a 
 Belly, enough to receive a Cage of Birds: And 
 over every Space, betweene the Arches, some 
 other little Figure, with Broad Plates of Round 
 Coloured Glasse, gilt, for the Sunne, to Play 
 upon. But this Hedge I entend to be, raised 
 upon a Bancke, not Steepe, but gently Slope, of 
 some Six Foot, set all with Flowers. Also I 
 understand, that this Square of the Garden, 
 should not be the whole Breadth of the Ground, 
 but to leave, on either Side, Ground enough, for 
 diversity of Side Alleys: Unto which, the Two 
 Covert Alleys of the Greene, may deliver you. 
 But there must be, no Alleys with Hedges, at 
 either End, of this great Inclosure: Not at the 
 Hither E?id, for letting your Prospedl upon 
 this Faire Hedge from the Greene; Nor at the 
 Further End, for letting your Prospedl from the 
 Hedge, through the Arches, upon the Heath, 
 
 For the Ordering of the Ground, within the 
 Great Hedge, I leave it to Variety of Device; 
 Advising neverthelesse, that whatsoever forme 
 
®! Garlieng 191 
 
 you cast it into, first it be not too Busie, or full 
 of Worke. Wherein I, for my part, doe not 
 like hnages Cut out in Juniper^ or other Garden 
 stuffe: They be for Children. Little low Hedges, 
 Round, like Welts, with some Pretty Pyra- 
 mideSy I like well: And in some Places, Faire 
 ColiiDDies upon Frames of Carpenters Worke. 
 I would also, have the Alleys, Spacious and 
 Faire. You may have Closer Alleys upon the 
 Side Grounds, but none in the Maine Garden, 
 I wish also, in the very Middle, a Faire Mount, 
 with three Ascents, and Alleys, enough for foure 
 to walke a breast; Which I would have to be 
 Perfedl Circles, without any Bulwarkes, or Im- 
 bosments ; And the Whole Mount, to be Thirty 
 Foot high ; And some fine Banquetting House, 
 with some Chimneys neatly cast, and without 
 too much Glasse. 
 
 For Fountaines, they are a great Beauty, 
 and Refreshment ; But Pooles marre all, and 
 make the Garden unwholsome, and full of Flies, 
 and Frogs. Fountaines I intend to be of two 
 Natures; The One, that SprincJdeih or Spout- 
 eth Water; The Other a Faire Receipt of Water, 
 of some Thirty or Forty Foot Square, but with- 
 out Fish, or Slime, or Mud. For the first, the 
 Ornatnents of Images Gilt, or of Marble, which 
 are in use, doe well: But the maine Matter is, 
 so to Convey the Water, as it never Stay, either 
 in the Bowles, or in the Cesterne; That the 
 Water be never by Rest Discoloured, Greene, or 
 Red, or the like; Or gather any Mossinesse or 
 Putrefaction, Besides that, it is to be cleansed 
 every day by the Hand. Also some Steps up 
 
to it, and some Fine Pavement about it, doth 
 well. As for the other Kinde of Fountaine, 
 which we may call a Bathing Poole ^ it may 
 admit much Curiosity, and Beauty; wherewith 
 we will not trouble our selves : As, that the Bot- 
 tome be finely Paved, And with Images: The 
 sides likewise; And withall Embellished with 
 Coloured Glasse, and such Things of Lustre; 
 Encompassed also, with fine Railes of Low Sta- 
 tua's. But the Maine Point is the same, which 
 we mentioned, in the former Kinde of Foufitainej 
 which is, that the Water be in Perpetnall Mo- 
 tion^ Fed by a Water higher then the Poole, and 
 Delivered into it by faire Spouts, and then dis- 
 charged away under Ground, by some Equalitie 
 of Bores, that it stay little. And for fine De- 
 vices, of Arching Water without Spilling, and 
 Making it rise in severall Formes, (of Feathers, 
 Drinking Glasses, Canopies, and the hke,) they 
 be pretty things to looke on, but Nothing to 
 Health and Sweetnesse. 
 
 For the Heath, which was the Third Part of 
 our Plot, I wish it to be framed, as much as 
 may be, to a Naturall wildnesse. Trees I would 
 have none in it ; But some Thickets, made onely 
 of Sweet-Briar, and Honfty-suckle, and some 
 Wilde Vine amongst ; And the Ground set with 
 Violets, Strawberries, and Prime-Roses, For 
 these are Sweet, and prosper in the Shade. And 
 these to be in the Heath, here and there, not in 
 any Order. I like also little Heaps, in the Nature 
 of Mole-hils, (such as are in Wilde Heaths) to 
 be set, some with Wilde Thyme ; Some with 
 Pincks; Some with Germander, that gives a 
 
€f GatDen^ 193 
 
 good Flower to the Eye; Some with Peri- 
 winckle ; Some with Violets ; Some with Straw-r 
 berries; Some with Couslips; Some with Daisies; 
 Some with Red-Roses ; Some with Lilium Con- 
 vallium ; Some with Sweet-Williams Red ; Some 
 with Beares-Foot ; And the like Low Flowers, 
 being withal Sweet, and Sightly. Part of 
 which Heapes^ to be with Standards^ of little 
 Bushes^ prickt upon their Top, and Part with- 
 out. The Standards to be Roses; luniper; 
 Holly; Beare-berries (but here and there, be- 
 cause of the Smell of their Blossome;) Red 
 Currans ; Goose-berries; Rose-Mary; Bayes; 
 Sweet-Briar; and such like. But these Stand- 
 ards^ to be kept with Cutting, that they grow 
 not out of Course. 
 
 For the Side Groi^nds, you are to fill them 
 with Varietie of Alleys^ Private, to give a full 
 Shade ; Some of them, wheresoever the Sun be. 
 You are to frame some of them likewise for 
 Shelter, that when the Wind blows Sharpe, you 
 may walke, as in a Gallery. And those Alleys 
 must be likewise hedged, at both Ends, to keepe 
 out the Wind; And these Closer Alleys^ must 
 bee ever finely Gravelled, and no Grasse, be- 
 cause of Going wet. In many of these Alleys 
 likewise, you are to set Friiit-Trees of all Sorts; 
 As well upon the Walles, as in Ranges. And 
 this would be generally observed, that the Bor- 
 derSy wherin you plant your Fncit-Trees, be 
 Faire and Large, and Low, and not Steepe; 
 And Set with Fine Flowers, but thin and spar- 
 ingly, lest they Deceive the Trees. At the End 
 of both the Side Grounds, I would have a Mount 
 
 O 
 
194 Ic^^age^ 
 
 of some Pretty Height, leaving the Wall of the 
 Enclosure Brest high, to looke abroad into the 
 Fields. 
 
 For the Maine Garden^ I doe not Deny, but 
 there should be some Faire Alleys, ranged on 
 both Sides, with Fruit Trees; And some Pretty 
 Tiifts of Fruit Trees, And Arbours with Seats, 
 set in some Decent Order ; But these to be, by 
 no Meanes, set too thicke; But to leave the 
 Maine Garden, so as it be not close, but the Aire 
 Open and Free. For as for Shade, I would have 
 you rest, upon the Alleys of the Side Grounds, 
 there to walke, if you be Disposed, in the Heat 
 of the Yeare, or day ; But to make Account, that 
 the Maifie Garden, is for the more Temperate 
 Parts of the yeare ; And in the Heat of Sum- 
 mer, for the Morning, and the Evening, or 
 Over-cast Dayes. 
 
 For Aviaries, I like them not, except they 
 be of that Largenesse, as they may be Turffedy 
 and have Living Plants, and Bushes, set in 
 them; That the Birds may have more Scope, 
 and Naturall Neastling, and that no Foulenesse 
 appeare, in the Floare of the Aviary, So I 
 have made a Platforme of a Princely Garden, 
 Partly by Precept, Partly by Drawing, not a 
 Modell, but some generall Lines of it ; And in 
 this I have spared for no Cost. But it is No- 
 thing, for Great Princes, that for the most Part, 
 taking Advice with Workmen, with no Lesse 
 Cost, set their Things together ; And sometimes 
 adde Statuds, and such Things, for State, and 
 Magnificence, but nothing to the true Pleasure 
 of a Garden^ 
 
xLvn 
 ®f iaegociatittg 
 
 IT is generally better to deale by Speech, then 
 by Letter; And by the Mediation of a 
 Third, then by a Mans Selfe. Letters are good, 
 when a Man would draw an Answer by Letter 
 backe againe ; Or when it may serve, for a Mans 
 Justification, afterwards to produce his owne 
 Letter; Or where it may be Danger to be in- 
 terrupted, or heard by Peeces. To deale in 
 Persoft is good, when a Mans Face breedeth 
 Regard, as Commonly with Inferiours; Or in 
 Tender Cases, where a Mans Eye, upon the 
 Countenance of him with whom he speaketh, 
 may give him a Diredlion, how farre to goe: 
 And generally, where a Man will reserve to him- 
 selfe Libertie, either to Disavow, or to Expound. 
 In Choice of Instrufnents, it is better, to choose 
 Men of a Plainer Sort, that are like to doe that, 
 that is committed to them, and to report back 
 again faithfully the Successe ; Then those, that 
 are Cunning to Contrive out of other Mens Busi- 
 nesse, somewhat to grace tliemselves ; And will 
 helpe the Matter, in Report, for Satisfacflion 
 
 02 
 
196 Ic^^age^ 
 
 sake. Use also, such Persons, as affedl the 
 Businesse, wherin they are Employed ; For that 
 quickneth much ; And such, as arc Fit for the 
 Matter; As Bold Men for Expostulation, Faire 
 spoken Men for Perswasion, Craftie Men for 
 Enquiry and Observation, Froward and Absurd 
 Men for Businesse that doth not well beare out 
 it Selfe. Use also such, as have beene Luckie, 
 and Prevailed before in Things wherein you 
 have Emploied them; For that breeds Confi- 
 dence, and they will strive to maintaine their 
 Prescription. It is better, to sound a Person, 
 with whom one Dealcs, a farre off, then to /all 
 upon the Point at first; Except you meane to 
 surprize him by some Short Question. It is 
 better Dealing with Men in Appetite, then with 
 those that are where they would be. If a Man 
 Deale with another upon Conditions, the Start 
 or First Performance is all; Which a Man 
 cannot reasonably Demaund, except either the 
 Nature of the Thing be such, which must goe 
 before ; Or Else a Man can perswade the other 
 Partie, that hee shall still need him, in some 
 other Thing; Or else that he be counted the 
 Honester Man. All Praiftise, is to Discover^ or 
 to Worke. Men Discover themselves, in Trust; 
 In Passion; At unawares; And of Necessitie, 
 when they would have somewhat done, and can- 
 not finde an apt Pretext. If you would Worke 
 any Man, you must either know his Nature, and 
 Fashions, and so Lead him ; Or his Ends, and 
 so Perswade him ; Or his Weaknesse, and Dis- 
 advantages, and so Awe him; or those that 
 have Interest in him, and so Governe him. In 
 
®f iicgociating 197 
 
 Dealing with Cunning Persons, we must ever 
 Consider their Ends, to interpret their Speeches ; 
 And it is good, to say httle to them, and that 
 which they least looke for. In all Negociations 
 of Difficultie, a Man may not looke, to Sowe 
 and Reape at once ; But must Prepare Busi- 
 nesse, and so Ripen it by Degrees. 
 
XLVIII 
 
 <©f Jpollotoers anti jfxtnb^ 
 
 COSTLY Followers are not to be liked; 
 Lest while a Man maketh his Traine 
 Longer, hee make his Wings Shorter. I reckon 
 to bee Costly, not them alone, which charge the 
 Purse, but which are Wearisome and Impor- 
 tune in Sutes. Ordinary Followers ought to 
 challenge no Higher Conditions, then Counte- 
 nance, Recommendation, and Protedlion from 
 Wrongs. Facflious Followers are worse to be 
 liked, which Follow not upon Affecflion to him, 
 with whom they range Themselves, but upon 
 Discontentment Conceived against some Other : 
 Whereupon commonly ensueth, that 111 Intel- 
 ligence, that we many times see betweene Great 
 Personages. Likewise Glorious Followers, who 
 make themselves as Trumpets, of the Commen- 
 mendation of those they Follow, are full of In- 
 convenience ; For they taint Businesse through 
 Want of Secrecie; And they Export Honour 
 from a Man, and make him a Retume in Envie. 
 There is a Kinde of Followers likewise, which 
 are Dangerous, being indeed Espials; which 
 
®( ipollotocr^ ant) ifreuD^ 199 
 
 enquire the Secrets of the House, and beare 
 Tales of them to Others. Yet such Men, many 
 times, are in great Favour; For they are Offi- 
 cious, And commonly Exchange Tales. The 
 Following by certaine Estates of Men^ answer- 
 able to that, which a Great Person himselfe 
 professeth, (as of Soldiers to him that hath been 
 Employed in the Warres, and the like,) hath 
 ever beene a Thing Civill, and well taken even in 
 Monarchies ; So it be without too much Pompe 
 or Popularitie. But the most Honourable Kinde 
 of Following, is to be Followed, as one that 
 apprehendeth, to advance Vertue and Desert, in 
 all Sorts of Persons. And yet, where there is 
 no Eminent Od^s in Sufficiencie, it is better to 
 take with the more Passable, then with the more 
 Able. And besides, to speake Truth, in Base 
 Times, A6live Men are of more use, then Ver- 
 tuous. It is true, that in Government, it is 
 Good to use Men of one Rancke equally ; for to 
 countenance some extraordinarily, is to make 
 them Insolent, and the rest Discontent; Be- 
 cause they may claime a Due. But contrariwise 
 in Favour, to use Men with much Difference 
 and Elecflion, is Good ; For it maketh the Per- 
 sons Preferred more Thankfull, and the Rest 
 more officious ; Because all is of Favour. It is 
 good Discretion, not to make too much of any 
 Man, at the first ; Because One cannot hold out 
 that Proportion. To be governed (as we call it) 
 by One, is not safe : For it shewes Softnesse, 
 and gives a Freedome to Scandall and Disrepu- 
 tation: For those that would not Censure, or 
 Speake ill of a Man immediatly, will talke more 
 
20Q li^^tlge^ 
 
 boldly of Those, that arc so great with tliem, 
 and thereby Wound their Honour. Yet to be 
 Distracfled with many is Worse; For it makes 
 Men, to be of the Last Impression, and full of 
 Change. To take Advice of some few Frends 
 is ever Honourable; For Lookers on, 7nany 
 tiines, sec more ihe?i Ga7nesters; And the Vale 
 best discovereth the Hill. There is Little Frend- 
 ship in the World, and Least of all betweene 
 Equals, which was wont to be Magnified. That 
 that is, is between Superiour and Inferiour, 
 whose Fortunes may Comprehend, the One the 
 Other. 
 
XLIX 
 
 ®f Cutouts 
 
 MANY ill Matters and Proiecfls are under- 
 taken ; And Private Sutes do Putrifie the 
 Publique Good. Many Good Matters are un- 
 dertaken with Bad Mindes ; I meane not onely 
 Corrupt Mindes, but Craftie Mindes, that intend 
 not Performance. Some embrace Sutes ^ which 
 never meane to deale effedtually in them; But 
 if they see, there may be hfe in the Matter, by 
 some other meane, they will be content to winne 
 a Thanke, or take a Second Reward, or at least 
 to make Use, in the meane time, of the Siitours 
 Hopes. Some take hold of Sutes, onely for an 
 Occasion, to Crosse some other ; Or to make an 
 Information, whereof they could not otherwise 
 have apt Pretext ; without Care what become of 
 the Stite, when that Turne is served : Or gene- 
 rally, to make other Mens Businesse, a Kinde 
 of Entertainment, to bring in their owne. Nay, 
 some undertake Sutes, with a full Purpose, to 
 let them fall; To the end, to gratifie the Ad- 
 verse Partie, or Competitour. Surely, there is, 
 in some sort, a Right in every Sute: Either a 
 
202 lE^ssagejJ 
 
 Right of Equity, if it be a Sute of Controversie ; 
 Or a Right of Desert, if it be a Sute of Petition. 
 If Affe(flion lead a Man, to favour the Wrong 
 Side in Justice, let him rather use his Counte- 
 nance, to Compound the Matter, then to Carry 
 it If Afifecflion lead a Man, to favour the lesse 
 Worthy in Desert, let him doe it without De- 
 praving or Disabling the Better Deserver. In 
 SuteSy which a man doth not well understand, it 
 is good to referre them, to some Frend of Trust 
 and Judgement, that may report whether hee 
 may deale in them with Honour: But let him 
 chuse well his Referendaries, for else he may 
 be led by the Nose. Stitours are so distasted 
 with Delayes, and Abuses, that Plaine Dealing, 
 in denying to deale in Sutes at first, and Re- 
 porting the Successe barely, and in Challenging 
 no more Thanks then one hath deserved, is 
 grown not onely Honourable, but also Gracious. 
 In Stites of Favour, the first Comming ought to 
 take little Place: So farre forth Consideration 
 may bee had of his Trust, that if InteUigence of 
 the Matter, could not otherwise have beene had, 
 but by him, Advantage bee not taken of the Note, 
 but the Partie left to his other Meanes ; and, in 
 some sort, Recompenced for his Discoverie. To 
 be Ignorant of the value of a Sute, is Simpli- 
 citie; As well as to be Ignorant of the Right 
 thereof, is Want of Conscience. Secrecie in 
 Sutes, is a great Meane of Obtaining; For 
 voycing them, to bee in Forwardnesse, may 
 discourage some Kinde of Suiours; But doth 
 Quicken and Awake Others. But Timing of 
 the Sute^ is the Principall. Timing, I say, not 
 
onely in respecfl of the Person, that should grant 
 it, but in respedl of those, which are like to 
 Crosse it. Let a Man, in the choice of his 
 Meane, rather choose the Fittest Meane, then 
 the Greatest Meane: And rather them, that 
 deale in certaine Things, then those that are 
 Generall. The Reparation of a Deniall, is som- 
 times Equall to the first Grant ; If a Man shew 
 himselfe, neither deie6\ed, nor discontented. 
 Iniquum petas, tit ^quiim feras; is a good 
 Rule, where a Man hath Strength of Favour: 
 But otherwise, a man were better rise in his 
 Stitej For he that would have ventured at first 
 to have lost the Sutour^ will not in the Conclu- 
 sion, lose both the Sutour, and his owne former 
 Favour. Nothing is thought so Easie a Request, 
 to a great Person, as his Letter ; And yet, if it 
 be not in a Good Cause, it is so much out of his 
 Reputation. There are no worse Instruments, 
 then these Generall Contrivers of Sides: For 
 they are but a Kinde of Poyson and Infe(5lion to 
 Publique Proceedings. 
 
Of Sbtuiies 
 
 ^T[/D/ES serve for Delight, for Ornament, 
 *^ and for Ability. Their Chiefe Use for De- 
 light, is in Privatenesse and Retiring ; For Orna- 
 ment, is in Discourse; And for Ability, is in 
 the Judgement and Disposition of Businesse. 
 For Expert Men can Execute, and perhaps 
 ludge of particulars, one by one ; But the gene- 
 rail Counsels, and the Plots, and Marshalling of 
 Affaires, come best from those that are Learned, 
 To spend too much Time in StudieSy is Sloth ; 
 To use them too much for Ornament, is Affecta- 
 tion ; To make Judgement wholly by their Rules 
 is the Humour of a Scholler. They perfedl 
 Nature, and are perfe<5led by Experience: For 
 Naturall Abilities, are like Naturall Plants, that 
 need Proyning by Study: And Studies them- 
 selves, doe give forth Direcflions too much at 
 Large, except they be bounded in by experience. 
 Crafty Men Contemne Studies; Simple Men 
 Admire them ; And Wise Men Use them : For 
 they teach not their owne Use ; But that is a 
 Wisdome without them, and above them, won 
 
iB( <5tuDfe^ 205 
 
 by Observation. Reade not to Contradicfl, and 
 Confute ; Nor to Beleeve and Take for granted ; 
 Nor to Findc Talke and Discourse; But to 
 weigh and Consider. Some Bookes are to be 
 Tasted, Others to be Swallowed, and Some Few 
 to be Chewed and Digested: That is, some 
 Bookes are to be read onely in Parts ; Others to 
 be read but not Curiously; And some Few to 
 be read wholly, and with Diligence and Atten- 
 tion. Some Bookes also may be read by De- 
 puty, and Extra6ls made of them by Others: 
 But that would be, onely in the lesse important 
 Arguments, and the Meaner Sort of Bookes: 
 else distilled Bookes^ are like Common distilled 
 Waters, Flashy Things. Reading makcth a Full 
 Man; Conference a Ready Man; And Writing 
 an Exa(5l Man. And therefore. If a Man Write 
 little, he had need have a Great memory; If he 
 Conferre little, he had need have a Present Wit ; 
 And if he Reade litle, he had need have much 
 Cunning, to seeme to know that, he doth not. 
 Histo)'ies make Men Wise; Poets Witty; The 
 Matheinaticks Subtill ; Nat u rail Philosophy 
 deepe; Moral I Grave; Logick and Rhetorick 
 Able to Contend. Abemit studia in Mores. 
 Nay there is no Stond or Impediment in the 
 Wit, but may be wrought out by Fit Studies: 
 Like as Diseases of the Body, may have Appro- 
 priate Exercises. BowHng is good for the Stone 
 and Reines ; Shooting for the Lungs and Breast ; 
 Gentle Walking for the Stomacke ; Riding for 
 the Head ; And the like. So if a Mans Wit be 
 Wandring, let him Study the Matheinaticks ; 
 For in Demonstrations, if his Wit be called 
 
2o6 IcjJjJage^ 
 
 away never so little, he must begin again: If 
 his Wit be not Apt to distinguish or find dif* 
 ferences, let him Shidy the Schoole-men; For 
 they are Cymini se6lores. If he be not Apt to 
 beat over Matters, and to call up one Thing, to 
 Prove and Illustrate another, let him Study the 
 Lawyers Cases: So every Defed of the Minde, 
 may have a Speciall Receit, 
 
u 
 ©f Jpaction 
 
 MANY have an Opinion not wise; That for 
 a Prince to Governe his Estate ; Or for a 
 Great Person to governe his Proceedings, ac« 
 cording to the Respedl of Fadions, is a Princi- 
 pal! Part of Policy: whereas contrariwise, the 
 Chiefest Wisdome is, either in Ordering those 
 Things, which are Generall, and wherein Men 
 of Severall FaUions doe nevertheless agree ; Or 
 in dealing with Correspondence to Particular 
 Persons, one by one. But I say not, that the 
 consideration of Fad ions, is to be Negledled. 
 Meane Men, in their Rising, must adhere ; But 
 Great Men, that have Strength in themselves, 
 were better to maintaine themselves Indifferent, 
 and Neutrall. Yet even in beginners, to adhere 
 so moderately, as hee bee a Man of the one 
 Fadion, which is most Passable with the other, 
 commonly giveth best Way. The Lower and 
 Weaker Fadton, is the firmer in Coniundlion : 
 And it is often scene, that a few, that are Stifle, 
 doe tire out, a greater Number, that are more 
 Moderate. When One of the FaClions is Extin- 
 
ao8 ^E^sagcjs 
 
 guished, the Remaining Subdivideth : As the 
 Fadion, betweene Lucullus^ and the Rest of the 
 Nobles of the Senate (which they called Opti- 
 maies) held out a while, against the Fa^ioti of 
 Pojfipey and Ccesar: But when the Senates Au- 
 thority was pulled Downe, Ccesar and Pompey 
 soone after brake. The Fa6lion or Partie of 
 Antojiius^ and Oflaviantis Ccesar^ against ^r/^- 
 tiis and Cassius^ held out likewise for a time : 
 But when Brutus and Cassius were overthrowne, 
 then soone 2iher Anton t us and Oflavianus brake 
 and Subdivided. These Examples are of Warres, 
 but the same holdeth in Private Faflions, And 
 therefore, those that arc Seconds in Faflions^ 
 doe many times, when the Faftion Subdivideth, 
 prove Principals : But many times also, they 
 prove Ciphars and Casheer'd: For many a Mans 
 Strength is in opposition; And when that fail- 
 eth, he groweth out of use. It is commonly 
 scene, that Men once Placed, take in with the 
 Contrary Fad ion to that, by which they enter ; 
 Thinking belike that they have the First Sure ; 
 And now are Readie for a New Purchase. The 
 Traitour in Fadion lightly goeth away with 
 it ; For when Matters have stucke long in Bal- 
 ancing, the Winning of some one Man cast- 
 eth them, and he getteth all the Thankes. The 
 Even Carriage betweene two Fadions^ proceed- 
 eth not alwaies of Moderation, but of a True- 
 nesse to a Mans Selfe, with End to make use of 
 both. Certainly in Italy, they hold it a little 
 suspecft in Popes, when they have often in their 
 Mouth, Padre commune: And take it, to be a 
 Signe of one, that meaneth to referre all, to the 
 
(Bi ^Faction 209 
 
 Greatnesse of his owne House. Kings had need 
 beware, how they Side themselves, and make 
 themselves as of a Faction or Partie : For 
 Leagues, within the State, are ever Pernicious 
 to Monarchies; For they raise an Obligation, 
 Paramount to Obligation of Soveraigntie, and 
 make the King, Tanquhm utuis ex nobis: As 
 was to be scene, in the League of France. When 
 Fa^ions are carried too high, and too violently, 
 it is a Signe of Weaknesse in Princes ; And 
 much to the Preiudice, both of their Authoritie, 
 and Businesse. The Motions of Fadions, under 
 Kings, ought to be like the Motions (as the 
 Astronomers speake) of the Inferiour Orbs ; 
 which may have their Proper Motions, but yet 
 still, are quietly carried, by the Higher Motion, 
 of Prinmni Mobile. 
 
LII 
 
 ®f GTeremonus anti lUcspects 
 
 HE that is only Reall, had need have Ex- 
 ceeding great Parts of Vertue; As the 
 Stone had need to be Rich, that is set without 
 Foile. But if a Man marke it well, it is in 
 praise and Commendation of Men, as it is in 
 Gettings and Gaines : P^or the Proverbe is true, 
 That light Gaines viake hcaiy Purses; For 
 light Gaines come thick, whereas Great come 
 but now and then. So it is true, that Small 
 Matters win great Commendation, because they 
 are continually in Use, and in note : whereas the 
 Occasion of any great Vertue, commeth but on 
 Festivals. Therefore it doth much adde, to a 
 Mans Reputation, and is, (as Queene Isabella 
 said) Like perpettiall Letters Coiujueiidatory^ to 
 have good Forines. To Attaine them, it almost 
 sufficeth, not to despise them: For so shall a 
 Man observe them in Others : And let him trust 
 himselfe with the rest. For if he Labour too 
 much to Expresse them, he shall lose their 
 Grace ; Which is to be Naturall and Unaffe(5led. 
 Some Mens Behaviour, is like a Verse, wherein 
 
a^i ©ctemomejJ anD Bcjspcctsi 211 
 
 every Syllable is Measured: How can a man 
 comprehend great Matters, that breaketh his 
 Minde too much to small Observations? Not 
 to use Ceremonies at all, is to teach Others not 
 to use them againe ; And so diminisheth Respe^l 
 to himselfe : Especially they be not to be omit- 
 ted to Strangers, and Formall Natures : But the 
 Dwelling upon them, & Exalting them above the 
 Moone, is not only Tedious, but doth Diminish 
 the Faith and Credit of him that speakes. And 
 certainly, there is a Kinde, of Conveying of Ef- 
 fecfluall and Imprinting Passages, amongst Com- 
 plements, which is of Singular use, if a Man 
 can hit upon it. Amongst a Mans Peeres, a 
 Man shall be sure of Familiaritie ; And there- 
 fore, it is good a little to keepe State. Amongst 
 a Mans Inferiours, one shall be sure of Rever- 
 ence ; And therefore it is good a little to be Fa- 
 miliar. He that is too much in any Thing, so 
 that he giveth another Occasion of Sacietie, 
 maketh himselfe cheape. To apply Ones Selfe 
 to others, is good : So it be with Demonstration, 
 that a Man doth it upon Regard, And not upon 
 Facilitie. It is a good Precept, generally in 
 Seconding Another, yet to adde somewhat of 
 Ones Owne: As if you will grant his Opinion, 
 let it be with some Distindlion ; If you will fol- 
 low his Motion, let it bee with Condition ; If 
 you allow his Counsell, let it be with Alledging 
 further Reason. Men had need beware, how 
 they be too Perfedl in Complements; For be 
 they never so Sufficient otherwise, their Enviers 
 will be sure to give them that Attribute, to the 
 Disadvantage of their greater Vertues. It is 
 
 P2 
 
212 lE^^agc^ 
 
 losse also in businesse, to be too full of Respefls. 
 or to be too Curious in Observing Times and 
 Opportunities. Salofnoii saith ; He that con- 
 sidereih the wind, shall not Sow, and he that 
 lookeih to the Clouds, shall not reape. A wise 
 Man will make more Opportunities then he 
 findes. Mens Behaviour should be like their 
 Apparell, not too Strait, or point Device, but 
 Free for Exercise or Motion. 
 
LIII 
 
 pRAISE is the Refleaion of Vertue. But it 
 •^ is as the Glasse or Bodie, which giveth the 
 Refledlion. If it be from the Common People, 
 it is commonly False and Naught: And rather 
 followeth Vaine Persons, then Vertuous: For 
 the Common People understand not many Ex- 
 cellent Vertues : The Lowest Vertues draw 
 Praise from them; The middle Vertues worke 
 in them Astonishment, or Admiration; But of 
 the Highest Vertues, they have no Sense, or 
 Perceiving at all. But Shewes, and Species vir- 
 tiitibus similes, serve best with them. Certainly, 
 Fame is like a River, that beareth up Things 
 Light and Swolne, And Drownes Things waighty 
 and Solide : But if persons of Qualitie and, 
 ludgement concurre, then it is, (as the Scripture 
 saith) Noinen bonuin i?tstar ungiienti fragran- 
 tis. It filleth all round about, and will not easily 
 away. For the Odours of Oyntments, are more 
 Durable, then those of Flowers. There be so 
 many False Points of Praise^ that a Man may 
 iustly hold it a Suspea. Some Praises proceed 
 
a 14 IS^^agc^ 
 
 meerely of Flattery ; And if hcc be an Ordinary 
 Flatterer, he will have certaine Common Attri- 
 butes, which may serve every Man; If he be a 
 Cunning Flatterer, he will follow the Arch-flat- 
 terer, which is a Mans selfe ; and wherein a 
 Man thinketh best of himselfe, therein the Flat- 
 terer will uphold him most: But if he be an Im- 
 pudent Flatterer, look wherin a Man is Con- 
 scious to himselfe, that he is most Defecftive., 
 and is most out of Countenance in himselfe, 
 that will the Flatterer Entitle him to, perforce, 
 Spretd Conscieiitid. Some Praises come of 
 good Wishes, and Respedls, which is a Forme 
 due in Civilitie to Kings, and Great Persons, 
 Laiidando prcEcipere; When by telling Men, 
 what they are, they represent to them, what they 
 should be. Some Men are Praised Maliciously 
 to their Hurt, therby to stirre Envie and lea- 
 lousie towards them ; Pessiiman genus Inimico- 
 rujn latidantium; In so much as it was a Pro- 
 verb, amongst the Grecians; that, He that was 
 praised to his Hurt, should have a Ptish rise 
 upon his Nose: As we say ; That a Blister will 
 rise upon ones Tongue, that telPs a lye. Cer- 
 tainly Moderate Praise, used with Opportunity, 
 and not Vulgar, is that which doth the Good. 
 Salomon saith. He that praiseih his Frend 
 aloud. Rising Ea?'ly, it shall be to him, no better 
 then a Curse. Too much Magnifying of Man 
 or Matter, doth irritate Contradi(5\ion, and pro- 
 cure Envie and Scorne. To Praise a Mans 
 selfe, cannot be Decent, except it be in rare 
 Cases: But to Praise a Mans Office or Profes- 
 sion, he may doe it with Good Grace, and with 
 
Si ^3rai0e 215 
 
 a Kinde of Magnanimitie. The Cardinals of 
 Rome, which are Theologues, and Friars, and 
 Schoole-men, have a Phrase of Notable Con- 
 tempt and Scorne, towards Civill Businesse : 
 For they call all Temporall Businesse, of Warres, 
 Embassages, ludicature, & other Emploiments, 
 Sbirreriej which is, Under-Shc7'iffries ; As if 
 they were but matters for Under-Sheriffes and 
 Catchpoles ; Though many times, those Under- 
 sherifferies doe more good, then their High Spe- 
 culations. S^. Paul, when he boasts of himselfe, 
 he doth oft enterlace ; I speake like a Foolej But 
 speaking of his Calling, he saith ; Magnificabo 
 ApostolaUun ineum. 
 
LIIII 
 
 (©{ SHaine-CGIorB 
 
 IT was prettily Devised of jEsope; The Fly 
 sate upon the Axle-tree of the Chariot 
 wheele, atid said, What a Dust doe I raise? 
 So are there some Vaine Persons, that what- 
 soever goeth alone, or moveth upon greater 
 Means, if they have never so little Hand in it, 
 they thinke it is they that carry it. They that 
 are Glorious, must needs be FaHious; For all 
 Bravery stands upon Comparisons. They must 
 needs be Violent, to make good their owne 
 Vaunts. Neither can they be Secret, and there- 
 fore not Effe(fluall ; but according to the French 
 Proverb; Beaticoup de Brtiit, peu de Fruit: 
 Much B7'uit, little Fruit. Yet certainly there 
 is Use of this Qualitie, in Civill Affaires. Where 
 there is an Opinion, and Fame to be created, 
 either of Vertue, or Greatnesse, these Men are 
 good Trumpetters. Again, as Titus Livius 
 noteth, in the Case oi Antiochus, and the ^to- 
 liansj There are sometimes great Effects oj 
 Crosse Lies; As if a Man, that Negotiates be- 
 tween Two Princes, to draw them to ioyne in a 
 
Warre against the Third, doth extoll the Forces 
 of either of them, above Measure, the One to 
 the Other: And sometimes, he that deales be- 
 tween Man and Man, raiseth his owne Credit, 
 with Both, by pretending greater Interest, then 
 he hath in Either. And in these, and the Hke 
 Kindes, it often falls out, that Somewhat is pro- 
 duced of Nothing: For Lies are sufficient to 
 breed Opinion, and Opinion brings on Sub- 
 stance. In Militar Commanders and Soldiers, 
 Vaine-Glory is an Essentiall Point ; For as Iron 
 sharpens Iron, so by Glory one Courage sharp- 
 neth another. In Cases of great Enterprise, 
 upon Charge and Adventure, a Composition of 
 Glorious Natures, doth put Life into Businesse; 
 And those that are of Solide and Sober Natures, 
 have more of the Ballast, then of the Saile. In 
 Fame of Learning, the Flight will be slow, with- 
 out some Feathers of Ostentation. Qui de con- 
 temnendd Glorid Libros scribunt^ Nomen suuin 
 inscribunt. Socrates^ Aristotle, Galen, were 
 Men full of Ostetitation. Certainly Vaine-Glory 
 helpeth to Perpetuate a Mans Memory; And 
 Vertue was never so Beholding to Humane Na- 
 ture, as it received his due at the Second Hand. 
 Neither had the Fame of Cicero, Seneca, Pli- 
 nius Secundtcs, borne her Age so well, if it had 
 not been ioyned, with some Vafiity in them- 
 selves : Like unto Varnish, that makes Seelings 
 not onely Shine, but Last. But all this while, 
 when I speake of Vaine-Glory, I meane not of 
 that Property, that Tacitus doth attribute to 
 Mucia7t{us; Omnium, qucB dixerat, feceratque, 
 Arte quadam Ostentator: For that proceeds not. 
 
2i8 iE00age^ 
 
 of Vanity, but of Naturall Magnanimity, and 
 discretion: And in some Persons, is not onely 
 Comely, but Gracious. For Excusations, Ces- 
 sions, Modesty it selfe well Governed, are but 
 Arts of Ostentaiiofi. And amongst those Arts, 
 there is none better, then that which Plittius 
 Secundus speakcth of; which is to be Liberall 
 of Praise and Commendation to others, in that, 
 wherein a Mans Selfe hath any Perfedlion. For 
 saith Plifty very Wittily; In co7nmendmg Atio- 
 iher, you doe your selfe right; For he that you 
 Co?n7nejid, is either Stiperiour to you, in that 
 you Comvicndj or Inferiour. If he be Inferiour, 
 if he be to be Conwiended, you much more: If 
 he be Superiour, if he be not to be cojnfneuded, 
 you much lesse. Glorious Men are the Scome 
 of Wise Men ; the Admiration of Fooles ; the 
 Idols of Parasites ; And the Slaves of their own 
 Vaunts. 
 
LV 
 
 ®f l^onour null 2Jleputation 
 
 THE Winning oi Honour, is but the Reveal- 
 ing of a Mans Vertue and Worth, without 
 Disadvantage. For some in their Adlions^ 
 doe Wooe and affedl Honour, and Reptitatioji : 
 Which Sort of Men, are commonly much Talked 
 of, but inwardly little Admired. And some, 
 contrariwise, darken their Vertue, in the Shew 
 of it ; So as they be under-valued in opinion. 
 If a Man performe that which hath not beenc 
 attempted before; Or attempted & given over; 
 Or hath beene atchieved, but not with so good 
 Circumstance ; he shall purchase more Hojioiir,^ 
 then by Effedling a Matter of greater Difficulty, 
 or Vertue, wherein he is but a Follower. If a 
 Man so temper his A(flions, as in some one of 
 them, hee doth content everie Faction, or Com- 
 bination of People, the Musicke will bee the 
 fuller. A man is an ill Husband of his Honour, 
 that entreth into any Adlion, the Failing where- 
 in may disgrace him more, then the Carying of 
 it through can Honor him. Ho7tour, that is 
 gained and broken upon Another, hath the 
 
220 Ic^^aged 
 
 quickest Reflection; Like Diamonds cut with 
 Fascets. And therefore, let a Man contend, to 
 excell any Competitors of his in Honour^ in 
 Out-shooting them, if he can, in their owne 
 Bowe. Discreet Followers and Servants helpe 
 much X,o Reputation : Omnis Fa7na d. Domes ticis 
 emanat. Envy, which is the Canker of Ho7tour^ 
 is best extinguished, by declaring a Mans Selfe, 
 in his Ends, rather to seeke Merit, then Fame: 
 And by Attributing a Mans Successes, rather 
 to divine Providence and Felicity, then to his 
 owne Vertue or Policy. The true Marshalling 
 of the Degrees of Soveraigne Honour are these. 
 In the First Place are Conditores Imperiorum; 
 Founders of States, and Conunon- Wealths: Such 
 as were Romulus, Cyrus, Ccesar, Ottoma?i, Is- 
 inael. In the Second Place are Legis-latores, 
 Lawgivers; which are also called. Second 
 Founders, or Perpetui Principes, because they 
 Governe by their Ordinances, after they are 
 gone: Such were Lycurgus, Solon, Justinian, 
 Eadgar, AlphoJisus of Castile, the Wise, that 
 made the Siete Partidas. In the Third Place, 
 are Liberatores, or Salvatores : Such as com- 
 pound the long Miseries of Civill Warres, or 
 deliver their Countries from Servitude of Stran- 
 gers, or Tyrants ; As A ugustus Casar, Vespasia- 
 nus, Aiirelianus, Theodoricus, K. Henry the 7. 
 oi England, K. He?iry the 4. oi France. In the 
 Fourth Place, are Propagato7'es or Propugna- 
 tores I?nperij; Such as in Honourable Warres 
 enlarge their Territories, or make Noble defence 
 against Invaders. And in the Last Place, are 
 Patres Patrice; which reigne lastly, & make 
 
<Bi fijonour anD i^eputation 221 
 
 the Times good, wherein they Hve. Both which 
 last Kindes, need no Examples, they are in such 
 Number. Degrees of Honour in Sublets are ; 
 First, Participes Curarit?nj Those upon whom 
 Princes doe discharge the greatest Weight of 
 their Affaires ; Their Right Hands, as we call 
 them. The Next are, Duces Belli, Great Lead- 
 ers; Such as are Princes Lieutenants, and doe 
 them Notable Services in the Warres. The 
 Third are, Gratiosij Favourites; Such as ex- 
 ceed not this Scantling; To be Solace to the 
 Soveraigne, and Harmelesse to the People. And 
 the Fourth, Negotijs pares ; Such as have great 
 Places under Princes, and execute their Places 
 with Sufficiency. There is an Honour likewise, 
 which may be ranked amongst the Greatest, 
 which happeneth rarely: That is, of such as 
 Sacrifice themselves, to Death or Danger, for 
 the Good of their Countrey: As was M. Regulus, 
 and the Two Decij, 
 
LVI 
 
 <®f 3(ul)iicature 
 
 JUDGES ought to remember, that their Office 
 ^ is hcs dicere, and not his dare; To Interpret 
 Law, and not to Make Law, or Give Law. 
 Else will it be like the Authority, claimed by 
 the Church of Rome; which under pretext of 
 Exposition of Seripture, doth not sticke to Adde 
 and Alter ; And to Pronounce that, which they 
 doe not Finde; And by Shew of Antiqttitie, to 
 introduce Novel tie. Judges ought to be more 
 Learned, then Wittie ; More Reverend, then 
 Plausible ; And more Advised, then Confident. 
 Above all Things, Integritie is their Portion, 
 and Proper Vertue. Cursed (saith the Law) is 
 hee that reinoveth the Land-marke, The Mis- 
 laier of a Meere Stone is to blame. But it is 
 the Uniust Judge, that is the Capitall Remover 
 of Land-markes, when he Defineth amisse of 
 Lands and Propertie. One Foule Sentence, doth 
 more Hurt, then many Foule Examples. For 
 these doe but Corrupt the Streame; The other 
 Corrupteth the Fountaine. So saith Salomon; 
 Pons turbatus, ^ Vena co7Tupta, est Justus ca- 
 dens in causa sud coram Adversaria, The 
 
(3f ^utiicature 223 
 
 Office of Judges^ may have Reference, Unto the 
 Parties that sue; Unto the Advocates that 
 Plead; Unto the Clerkes and Ministers of lus- 
 tice underneath them; And to the Soveraig?ie 
 or State above them. 
 
 First, for the Cattses or Parties that Sue. 
 There be (saith the Scripture) that tur7ie Judge- 
 vient i?ito Wonne-ivoodj And surely, there be 
 also, that turne it into Viuegarj For Iniustice 
 maketh it Bitter, and Delaies make it Soure. 
 The Principall Dutie of a Judge, is to suppresse 
 Force and Fraud; whereof Force is the more 
 Pernicious, when it is Open ; And Fraud, when 
 it is Close and Disguised. Adde thereto Con- 
 tentious Suits, which ought to be spewed out, 
 as the Surfet of Courts. A Judge ought to pre- 
 pare his Way to a lust Sentence, as God useth 
 to prepare his Way, by Raising Valleys, and 
 Taking downe JJills: So when there appeareth 
 on either side, an High Hand; Violent Prose- 
 cution, Cunning Advantages taken, Combina- 
 tion, Power, Great Counsell, then is the Vertue 
 of a Judge scene, to make Inequalitie Equall ; 
 That he may plant his Judgement, as upon an 
 Even Ground. Qui fortiter emungit, elicit san- 
 guinem; And where the Wine-Presse is hard 
 wrought, it yeelds a harsh Wine, that tastes of 
 the Grape-stone. Judges must beware of Hard 
 Constru61ions, and Strained Inferences; For 
 there is no Worse Torture, then the Torture of 
 Lawes. Specially in case of Lawes Penall, they 
 ought to have Care, that that which was meant 
 for Terrour, be not turned into Rigour; And 
 that they bring not upon the People, that Shower, 
 
whereof the Scripture speaketh; Pliiet super 
 eos Laqiieos: For Penall Lawcs Pressed, are a 
 Shower of S 71 ares upon the People. Therefore, 
 let Penall Lawcs, if they have beene Sleepers of 
 long, or if they be growne unfit for the present 
 Time, be by Wise Judges confined in the Execu- 
 tion; 
 
 Indicts Officium est, ut Res, ita Tempora Rerum, 
 
 In Causes of Lt/e and Death; Judges ought (as 
 farre as the Law permitteth) in Justice to re- 
 member Mercy; And to Cast a Severe Eye 
 upon the Example, but a Merciful! Eye upon 
 the Person. 
 
 Secondly, for the Advocates and Counsell 
 that Plead: Patience and Gravitie of Hearing, 
 is an Essential! Part of Justice ; And an Over- 
 speaking Judge is no well tuned Cymball. It is 
 no Grace to a Judge, first to finde that, which 
 hee might have heard, in due time, from the 
 Barre; or to shew Quicknesse of Conceit in 
 Cutting off Evidence or Counsell too short ; Or 
 to prevent Information, by Questions though 
 Pertinent. The Parts of a Judge in Hearing 
 are Foure : To direcfb the Evidence ; To Mode- 
 rate Length, Repetition, or Impertinency of 
 Speech; To Recapitulate, Seledl, and Collate, 
 the Material! Points of that, which hath beene 
 said ; And to Give the Rule or Sentence. What- 
 soever is above these, is too much; And pro- 
 ceedeth. Either of Glory and willingnesse to 
 Speake; Or of Impatience to Heare; Or of 
 Shortnesse of Memorie ; Or of Want of a Staid 
 
iBi 3)«tiicature 225 
 
 and Equall Attention. It is a Strange Thing to 
 see, that the Boldnesse of Advocates, should 
 prevaile with Judges; Whereas they should imi- 
 tate God, in whose Seat they sit ; who represseth 
 the Preswnptiious, and giveth Grace to tht 
 Modest. But it is more Strange, that Judges 
 should have Noted Favourites; Which cannot 
 but Cause Multiplication of Fees, and Suspicion 
 of By-waies. There is due from the Judge, to 
 the Advocate, some Commendation and Grac- 
 ing, where Causes are well Handled, and faire 
 Pleaded; Especially towards the Side which 
 obtaineth not; For that upholds, in the Ctient, 
 the Reputation of his Counsell, and beats downe, 
 in him, the Conceit of his Cause, There is like- 
 wise due to the J^ublique, a Civill Reprehension 
 of Advocates, where there appeareth Cunning 
 Counsel, Grosse Negledl, Slight Information, 
 Indiscreet Pressing, or an Over-bold Defence. 
 And let not the Counsell at the Barre, chop 
 with the Judge, nor winde himselfe into the 
 handling of the Cause anew, after the Jtcdge 
 hath Declared his Sentence: But on the other 
 side. Let not the Judge meet the Cause halfe 
 Way ; Nor give Occasion to the Partie to say ; 
 JJis Coujisell or Proof es were not heard. 
 
 Thirdly, for that that concernes Clerks, and 
 Ministers. The Place of Justice, is an Hallowed 
 Place ; And therefore, not only the Bench, but 
 the Foot-pace, and Precin61s, and Purprise 
 thereof, ought to be preserved without Scandall 
 and Corruption. For certainly. Grapes, (as the 
 Scripttcre saith) will 7tot be gathered of Thames 
 or Thistles: Neither can Justice yeeld her Fruit 
 
 Q 
 
226 ?E^^age0 
 
 with Sweetnesse, amongst the Briars and Bram- 
 bles, of Catching and Poling Clefkes and Mmi- 
 sters. The Attendance of Courts is subiecfl to 
 Foure bad Instruments. First, Certaine Persons, 
 that are Sowers of Suits ; which make the Court 
 swell, and the Country pine. The Second Sort 
 is of those, that ingage Courts, in Quarells of 
 lurisdidlion, and are not truly Amici Curice, but 
 Parasiti Curice; in puffing a Court up beyond 
 her Bounds^ for their owne Scraps, and Advan- 
 tage. The Third Sort is of those, that may be 
 accounted, the Left Hands of Courts ; Persons 
 that are full of Nimble and Sinister Trickes and 
 Shifts, whereby they pervert the Plaine and 
 Diredl Courses of Courts^ and bring Justice 
 into Oblique Lines and Labyrinths. And the 
 Fourth is, the Poler and Exadler of Fees ; which 
 iustifies the Common Resemblance of the Courts 
 of Justice, to the Bjish, whereunto while the 
 Sheepe flies for defence in Wether, hee is sure to 
 loose Part of his Fleece. On the other side, an 
 A7icient Gierke, skilfuU in Presidents, Wary in 
 Proceeding, and Understanding in the Businesse 
 of the Court, is an excellent Finger of a Court; 
 And doth many times point the way to the 
 Judge himselfe. 
 
 Fourthly, for that which may concerne the 
 Soveraigne and Estate, Judges ought above 
 all to remember the Conclusion of the Rotnatt 
 Twelve Tables; Salus Populi Suprema Lex; 
 And to know, that Lawes, except they bee in 
 Order to that End, are but Things Captious, and 
 Oracles not well Inspired. Therefore it is an 
 Happie Thing in a State, when Kings and 
 
a 35ut)icatute 227 
 
 States doe often Consult with Judges; And 
 againe, when hedges doe often Consult with the 
 King3.nd State: The one, when there is Matter 
 of Law, intervenient in Businesse of State ; The 
 other, when there is some Consideration of 
 State, intervenient in Matter of Law. For many 
 times, the Things Deduced to ludgetneiit^ may- 
 bee Meum and Tutcvi^ when the Reason and 
 Consequence thereof, may Trench to Point of 
 Estate : I call Matter of Estate, not onely the 
 parts of Soveraigntie^ but whatsoever intro- 
 duceth any Great Alteration, or Dangerous 
 president ; Or Concerneth manifestly any great 
 Portion of People. And let no Man weakly 
 conceive, that lust Laws, and True Policie, have 
 any Antipathie : For they are like the Spirits, 
 and Sinewes, that One moves with the Other. 
 'LQi hedges also remember, that Salojnojts Throne ^ 
 was supported by Lions, on both Sides ; Let 
 them be Lions, but yet Lions under the Throne ; 
 Being circumspedl, that they doe not checke, or 
 oppose any Points of Soveraigntie. Let not 
 hedges also, be so Ignorant of their owne Right, 
 as to thinke, there is not left to them, as a Prin- 
 cipal! Part of their Office, a Wise Use, and 
 application of Lawes. For they may remember, 
 what the Apostle saith, of a Greater LaWy then 
 theirs ; Nos sci7mis quia Lex bona est, modb quis 
 ed utatur Legitime. 
 
 Q2 
 
LVII 
 
 ®f anger 
 
 To seeke to extinguish Anger utterly, is but 
 a Bravery of the Stoickes, We have better 
 Oracles : Be Aftgry^ but Smtie not. Let not the 
 Sunne goe downe upon your Anger. Anger 
 must be limited, and confined, both in Race, and 
 in Time. We will first speake. How the Natu- 
 rall Inclination, and Habit, To be Angry, may 
 be attempred, and calmed. Secondly, How the 
 Particular Motions of Afiger, may be repressed, 
 or at least refrained from doing Mischiefe. 
 Thirdly, How to raise Anger, or appease Anger, 
 in Another. 
 
 For the first ; There is no other Way, but to 
 Meditate and Ruminate well, upon the Effecfls 
 of Anger, how it troubles Mans Life. And the 
 best Time, to doe this, is, to looke backe upon 
 Anger, when the Fitt is throughly over. Seneca 
 saith well; That Anger is like Ruine, which 
 breakes it Selfe, upon that it falVs. The Scrip- 
 ture exhorteth us; To possesse our Soules in 
 Patience. Whosoever is out of Patience, is out 
 
of Possession of his Soide. Men must not 
 turne Bees; 
 
 A7iimasque in vulnere pofiunt. 
 
 Anger is certainly a kinde of Basenesse: As 
 it appeares well, in the Weaknesse of those 
 Subie6ls, in whom it reignes : Children, Women, 
 Old Folkes, Sicke Folkes. Onely Men must 
 beware, that they carry their Anger, rather with 
 Scorne, then with Feare: So that they may 
 seeme rather, to be above the Iniury, then below 
 it: which is a Thing easily done, if a Man will 
 give Law to himselfe in it. 
 
 For the Second Point ; The Causes and Mo- 
 tives of Anger, are chiefly three. First, to be 
 too Sensible of Hiirt: For no Man is Ajig?'}', 
 that Feeles not himselfe Hurt: And therefore 
 Tender and Delicate Persons, must needs be 
 oft Angry: They have so many Things to trouble 
 them; Which more Robust Natures have little 
 Sense of. The next is, the Apprehension and 
 Constru6lion, of the Iniury offred, to be, in the 
 Circumstances thereof, full of Contempt. For 
 Contempt is that which putteth an Edge upon 
 A7iger, as much, or more, then the Hurt it 
 selfe. And therefore, when Men are Ingenious, 
 in picking out Circumstances of Contempt, they 
 doe kindle their Anger much. Lastly, Opinion 
 of the Touch of a Mans Repictatio?i, doth mul- 
 tiply and sharpen Anger. Wherein the Remedy 
 is, that a Man should have, as Con salvo was 
 wont to say, Telam Honoris crassiorern. But 
 in all Refrainings oi Anger, it is the best Remedy 
 to win Time ; And to make a Mans Selfe beleeve. 
 
that the Opportunity of his Revenge is not yet 
 come : But that he foresees a Time for it ; And 
 so to still Himselfe in the meane Time, and 
 reserve it. 
 
 To containe Anger from Mischiefe^ though 
 it take hold of a Man, there be two Things, 
 whereof you must have speciall Caution. The 
 one, of extreme Bitterncssc of Words; Espe- 
 cially, if they be Aculeate, and Proper: For 
 Communia Maledida are nothing so much : And 
 againe, that in Anger, a Man reveale no Secrets: 
 For that makes him not fit for Society. The 
 other, that you doe not perejnptorily break off, 
 in any Businesse, in a Fitt of Anger: But how- 
 soever you she7u Bitternes, do not Afl any thing, 
 that is not Revocable. 
 
 For Raising and Appeasing Anger in Ano- 
 ther; It is done chiefly, by Choosing of Times, 
 when Men are frowardest and worst disposed, 
 to incense them. Againe, by gathering (as was 
 touched before) all that you can finde out, to 
 aggravate the Confefnpt. And the two Remedies 
 are by the Contraries. The Former, to take 
 good Times, when first to relate to a Man, an 
 Angry Businesse : For the first Impression is 
 much ; And the other is, to sever, as much as 
 may be, the Construflion of the Iniury, from 
 the Point of Contempt: Imputing it, to Misun- 
 derstanding, Feare, Passion, or what you will 
 
Lvni 
 ®f Saicfissituirt of ©fimgs 
 
 SALOMON saith; There is no New Thing 
 upon the Earth, So that as Plato had an 
 Imagination ; That all Knowledge was but Re- 
 membrance: So Salomon giveth his Sentence; 
 That all Noveltie is but Oblivion. Whereby 
 you may see, that the River of Lethe ^ runneth 
 as well above Ground, as below. There is an 
 abstruse Astrologer that saith ; If it were not, 
 for two things, that are Constant; {The one is, 
 that the Fixed Starres ever stand at like dis- 
 tance, one from another, and never co?ne nearet 
 together, nor goe further asunder; The other, 
 that the Diurnall Motion perpetually keepeth 
 Time:) No Individuall would last one Moment. 
 Certain it is, that the Matter, is in a Perpetuall 
 Flux, and never at a Stay. The great Winding- 
 sheets, that burie all Things in Oblivion, are 
 two ; Deluges, and Earth-quakes. As for Con- 
 flagrations, and great Droughts, they doe not 
 meerely dispeople, and destroy. Phaetons Carre 
 went but a day. And the Three yeares Drought, 
 in the time of Elias, was but Particular, and left 
 People Alive. As for the great Burnings by 
 
232 is^^age^ 
 
 LtghtnmgSy which are often in the West Indies, 
 they are but narrow. But in the other two 
 Destrudlions, by Deluge, and Earth-qjiake, it is 
 further to be noted, that the Remnant of People, 
 which hap to be reserved, are commonly Igno- 
 rant and Mountanous People, that can give no 
 Account, of the Time past: So that the Oblivion 
 is all one, as if none had beene left. If you 
 consider well, of the People of the West Indies, 
 it is very probable, that they are a Newer, or a 
 Younger People, then the People of the Old 
 World. And it is much more likely, that the 
 Destruflion, that hath heretofore been there, 
 was not by Earth-quakes, (As the ^Egyptian 
 Priest told Solon, concerning the Island of 
 Atlantis; That it was swallowed by an Earth- 
 quake;) But rather, that it was desolated, by a 
 Particular Deluge. For Earth-quakes are sel- 
 dome in those Parts. But on the other side, 
 they have such Poiuring Rivers, as the Rivers of 
 Asia, and Affrick, and Europe, are but Brookes 
 to them. Their A?ides likewise, or Mountaines, 
 are farre higher, then those with us ; Whereby 
 it seemcs, that the Remnants of Generation of 
 Men, were, in such a Particular Deluge, saved. 
 As for the Observation, that Macciavel hath, 
 that the lealousie of Se^ls, doth much extin- 
 guish the Memory of Things ; Traducing Gre- 
 gory the Great, that he did, what in him lay, 
 to extinguish all Heathen Antiquities ; I doe not 
 finde, that those Zeales, doe any great Effedls, 
 nor last long : As it appeared in the Succession 
 of Sabinian, who did revive the former Anti- 
 quities. 
 
iBt 2aicfe$(tuOe of ^]&irg0 233 
 
 The Vicissitude or Mutations^ in the Super- 
 tour Globe, are no fit Matter, for this present 
 Argument. It may be, Plato's great Yeare, if 
 the World should last so long, would have some 
 Efifecfl; Not in renewing the State of like Indi- 
 viduals (for that is the Fume of those, that con- 
 ceive the Celestiall Bodies, have more accurate 
 Influences, upon these Things below, then in- 
 deed they have) but in grosse. Comets, out of 
 question, have likewise Power and Effedl, over 
 the Grosse and Masse of Things: But they are 
 rather gazed upon, and waited upon in their 
 lourney, then wisely observed in their Effe6ls; 
 Specially in their Respective Effe6ls ; That is, 
 , what Kinde of Cornet, for Magnitude, Colour, 
 Version of the Beames, Placing in the Region 
 of Heaven, or Lasting, produceth what Kinde of 
 Efifeas. 
 
 There is a Toy, which I have heard, and I 
 would not have it given over, but waited upon a 
 little. They say, it is observed, in the Low 
 Countries (I know not in what Part) that Ever>' 
 Five and Thirtie years, The same Kinde and 
 Sute of Years and Weathers, comes about againe : 
 As Great Frosts, Great Wet, Great Droughts, 
 Warme Winters, Summers with little Heat, and 
 the like: And they call it the Prime. It is a 
 Thing, I doe the rather mention, because com- 
 puting backwards, I have found some Concur- 
 rence. 
 
 But to leave these Points of Nature, and to 
 come to Meri. The greatest Vicissitude of 
 Things amongst Men, is the Vicissitude of Seds, 
 and Religions, For those Orbs rule in Mens 
 
234 Ic^^age^ 
 
 Minds most. The True Religion is built upon 
 the Rocke; The Rest are tost upon the Waves 
 of Time. To speake therefore, of the Causes of 
 New SeHs; And to give some Coufisell con- 
 cerning them; As farre, as the Weaknesse of 
 Humane Judgement, can give stay to so great 
 Revolutions. 
 
 When the Religion formerly received, is rent 
 by Discords; And when the Holinesse of the 
 Professours of Religion is decayed, and full of 
 Scandall ; And withall the Times be Stupid, Ig- 
 norant, and Barbarous ; you may doubt the 
 Springing up of a A^ew Seil; If then also there 
 should arise, any Extravagant and Strange Spi- 
 rit, to make himselfe Authour thereof. All which 
 Points held, when Mahomet published his Law. 
 If a New SeSl have not two Properties, feare it 
 not: For it will not spread. The one is, the 
 Supplanting, or the opposing, of Authority esta- 
 blished : For Nothing is more Popular then 
 that. The other is, the Giving Licence to Plea- 
 sures, and a Voluptuous Life. For as for Spe- 
 ctdative Heresies (such as were in Ancient 
 Times the Anians, and now the Arminians) 
 though they worke mightily upon Mens Wits, 
 yet they doe not produce any great Alterations 
 in States; except it be by the Helpe of Civill 
 Occasions. There be three Manner of Planta- 
 tions of New Seds. By the Power of Signes 
 and Miracles: By the Eloquetice and Wisedome 
 of Speech and Perswasion : And by the S^uord. 
 For Martyrdomes, I reckon them amongst Mi- 
 racles; Because they seeme to exceed, the 
 Strength of Human Nature: And I may doe 
 
(Bi ^Hici^^itutie of ZUh^ ^35 
 
 the like oi Superlative ^.n^ Admirable Holinesse 
 of Life. Surely, there is no better Way, to stop 
 the Rising of New Seds, and Schismes; then 
 To reforme Abuses ; To compound the smaller 
 Differences; To proceed mildly, and not with 
 Sanguinary Persecutions; And rather to take 
 off the principall Authours, by Winning and 
 Advancing them, then to enrage them by Vio- 
 lence and Bitternesse. 
 
 The Changes and Vicissitude in Warres are 
 many: But chiefly in three Things; In the 
 Seats or Stages of the War re; In the Weapons; 
 And in the Maimer of the Conduct. Warres in 
 ancient Time, seemed more to move from East 
 to West: For the Persians, Assyrians, Arabians, 
 Tartars, (which were the Invaders) were all 
 Easterne People. It is true, the Gaules were 
 Westerne ; But we reade but of two Incursions 
 of theirs ; The one to Gallo-Grecia, the other to 
 Rome, But East and West have no certaine 
 Points of Heaven : And no more have the 
 Warres, either from the East, or West, any Cer- 
 tainty of Observation. But North and South 
 are fixed: And it hath seldome or never been 
 seene, that the farre Southern People have in- 
 vaded the Northern, but contrariwise. Whereby 
 it is manifest, that the Northern Trad of the 
 World, is in Nature the more Martiall Region : 
 Be it, in respecfl of the Stars of that Hemi- 
 sphere; Or of the great Continents that are 
 upon the North, whereas the South Part, for 
 ought that is knowne, is almost all Sea ; Or 
 (which is most apparent) of the Cold of the 
 Northern Parts, which is that, which without 
 
Aid of Discipline, doth make the Bodies hard- 
 est, and the Courages warmest. 
 
 Upon the Drcakijig and Shivering of a great 
 State and Empire^ you may be sure to have 
 IVarres. For great Empires, while they stand, 
 doe enervate and destroy the Forces of the Na- 
 tives, which they have subdued, resting upon 
 their owne Prote(51ing Forces: And then when 
 they faile also, all goes to ruine, and they be- 
 come a Prey. So was it, in the Decay of the 
 Roman Empire; And likewise, in the Empire 
 of Almaigne, after Charles the Great, every 
 Bird taking a Fether ; And were not unlike to 
 befall to Spaine, if it should break. The great 
 Accessions and Unions of Kingdo7nes^ doe like- 
 wise stirre up IVarres. For when a State 
 growes to an Over-power, it is like a g^eat 
 Floud, that will be sure to overflow. As it hath 
 been scene, in the States of Rome, Tnrky, 
 Spaine, and others. Looke when the World 
 hath fewest Barbarous Peoples, but such as com- 
 monly will not marry or generate, except they 
 know meanes to live; (As it is almost every 
 where at this day, except Tartary) there is no 
 Danger of Inundations of People: But when 
 there be great Shoales of People, which goe on 
 to populate, without foreseeing Meanes of Life 
 and Sustentation, it is of Necessity, that once in 
 an Age or two, they discharge a Portion of their 
 People upon other Nations : Which the ancient 
 Northern People, were wont to doe by Lot : 
 Casting Lots, what Part should stay at home, 
 and what should seeke their Fortunes. When a 
 Warre-like State growes Soft and Effeminate, 
 
<Bi ^ici^^ituUe of ^j&ingg 237 
 
 they may be sure of a Wc^rre. For commonly 
 such States are growne rich, in the time of their 
 Degenerating; And so the Prey inviteth, and 
 their Decay in Valour encourageth a Warre. 
 
 As for the Weapons, it hardly falleth under 
 Rule and Observation: yet we see, even they 
 have Returncs and Vicissitudes. For certain it 
 is, that Ordnance was known in the Citty of the 
 Oxidrakes in hidia; And was that, which the 
 Macedonians called Thunder and Lightning, 
 and Magicke. And it is well knowne, that the 
 use of Ordnance hath been in China, above 
 2000. yeares. The Conditions of Weapons^ 
 & their Improvement are ; First, The Fetching 
 a farre off: For that outruns the Danger: As it is 
 scene in Ordnance and Muskets. Secondly, the 
 Strength of the Percussion ; wherin likewise Ord- 
 nance doe exceed all Arictations, and ancient 
 Inventions. The third is, the commodious use 
 of them : As that they may serve in all Wethers ; 
 That the Carriage may be Light and Manage- 
 able ; and the like. 
 
 For the Condu^ of the Warre : At the first. 
 Men rested extremely upon Number: They did 
 put the Warres likewise upon Maine Force, and 
 Valour; Pointing Daycs for Pitched Fields, and 
 so trying it out, upon an even Match : And they 
 were more ignorant in Rangijig and Arraying 
 their Battailes. After they grew to rest upon 
 Number, rather Competent, then Vast: They 
 grew to Advantages, oi Place, Cii7tni7tg Diver- 
 sions, and the like : And they grew more skilful 
 in the Ordering of their Battailes. 
 
 In the Youth of a State, Armes doe flourish : 
 
238 lE^^age^ 
 
 In the Middle Age of a State^ Learning; And 
 then both of them together for a time: In the 
 Declining Age of a State^ Mechanicall Arts 
 and Merchandize. Learning hath his Infancy, 
 when it is but beginning, and almost Childish : 
 Then his Youth, when it is Luxuriant and luven- 
 ile: Then his Strength of yeares, when it is 
 Solide and Reduced: And lastly, his old Age, 
 when it waxeth Dry and Exhaust. But it is not 
 good, to looke too long, upon these turning 
 Wheeles of Vicissitude^ lest we become Giddy. 
 As for the Philology of them, that is but a Circle 
 of Tales, and therefore not fit for this Writing. 
 
A FRAGMENT, OF AN ESSAY, 
 
 ®i jpame 
 
 THE Poets make Fame a Monster. They de- 
 scribe her, in Part, finely, and elegantly; 
 and, in part, gravely, and sententiously. They 
 say, look how many Feathers she hath, so many 
 Eyes she hath underneath : So raany Tongues ; 
 So many Voyces ; She pricks up so many Ears. 
 This is 2iflojirish: There follow excellent 
 Parables; As that, she gathereth strength in 
 going; That she goeth upon the ground, and 
 yet hideth her head in the Clouds. That, in the 
 day time, she sitteth in a Watch Tower, and flyeth, 
 most, by night : That she mingleth Things done, 
 with things not done: And that she is a Terrour 
 to great Citties: But that, which passeth all the 
 rest, is : They do recount, that the Ea7^tJi, Mo- 
 ther of the Gyants, that made War against yu- 
 piter, and were by him destroyed, thereupon, in 
 an anger, brought forth Fame: For certain it is, 
 That Rebels, figured by the Gyants, and Seditious 
 Faines, and Libels, are but Brothers, and Sisters; 
 Masculine, and Feminine. But now, if a Man 
 can tame this Monster, and bring her to feed at 
 
240 Ic^^age^ 
 
 the hand, and govern her, and with her fly other 
 ravening Fowle, and kill them, it is somewhat 
 worth. But we are infedled, with the stile of the 
 Poets. To speak now, in a sad, and serious 
 manner: There is not, in all the Politiques, a 
 Place, lesse handled, and more worthy to be 
 handled, then this of Fame. We will, therefore, 
 speak of these points. What are false Fafues; 
 And what are true Fames; And how they may 
 be best discerned ; How Fames, may be sown, 
 and raised ; How they may be spread, and mul- 
 tiplyed ; And how they may be checked, and 
 layed dead. And other Things, concerning the 
 Nature of Fame. Fame, is of that force, as 
 there is, scarcely, any great A(flion wherein, it 
 hath not, a great part ; Especially, in the War. 
 Muciajuis undid Vitellius by a Fame, that he 
 scattered ; That Vitellitis had in purpose, to re- 
 move the Legions of Syria, into Germany; And 
 the Legions of Germany, into Syria: whereupon 
 the Legiotts of Syria were infinitely inflamed. 
 Juiins Ccesar, took Pompey unprovided, and 
 layed asleep his industr)^, and preparations, by 
 a Fame that he cunningly gave out; How Cce- 
 sars own Souldiers loved him not; And being 
 wearied with the Wars, and Laden with the 
 spoyles of Gaul, would forsake him, as soon as 
 he came into Italy. Livia, setled all things, for 
 the Succession, of her Son Tiberius, by con- 
 tinuall giving out, that her husband Augustus, 
 was upon Recovery, and amendment. And it is 
 an usuall thing, with the Basshawes, to con- 
 ceale the Death of the Great Turk from the 
 yannizaries, and men of War, to save the Sack- 
 
<B( jfamt 241 
 
 ing of Constantinople^ and other Towns, as their 
 Manner is. Themistocles, made Zerxes, king of 
 Persia poast apace out of Grcecia, by giving 
 out, that the Grcecians, had a purpose, to break 
 his Bridge, of Ships, which he had made athwart 
 Hellespont. There be a thousand such Hke Ex- 
 ainplesj And the more they are, the lesse they 
 need to be repeated; Because a Man, meeteth 
 with them, every where : Therefore, let all Wise 
 Governers, have as great a watch, and care, over 
 Fames, as they have, of the Anions, and De- 
 signcs themselves. 
 
 The 7'est was not FinishecL 
 
OF THE 
 
 C O U L E R S 
 
 OF 
 
 GOOD AND EVILL 
 
 A FRAGMENT. 
 
 1597. 
 
 R2 
 
1. Cui cetera partes vet sedir secundas nnaiiimiter 
 defemnty cum singulis principatum sibi viudiccut 
 vielior reliquis videtur. Nam primas quceque ex 
 zelo videtur sumere ; secundas auiem ex vero tribuere. 
 
 2. Cuius excellentia vel exuperantia melior id toto 
 genere melius. 
 
 3. Quod ad veritatem refertur mains est quam quod 
 ad opinionetn. Modus autem^ ^ probatio eius quod 
 ad opinionem pertinet here est. Quod quis si clam 
 putaret fore fac^urus non esset. 
 
 4. Quod rem integram sen>at bonum quod sine re- 
 ceptu est malum. Nam se recipere non posse impo- 
 tenticc genus est, potentia autem bonum. 
 
 5. Quod ex pluribus constat, dr» divisibilius est 
 mains quam quod ex paucioribus dr» magis unum: 
 nam omnia per partes considerata maiora videntur; 
 quare &^ pluralitas partium magtiitudinem prce se 
 
 fert, fortim autem operatur pluralitas partium si 
 ordo absit, nam inducit similitudinem ififiniii, ^ 
 impedit compi'ehensionem, 
 
 6. Cuitis privatio bona, malum, cuius privatio mala 
 bonum, 
 
 7. Quod bono vicinum^ bonum, quod a bono remo- 
 ttim malum, 
 
 8. Quod quis culpa sua contraxit, mains malum, 
 quod ab exierftis imponitur minus malum, 
 
 9. Quod opera, 6^ virtute nostra partum est, mains 
 bonum, quod ab alieno beneficio, vel ab indulgentia 
 fortuncB de latum est, minus bonum, 
 
 10. Gradus privationis maior videtur quam gradus 
 diminutionis, dr» rursus gradus inceptionis maior 
 videtur quam gradus incrementi. 
 
IN deliberatives the point is what is good and 
 what is evill, and of good what is greater, 
 and of evill what is the lesse. 
 
 So that the perswaders labor is to make 
 things appeare good or evill, and that in higher 
 or lower degree, which as it may be perfourmed 
 by true and solide reasons, so it may be repre- 
 sented also by coulers, popularities and circum- 
 stances, which are of such force, as they sway the 
 ordinarie iudgement either of a weake man, or of 
 a wise man, not fully and considerately attending 
 and pondering the matter. Besides their power 
 to alter the nature of the subiecfl in appearance, 
 and so to leade to error, they are of no lesse use 
 to quicken and strengthen the opinions and per- 
 svvasions which are true: for reasons plainely 
 delivered, and alwaies after one manner especi- 
 ally with fine and fastidious mindes, enter but 
 heavily and dully ; whereas if they be varyed and 
 have more life and vigor put into them by these 
 
246 
 
 fourmes and insinuations, they cause a stronger 
 apprehension, and many times suddainely win 
 the minde to a resolution. Lastly, to make a 
 true and safe iudgement, nothing can be of 
 greater use and defence to the minde, then the 
 discovering and reprehension of these coulers, 
 shewing in what cases they hold, and in what 
 they deceive : which as it cannot be done, but 
 out of a very universall knowledge of the nature 
 of things, so being perfourmed, it so cleareth 
 mans iudgement and elecflion, as it is the lesse 
 apt to slide into any error. 
 
A TABLE of Coulers, or apparances of good 
 and evill, and their degrees as places 
 of perswasion and disswasion; and 
 their severall fallaxes, and the elenches 
 of them. 
 
 I. Cut cetent partes vel sec^ce secundas unanimiter 
 defenint^ cum singulce principattim sibi vendicent 
 melior reliqtiis videtur, nam primas quaque ex zelo 
 videhir S7u?iere^ secundas autent ex vero <Sr» merito 
 tribuere, 
 
 SO Cicero went about to prove the Se<5le of 
 Acadeiniques which suspended all assevera- 
 tion, for to be the best, for sayth he, aske a Sto- 
 icke which Philosophie is true, he will preferre 
 his owne: Then aske him which approcheth 
 next the truth, he will confesse the Acadeiniques. 
 So deale with the Epicure that will scant in- 
 dure the Stoicke to be in sight of him, as soone 
 as he hath placed himselfe, he will place the 
 Academiques next him. 
 
 So if a Prince tooke divers competitors to a 
 place, and examined them severallie whome next 
 
248 '^f)e QtouUx^ of 
 
 themselves they would rathest commend, it were 
 like the ablest man should have the most second 
 votes. 
 
 The fallax of this couler hapneth oft in re- 
 spe(5l of envy, for men are accustomed after 
 themselves and their owne faction to incline to 
 them which are softest, and are least in their 
 way in despite and derogation of them that 
 hold them hardest to it. So that this couler of 
 melioritie and preheminencc is oft a signe of 
 ener\'ation and weakenesse. 
 
 2. Oaus excellentia vcl exuperantia melior, id toto 
 genere melius, 
 
 APPERTAINING to this are the fourmes; 
 - Let us not ivander in generalities: Let us 
 cofnpare particular with particular^ &c. This 
 appearance though it seeme of strength and ra- 
 ther Logicall then Rhetoricall, yet is ver>' oft a 
 fallax. 
 
 Sometimes because some things are in kinde 
 very casuall, which if they escape, prove excel- 
 lent, so that the kinde is inferior, because it is 
 so subiecH; to perill, but that which is excellent 
 being proved is superior, as the blossome of 
 March and the blossome of May, whereof the 
 French verse goeth. 
 
 Bourgeon de Mars etifatit de Paris^ 
 Si un eschape, il en vaut dix. 
 So that the blossome of May is generally better 
 then the blossome of March; and yet the best 
 blossome of March is better then the best blos- 
 some of May. 
 
GooH anD lEbill 249 
 
 Sometimes, because the nature of some kindes 
 is to be more equall and more indifferent, and 
 not to have very distant degrees, as hath bene 
 noted in the warmer clymates, the people are 
 generally more wise, but in the Northerne cli- 
 mate the wits of chiefe are greater. So in many 
 Annies, if the matter should be tryed by duell 
 betweene two Champions, the victory should go 
 on one side, and yet if it be tryed by the grosse, 
 it would go of the other side ; for excellencies go 
 as it were by chance, but kindes go by a more 
 certaine nature, as by discipline in warre. 
 
 Lastly, many kindes have much refuse which 
 countervale that which they have excellent ; and 
 therefore generally mettall is more precious then 
 stone, and yet a dyamond is more precious then 
 gould. 
 
 3. Quod ad veritaiem rcfoinr mains est quam quod 
 ad opinionem. Modus autem ^ probaiio eius quod 
 ad opinionern pertinet, ha:c est, quod quis si clam 
 putaret fore, faclurus nou esset. 
 
 SO the Epicures say of the Stoicks felicitie 
 placed in vertue. That it is like the felicitie 
 of a Player, who if he were left of his Auditorie 
 and their applause, he would streight be out of 
 hart and countenance, and therefore they call 
 vertue Bonum theatralc. But of Riches the 
 Poet sayth : 
 
 Populus me sibilat, At viihi plaudo,' 
 And of pleasure. 
 
 Grata sub into 
 Gaudia cordepremens, vultu simulante pudore^n. 
 
250 ®Je CToulet^ of 
 
 The fallax of this couler is somewhat subtile, 
 though the aunswere to the example be readie, 
 for vertue is not chosen propter aurain popula- 
 rem. But contrariwise, Maxime oynniiim teipsinn 
 reverere^ So as a vertuous man will be vertuous 
 in solitudiney and not onely in theatro, though 
 percase it will be more strong by glory and fame, 
 as an heate which is doubled by reflexion ; But 
 thatdenieth the supposition, it doth not reprehend 
 the fallax whereof "the reprehension is, alow that 
 vertue (such as is ioyned with labor and conflidl) 
 would not be chosen but for fame and opinion, 
 yet it foUoweth not that the chiefe motive of the 
 elecflion should not be reall and for it selfe, for 
 fame may be onely causa hnpulsiva^ and not 
 causa constitiiens^ or efficients. As if there were 
 two horses, and the one would doo better without 
 the spurre then the other : but agayne, the other 
 with the spurre woulde farre exceede the doing 
 of the former, giving him the spurre also ; yet 
 the latter will be iudged to be the better horse, 
 and the founne as to say. Tush, the life of this 
 horse is but in the spu7're^ will not serve as to a 
 wise iudgementc : For since the ordinary instru- 
 ment of horsemanship is the spurre, and that it 
 is no manner of impediment nor burden, the 
 horse is not to bee accounted the lesse of, which 
 will not do well without the spurre, but rather 
 the other is to be reckoned a delicacie then a 
 vertue, so glory and honor are as spurres to ver- 
 tue : and although vertue would languish with- 
 out them, yet since they be alwayes at hand to 
 attend vertue, vertue is not to be sayd the lesse, 
 chosen for it selfe, because it needeth the spurre 
 
of fame and reputation : and therefore that posi- 
 tion, No fa ems rei quod propter opiJitonetn &^ 
 11071 propter veritatem eligiticr^ hcEC est quod quis 
 si clam putaj'et fore faClurus 7ion esset is repre- 
 hended. 
 
 4. Quod rem integram seri'ai bonwn, quod sine re- 
 cepiu est malum. Nam se recipere non posse impo- 
 teniicv genus est, poteniia auiem bonum. 
 
 HEREOF Aesope framed the Fable of the 
 two Frogs that consuUed together in time 
 of drowth (when many plashes that they had re- 
 payred to were dry) what was to be done, and 
 the one propounded to goe downe into a deepe 
 Well, because it was like the water woulde not 
 fayle there, but the other aunswered, yea but if 
 it do faile how shall we get up againe? And 
 the reason is, that humane adlions are so uncer- 
 tayne and subiecfle to perills, as that seemeth 
 the best course which hath most passages out 
 of it. 
 
 Appertaining to this perswasion the fourmes 
 are, you shall ingage your selfe. On the other 
 side, Tautuni quantum voles sumes ex fortujta, 
 you shall keepe the matter in your owne hands. 
 The reprehension of it is, That proceeding aftd 
 resolving in all anions is necessarie: for as he 
 sayth well. Not to resolve, is to resolve, and 
 many times it breedes as many necessities, and 
 ingageth as farre in some other sort as to re- 
 solve. 
 
252 Zf)t ©oulcr^ of 
 
 So it is but the covetous mans disease trans- 
 lated into power, for the covetous man will enioy 
 nothing because he will have his full store 
 and possibilitic to enioy the more, so by this 
 reason a man shoulde execute nothing because 
 hee should be still indifferent and at libertie to 
 execute any thing. Besides necessitie and this 
 same tac/a est alea hath many times an ad- 
 vantage, because it awaketh the powers of the 
 minde, and strengtheneth indevor. Cceteris pa- 
 res necessitate certe superiores estis* 
 
 5. Qitod ex pluribiis constat et divisibiliits est 
 mains qiiam quod ex paitcioribus et magis ununi : 
 nam omnia per partes consideraia maiora videjttur; 
 quare et plural itas parti um viagnitudinem pra se 
 fert; fortius autem operatur pluralitas partium si 
 ordo absit, nam inducit simiiitudinem infiniti et 
 impedit comprehensionem, 
 
 THIS couler seemeth palpable, for it is not 
 pluralitie of partes without maioritie of 
 partes that maketh the totall greater, yet never- 
 thelesse it often carries the minde aw^ay, yea, it 
 deceyveth the sence, as it seemeth to the eye a 
 shorter distance of way if it be all dead and con- 
 tinued, then if it have trees or buildings or any 
 other markes whereby the eye may devide it. 
 So when a great moneyed man hath devided his 
 chests and coines and bags, hee seemeth to him- 
 selfe richer then hee was, and therefore a way 
 to amplifie any thing, is to breake it, and to 
 make an anatomie of it in severall partes, and 
 to examine it according to severall circumstances, 
 
Good ant> Icbill 253 
 
 And this maketh the greater shew if it be done 
 without order, for confusion maketh things mus- 
 ter more, and besides what is set downe by or- 
 der and division, doth demonstrate that nothing 
 is left out or omitted, but all is there ; whereas 
 if it be without order, both the minde compre- 
 hendcth lesse that which is set downe, and be- 
 sides it leaveth a suspition, as if more might be 
 sayde then is expressed. 
 
 This couler deceyveth, if the minde of him 
 that is to be perswaded, do of it selfe over-con- 
 ceive or preiudge of the greatnesse of any thing, 
 for then the breaking of it will make it seeme 
 lesse, because it maketh it appeare more accord- 
 ing to the truth, and therefore if a man be in 
 sicknes or payne, the time will seeme longer 
 without a clocke or howre-glasse then with it, 
 for the minde doth value every moment, and 
 then the howre doth rather summe up the mo- 
 ments then devide the day. So in a dead 
 playne, the way seemeth the longer, because the 
 eye hath preconceyved it shorter then the truth : 
 and the frustrating of that maketh it seeme 
 longer then the truth. Therefore if any man 
 have an overgreat opinion of any thing, then if 
 an other thinke by breaking it into severall con- 
 siderations, he shall make it seeme greater to 
 him, he will be deceyved, and therefore in such 
 cases it is not safe to devide, but to extoll the 
 entire still in generall. 
 
 An other case wherein this couler deceyveth, 
 is, when the matter broken or devided is not 
 comprehended by the sence or minde at once in 
 respecfl of the distracfling or scattering of it, and 
 
254 ^l&e ©ouler^ of 
 
 being intire and not devided, is comprehended, 
 as a hundred pounds in heapes of five poundes 
 will shewe more, then in one grosse heape, so as 
 the heapes be all uppon one table to be seene at 
 once, otherwise not, or flowers growing scattered 
 in divers beds will shewe, more then if they did 
 grow in one bed, so as all those beds be within 
 a plot that they be obie(fl to view at once, other- 
 wise not ; and therefore men whose living lieth 
 together in one Shire, are commonly counted 
 greater landed then those whose livings are dis- 
 persed though it be more, because of the notice 
 and comprehension. 
 
 A third case wherein this couler deceyveth, 
 and it is not so properly a case or reprehension 
 as it is a counter couler being in effecfl: as large 
 as the couler it selfe, and that is, Oi7mis cojnpo- 
 sitio indigent ice cuiusdam vidciur esse particeps^ 
 because if one thing would serve the turne it 
 were ever best, but the defecfl and imperfecflions 
 of things hath brought in that help to piece 
 them up as it is sayd, Martha Martha attendis 
 ad phiriina, timtm stifficit. So likewise here- 
 upon Acsope framed the Fable of the Fox and 
 the Cat, whereas the Fox bragged what a num- 
 ber of shifts and devises he had to get from the 
 houndes, and the Catte saide she had but one, 
 which was to clime a tree, which in proofe was 
 better worth then all the rest, whereof the pro- 
 verbe grew, 
 
 Multa novit Vulpes sed Felis uniim 7nagnum, 
 
 And in the morall of this fable it comes likewise 
 to passe: That a good sure friend is a better 
 
©ooU auD labill 255 
 
 helpe at a pinch, then all the stratagems and 
 poUicies of a mans owne wit. So it falleth out 
 to bee a common errour in negociating, whereas 
 men have many reasons to induce or perswade, 
 they strive commonly to utter and use them all 
 at once, which weakeneth them. For it argueth 
 as was said, a needines in every of the reasons 
 by it selfe, as if one did not trust to any of them, 
 but fled from one to another, helping himselfe 
 onely with that. 
 
 Et qucB non prosunt singjila, multa iuvant. 
 
 Indeed in a set speech in an assemblie it is 
 expecfled a man shbulde use all his reasons in 
 the case hee handleth, but in private perswa- 
 sions it is alwayes a great errour. 
 
 A fourth case wherein this colour may bee 
 reprehended is in respecfle of that same vis 
 nnita fortior, according to the tale of the French 
 King, that when the Emperours Amb. had re- 
 cited his maysters stile at large which consisteth 
 of many countries and dominions: the French 
 King willed his Chauncellor or other minister to 
 repeate and say over Fraunce as many times as 
 the other had recited the severall dominions, 
 intending it was equivalent with them all, & 
 beside more compacHied and united. 
 
 There is also appertayning to this couler an 
 other point, why breaking of a thing doth helpe 
 it, not by way of adding a shew of magnitude 
 unto it, but a note of excellency and raritie ; 
 whereof the fourmes are. Where shall youfinde 
 such a concurrence ? Great but not co7npleat, for 
 it seemes a lesse worke of nature or fortune to 
 
256 ^]^e ©oulev^ of 
 
 make any thing in his kinde greater then ordi- 
 narie, then to make a straungc composition. 
 
 Yet if it bee narrowly considered, this colour 
 will bee reprehended or incoimtred by imputing 
 to all excellencies in compositions a kind of 
 povertie or at least a casualty or ieopardy, for 
 from that which is excellent in greatnes som- 
 what may be taken, or there may be decay ; and 
 yet sufficiencie left, but from that which hath 
 his price in composition if you take away any 
 thing, or any part doe fayle all is disgraced. 
 
 6. Cuius privatio bona, malum, cuius privatio mala, 
 bonum, 
 
 THE fornies to make it concey'ved that that 
 was evill which is chaunged for the better 
 are, He that is in hell thinkes there is no other 
 heaven. Satis que re us, A cor ties were good till 
 bread was found, &^e. And of the other side the 
 formes to make it conceyved that that was good 
 which was chaunged for the worse are, Bona 
 7nagis carendo quct?n fruendo sentimus, Bona a 
 tergo forinosissima, Good things never appear 
 in their full beautie, till they tiwne their backe 
 and be going away, &^c. The reprehension of 
 this colour is, that the good or evil which is 
 removed may be esteemed good or evil compara- 
 tively and not positively or simply. So that if 
 the privation bee good, it follows not the former 
 condition was evil, but lesse good, for the flower 
 or blossome is a positive good, although the 
 remove of it to give place to the fruite be a 
 comparative good. So in the tale of JEsopt', 
 
CKoot) ant) IcbiU 257 
 
 when the olde fainting man in the heat of the 
 day cast downe his burthen & called for death, 
 & when death came to know his will with him, 
 said it was for nothing but to helpe him uppe 
 with his burthen agayne: it doth not follow that 
 because death which was the privation of the 
 burthen was ill, therefore the burthen was good. 
 And in this parte the ordinarie forme of Malum 
 jtecessariwn aptly reprehendeth this colour, for 
 Privatio mall necessarij est mala, and yet that 
 doth not convert the nature of the necessarie 
 evil, but it is evill. 
 
 Againe it commeth sometimes to passe, that 
 there is an equalitic in the chaunge or privation, 
 and as it were a Dilem7na boni or a Dilemma 
 malt, so that the corruption of the one good is a 
 generation of the other, 
 
 So7'ti pater ce quits utrique est: 
 And contrarie the remedy of the one evill is 
 the occasion and commencement of an other, as 
 in Scilla and Charibdis. 
 
 7. Qiiod bono vicinum, bonum : quod a bono remo- 
 ium malum, 
 
 SUCH is the nature of thinges, that thinges 
 contrarie and distant in nature and qualitie 
 are also severed and disioyned in place, and 
 thinges like and consenting in qualitie are placed, 
 and as it were quartered together, for partly in 
 regarde of the nature to spredde, multiplie and 
 infedl in similitude, and partly in regard of the 
 nature to break, expell and alter that which 
 
 S 
 
258 'Ef)t ©oulcr^ of 
 
 is disagreeable and contrarie, most thinges do 
 eyther associate and draw neere to themselves 
 the like, or at least assimilate to themselves 
 that which approcheth necr them, and doe also 
 drive away, chase and exterminate their contra- 
 ries. And that is the reason commonly yeelded 
 why the middle region of the aire shold be cold- 
 est, because the Sunne and stars are eyther hot 
 by dire(fl beames or by refle(flion. The direcfl 
 beames heate the upper region, the refledled 
 beames from the earth and seas heate the lower 
 Region. That which is in the middest being 
 furthest distant in place from these two Regions 
 of heate are most distant in nature that is cold- 
 est, which is that they tearme colde or hot, per 
 antiperistasifi^ that is invironing by contraries, 
 which was pleasantly taken holde of by him that 
 said that an honest man in these daies must 
 needes be more honest then in ages heretofore, 
 propter antiperistashi because the shutting of 
 him in the middest of contraries must needs 
 make the honesty stronger and more compadl 
 in it selfe. 
 
 The reprehension of this colour is, first many 
 things of amplitude in their kind doe as it were 
 ingrosse to themselves all, and leave that which 
 is next them most destitute, as the shootes or 
 underwood that grow nearc a great and spread 
 tree, is the most pyned & shrubbie wood of 
 the field, because the great tree doth deprive 
 and deceive them of sappe and nourishment. 
 So he saith wel, Divitis servi maxime servi: 
 And the comparison was pleasant of him that . 
 compared courtiers attendant in the courtes of 
 
®ooU anil Icbill 259 
 
 princes, without great place or office, to fasting 
 dayes, which were next the holy daies, but other- 
 wise were the leanest dayes in all the weeke. 
 
 An other reprehension is, that things of great- 
 nes and predominancie, though they doe not 
 extenuate the thinges adioyning in substance ; yet 
 they drowne them and obscure them in shew 
 and appearance. And therefore the Astrono- 
 mers say, that whereas in all other planets con- 
 iundlion is the perfedlest amitie: the Sunne 
 contrariwise is good by aspedl, but evill by 
 coniuncflion. 
 
 A third reprehension is because evill ap- 
 procheth to good sometimes for concealement, 
 sometimes for protedl;ion, and good to evill for 
 conversion and reformation. So hipocrisie draw- 
 eth neer to religion for covert & hyding it selfe : 
 Scepe latet vitiuin proximitate bom\ 
 
 & San6luary men, which were commonly in- 
 ordinate men & malefadlors, were wont to be 
 neerest to priestes and Prelates and holy men, 
 for the maiestie of good thinges is such, as the 
 confines of them are revered. On the other side 
 our Saviour charged with neerenes of Publi- 
 canes and rioters said. The Phisitian approch- 
 eth the sicke^ rather then the whole, 
 
 8. Quod quis culpa sua contraxit, mains maluni; 
 quod ab extemis imponiiur, minus malum. 
 
 THE reason is because the sting and remorse 
 of the mind accusing it selfe doubleth all 
 adversitie, contrarywise the considering and re- 
 cording inwardly that a man is cleare and free 
 
 S 2 
 
a6o Zf}£ €^oulet0 of 
 
 from fault, and iust imputation, doth attemper 
 outward calamities : For if the evill bee in the 
 sence and in the conscience both, there is a 
 gemination of it, but if evill be in the one and 
 comfort in the other, it is a kind of compensation. 
 So the Poets in tragedies doe make the most 
 passionate lamentations, and those that fore- 
 runne final dispaire, to be accusing, questioning 
 and torturing of a mans selfe. 
 Seque U7iuvi cla??iat cajisamque caputque maio- 
 ru?n. 
 
 & contrariwise the extremities of worthie per- 
 sons have beene annihilated in the consider- 
 ation of their owne good deserving. Besides 
 when the evill commeth from without, there is 
 left a kinde of evaporation of griefe, if it come 
 by humane iniurie, eyther by indignation and 
 meditating of revenge from our selves, or by 
 expecTling or foreconceyving that Nefnesis and 
 retribution will take holde of the authours of our 
 hurt, or if it bee by fortune or accident, yet 
 there is left a kinde of expostulation against the 
 divine powers. 
 Atqtie deos atque Astra vocat crudelia Mater, 
 But where the evill is derived from a mans 
 own fault there all strikes deadly inwardes and 
 buffocateth. 
 
 The reprehension of this colour is first in 
 respe<f\ of hope, for reformation of our faultes 
 is in nostra potestate^ but amendment of our 
 fortune simplie is not. Therefore Demosthenes 
 in many of his orations sayth thus to the people 
 of Athens. That which having re garde to the 
 
GooU ant) '^hill 261 
 
 /tme past is the worst pointe and circumstance 
 of all the rest^ that as to the tif?ie to come is the 
 best: What is that? Even this ^ that by your 
 sloth, irresolution, and 7nisgovernement, your 
 affaires are growne to this declination and decay. 
 For had you used and ordered your fneanes and 
 forces to the best, and done your partes every 
 way to the full, and notwithstafiding yoiir mat- 
 ters shoidd have gone backwards in this manner 
 as they doe, there had beefie no hope left of re- 
 coverie or reparation, bid since it hath beene 
 onely by your owne errours ^c. So Epi^etus 
 in his degrees saith, The worst state of man is 
 to accuse exter^ie things, better then that to 
 accuse a mans selfe, and best of all to accuse 
 neyther. 
 
 An other reprehension of this colour is in 
 respedl of the wel bearing of evils, wherewith a 
 man can charge no bodie but himselfe, which 
 maketh them the lesse. 
 
 Lev e fit quod bene fertur onus. 
 
 And therefore many natures, that are eyther 
 extreamely proude and will take no fault to 
 themselves, or els very true, and cleaving to 
 themselves (when they see the blame of any 
 thing that falles out ill must light upon them- 
 selves) have no other shift but to beare it out 
 wel, and to make the least of it, for as wee see 
 when sometimes a fault is committed, & before 
 it be known who is to blame, much adoe is made 
 of it, but after if it appeare to be done by a 
 Sonne, or by a wife, or by a neere friend, then it 
 is light made of. So much more when a man 
 
262 I^Je ©oukrjj o! 
 
 must take it upon himselfe. And therefore it is 
 commonly scene that women that marrie hus- 
 bandes of their owne choosing against their 
 friends consents, if they be never so ill used, 
 yet you shall scldome see them complaine but 
 to set a good face on it. 
 
 9. Qi40ii opera &^ virlufe nostra parium est maius bo- 
 num; quod ab alieno beneficio, vel ab indulgentia 
 fortuna delatum est minus bonum, 
 
 THE reasons are first the future hope, be- 
 cause in the favours of others or the good 
 windes of fortune we have no state or certainty, 
 in our endevours or abilities we have. So as 
 when they have purchased us one good fortune, 
 we have them as ready and better edged and 
 inured to procure another. 
 
 The formes \>Q.^yoti have wonne this by play ^ 
 yoJi have not oncly the water, but you have the 
 receit, you can make it againe if it be lost &^c. 
 
 Next because these properties which we 
 inioy by the benefite of others carry with them 
 an obligation, which seemeth a kinde of burthen, 
 whereas the other which derive from our selves, 
 are like the freest patents absque aliquo inde 
 reddendo, and if they proceede from fortune or 
 providence, yet they seeme to touch us secreatly 
 with the reverence of the divine powers whose 
 favours we tast, and therfore worke a kind of 
 religious feare and restraint, whereas in the 
 other kind, that come to passe which the Prophet 
 speaketh, Lcetantur &^ exultant, immolant pla- 
 gis suisy <Sr» sacrijicant reti suo. 
 
Thirdely because that which commeth unto 
 us without our owne virtue, yeeldeth not that 
 commendation and reputation, for adlions of 
 great felicitie may drawe wonder, but prayselesse, 
 as Cicero said to Cesar: Qiicb inircmur habe- 
 mus^ qticB laiidemus expeHaimis. 
 
 Fourthly because the purchases of our own 
 industrie are ioyned commonly with labour and 
 strife which gives an edge and appetite, and 
 makes the fruition of our desire more pleasant, 
 Suavis cibus a vejiatu. 
 
 On the other side there bee fowre counter 
 colours to this colour rather then reprehensions, 
 because they be as large as the colour it selfe, 
 first because felicitie seemeth to bee a charadler 
 of the favour and love of the divine powers, 
 and accordingly worketh both confidence in our 
 selves and respecfle and authoritie from others. 
 And this felicitie extendeth to many casuall 
 thinges, whereunto the care or virtue of man 
 cannot extend, and therefore seemeth to be a 
 larger good, as when Ccesar sayd to the sayler, 
 CcBsaretn porias &^ fortunam eius^ if he had 
 saide, &^ virtutetn eius, it had beene small com- 
 fort against a tempest otherwise then if it might 
 seeme upon merite to induce fortune. 
 
 Next, whatsoever is done by vertue and 
 industrie, seemes to be done by a kinde of 
 habite and arte, and therefore open to be imi- 
 tated and followed, whereas felicitie is inimita- 
 ble: So wee generally see, that things of nature 
 seeme more excellent then things of arte, be- 
 cause they be inimitable, for guod imitabile est 
 Potentia qiiadam VMlgatum est. 
 
264 CJe a^ouUx^ of 
 
 Thirdly, felicitie commendeth those things 
 which commeth without our ownc labor, for 
 they seeme gifts, and the other seemes peny- 
 worths : whereupon Plutarch sayth elegantly 
 of the acfles of Timoleon^ who was so fortunate, 
 compared with the acfles of Agesilaus and 
 EpaminondaSj That they were like Homers 
 verses they ranne so cosily and so welly and 
 therefore it is the word we give unto poesie, 
 terming it a happie vaine, because facilitie 
 seemeth ever to come from happines. 
 
 P^ourthly, this same prceter spon^ vel prcBtcr 
 expe^latiiviy doth increase the price and pleasure 
 of many things, and this cannot be incident to 
 those things that proceede from our owne care, 
 and compasse. 
 
 lo. Gradiis privationis maior videtur quam grcuitis 
 diminutiotiis ; <Sr* rursiis gradus inceptionis maior 
 videiiir quam gradus incrementi. 
 
 IT is a position in the Mathematiques that 
 there is no proportion betweene somewhat 
 and nothing, therefore the degree of nuUitie and 
 quidditie or adi, seemeth larger then the degrees 
 of increase and decrease, as to a monoculos it 
 is more to loose one eye, then to a man that 
 hath two eyes. So if one have lost divers 
 children, it is more griefe to him to loose the 
 last then all the rest, because he is spes gregis. 
 And therefore Sybilla when she brought her 
 three books, and had burned two, did' double 
 the whole price of both the other, because the 
 
burning of that had hxw gradus privationis, and 
 not diminiitionis. This couler is reprehended 
 first in those things, the use and service whereof 
 resteth in sufficiencie, competencie, or determi- 
 nate quantitie, as if a man be to pay one hun- 
 dreth poundes upon a penaltie, it is more for 
 him to want xii pence, then after that xii pence 
 supposed to be wanting, to want ten shillings 
 more : So the decay of a mans estate seemes to 
 be most touched in the degree when he first 
 growes behinde, more then afterwards when he 
 proves nothing worth. And hereof the common 
 fourmes are, Sera in /undo parsi?nonm, and as 
 good never a whit, as never the better, &c. It 
 is reprehended also in respecH: of that notion, 
 Co7'ruptio unhts^ gencratio alter ins ^ so that 
 gradiis privationisy is many times lesse matter, 
 because it gives the cause, and motive to some 
 new course. As when Demosthenes reprehended 
 the people for harkning to the conditions offered 
 by King Phillip, being not honorable nor equall, 
 he saith they were but aliments of their sloth 
 and weakenes, which if they were taken away, 
 necessitie woulde teach them stronger resolu- 
 tions. So Do6\or He^or was wont to say to [the] 
 Dames of London, when they complayned they 
 were they could not tell how, but yet they could 
 not endure to take any medicine, he would tell 
 them. Their way was onely to be sicke, for then 
 they would be glad to take any medicine. 
 
 Thirdly, this couler may be reprehended, in 
 respe(fl that the degree of decrease is more 
 sensitive, then the degree of privation ; for in 
 the minde of man, gradus diminutionis may 
 
266 ^l)t ©oulct^ of 
 
 worke a wavering betweene hope and feare, and 
 so keepc the minde in suspence from selling and 
 accommodating in patience, and resolution ; here- 
 of the common fourmes are, Better eye outj then 
 alwayes ake, make or marre, &c. 
 
 For the second braunch of this couler, it 
 depends upon the same generall reason : hence 
 grew the common place of extolling the begin- 
 ning of every thing, 
 
 Dimidium fa^i qui bene ccepit habet. 
 
 This made the Astrologers so idle as to iudge of 
 a mans nature and destiny by the constellation 
 of the moment of his nativitie, or conception. 
 This couler is reprehended, because many in- 
 ceptions are but as Epicurus termeth them, 
 tentajftenta, that is, imperfecfl offers, and essayes, 
 which vanish and come to no substance without 
 an iteration, so as in such cases the second 
 degree scemes the worthyest, as the body-horse 
 in the Cart, that draweth more then the fore- 
 horse, hereof the common fourmes are. The 
 second blow jfiakes the fray, The secoftd word 
 makes the bargaine, Alter principium dedit, 
 alter [modum] abstulit, &^c. Another reprehen- 
 sion of this couler is in respecfl of defatigation, 
 which makes perseverance of greater dignitiethen 
 inception, [for chaunce or instincfl of nature may 
 cause inception,] but setled afifecftion or iudge- 
 ment maketh the continuance. 
 
 Thirdly, this couler is reprehended in such 
 things which have a naturall course, and incli- 
 nation contrary to an inception. So that the 
 
Good ant) Icbill 267 
 
 inception is continually evacuated and gets no 
 start, but there behoveth perpehia inceptio, as 
 in the common fourme. Non progredi, est re- 
 gredi^ Qui non proficit, deficit: Running against 
 the hill : Rowing against the streame, &c. For 
 if it be with the streame or with the hill, then 
 the degree of inception is more then all the 
 rest. 
 
 Fourthly, this couler is to be understoode of 
 gradus inceptionis a potentia, ad a&mn compa- 
 rattis; cum gradii ab adu ad increinenttun : 
 For other[wise], maior videtur gradus ab impo- 
 tentia ad potentiajn, qtictin a potentia ad adum. 
 
 FINIS. 
 
 Printed at London by lohn Windet 
 
 for Humfrey Hooper. 
 
 1597- 
 
APPENDIX 
 
 ESSAIES 
 
 OF STUDIES 
 
 Cap: i 
 
 STUDIES serue for pastimes, for ornaments, 
 for abilities : their cheife vse for pastimes is 
 in privatenes, and retiring: for ornaments, in 
 discourse ; and for ability in ludgement : for ex- 
 pert men can execute, but learned are men more 
 fit to ludge, and censure: to spcndc to much 
 time in them is sloth: to vse them to much for 
 ornament is affedlation: to make ludgement 
 wholely by their rules is the humor of a schoUer : 
 they perfedl nature, and are themselues perfecfled 
 by experience : crafty men contemne them, wise 
 men vse them, simple men admire them, for 
 they teache not their owne vse, but that there is 
 a wisdome wthout them, and aboue them wonne 
 by observation : Reade not to contradicfl, nor 
 to beleeue, but to weigh, and consider. Some 
 
270 ®ppenDw 
 
 bookes are to ba tasted, others to be swallowed, 
 and some fewe to be chewed, and disgested: 
 that is: some are to be reade onely in partes, 
 others to be reade but curiously, and some fewe 
 to be reade wholcly w^h diligence, and atten- 
 tion. Reading maketh a full man, conference a 
 ready, and writing an exaCl man : therefore if a 
 man write litle he had neede of a greate memory ; 
 if he confer litle, he had neede of a present wit, 
 and if he reade litle, he had neede haue much 
 cunning to sceme to knowe that he doth not 
 knowe: Histories make men wise; Poets witty: 
 the Mathematiques subtile; Naturall Philoso- 
 phiedeepe: Morallgraue: Logique, and Retho- 
 rique able to contende. 
 
OF DISCOURSE 
 
 Cap: 2 
 
 SOME in their discourse desire rather com- 
 mendation of wit, in being able to holde 
 all arguments, then of Judgement in discerning 
 what is true: as if it were a praise to knowe 
 what might be saide, and not what should be 
 thought: some haue certaine common places, 
 and theames, wherein they are good, and want 
 variety: w^h kinde of Poverty is for the most 
 parte tedious, and now, and then ridiculous: the 
 honorablest parte of talke is to giue the occa- 
 sion, and againe to moderate, and passe to some- 
 what else: It is good to vary, and mixe speache 
 of the present occasion w^^ arguments; tales 
 wth reasons: asking of questions w'h telhng 
 of opinions: and lest w'^ earnest: but some 
 thinges are priviledged from lest, namely. Re- 
 ligion, matters of state, greate persons, all mens 
 present busines of Importaunce, and any case 
 that deserveth pitty: He that questioneth much, 
 shall learne much, and content much, especially 
 if he apply his questions to the skill of the party 
 of whom he asketh : for he shall giue them occa- 
 
272 Sppcntiix 
 
 sion to please themselues in speaking, and him- 
 selfe shall continually gather knowledge : if some- 
 times you dissemble your knowledge of that you 
 are thought to knowe, you shallbe thought an- 
 other time to knowe, that w^h you knowe not: 
 speache of a mans selfe is not good often ; and 
 there is but one thing wherein a man may com- 
 mend himselfe w^^ good grace, and that is 
 commending vertue in another: especially if it 
 be such a vertue as wherevnto himselfe pretend- 
 eth: Discretion of speache is more then elo- 
 quence, and to speake agreeably to him w^h 
 whome we deale, is more then to speake in good 
 wordes, or in good order: a good continued 
 speache, w^^out a good speache of Interloquu- 
 tion showeth slownes ; and a good second speache 
 w'hout a good set speache showeth shallownes. 
 to vse to many circumstaunces ere one come to 
 the matter is wearisome, and to vsc none at all 
 is blunt. 
 
OF CERIMONIES, AND RESPECTES 
 Cap : 3 
 
 HE that is onely reall, needeth exceeding 
 greate partes of vertue, as the stone had 
 neede to bee exceeding riche that is set w^^^out 
 foyle : but commonly it is in praise, as it is in 
 gaine : for as the proverbe is true, that light 
 gaines make heavie purses, because they come 
 thicker whereas the greate come but now, and 
 then : so it is as true that small matters win 
 greate commendation, because they are continu- 
 ally in vse, and in noate, whereas the occasion 
 of any greate vertue commeth but on hoUidaics : 
 to attaine good formes it sufficeth not to despise 
 them, for so shall a man obserue them in others, 
 and let him trust himselfe wth the rest: for if 
 he care to expresse them he shall loose their 
 grace, w^h is to be naturall, and vnaffc(fted : 
 some mens behaviour is like a verse, wherein 
 every sillable is measured : how can a man ob- 
 serue greate matters, that breaketh his minde to 
 much in small observations? not to vse cere- 
 monies at all, is to teache others not to vse them 
 againe, and so diminish his respecfl : especially 
 
274 ^ppenliii 
 
 they are not to be omitted to straungers, and 
 straunge natures : among a mans equalls a man 
 shallbe sure of familiarity, and therefore it is 
 good a litle to keepe state: among a mans infe- 
 riours a man shallbe sure of reverence, and 
 therefore it is good a litle to be familiar : he that 
 is to much in any thing, so that he giveth an- 
 other occasion of satiety maketh himselfe cheapc : 
 to apply ones selfe to others is good, so it be 
 w^h demonstration that a man doth it vpon 
 regarde, and not vpon facility : it is a good pre- 
 cept generally in seconding another, yet to adde 
 somewhat of his owne : if you graunt his opinion 
 let it be wth some distin(flion: if you will fol- 
 lowe his motion let it be wth condition : if you 
 allowe his counsaile, let it be wth alledging far- 
 ther reason. 
 
OF FOLLOWERS, AND FREINDES 
 Cap : 4 
 
 COSTLY followers are not to be liked, least 
 while a man maketh his traine longer, he 
 maketh his winges shorter : I reckon to be cost- 
 ly not them alone w^h charge the purse, but 
 wch are wearisome, and importunate in suites: 
 ordinary followers ought to challenge no higher 
 conditions, then countenaunce, recommendation, 
 and protecftion from wrong: factious followers 
 are worse to be liked w^h followe not vpon af- 
 fecftion to him w'h whome they raunge them- 
 selues, but vpon some discontentment received 
 against some others, wherevpon commonly in- 
 sueth that ill intelligence, that many times we 
 see betweene greate personages: the following 
 of certaine states awnswerable to that w^^ a 
 greate personage himselfe professeth : as of soul- 
 diers to him that hath bin imploied in the warres, 
 and the like hath ever bin a thing civill, and 
 well taken euen in Monarchies, so it be wt^out 
 too much pompe, or popularity: but the most 
 honorable kinde of following is to be followed, 
 as one that intendeth to advaunce vertue, and 
 
 T 3 
 
27^ ^ppcnt)ix 
 
 desert in all sortes of persons : and yet where 
 there is no imminent ods in sufficiency, it is 
 better to take w'^ the more passable, then w^h 
 the more able: in government of charge it is 
 good to vse men of one ranke equally: for to 
 countenaunce some extraordinarily is to make 
 them insolent and the rest discontent, because 
 they may claime a due: but in favours to vse 
 men w^h much difference, and eledlion is good, 
 for it maketh the persons preferred more thank- 
 full, and the rest affedlious, because all is of 
 favour: it is good not to make to much of any 
 man at first, because one cannot holde out that 
 proportion, to be governed by one is not good, 
 and to be distradled by many is worse: but 
 to take advise of freindes is ever honorable: 
 for lookers on many times see more then gam- 
 sters, and the vale best discovereth the hill, 
 there is litle freindeship in the worlde, and least 
 of all betweene equalls, that w^h is, is betweene 
 superiour, and inferiour, whose fortunes may 
 comprehende the one the other. 
 
OF SUITERS 
 Cap: 5 
 
 MANY ill matters are vndertaken, and many 
 good matters w^h iU mindes: some em- 
 brace suites wch never meane to deale cftec- 
 tually in them, but if they see, there may be life 
 in the matter by some other meane, they will be 
 content to win a thanke, or take a second re- 
 warde: some take holde of suites onely for an 
 occasion to crosse some others, or to make an 
 information, whereof they could not otherwise 
 haue apt pretext, w^i^out care of what become 
 of the suite, when that turne is served : nay 
 some vndertake suites w'^^ a full purpose to let 
 them fall to the ende to gratify the adverse 
 party, or competitor, surely there is in sorte a 
 right in every sute, either a right of equity, if it 
 be a sute of controversy, or a right of desert, if 
 it be a sute of petition : if affedlion leade a man 
 to favour the wrong side, in Justice rather let 
 him vse his countenaunce to compound the 
 matter then to carry it : if affedlion leade a man 
 to favour the lesse worthy in desert, let him 
 doe wthout depraving, or disabling the better 
 
278 appentiix 
 
 deserver: in suites w^^ a man doth not vnder- 
 stande, it is good to refer them to some freinde 
 of his, of trust, and Judgement, that may report 
 whither he may dcale in "them w^h honour: 
 Suters are so distasted w^^ delaies, and abuses, 
 that plaine dcahng in denying to deale in suites 
 at first, and reporting the successe barely, and 
 in challenging no more thankes then one hath 
 deserved is growne not onely honorable, but also 
 gratious. in sutes of favour the first comming 
 ought to take but litle place, so farfoorth con- 
 sideration may be had of his trust, that if Intel- 
 ligence of the matter could not otherwise haue 
 beene had but by him, advauntagc be not taken 
 of the note: to be ignoraunt of the value of a 
 suite, is simplicitic, aswell as to be ignoraunt of 
 the right thereof is want of conscience : secrecy 
 in suites is a greate meane of obtaining: for 
 voycing them to be in forwardnes, may dis- 
 courage some kinde of suiters, but doth quicken, 
 and awake others: but timing of suites is the 
 principall : timing, I say, not onely in respecl of 
 the person that should graunt it, but in respeCl 
 of those, w'ch are like to crosse it: nothing is 
 thought so easie a request to a greate man as 
 his ire, and yet not in an ill cause, it is so much 
 out of his reputation. 
 
OF EXPENCE 
 Cap: 6 
 
 RICHES are for spending, and spending for 
 honour, and good adlions : therefore extra- 
 ordinary expence must be hmited by the worth 
 of the occasion : for voluntary vndoing may be 
 aswell for a mans countrey, as for the kingdome 
 of heauen : but ordinary expence ought to be 
 hmited by a mans estate, and governed wth 
 such regarde as it be w'^in his compasse, and 
 not subjecfl to deceite, and abuse of servauntes, 
 and ordered by the best showe, that the billes 
 may be lesse then the estimation abroade : it is 
 no basenes for the greatest to discende, and 
 looke into their owne estate: some forbeare it 
 not of neghgence alone, but doubting to bring 
 themselues into melancholy, in respedl they 
 shall finde it broken: but woundes cannot be 
 cured w^^out searching: he that cannot looke 
 into his owne estate, had neede both choose well 
 those whome he imployeth, and chaunge them 
 often : for newe [men] are more timerous, and 
 Jesse subtile: in clearing of a mans estate he 
 may aswell hurt himselfe in being to suddaine. 
 
28o appentiii 
 
 as in letting it runne out to long ; for hasty sell- 
 ing is commonly as disadvantageable as interest : 
 he that hath a state to repaire may not despise 
 small thinges: and commonly it is lesse dishon- 
 our to abridge petty charges, then to stoope to 
 petty gettings: a man ought warily to begin 
 charges \vc^ begun must continue, but in mat- 
 ters that returne not, he may be more liberall. 
 
OF REGIMENT OF HEALTH 
 Cap: 7 
 
 THERE is a wisdome in this beyonde the 
 rules of phisicke; a mans owne observa- 
 tion, what he findcs good of, and what he findes 
 hurt of, is the best phisick to preserue healthe, 
 but it is a safer conclusion to say, this agreeth 
 well w'h me, therefore I will continue it: 1 finde 
 no offence of this, therefore I may vse it: for 
 strength of nature in youth passeth over many 
 excesses, wch are owing a man till his age ; 
 discerne of the comming on of yeares, and thinke 
 not to doe the same thinges still : beware of any 
 suddaine chaunge in any greate pointe of diet; 
 and if necessity inforce it, fit the rest to it: to be 
 freeminded, and cheerefully disposed, at howres 
 of meate, and of sleepe, and of excercise, is the 
 best precept of long lasting: if you fly phisicke 
 in healthe altogither, it will be to strong for your 
 boddy when you shall neede it : if you make it 
 to familiar it will worke no extraordinary efifedt 
 when sicknesse commeth : despise no newe acci- 
 dent in the body, but aske opinion of it : in sick- 
 nes principally respede healthe, and in healthe 
 
atlion: for those that put their bodyes to indure 
 in healthe, may in most sicknes w^h are not 
 very sharpe, be cured onely w^h diet, and good 
 tending: Phisitions, are some of them so pleas- 
 ing to the humors of the patient, that they presse 
 not the true cure of the disease, and some 
 others so regular in proceeding according to art 
 for the disease, as they respecfl not sufficiently 
 the condition of the patient: take one of a milde 
 temper, and forget not to call aswell the best 
 acquainted w'h your body, as the best reputed 
 offer his faculty. 
 
OF HONOUR, AND REPUTATION 
 Cap: 8 
 
 THE winning of Honour, is but the revealing 
 of a mans vertue, and worth w^^iout disad- 
 vauntage: for some in their adlions doe affecfl 
 honour, and reputation, wch sorte of men are 
 much talked of, but inwardly litle admired : and 
 some darken their vertue in the shewe of it, so 
 that they be undervalued, in opinion : If a man 
 performe that w^h hath not beene attempted 
 before, or attempted, and giu'n over, or hath 
 beene atcheived, but not w'^ so good circum- 
 staunce; he shall purchase more honour, then 
 by effe(5ling a matter of greater difficulty wherein 
 he is but a follower : if a man so temper his 
 a6lions, as in some of them he doe content 
 ever>' fa6lion, the musicke willbe the fuller, a 
 man is an ill husband of his honour, that enter- 
 eth into any a<flion, the failing wherein may 
 disgrace him more then the carying it through 
 can honour him : discreete followers helpe much 
 to reputation: Envy w^h is the canker of hon- 
 our is best extinguished by declaring a mans 
 selfe in his endes, rather to seeke merrit then 
 
284 apjpcntiir 
 
 fame, and by attributing a mans successe rather 
 to providence, and foelicity, then to his owne 
 vertuc, and policie. the true marshalling of the 
 degrees of soveraigne honour are these : in the 
 first place. Conditores. founders of states. In 
 the 2'} place are. LEGISLATORES. Lawgivers, 
 wch are also called seconde founders : or PER- 
 PETVI. PRINCIPES. because they governe 
 by their ordinaunces after they are gonne. In 
 the 3<? place are LIBERATORES. such as com- 
 pounde the long miseries of civill warres, or de- 
 liver their countrie from the servitude of straun- 
 gers, or Tirauntes. in the 4^^ place, are PRO- 
 PAGATORES. or. PROPVGNATORES. IM- 
 PERII, such as in honorable warres inlarge their 
 territories, or make noble defence against the 
 Invadors: and in the last place are PATRIA. 
 PAT RES. wch raigne lustly, and make the 
 times good wherein they liue. Degrees of Hon- 
 our in subjects, are first. PARTICIPES CVRA- 
 RVM. those vpon whome Princes doe discharge 
 the greatest waight of their affaires, their right 
 handes as we call them: the next are. DVCES. 
 BELLI, greate Leaders, such as are Princes 
 Leiuetenauntes, and doe them notable service 
 in the wars: the 3^ are. GRATIOSI. FAVO- 
 RITES, such as exceede not this scantling to 
 be solace to their soveraigne, and harmelesse to 
 the people, and the 4^^ are called NEGOTIIS. 
 PARES, such as haue greate places vnder 
 Princes, and execute their places vvth suffi- 
 ciencye. 
 
OF FACTION 
 [Cap: 9] 
 
 MANY haue a newe wisdome, otherwise 
 called a fond opinion, that for a Prince to 
 governe his estate, or for a greate person to go- 
 verne his proceedings according to the respe(fl 
 of facflions is the principall parte of pollicie: 
 whereas contrariwise the chiefest wisdome is 
 either in ordering those thinges wcH are gene- 
 rail, and wherein men of severall facflions doe 
 nevertheles agree ; or in dealing w^^ corrispond- 
 ent persons one by one : but I say not that the 
 consideration of facflions is to be negle(fled: 
 meane men must adheare, but greate men that 
 haue strength in themselues were better to main- 
 taine themselues indifferent, and neutrall: yet 
 euen in beginners to adheare so moderately as 
 he be a man of the one fa(flion, w^h is pass- 
 ablest wth the other commonly giveth best 
 waye : the lower, and weaker facftion is the firmer 
 in condition: when one of the facflions is 
 extinguished, the remaining subdivideth, w*^^ 
 is good for a second: it is commonly seene 
 that men once placed take in w^h the contrary 
 
286 Slppentia- 
 
 fa(flion to that by w^h they enter: the traitor in 
 fadlions hghtly goeth away w^h it, for when 
 matters haue stuck long in ballancing the win- 
 ning of some one man casteth them, and he 
 getteth all the thankes. 
 
OF NEGOATIATING 
 Cap : lo 
 
 IT is better generally to deale by speeche, then 
 by letters, and by the mediation of a third, 
 then by ones selfe: ires are good, when a 
 man would drawe an aunswere b>' letter backe 
 againe, or when it may serue for a mans Justi- 
 fication afterwardes to produce his owne ire; 
 to deale in person is good, where a mans face 
 breedes regarde, as commonly w^^ inferiours: 
 in choise of Instruments it is better to choose 
 men of a plainer sorte, that are likely to doe 
 that well is committed vnto them, and to re- 
 port back againe faithfully the successe; then 
 they that are cunning to contriue out of other 
 mens busines somewhat to grace themselues, 
 and will helpe the matter in reporte for satis- 
 fadlions sake: It is better to sounde a person 
 wth whome one dealeth a far of, then to fall 
 vpon the pointe at first, except you meane to 
 surprize him by some short question: It is bet- 
 ter dealing w^h men of appetite, then w'^ those 
 who are where they would be: if a man deale 
 \y^^ another vpon conditions, the start, or first 
 
288 SCppcnWx 
 
 perfomiaunce is all, w^h a man cannot reason- 
 ably demaunde, except either the nature of the 
 thing be such, w^h must goe before, or else a 
 man can perswade the other party that he shall 
 neede him in some other thing, or else that he 
 be counted the honester man : all practise is to 
 discover, or to make men discover themselues 
 in trust, in passion, at vnawares, and of neces- 
 sity, where they would haue somewhat donne, 
 and cannot finde an apt pretext: If you would 
 worke any man, you must either knowe his na- 
 ture, and fashions, and so leade him: or his 
 endes, and so win him ; or his weaknesses, or 
 disadvauntages, and so awe him, or those that 
 haue interest in him, and so governe him: In 
 dealing w'^ cunning persons, we must ever con- 
 sider their endes, to interpret their speaches, 
 and it is good to say litle vnto them, and that 
 w«-h they least looke for. 
 
 FINIS. 
 
NOTES 
 
 Essay i 
 p. I [i] John xviii, 38. [3] Giddinesse : Lat. cogitationum veriigine. 
 [4] to fix a Beleefe : "LaX. Jide Jixa aut axiomatibus constantibtis con- 
 strtngi. [7] discoursing: Lat. ventosa et disciirsantia. [13] Lat. 
 qtuz ex ea inventa cogitationibiis imponitur captivitas. [15] Pro- 
 bably Lucian in his Pkilopsetidcs. 
 P- 2 [5] Candlelights : Lat. tcedce htceriKeqne noflumee. [13] Imagi- 
 
 nations as one would : Lat. imaginationes ad Ubitu7n. [16] full 
 
 of. .Indisposition: Lat. languoris pleni. [17] It is not certain to 
 
 whom Bacon alludes. He uses the same expression again in the Ad- 
 vancement of Learning (11. 22, § 14) : " Did not one of the fathers in 
 greate indignation call Poesy vinuvi Demonnm, because it increaseth 
 temptations, perturbations, and vaine opinions?" There is a passage 
 in one of Jerome's letters to Damasus (Ep. 146) in which he says: 
 '* Dcemonum cibtis est carjtiina poetaruniy' and possibly Bacon might 
 have had this in his mind and quoted from memory. But an allusion 
 in Burton's Anatomy of Melancholy (Democritus to the reader, p. 103, 
 ed. 1813) makes it probable that a saying of Augustine's is referred to. 
 " Fracastorius, a famous poet, freely grants all poets to be mad ; so 
 doth Scaliger; and who doth notl--{A»t insanit homo, ant versus 
 facit, Hor. Sat. 7, 1. 2. Insanire Itibet, i.e. versus componere, Virg. 
 Eel. 3. So Servius interprets) all poets are mad, a company of bitter 
 satyrigts, detracftors, or else parasitical applauders : and what is poetry 
 itself, but (as Austin holds) vinum erroris ab ebriis do6loribiis propi- 
 natumV^ This is from Augustine's Confess, i. 16. The origin of the 
 expression is probably the calicem dcemoniorton of the Vulgate of 
 I Cor. X. 20. [20] The Latin omits "with:" licet Poesis mendacii 
 tanttan umbra sit. [29] Beleefe : Lat. receptionem cum assetisu. 
 
 [30] Enioying: "L^t. frtcitio et amplexus. 
 p. 3 [6] The Poet: Lucretius. beautified: Lat. ornavit. The 
 
 " Se6l" were the Epicureans. [8] Lucr. 11. i — 10: quoted again in 
 Adv. of L. I. 8, § 5. 
 
 Suave mari magno turba7ttib7is eequora ventis 
 E terra magjium alterius spe flare laborem;.. 
 Suave etiajft belli certamina magna tueri. 
 Per campos ittstrufla tua sine parte Pericli, 
 Sed nil dulcius est, betie quam munita tenere 
 Edit a doflrina sapientnm temp la serena 
 Despicere uttde queas alios passimqiie vidcre 
 Er7-are atqne via77t palajttis qiuercre vita. 
 [23] Truth: Lat. veritatem aut potius veracitatein. [25] cleare 
 
 U 
 
290 i^ote^ 
 
 and Round dealing: Lat. apertam et minhne fticatatn in negotiis 
 gerendis rationem. 
 p. 4 [i] Essais II. 18. Montaigne in this passage is supposed to allude to 
 Lysander's saying recorded by Plutarch: *' For be sayd, that children 
 should be deceiued with the play of Kayles, and men with othes of 
 men" (North's Plut. p. 480, ed. 1395); on which Plutarch remarks, 
 *' for he that deceiueth his enemy, and breaketh his oth to him : shew- 
 eth plainly that he feareth him, but that he carcth not for God." 
 [7] LU: Lat. mendax, [13] Luke xviii. 8. 
 
 Ess.w 2 
 
 P- 5 [3] Tales: VAX-./abulosis qtiibusdam terriculamentis. [4 — 7] In 
 
 the ed. of 161 2 this passage stood thus : *' Certainely the feare of death 
 in contemplation of the cause of it, and the issue of it, is religious : 
 but the feare of it, for it selfe, is weake." [7J weake : Lat. infirma 
 et ifianis. [8J sometimes: added in 1625. [19] In ed. of 1612, 
 
 *' And to speake as a Philosopher or naturall man." [21] There is a 
 passage in Seneca's Epistles (in. 3, § 14), which may have suggested 
 this: " ToUe istam pompam sub qua lates et stultos irritas: mors es 
 quern nuper servxis mens, quem ancilla contempsit." 
 
 p. 6[i] Blackes, and Obsequies: Lat. atrata Jufura. **Blackes,*' in 
 the sense of mourning, occurs in Shakspere, Winter's TaU^ i. 2 ; 
 *' But were they false 
 As o're-dy'd Blacks^ as Wind, as Waters." 
 [5] it Mates, and : added in 1625. [6] terrible : added in 1625. 
 
 [7] Attendants: in the ed. of 1612 'followers.' [9] slights it: 'es- 
 
 • teemes it not' (1612). [10] After ^Honour aspireth to it,' the edition 
 of 1612 has, "deliuery from /^w^w/w^ chuseth it," and this appears 
 also in the Latin, Tuetiis ignominux eligit. [11] reade: 'see' (1612). 
 Tac. Hist. II. 49. the Emperour : added in 1625. [14, 15] out 
 
 of. .Nay: added in 1625. [16] addes: 'speaketh of (1612). 
 
 <^ Society: added in 1625. Seneca, Ep. x. i, § 6: comp. also iii. 
 
 3, § 26: quoted again Adv. of L. 11. 21, § i. [18 — 21] A man. .over: 
 added in 1625. [22] in good Spirits : Lat. iti aniino generoso etforti. 
 [23 — 25] 'but they are the same till the last' (1612). [26] Suet. Aug. 
 c. 99. [28] Tac. Ann. vi. 50. [30] Suet. Vesp. c. 23. Dio Cass. 
 Lxvi. 17. Sitting upon the Stoole : added in 1625. [31] Tac. 
 
 Hist. I. 41 ; Suet. Galba, c. 20. [32] Holding forth his Necke : 
 
 added in 1625. [33] Dio Cass, lxxvi. 17. In all these passages 
 
 the quotations were omitted in the ed. of 1612. In the MS. of that 
 edition in the British Museum, which Mr Spedding describes (Bacon's 
 Works, VI. p. 535), the clause " Septimius Seuerus in dispatch," is 
 also omitted. 
 
 P- 7 [3] Juv. Sat. X. 357. The true quotation is 
 
 Qui spatiuni vitce extremum inter ntunera ponit 
 Naturee. 
 It occurs again in a parallel passage in the Adv. of Learning, 11. 21, 
 § s: "And it scemeth to me, that most of the do<5trines of the Philo- 
 
MoM 291 
 
 sc^hers are more fearefuU and cautionary then the Nature of things 
 requireth. So haue they encreascd the feare of death, in offering to 
 cure it. For, when they would haue a mans whole life, to be but a 
 discipline or preparation to dye : thjey must needes make men thinke, 
 that it is a terrible Enemy, against whom there is no end of preparing. 
 Better saith the Poet, &c." [6] is : added in 1625. [7 — end] Added 
 in 1625. [13] Luke ii. 29^ [15] Comp. Antitketa xvi ; Nemo 
 
 virtuti invidiam reconciliaverit prtetermorteju. [17] Hor. Ep. 11. i, 
 14. Entered in the Promiis^ fol. 2 a. 
 
 Essay 3 
 
 p. 8. The Latin title is De unitate ecdesicF. The Essay "Of Unity 
 in Religion" has grown out of that 'Of Religion' which appeared in 
 the edition of 1612, but has been so expanded and transformed that the 
 differences cannot easily be indicated. I have therefore given the 
 original Essay at length for the sake of comparison. 
 "The quarrels, and diuisions for Religion^ were euils vnknowne to 
 the Heathen : and no maruell ; for it is the true God that is the iealous 
 God ; and the gods of the Heathen were good fellowes. But yet the 
 bonds of religious vnity, are so to be strengthened, as the bonds of 
 humane society be not dissolued. Lucretius the Poet, when hee 
 beheld the adl of Agamemnon, induring and assisting at the sacrifice 
 of his daughter, concludes with this verse ; 
 
 Tantu relligio potuit suadere malonun. 
 But what would hee haue done, if he had knowne the massacre of 
 France, or the powder treason oi England? Certainly he would haue 
 beene seuen times more Epicure and Atheist then he was. Nay, hee 
 would rather haue chosen to be one of the Madmen oi Munsier, then to 
 haue beene a partaker of those Counsels. For it is better that Religion 
 should deface mens vnderstanding, then their piety and charitie; re- 
 taining reason onely but as an Engine, and C /tarrio t driuer oi cm^lty, 
 and malice. It was a great blasphemie, when the Diuell said; / ivill 
 ascend, and be like the highest: but it is a greater blasphemie, if they 
 make God to say ; / will descend, and bee like t/ie Prince of Dark- 
 nesse: and it is no better, when they make the cause of Religion 
 descend, to the execrable accions of murthering of Princes, butchery 
 of people, and firing of States. Neither is there such a sinne against 
 the person of the holy Ghost, (if one should take it literally) as in stead 
 of the likenes of a Doue, to bring him downe in the likenesse of a 
 Vulture, or Ranen; nor such a scandall to their Church, as out of the 
 Barke of Saint Peter, to set forth the flagge of a Barge* of P/rrt/jand 
 Assassins. Therefore since these thinges are the common enemies of 
 humane society; Princes by their power; Churches by their Decrees; 
 and all learning. Christian, morall, of what soeuer se(5t, or opinion, by 
 their Mercurie rod ; ought to ioyne in the damning to Hell for euer, 
 these fadls, and their supports ; and in all Counsels concerning Religion, 
 
 ♦ So in the original. In the copy in the Cambridge University Library it is 
 Orrected in MS. to ' Barke.' 
 
 \32 
 
292 S^oM 
 
 thatCounsell of the Apostle, would be prefixed, /ra homhiis non iviplet 
 iHstitiavt Dei." [3] Band of Unity: Lat. unitatis et charitatis vin- 
 culis. [8J Beleefe: Lat. confessione et/idc. [12] Ex. xx. 5. 
 
 p. 9 [7] Matt. xxiv. 26, quoted from the Vulgate. The same quotation 
 occurs in the Advertisement touching tlie Controz'ersies of the Churck 
 of England; " Accordingly, was it foretold, by Christ, saying ; That 
 in the latter times, it should be said; Lo here, loe there is Christ', 
 Which is to be understood, not as if the very Person of Christ, should 
 be assumed, and counterfeitted ; But his Authority, and preheminencci 
 (which is to be Truth it self,) should be challenged and pretended 
 Thus have we read, and seen, to be fulfilled, that which followeth, 
 Ecce in Deserto; Ecce in Penetralilms : While some have sought the 
 Truth, in the Conventicles, and Conciliables, of Hereticks, and Se<5la- 
 ries; others, in the Externe Face, and Representation, of the Church; 
 And both Sorts have been seduced." And again in the same Adver- 
 tisement; " But when these vertues in the Fat/ters, and Leaders, of 
 the Church, have lost their Light ; And that they wax worldly, Lovers 
 of themselves, and Pleasers of Men ; Then Men begin, to groap for 
 the Church, as in the Dark ; They are in doubt, whether they be the 
 Successours of the Apostles, or of the Pharises: yea, howsoever they 
 sit in Moses Chair, Yet they can never speak, Tanquam. Authorita- 
 tem hahentes, as having Authority, because they have lost their 
 Reputation, in the Consciences of Men, by declining their steps, from 
 the way, which they trace out to others. So as Men, had need, con- 
 tinually, have sounding in their Eares, this same; Nolite Exire; Go 
 not out : So ready are they, to depart from the Church, upon every 
 voice." 
 
 These are two instances out of many which will be given of the man- 
 ner in which Bacon worked into his Essays his ripest and choicest 
 thoughts. 
 
 [13] St Paul. [15] I Cor. xiv. 23. [18] *' Two principal causes 
 
 have I ever known of Atheism, curious controversies, and prophane 
 scoffing." Advertisement, &^c. [22] Ps. i. i. [25I Rabelais. 
 
 [27] Pantag. ii. 7. La morisque dcs Jiereticques. [28J Morris- 
 
 daunce: Lat. Saltationesfloralesetgesticulationes. 
 
 p. 10 [8] The Latin adds ad omnia in religiotie. [10] 2 Kings ix. 18. 
 
 [14] Rev. iii. 14 — 16. [20] " But we contend, about C^r^»w«£?j, and 
 Things Indifferent; About the Extern Poll icy, and Government of 
 the Church. In which kind, if we would but remember, that the 
 Ancient, and True Bounds, of Unity, are. One Faith, One Baptism; 
 And not. One Ceremony, One Pollicy ; If we would observe the League 
 amongst Christians, that is penned by our Saviour; He that is not 
 against us is with us. .we should need no other Remedy at all," {Ad- 
 vertisement, S^c. ReS7iscitatio, p. 163, ed. 1657). 
 
 And again; "And therefore it is good we retume vnto the ancient 
 bonds of vnitie, in the Church of God, which was one Faith, one Bap- 
 tisme, and not one Hierarchie, one Discipline, and that wee obserue 
 the league of Christians as it is penned by our Sauiour Christ which 
 is in substance of do<itrine this, Hee that is not with -js, is against 
 
ilotc^ 293 
 
 vs. But in things indifferent and but of circumstance, this^ Hee that 
 is not against vs, is with vs." [Certaine considerations touching the 
 Church 0/ England, sig. B. 3, verso, ed. 1604.) Comp. Adv. of L, 
 II. 25, § 7. 
 
 [21] in the two crosse Clauses: Lat. in ciausulis illis quce prima 
 intuitu inter se opponi videntur. [23] Matt. xii. 30 ; Mark ix. 40. 
 
 [27] Lat. qucB non sunt ex fide, sed ex opinione probabili,et intetitione 
 san6la propter ordinem et ecclesice politiatn sancita. 
 
 p. II [5] S. Bernard. Ad Guillel. Abbat. Apologia (p. 983 L, ed. Paris, 
 1640). "Et hac ratione in tota Ecclesia, quae utique tarn pluribus 
 tainque variatur dissimilibus ordinibus, utpote regina quae in psalmo 
 legitur circumamicla varietatibus, nulla pax, nulla prorsus concordia 
 esse putabitur." 
 
 And again, p. 984 h ; '*Relinquat videlicet sponsse suae Ecclesiae pignus 
 haereditatis, ipsam tunicam suam, tunicam scilicet polymluim, eandem- 
 que inconsutilem et desuper contextam per totum." 
 This is one of Bacon's most favorite quotations. It occurs in the Adv. 
 of L. II. 25, § 7, in his Speech on the Naturalization of the Scottish 
 Nation {Resuscitatio, p. 15), and in his Speech concerning the Union 
 of Laws [Resusc. p. 25). " One of the Fatfters, made an excellent 
 observation, upon the two Mysteries: The one, that in the Gospell; 
 where the Garment of Christ, is said to have been without Seame; 
 The other, that in the Psalm, where the Garment, of the Queen is 
 said, to have been of divers Colours; And concludeth. In veste Varie- 
 tas sit, Sciss7ira non sit.'^ It is found again in A Discourse, of tlie 
 Union, of England, and Scotland [Resuscitatio, p. 204), and in the 
 Articles touching the Uniofi, of England, and Scotland (ibid. p. 211). 
 It was evidently in his mind at the C/iarge at t/ie Sessions of the 
 Verge (p. 6, ed. 1662). One other quotation is from the Certaine Conside- 
 rations touching tJie better pacification, &=c. of the Church of Eng^' 
 land (sig B 3, verso, ed. 1604) : "The rest is left to the holy wisedome 
 and spirituall discretion of the master-builders and inferiour builders 
 in Christes Church, as it is excellently alluded by that Father that 
 noted that Christes garment was without seame, and yet the 
 Churches garment was of diuers coUours, and thereupon setteth 
 downe for a Rule; In veste varie tas sit scissura non sit." It is 
 entered in the Promus, fol. 9 b. 
 
 Archdeacon Hare refers to the same passage of S. Bernard, in a 
 charge deUvered in 1842, on "The Means of Unity" (p. 17). The 
 quotation is given at length in note B. The allusion is to Ps. xlv. 14, 
 where, instead of " in raiment of needlework," the Vulgate has cir- 
 cumajnifla varietatibus. 
 
 [20] Lat. qui corda scrutatur et novit. [21] 'not* should be omit- 
 
 ted. [26] I Tim. vi. 20, from the Vulgate ; quoted again in Adv. of 
 L. I. 4, § 4. 
 
 p. 12 [4] Dan. ii. 33. [23] Lat. quce omnia manifesto tendtmt ad ma- 
 jestatetn imperii minuendam et aufloritatem tnagistraturan labefac- 
 tandam; cum tamen omnis legitima potestas sit a Deo ordinata. 
 [31] Lucr. I. 95. 
 
294 i^ole^ 
 
 p. 13 [8] Is. xlv. 14. Bacon quotes it again in the Adv. of L. ir. 22, 
 § 17 ; " Aspiring to be like God in power, the Angells transgressed and 
 fel : Ascendaniy <5r» ero siviilis altissimo.^* [29] James i. 20, quoted 
 from memory: the Vulgate is corre<5lly given in An Advertisenunt, 
 ^c. [Resuscitation p. 176). 
 
 Essay 4 
 p. 14 [i] Comp. Aniitheta xxxix; VindiHa pHvata, justitia agrestis. 
 Vindi£la, quo magis naturalise eo magis coercenda. [9J Prov. 
 
 xix. II. 
 
 p. 15 [5] Lat alias ipse sibi Poenam condupiicat, inivticus vero lucriftn 
 facit. [15] The same saying is repeated in Apoph. 206. I have not 
 been able to trace it in any books, and it is quite possible that in Bacon's 
 time some sayings of Cosmo might still be traditional. [19] Job ii- 
 10. [27] Pertinax: Hist. Aur. Script, i. 578, ed. 1671. Henry the 
 Third : the Latin has Henrici Qiiarti inagnt illiits Gallice Regis. 
 There is no reason for the change ; Bacon again alludes to the assassi- 
 nation of Henry 3 and Henry 4 in .<4 Charge in tlie Star-chamber 
 against IVilliam Talbot [Resuscitatio, p. 55,) *' In France, H. 3, in 
 the face of his Army, before the walls of Paris, stabbed, by a wretched 
 Jacob in e Fryer: H. 4 (a Prince, that the French do surname the 
 Great;) One, that had been a Saviour, and Redeemer, of his Country 
 from infinite Calamities; And a Restorer of that Monarchy, to the 
 ancient State, and Splendour; and a Prince, almost, Heroicall; (ex- 
 cept it be, in the Point, oi Revolt, from Religion;) At a time when he 
 was, as it were to mount on Horse-back, for the Commanding, of the 
 greatest. Forces, that, of long time had been levied in Frc^nce; This 
 ^iff^Si likewise, stiletted, by a Rascal Votary; which had been en- 
 chanted and conjured, for the purpose." 
 
 Henry 3 was assassinated by Friar Clement on the 2nd of August. 
 JS89. 
 
 Essay 5 
 
 p. 16 [2] Seneca, Ef'. vii. 4, § 29. [12] Seneca, Ep. vr. i, § 12-, quoted 
 in Adv. of L. 11. 20, § 5, and again in De Sap. Vet. c. 26, in con- 
 ne<5lion with the same fable of Hercules. [17] ApoUodonis, de Deor. 
 Orig. II. c. 5. [20] " Hercules sailed across the ocean in a cup that 
 was given to him by the Sun, came to Caucasu-S, shot the eagle with 
 his arrows, and set Prometheus free." (Works, vi. p. 746, ed. Spedding). 
 Bacon gives the same interpretation to this fable in De Sap. Vet. c 26, 
 but adds, at the end of the same chapter, another; "The voyage of 
 Hercules especially, sailing in a pitcher to set Prometheus free, seems 
 to present an image of God the Word hastening in the frail vessel of 
 the flesh to redeem the human race. But I purposely refrain myself 
 from all licence of speculation in this kind, lest pcradventure I bring 
 strange fire to the altar of the Lord." (Works, vi. p. 753, ed. Spedding). 
 
 p. 17 [4] World : the Latin adds undique circinnfiisos. But to speake 
 in a Meane : Lat. Verum ut a granditate verbontvi ad ntediocrita- 
 tem descendamus. I.24] Compare Apoph. 253: "Mr Bettenham 
 
ilotc^ 295 
 
 said ; that virtuous men were like some herbs and spices, that give not 
 their sweet smell, till they be broken or crushed." Mr B. was Autumn 
 Reader of Gray's Inn in 1590. Bacon gives a curious explanation 
 
 of this in his Natural History (cent. iv. exp. 390) : "Most Odours 
 smell best. Broken, Qr Crusht, as hath beene said ; but Flowers Pressed 
 or Beaten, doe leese the Freshnesse and Sweetnesse? of their Odour. 
 The Cause is, for that when they are Crushed, the Grosser and more 
 Earthy Spirit commeth out with the Finer, and troubleth it ; Whereas 
 in stronger Odours there are no such Degrees of the Issue of the 
 Stnell." 
 
 Essay 6 
 
 p. 18 [i] Lat. Artiunt civilium compendium quoddatn et pars injirmior. 
 So in Antitheta xxxii; Dissimulatio coinpendiaria sapientia. 
 [6] Tacitus saith : Lat. qtiod discrimen bene apud Taciiuvi, Ccesarem 
 Augustum inter, et Tiberiuvt, adnotatuin est. Etenirit de Livid sic 
 ait, quod esset, ^'c. 
 
 Tac. Ann. v. i. Compare Adv. 0/ L. 11. 23, § 31. "So tedious, 
 casuall, and vnfortunate are these deepe dissimulations, whereof it 
 seemeth Tacitus made this iudgement, that they were a cunning of an 
 inferiour fourme in regard of true pollicy, attributing the one to A u- 
 gustus, the other to Tiberius, where speaking of Liuia, he sayth; 
 Et cum artibus mariti simulatione filii bene composita : for surely 
 the continuall habite of dissimulation is but a weake and sluggish 
 cunning, & not greatly politique." This passage appears to be the 
 germ of the Essay. [9] And againe : Lat, Idem alibi hisce verbis 
 Muciamtm inducit, Vespasianum ad ar ma contra Vitellium sumenda 
 hortantem. [11] Tac. Hist. 11. 76, no7i adversus divi Augi4sti 
 
 acerrimam mentem, nee adversus cautissimam Tiberii seneflutem. 
 [15] Habits and Faculties, severall, and : omitted in the Latin. 
 [20] It is difficult to say whether Bacon had in his mind the egregium 
 publicum et bonas domi artes of Tac. Anyi. iii. 70, or the studia fori 
 et civiliuni artiuin decus oiAgr. c. 39. 
 
 p. 19 [i] and a Poorenesse : omitted in the Latin. [5] or vary : omitted 
 in the Latin. [20] Closetiesse, Reservation, and Secrecy: Lat. Tcui- 
 iurnitas. [30] Atitith. xxviii ; Tacitumitas confessoris virtus. 
 Taciturno nil reticetur; quia omnia tuto cojnjnunicantur. [33] I^t. 
 facile aliorufn animos reserabit. 
 
 p. 20 [7] Secrecy : hat. silentibus. Comp. Antith. xxvin. Antith. 
 
 XXXII ; Etiam in animo defo-rmis nuditas. [12] Antith. xxviii ; 
 Qui facile loquitur qucp. scit, loquitur et quce fiescit. [18] Comp. 
 Adv. of L. II. 23, § 12 : "We will beginne therefore with this precept, 
 according to the aunciente opinion, that the Synewes of wisedome, are 
 slownesse of beleefe, and distrust : That more trust bee giuen to Coun- 
 tenances and Deedes, then to wordes : and in wordes, rather to sud- 
 daine passages, and surprised wordes: then to set and purposed 
 wordes : Neither lot that be feared which is sayde, fronti nulla fdes^ 
 which is meant of a generall outward behauiour, and not of the priuate 
 and subtile mocions and labours of the countenance and gesture, which 
 
296 
 
 0oM 
 
 as Q. Cicero elegantly sayth, is Animi lanua, tJie gafe of the Myyid: 
 None more close then Tyberius, and yet Tacitus sayth of Galius, 
 Etenim vultit offcnsioncm conicflaiierat.^* Antith. xxxiii; Placet 
 obscurus viiltus, et j>erspictta oratio. [30] Lat. nisi obfirmato et 
 absurdo silcntio se quis muniat. 
 
 p. 21 [21] Lat. quod in hominis potestate relinquit, ut pedcm refcrat et 
 se absque existiviationis suce jaflurA de tiegotio subducat. Si quis 
 eiiim se mani/estd d^clarationc obstringit, is cutieis quasi impaHis 
 includitur; aut pcrgendum est «*, ant turpiter desistendum. 
 [26] Lat. verum asseniabitur potius. [30] In the Promus, fol. 6 ^, 
 the proverb stands thus, Di mcntira y saqucras verdad: and in fol. 
 13 rt, Tell a lye to knowe a truth. Compare Adv. of L. 11. 23, § 14: 
 "And experience sheweth, there are few men so true to themselucs, 
 and so setle i ; but that sometimes vpon heate, sometimes vpon braueryc, 
 sometimes vpon kindenesse, sometimes \'pon trouble of minde and wcak- 
 nesse, they open themselues ; specially if they be put to it with a 
 counter-dissimulation, according to the prouerb of Spain, Diinentira, 
 y sacaras verdad: Tell a lye, atid fitid a truth.^' Lat. perinde ac 
 si simulatio clavis esset ad secreta reseranda. 
 
 p. 22 [2] round: Lat. perniciter. [7 — 10] Antith. xxxii; Quidissi- 
 mulat prceci^puo ad agendum ifistrumento se privaty i. e, fide. 
 [11] Lat veracitatis fatnam. 
 
 Essay 7 
 This Essay stands sixth in the ed. of 1612. 
 
 p. 23 [7] Antith. v; Brutorum eetemitas soboles; ^irorum, fama, 
 TMerita, et instituta. [9 — 15] And surely .. Posterity : added in 
 1625. [16] Houses: 'house' (1612). [17] Lat. non tantum ut con- 
 tinuationetn speciei sua, sed ut rerutn a se gestaruni Jueredes. 
 [20] 'The difference of afle<5lion in parents' (1612). [22] 'Specially' 
 (1612). 
 
 p. 24 [i] Prov. X. I. See Adv. ofL. 11. 23, § 5. [6] middest: 'middle' 
 (1612). [7] many times: added in 1625. [16] and: added in 1625. 
 [22] Kinsfolkes: 'kinsfolke' (1612). [29] betimes: Lat. /;/ tenera 
 eetate filiorum suonnn. [29] — end. Added in 1625. [31] Lat. 
 flexibiles et cerei. 
 
 p. 25 [4] A sentence of Pythagoras preserved by Plutarch {de Exilic, c. 
 8) ; eAoO piov »pi(rTOi'* -qSvv Se avrov t} <rv»o]0cia iroii/aei. Jeremy Tay- 
 lor (Holy Dying, p. 340, ed. Bohn), quotes as if from Seneca, el/gf 
 optimam vitarn, consuetudo faciei jucundissimavi. 
 
 Essay 8 
 
 p. Q^^xl Antith. v; Qui tixoran duxit et liberos suscepit, obsidcsfortume 
 dedit. [4] Certainly: Lat. ut alibi diximus ; referring to Essay 7, 
 
 and to a passage in the short piece In felicetn niemoHain Elizabeths 
 (Bacon's Works, vi. p. 296), of which Rawley gives the following 
 translation in the Rcsuscitatio, p. 186. *' Childlesse she was, and left 
 no Issue behind Her ; which was the Case of many, of the most fortu- 
 nate Princes; Alexander the Great ^ Julius Ctesar^ Trajan and 
 
BoM 297 
 
 others. And this is a Case, that hath been often controverted, and 
 argued, on both sides; Whilest some hold, the Wimi of Children ^ to 
 be a Diminution, of our Happinesse ; As if it should be an Estate^ 
 more then Human, to be happy, both in our own Persons, and in our 
 Descendants : But others, do account, the want of Children, as an 
 Addition to Earthly Happinesse ; In as much, as that Happinesse ^ 
 may be said, to be compleat, over which Fortune hath no Power, when 
 we are gone: Which, if we leave Children, cannot be." [6] In ed. 
 
 1612, after * Men,' is inserted, "which have sought eternity in memory, 
 and not in posterity; and." [8 — ii] it were .. pledges : added in 
 1625. See Adv. of L. 11. prol. i. [12] who though they: 'that' 
 (1612). Lat. qjii licet liberis careant. [13] yet their: 'whose' 
 
 (1612). Lat. tanien inetnorus stue incuriosi sunt, et cogitationes 
 
 vitcB iantum cnrriculo terminant. [14] 'and doe account' (1612). 
 
 [15] other: 'others' (1612). account: 'esteeme' (1612). [16] — p. 27[i] 
 Nay more . . Riches : added in 1625. 
 
 p. 27 [3] 'Specially' (1612). \\.wmora\xs\ \u2X. phantasticis. [5] re- 
 straint: 'restridlion' (1612). [8] but: added in 1625. \<^Antith. 
 v; C<elibat7ts et orbitas ad nil aliud con/e?yint, quant ad fugavi. 
 [11] doth well with : 'is proper for' (1612). [20] Antith. v ; Uxor et 
 liberi discipiina gucedatn hiiinanitatis ; et ceelibes tetrici et severt. 
 [22 — 25] though, .they: added in 16215. [23] Charitable : Lat. ww«z- 
 Jicietcharitativi. [26, 27] because . . upon : added in 1625. [27] Ten- 
 demesse: Lat, indulgentia et teneritudo affenimm. [30] Plut. 
 
 Gryll. i; Cic. de Orat. i. 44. Compare Adv. of L. i. 8, § 7; 
 " Vlysses, Q^n vetulatn prcetulit immortalitati, being a figure of 
 those which preferre Custome and Habite before all excellencie." 
 suani: added in 1625. 
 
 p. 28 [5] Quarrell : Lat. aftsa. [6] The saying is attributed to Thales 
 See Diog. Laert. i. 26, Plut. Syntp. Probl. in. 6. " T/ialcs the wise, 
 being importuned by his mother (who pressed hard upon him) to marrie ; 
 pretily put her off, shifting and avoiding her cunningly, with words : 
 for at the first time, when she was in hand with him, he said unto her : 
 Mother, it is too soone, and it is not yet time : afterwards, when he had 
 passed the flower of his age, and that she set upon him the second time, 
 and was very instant : Alas mother, it is now too late, and the time is 
 past." (Holland's trans, p. 691, ed. 1603.) It is repeated in Apoph. 
 220. 
 
 " Art thou yong ? then match not yet ; if old, match not at all. 
 — Vis juvenis nubere ? nondum venit tempus. 
 Ingravescente aetate jam tempus praeteriit.* 
 and therefore, with that philosopher, still make answer to thy friends 
 that importune thee to marry, adhnc inteinpestiv^un, 'tis yet unseason- 
 able, and ever will be." Burton, Anat. of Mel. pt. 3, sec 2, mem. 6, 
 subs. 3. [9 — 17] It is often seene. .Folly: added in 1625. [13] Com- 
 pare Colours of Good and Evil, 8, p. 262. 
 
 « StobcEus, Scnn, 66. Alex, ab Alexand. lib. 4, cap. 8. 
 
298 
 
 £loM 
 
 Essay 9 
 
 Compare with the beginning of this Essay, Bacon's Natural History, 
 cent. X. exp. 944: "The AffeHions (no doubt) doe make the Spirits 
 more Powerfully and AHive; And especially those Affeftions, which 
 draw the Spirits into the Eyes: Which are two: Loue, and Enuy, 
 which is called Oculus Mains. As for Loue, the Platonists, (some oif 
 them,) goe so farre, as to hold, that the Spirit of the Louer, doth passe 
 into the Spirits of the Person Loued, Which causeth the desire of 
 Returne into the Body, whence it was Emitted: Whereupon foUoweth 
 that Appetite of Contafl, and Coniunflion, which is in Loners. And 
 this is obserued likewise, that the Aspefls that procure Loue, are not 
 Gazings, but Sudden Glances, and Dartings of the Eye. As for 
 Enuy, that emitteth some Maligne and Poisonous Spirit, which taketh 
 hold of the Spirit of Another ; And is likewise of greatest Force, when 
 the Cast of the Eye is Oblique. It hath beene noted also, that it is 
 most Dangerous, when an Enuious Eye is cast vpon Persons in Glory, 
 and Triumph, and loy. The Reason whereof is, for that, at such 
 times, the Spirits come forth most, into the Outward Parts, and so 
 meet the Percussion of the Enuious Eye, more at Hand: And there- 
 fore it hath beene noted, that after great Triumphs, Men haue beene 
 ill disposed, for some Dayes following. Wee see the Opinion of Fas- 
 cination is Aocient, for both Effefls; Of Procuring Loue; and Sick- 
 nesse caused by Enuy: And Fascination is euer by the Eye. But yet 
 if there be any such In/eflion from Spirit to Spirit, there is no doubt, 
 but that it worketh by Prcsetice, and not by the Eye alone ; Yet most 
 forcibly by the Eye." 
 
 p. 29 [8] Comp. Reginald Scot's Discouerie 0/ Witchcraft (xvi. 9, p. 
 485, ed. 1584). "This fascination (saith lohn Baptista Porta NeapoH- 
 tanus) though it begin by touching or breathing, is alwaies accomplished 
 and finished by the eie, as an extennination or expulsion of the spirits 
 through the eies, approching to the hart of the bewitched, and infe<5l- 
 ing the same, &c. Wherby it commeth to passe, that a child, or a 
 yoong man endued with a clcare, whole, subtiU and sweet bloud, 
 yeeldeth the like spirits, breath, and vapors springing from the purer 
 bloud of the hart. And the lightest and finest spirits, ascending into 
 the highest parts of the head, doo fall into the eies, and so are from 
 thence sent foorth, as being of all other parts of the bodie the most 
 cleare, and fullest of veines and pores, and with the verie spirit or vapor 
 proceeding thence, is conueied out as it were by beames and streames 
 a certeine fierie force ; whereof he that beholdeth sore eies shall haue 
 good experience. For the poison and disease in the eie infe<5leth the 
 aire next vnto it, and the same proceedeth further, carrieng with it the 
 vapor and infecflion of the corrupted bloud : with the contagion whereof, 
 the eies of the beholders are mqst apt to be infedled." (10] Mark 
 
 vii. 22. 
 
 p. 30 [17] a kinde of plaie-pleasure : Lat. scenicam quandam vohtptatem. 
 [22] Plaut Stich. I. 3, 55 ; Nam curiosus nemdst quin sit maUvolus. 
 
£loM 299 
 
 [25] Comp. Antith. i ; Taut a solet esse industrta Jiominutn novorum^ 
 ut nobiles prce illis tanquatit statues videantur. 
 
 p. 31 [4] Narses (a.d, 472 — 568), the great general of Justinian, and rival 
 of Belisarius. Agesilaus. "And for the deformitie of his legge, the 
 one being shorter than the other, in the flower of his youth, through 
 his pleasant wit, hee vsed the matter so pleasantly and patiently, that 
 he would merrily mocke himselfe : which maner of merry behauiour 
 did greatly hide the blame of the blemish. Yea further, his life 
 & courage was the more commendable in him, for that men saw that 
 notwithstanding his lamenesse, he refused no paines nor labour." 
 North's Plutarch, Agesilaus, p. 652, ed. 1595. Agesilaus II. was king 
 of Sparta from 398 to 361 B.C. [16] Spartian, Vit. Adrian. 15. 
 
 [ig] Fellowes in office : Lat. collegce. [25] Lat, quinetiam in 
 
 aliorunt notant JicBC Forttints collatio magis incurrit. [27] Gen. iv. 5. 
 
 p. 32 [3] Liberality: Lat. largitioni supra meritum. [15] in their 
 
 Rising: 'L,2tX.. attn honoribus cuntulantur. [18 — 20] Kx^A Em)y... 
 
 Flat: this passage Avas originally in the Essay *' Of Nobility," in the 
 ed. of 1612, where it stands thus ; " and Enuy is as the sunne bcames, 
 that beate more vpon a rising ground, then vpon a leuell." [29] the 
 more deepe, and sober : Lat. vtagis sanos et sobrios. [32] Lat. Ca- 
 
 nentes illud, Quanta patimur. 
 
 p. 33 [4] Ingrossing: Lat. Monopolium. [5] Tamberlanes. Tamer- 
 lane, or Timour, is said to have been lamed by a shepherd whose sheep 
 he was stealing, and who shot him with arrows in the hip and 
 shoulder. See Ahmed, Vita Tivturi, ed. Manger, Vol. i. p. 18. 
 [23] Lat. qtiavt si callide et quasi furtim se notce subtrahat. 
 [31] Witchcraft: Lat. Venejicii et incantationis. [32] The Lot 
 
 (Lat. Sors) gave its name to the praclisers of witchcraft, Sorcerers^ 
 Lat. sortiarii. 
 
 p. 34 [12] Lat. iftstar salubris ostracismi. In this form it occurs in the 
 Antitheta xvi ; Invidia in rebus publicis, tanquam salubris ostracis- 
 tnus. [25] \jSiX.. intenniscendo a6lioties gratas et pop7dares odiosis. 
 
 P- 35 [4] tlie State : Lat. Regent, aut Statum ipsum. [12] The same 
 sentence occurs in the AntitJteta, and the Historia Vitce et Mortis. 
 [20] Matt. xiii. 25. 
 
 Essay 10 
 
 This Essay first appeared in the edition of 161 2, where it was placed 
 twelfth in order, but was considerably enlarged in 1625. The first 
 part stood thus: ^^ I.mte is the argument alwaies of Comedies, and 
 many times of Tragedies. Which sheweth well, that it is a passion 
 generally light, and sometimes extreme. Extreame it may well bee, 
 since the speaking in a perpetuall Hyperbole, is comely in nothing, but 
 Loue.'' 
 p. 36 [i] See AntitJteta xxxvi ; Amori mttltum debet scena, nihil vita. 
 [2] of Man: omitted in the Latin. [13] " Cleopatra oftentimes 
 
 vnarmed Antonius, and intised him to her, making him lose matters of 
 great importaunce, and very needefuU ioumeys, to come and be 
 
300 JLote^ 
 
 dandled with her, about the rluers of Canobus, and Taphosiris." 
 North's Plutarch, Dcmctritts and Antoiiius, p. loio, ed. 1595. 
 [14] Livy III. 33; " In this new state of government, Appitis was the 
 man that bare the greatest stroke, he ruled the rost and swaied all the 
 rest, so highly stood he in grace and favour with the people" (Hol- 
 land's trans, p. 109, ed. 1600). The allusion is to the story of Virginia. 
 [15] Lat. legislatorutn inter Romaiios principejH. [16] Inordinate: 
 Lat. volnptatibus deditus. [21] Lat. ahjcfluin quidem et pusillani- 
 vtum est ilhid Epicuri diflum. [22] Seneca, Ep. i. 7, § 11 : quoted 
 also in Adv. <»/■ Z. i. 3, § 6 ; " for it is a speech for a Louer, & not for 
 a wise man : Satis vtagimm alter alteri TJieatnim siivnts." 
 
 P- 37 [i] Comp. Antitheta xxxvi; Angjista admoditm contemplatio 
 amor. [10] Lat. Neque hac hyperbole solum modo in locutionis 
 
 phrasi cernitur. [12] By Plutarch [dc adiil. ct amico^ 11 ; Op.Mor. 
 p. 48 F. ) ; avTO? auTOV *c6Aaf €#to<nros i»v TrpcoTOS /cat /xcyiaTO?. 
 See also Essay xxvii. p. 112, 1. 26, and liii. p. 214, 1. 4. 
 [13] have intelligence: Lat. cojispirant. [17] Lat. ReHe Hague re- 
 ceptum est illud diverbium. [19] weaknesse: 'L.2X. phrenesis. 
 
 [27] Ovid, Her. xvi. 133. Amare et sapere vix Deo conceditur; 
 
 Publii Syri Sent. 15. [29] Antith. xvii ; Omnes^ nt Paris ^ qui 
 
 formcB optionem /aciunt, prudentice et potentia jaflurain faciuut. 
 [31] quitteth : Lat. 7iuntium remittii. 
 
 p. 38 [3] In ed. of 161 2 ; " They doe best that make this affecflion keepe 
 quarter, and seuer it wholly from their serious affaires and adlions of 
 their life." [4] Loz'e: Lat. amores. make it keepe Quarter: Lat. 
 in ordinem redigunt. [7] Lat. turhai omnia. [9 — end] I know 
 
 not...Imbaseth it : added in 1625. [9] This question is illustrated by 
 Montaigne, Essais 11. 23. Comp. Arist. Pol. 11. 6, § 6. 
 
 Essay ii 
 
 The title of this Essay in the Latin is De Magistratibus et dignita- 
 iibus. In the ed. of 161 2 it stands eighth in order. 
 
 P- 39 [8] loose: Lat. exuere. It seems that the translator here mistook 
 the English. In ed. 1612 it was * lose.' Comp. Antitk. vii; Mono- 
 rum ascefisus arduus, statio lubrica, regressus prceceps. [14] Cic. 
 
 Ep. Fam. (ad Marium) vii. 3 ; *' Vetus est enim, ubi non sis qui fueris, 
 non esse cur veils vivere." This quotation was added in 1625. It 
 occurs in the Provuis, fol. 11 ^, where it is corre(5lly ubi &=€. Lat. 
 
 iriste quiddam et melancholicuin. [19] Shadow : Lat. umbrant et 
 otium. [19 — 21] Like..Scome: added in 1625. 
 
 p. 40 [i] Comp. Antith. vii; Qui in honore sunty opinionem. mutuentur 
 oPortet, ut seipsos beatos putent. [14] Seneca, Thyest. 11. 401. 
 
 [i8] Comp. Antith. vii; Honores dantferc potestatetn earum rerttm^ 
 quas optima conditio est nolle ^ proxima non posse. [24] Lat. sin^ 
 
 mufiere aliquo publico et potestate. [25] and good Works: added 
 
 in 1625. [27] the same: * merit,' in ed. of 1612. [28] * can be in 
 
 any measure,' in ed. of i6ia. [29] Gen. i. 31. Bacon again quotes 
 
iSote^ 301 
 
 from memory, for his Latin does not correspond with that of any ver- 
 sion I have consulted. 
 
 p. 41 [2] Lat. limn non vtelius incej>eris quam persiiteris. [3 — 7] Ne- 
 gledl. .avoid: added in 1625. [7] therfore : added in 1625. with- 
 
 out Bra verie: laTM. absque elatione t7ii ipsiits. [15] 'LxxX.. contende 
 
 tit qucE agis pro potestate tanquatn regitlis quihisdavt cohibenntur, iti 
 hojni7iibus tanquatn digito inonstres. Course: 'courses' in MS. 
 [17] and peremptorie : added in 1625. [18] Lat. quid sit quod agas 
 diligenter expone. [19] Right: 'rights' in ed, 1612. [22] Lat. 
 
 quam itt qucestiones de its cum strepitu suscites et agites. [23] In- 
 
 feriour Places: the Lat. adds, tibi subordinaiorum. [26] Advices: 
 
 * intelligence' in ed. of 1612. [29] accept of: LaL allicias et recipias. 
 [30] Lat. in aufloritate utendd et exercendd. 
 
 p. 42 [i] In ed. ot 1612, "do not only bind thine owne hands, or thy 
 seruants hands that may take ; but bind the hands of them that should 
 offer." [5] Lat. prcedicata et ex professo. [10 — 14] Therefore 
 
 . .steale it : added in 1625. [11] declare : Lat. declares et iticulces. 
 
 [14] Lat. ser7>us gratiosus et apud dotninum potens. [16] to close 
 
 Corruptioti: added in 1625. close: omitted in Lat. [17] Lat. 
 
 invidiam et malevolentiam parit ilia, nihil inde meiens. [21] Comp. 
 Adv. of L. II. 23, § 5; where Bacon remarks upon the same verse of 
 the Proverbs: " Here is noted that a iudge were better be a briber, 
 then a respedler of persons: for a corrupt Iudge offendeth not so 
 lightly as a facile." [25] Prov. xxviii. 21. [27] apx^? tov avSpa 
 
 &€Ckvu(tlv: attributed by some to Pittacus of Mitylene, by others to 
 Solon. Aristotle {Mor. v. ) quoted it in the name of Bias. Epaminondas 
 (Plut. Frcec. Civ. xv. 2) varied it; ou [kovov jj o.px^ toi/ ar6pa h€iKw<Ti.v, 
 dWd Kol dpxnv dvrip. {Adagia, p. 226; ed. Grynaeus, 1629). The say- 
 ing also occurs in Guicciardini [Maxims, 72; Eng. tr.), and at the 
 conclusion of his History. Magistrattis virum indicat, in the 
 
 Promusy fol. jb. [29] Tac. Hist. i. 49. [31] Tac. Hist. i. 50: 
 
 quoted again in Adv. of L. 11, 22, § 5, where it is introduced with, 
 •' Tacitus obserueth how rarely raising of the fortune mendeth the 
 disposition." [33] of Sufhciencie : Lat. de arte imperatorid. 
 
 [34] an assured Signe : Lat. signum luculentissimum. 
 
 p. 43 [2] Comp. Antitketa vri; Virtuiis, ut reruni aliarnm, rapidtis 
 mot us est ad locum, placidus in loco : est autem virtuiis locus honos. 
 [4] Comp. Adv. of L. 11. to, § i : "So that it is no maruaile, though 
 the soule so placed, enioy no rest, if that principle be true, that Motus 
 reruin est rapidus extra locum, Placidiis in loco." In the Protnus 
 already referred to, fol. Zb, there is this note; "Augustus rapide ad 
 locum leniter in loco." and calme : omitted in MS. [6] in Autho- 
 ritie : Lat. in honore adepto. [7 — end] All Rising, .another Man: 
 
 added in 1625. [8] to side a Mans selfe : Lat. alter i parti adJuerere. 
 Here aq:ain the translator seems to have missed the point. [18] Lat. 
 in quotidianis sermonibns aut conversatione privatd. 
 
302 iliote* 
 
 Essay 12 
 
 p. 44 [i] Lat. trltum est difierium. [3] CIc. de Orat in. 56, § 213; 
 
 de clar. Orat. 38; Orat. 17. Quintilian (xi. 3) substitutes /r<?«««<rw- 
 tio for a<57w. Archdeacon Hare has some remarks upon this anocdote 
 in Guesses at Truth, pp. 147 — 151, and series, 2nd ed. 1848. [10] Lat. 
 histrionis potius virtus censenda est guatn oratoris. [18] Antith. 
 
 XXXIII ; Quid aHio oratorio id audacia viro civili; primum^ seatrt' 
 dunt, tertium. 
 
 p, 45 [i] Lat. captivos ducit eos. [5] in Popular States: Lat. in De- 
 
 mocratiis. [23] I have been unable to trace any foundation for this 
 story of Mahomet. The saying is a common Spanish proverb and 
 appears in Bacon's Prontus, or Common-place book, fol. 20 3, as fol- 
 lows ; Se no va el otero a MaJtoma vaya Mahcma al otero. But, 
 singularly enough, in a letter from Antonio Perez to the Earl of Essex, 
 it is quoted in exadlly the converse form: " Tu videris quo id modo 
 fiet, an ego ad tempJum, an, ut solebant loqui Hispani Mauri, si no 
 puede yr Mahoma a Lotero (i.e. al otero), venga Lotero (i.e. el otero] 
 a Mahoma, templum cum aliqua occasione hue sc conferat." Antonii 
 Perezii ad Comitem Essexium. .epistolarutn centuria una. Norimb. 
 1683, ep. 14, p. 18. I am indebted for this reference to the Rev. J. E. 
 B. Mayor, Fellow of St John's College, Cambridge. 
 
 p. 46 [2] Lat. vultutn enim tunc nanciscitur in se reduflum sed defor- 
 miter. [6] Lat. sed audaces, guando tale quiilpiam illis continuity 
 
 attoniti Juerent, [11] Hence the proverb, 'Who so bold as blind 
 Bayard?' 
 
 Essay 13 
 
 p. 47 [i] Lat. ut sit affeSlus qui hominum commoda studeat et hene 
 velit. [3] And: 'for' (1612). [4] is a little too light: Lat. lerius 
 aliquanto est atque angustius. [5] Habit: Lat. aj^eSlum et habi- 
 tum. [7] and Dignities of the Minde : added in 1625. [8] Lat 
 cutn sit ipsius diznnce natura adumbrata quadam effigies et charac- 
 ter. [9] Man : \.7\.X.. homo anivialis. [xi] Goodnesse : h^t. boni- 
 tas moralis. [13] — p. 48 [6] The desire, .committed: added in 1625. 
 [19] Lat. qu(e, si benefaciendi materia aut occasione destituta, non 
 inveniat quo se exerceat in homines^ d^JleHet certe in brutas ani- 
 mantes. 
 
 p. 48 [2] Leg. Turc. epist. quat. ep. iii. p. 133, ed. 1605. Bacon's niemory 
 was here at fault. The offender was a Venetian goldsmith who de- 
 lighted in fowling, and had caught a goatsucker, or some such b'rd, 
 about the size of a cuckoo and nearly of the same colour. Its bill 
 when open would admit a man's fist. The goldsmith, by way of a joke, 
 fixed the bird alive over his door, with a stick in its mouth to keep the 
 beak distended. The Turks were enraged, seized the man, dragged 
 him before a judge, and with difficulty allowed him to escape. In the 
 Latin translation the correal version is given. Adeo ut, [referente 
 Busbequio) A urifex quidam Venetus, Byzantii agens, vix furorem 
 populi effugerit qtiod avis cujusdam, rostri oblongi, fauces inserto 
 
i^ote^ 303 
 
 haculo diduxtssef. [7] This proverb is entered In the Promns, fol. 
 20 a. [9] One of the Do<5lors oi Italy: omitted in the Latin. The 
 
 Italian translation has "quel empio Nicolo Macciavello." [10] Mac 
 ciavel: see Disc. sopr. Livio, ii. 2. [20] Lat. ne te illorum interea 
 aut vultibtis aut vohintatibus vtancipio dedas. [21] or: 'and' 
 
 (1612). [23] Phaedr. iii. 12. A good story is told in Apoph. 203, in 
 
 which an allusion to this fable is brought in. "When peace was re- 
 newed with the French in England, divers of the great counsellors 
 were presented from the French with jewels. The Lord Henry 
 Howard was omitted. Whereupon the King said to him; My Lord, 
 how haps it that yon have not a je^vel as ivell as the rest ? My Lord 
 answered again, (alluding to the fable in iEsop;) Non sum Gai/us, 
 itaqtie non reperi gemtnam." I think it very probable that this story 
 was in Bacon's mind when he wrote the Essay. [26] Matt. v. 45. 
 [29] 'honours' in MS. [31] with choice: Lat. Paucis et cum 
 
 deUeiu. 
 
 p. 49 [2] Mark x. 21. [16] Difficilnesse: the Latin adds libidinent. 
 
 [17 — 22] Such men. .raw: added in 1625. [18] Lat. fere Jlorent^ 
 
 easque semper aggravant. [20] Luke xvi. 21. [22] raw: Lat. 
 
 crt4da queegue et excoriata. 'There be many MisanthropV (1612). 
 Lat. non paucos reperias misanthropos. [25] See Timon's speech 
 
 to the Athenians as given by Plutarch. "My Lords of Athens, I haue 
 a litle yard in my house where there groweth a figge tree, on the 
 which many citizens haue hangd themselues : & because I meane to 
 make some building on the pJace, I thought good to let you all vnder- 
 stand it, that before the fig tree be cut downe, if any of you be despe- 
 rate, you may there in time goe hang yourselues." North's Plutarch, 
 Antonius, p. 1002, ed. 1595. Comp. Shakspere, Tint. 0/ Athens, v. 
 2, *I have a tree, which grows here in my close, &c.* [26] Lat. 
 
 humatue naturce vomicas et carcinomata; cf. Suet. Aug. 65. 
 [27] great Politiques : Lat. niercurii politici. [31] — p. 50 [14] The 
 
 parts. .Christ himselfe : added in 1625. 
 
 p. 50 [6] Lat. supra injuriarnm j'aflum et tela. [9] Trash : LaL 
 sarcinas. [10] Rom. ix. 3. See Adv. of L. ii. 20, § 7, where the 
 
 same passage is alluded to. "But it may be truly affirmed that there 
 was neuer any phylosophy. Religion or other discipline, which did so 
 playnly and highly exalt the good which is Comtnunicatiue and de- 
 presse the good which is priuate and particuler as the Holy faith : well 
 declaring that it was the same God, that gaue the Christian Law to 
 men, who gaue those Lawes of nature, to inanimate Creatures that we 
 spake of before ; for we reade that the eledted Saints of God haue 
 wished themselues Anathematized, and razed out of the Booke of life, 
 in an extasie of Charity, and infinite feeling of Covimunion." 
 
 Essay 14 
 
 Greatly altered and enlarged from the ed. of 16 12, in which it was 
 differently arranged. The Essay in that edition began at p. 52, 1. 14, 
 "It is a reuerend thing.. p. 53, 1, 2, Honour;" with the additional 
 
304 ilotejj 
 
 clause, *'and Enuy is as the sunne beames, that beate more \T3on a 
 rising ground, then upon a leueli ;" which was afterwards incorporated 
 in the Essay 'Of Envy.' Then followed the passage, p. 51, 1. 22— p. 
 52, 1. 7 ; "A great. .Maiesty of Kings." 
 The other variations will be noted in the course of the Essay. 
 
 p. 51 [i — 21] Added in 1625. [12] Lat. vel si omnino in personas^ id 
 
 Jit tanquam in viaxime idoneas rebns gerendis, minime vera ut ratio 
 habeatur insignium aut imaginum. [17] Respedls: "LzX.. dignitas. 
 [22] and Potent : added in 1625. 
 
 P- 52 [3] Fortune: 'fortunes' (1612). [5] LaL ut insolentia fopularis 
 illorum reverentiA tanquam obice retundatur. [8—14] A Numerous 
 Nobility . .Persons: added in i'625. [8 J Lat. Rursus numerosa 
 
 nobilitas, qita pierumqiie minus potens est, statum prorsus d^pau- 
 Perat. [16] Lat. annosatn et proceratn arboretn. [21] Those 
 
 that are first raised to Nobility: 'The first raisers ol Fortunes' (1612). 
 [24] any: added in 1625. [27] Posterity: 'posterities' (1612). 
 
 [32] Lat. invidice stimulis vix carebit. [34] from; 'in' (1612); 
 
 "from others towards them ;" omitted in the Latin. 
 
 P' 53 [i] Lat. eo quod nobiles in honorum possessione naii videntur. 
 [2] \^zx.. prudentes et capaces. [3] Lat. negotia sua mollius Jiuere 
 sentient ^ si eos potissitnum adhibfiant. 
 
 Essay 15 
 
 Not published in the edition of 1612, though evidently A^nntten before 
 that time. It is found in a MS. of that edition which is preserved in 
 the British Museum (Harl. MSS. 5106}, and was written, according to 
 Mr Spedding, between the years 7607 and 1612. He has printed this 
 earlier form in his edition of Bacon's Works, Vol. vi. p. 589. 
 
 p. 54 [2] A7r/<?«aVrj: 'L;\t.. prognostica. [5] ^quino(f?ia. The word 
 'equinox' was apparently not yet naturalized, though it was in use 
 many years before. Thus in Blundevile's Exercises, fol. 149 a: 
 "The Colure of the Equinoxes is so called because it cutteth the 
 Zodiaque in the beginning of Aries, which is called the vernal Equi- 
 noxe: and also in the beginning of Libra, which is called the Autumnall 
 Equinoxe, at which two times the dayes and nightes be equall." 
 [6] hollow : Lat. cavos et veluti e longinquo. of Winde : omitted in 
 MS. [7] a Tempest : 'tempests ' in MS. Lat. idem evenit ingru- 
 entibus procellis politicis. [g\ I lie etiam: omiittdin^lS. Virg. 
 Georg. I. 465. [12] Lat. Famosi libclli, et licentiosi et tnordaces 
 
 sermonesin status scandalum. [12—16] against, .embraced : omitted 
 in MS. [14] Lat. novarum rerum rumores vtendaces. 
 
 P- 55- [i] Virg. ^n. iv. 179; quoted in ^^z/. of L. 11. 4, § 4. "In Heathen 
 Poesie, wee see the exposition of Fables doth fall out sometimes with 
 great felicitie, as in the Fable that the Gyants beeing ouerthrowne in 
 their warre against the Gods, the £^th their mother in reuenge thereof 
 brought forth Fame. 
 
 Illam terra Parens, <5r»<r. 
 Expounded that when Princes & Monarches haue suppressed aduall 
 
^ote^ 305 
 
 And open Rebels, then the malignitie of people, (which is the mother of 
 Rebellion,) doth bring forth Libels & slanders, and taxations of the 
 states, which is of the same kind with Rebellion, but more Feminine." 
 The same passage was in his mind when he wrote his History of Hen. 
 7 (P- i37> ed. 1622): "Hereupon presently came forth Swarmes and 
 Volies of Libels (which are the gusts of Libertie of Speach restrayned, 
 and the Females of Sedition)." See also rtVvS'a/. K^/. c. ix. [5] Fames: 
 the MS. adds 'and rumours.' [6] indeed: omitted in MS. 
 
 [7] Howsoever, he noteth : ' But he notes' in MS. [9] Brother and 
 Sister: omitted in MS. [10 — 22] Especially . .Long-lived: omitted in MS. 
 [12] the most plausible: Lat. qtue vierito platisum vulgi mererentur. 
 [15] Tac. Hist. I. 7. The passage, according to one reading, stands 
 inviso semel Principe, seu bene sen male fafla pretnunty and the 
 present is a good illustration of Bacon's manner of quotation on which 
 Mr Spedding remarks (Works, i. p. 13, note). [17, 18] 'that' 
 
 should be omitted in one of these lines. [21] the Going about: Lat. 
 
 conatus sedulus. [22] Lat. nihil aliiid /ere efficit quant ut durent 
 
 viagis. [23] Obedience : the Latin adds in exeguendis jussis. 
 
 speaketh of: in the MS. 'describeth in an Army.' [24] Tac. Hist. 
 
 II. 39, miles alacer qui tanten jussa ducum interpretari quam exsequi 
 mallet. [29] disputings : the Latin adds circa mandata. 
 [26 — yz] Disputing, .audaciously : instead of this passage the MS. has : 
 "When mandats fall to be disputed and distinguished, and new sences 
 given to them, it is the first Essay of disobeying." [32] audaciously : 
 Lat. audacins et contumacius. [33] Probably in Disc. sopr. Livio, 
 
 III. 27. The Italian translation, instead of Macciavel, has only un 
 scrittore. noteth well: in the MS. 'well notes.' [34] Parents : in 
 the MS. 'fathers.' 
 
 p. 56 [1] leane to a side: the MS. adds, 'in the state.' [2] MS. 'that 
 tilts aside before it overthrowes.' [3 — 12] As was .. Possession : 
 
 omitted in MS. [16 — 26] For the Motions. .Frame: not in MS. 
 [18] Primum Mobile. The tenth heaven, according to tlie old As^ 
 tronomers. In Blundevile's Exercises (fol. 137 b, ed. 1594), the 6th 
 chapter of 'the first booke of the Spheare' is "Of the tenth Spheare or 
 heauen, called in Latine primum mobile, that is, the first moueable, 
 and what motion it hath." It is described as follows : "This heauen ia 
 also of a most pure and cleare substance and without starres, and it 
 continually mooueth with an equall gate from East to West, making 
 his reuolution in 24. houres, which kind of moouing is otherwise called 
 the diurnall or daily moouing, & by reason of the swiftnesse therof, 
 it violently caryeth & turneth about all the other heauens that are 
 beneath it from East to West, in the selfe same space of 24. houres, 
 whether they will or not, so as they are forced to make their owne 
 proper reuolutions, which is contrary from West to East, euery one in 
 longer or shorter time, according as they be far or neare placed to the 
 same." [22] Great ones: YjzX.viri prijnores et nobiles. [24] Tac. 
 Ann. III. 4, again quoted from memory. The passage stands, /n7w/>- 
 tius apertittsque qnam ut meminisse imperitantium crcdercs. 
 [26J For: 'And' in MS. [28] Job xii. 18; Is. xlv. i. The MS. has 
 
 X 
 
3o6 
 
 iSote^ 
 
 'who threatneth the dissolving thereof, as one of his great judge- 
 ments.' [30] Shaken: 'shakened' in MS. [33] passe from: 
 'leave'inMS. [33] — p. 57 [i] Concerning. .foUoweth: omittedinMS. 
 
 P- 57 [i — 4] In MS. 'and speake of the niaterialls, and the causes, and 
 the remedyes.' [3] Lat. de earum caitsis etJJeibellis. [5 — 11] Con- 
 cerning. .Fire: omitted in MS. [12] Discontentjttent: in MS. 
 'discontent,' Lat. prtrsentiitm rertim tcedium. [13] It is certain : in 
 MS. 'certainly.' Oz>erthrowne Estates; \j3X. hominum res attritie 
 et decofliefortwKe. [15] Route: 'the tymes' in MS. before: Lat. 
 paulo ante. [17] Lucan, Phars. I. i8i. The true reading is avidum 
 for rapidmn and Et for Hine in the second line. [20] In his tradl 
 'Of the true greatness of the kingdom of Britain,' Bacon makes a 
 different application of this quotation : " For it is necessary in a state 
 that shall grow and inlarge, that there be that composition which the 
 poet speaketh of, Multis utile bellum ; an ill condition of a state (no 
 question) if it be meant of a civil war, as it was spoken ; but a condition 
 proper to a state that shall increase, if it be taken of a foreign war. 
 For except there be a spur in the state that shall excite and prick them 
 on to wars, they will but keep their own and seek no further." (Bacon's 
 Works, ed. Spedding, vii. p. 59). assured and infallible: Lat. cer- 
 turn. [22] ' troubles and seditions' in MS. [22 — 26] And if. .worst : 
 omiited in MS. [26 — 30] In MS. 'For discontents, they are the 
 verie humors in the politique body apt to gathor a praetematural heate 
 and to inflame.' [2-j^ Discontentments: Lat. alienatiofies animorunt 
 et tcediutn renim prcesentiutK. [28] Humours : Lat malignium 
 huntorum. [30] no Prince: in MS. 'not Princes.' [31] be: in 
 MS. 'are.' [32] to be : omitted in MS. [34] who doe often spume 
 at their owne Good : omitted in MS. 
 
 p. 58 [2] Lat. ex quibus iiividia oritur. rise: in MS. 'arrise.' 
 
 fadl: in MS. 'true proportion.* [4] Discontentvients: in MS. 
 
 ' kindes of discontents.' [5 — 17] Dolendi. .pull: omitted in MS. 
 
 [3] Plin. Ep. VIII. 17. [6] great: Lat. niaximis. [7] mate the 
 
 Courage: Lat. animos frangunt. [10] Disconteritments : Lat. alie^ 
 futtionem animonon et invidiam grassantem. [75] Lat. tandem 
 
 glomerantur et munt. [16] This proverb is entered in the Protnus^ 
 fol. 13 rt, in the following form : en Jin la soga quiebra por el mas del- 
 gado. In CoUins's Spanish Proverbs, p. 126, it is El kilo por lo tnas 
 delgado quiebra. The English form is, TJie last straw breaks the 
 cameVs back. [i8] and Motives: omitted in Lat. [19] Innovation 
 in: omitted in MS. 'Alterations' in MS. Taxes: Lat. tributa 
 
 et census. [20] ' breaking priviledges* in MS. Lat. immunitw 
 
 turn et privilegiorjtm violatio. [21] Lat. "d honores et magistratus 
 promotio. [22] Disbanded Souldiers ; Fafl iof is gro^vne desperate I 
 omitted in MS. 124] and knitteth: omitted in MS. [26 — 29] In 
 
 MS. ' For the remedyes, there maie be some general! preservatives; 
 the cure must aunsweare to the particuler disease.* From p. 58, I. 29, 
 'And so be left, &c.' top. 60, I. 32, 'Common People' is omitted in 
 the MS. 
 p. 59 [2] Lat. artifices et manu/aflunu intr^ducere etfovere. [3] Lat. 
 
i^oleg 307 
 
 desidiam ei oilum. [9] Lat. temporibus scilicet pacis quando 
 
 gladius nihil detnetit. [23] Preferments : Lat. vocationes civiles. 
 
 [29] Lat. jtinteriam viercium. [33] Ovid. Met. 11. 5. 
 
 p. 60 [2] See Burton's Anat. of Mel. (Detnocritus to the Reader, p. 77, 
 ed. 1813) : "The Low Countries generally have three cities at least 
 for one of ours, and those far more populous and rich : and what is the 
 cause, but their industry and excellency in all manner of trades, their 
 commerce, which is maintained by a multitude of tradesmen, so many 
 excellent channels made by art, and opportune havens, to which they 
 build their cities? all which we have in like measure, or at least may 
 have. But their chiefest loadstone, which draws all manner of com- 
 merce and merchandise, which maintains their present estate, is not 
 fertility of soyl but industry that enricheth them : the gold mines of 
 Peru or Nova Hispania may not compare with them. They have 
 neither gold nor silver of their own, wine nor oyl, or scarce any corn 
 growing in those United Provinces, little or no wood, tin, lead, iron, 
 silk, wool, any stuff almost, or mettle ; and yet Hungary, Transilvania, 
 that brag of their mines, fertile England, cannot compare with them." 
 [9] Comp. Apoph. 252. "Mr Bettenham used to say; That riches 
 were like inttck; when it lay upon an heap, it gave but a stetich and 
 ill odottr; but when it was spread upon the ground , then it was cause 
 0/ much fruit." [12] Lat. voragines illasfoenoris, tnonopoliorunt, et 
 latifundioruni in pascua conversorutn. Usurie : see Hist, of Hen. 7, 
 p. 66 ; " There were also made good and politike Lawes that Parliament 
 against Vsurie which is the Bastard vse of Money." Pasturages : see 
 Hist, of Hen. 7, p. 73. The whole passage will be found in a note 
 on Essay 29, p. 122, where it is diredlly referred to. In 1597 Bacon 
 made a speech in the House of Commons upon this subjedl, in which 
 he said : " For enclosure of grounds brings depopulation, which brings 
 forth first idleness, secondly decay of tillage, thirdly subversion of 
 houses and decrease of charity and charge to the poor's maintenance, 
 fourthly the impoverishing the state of the realm." (Mr Spedding's 
 Letters and Life of Fr. Bacon, 11. p. 82.) [24] John v. 4. 
 
 [25] Lat. ut ita dem7tm animos exulceratos prodere possint. [26] Horn. 
 //. I. 398. The fable is alluded to in Adv. of L. 11. 4, § 4. "So in 
 the F'able that the rest of the Gods hauing conspired to binde lupiter, 
 Pallas called ^r/rtr^«j with his hundreth hands to his aide, expounded, 
 that Monarchies neede not feare any courbing of their absolutenesse 
 by Mightie Subiedls, as long as by wisedome they keepe the hearts of 
 the people, who will be sure to come in on their side." In Homer it is 
 Thetis, not Pallas, who calls Briareus. [33] and Discontenttnents : 
 
 not in MS. [34] The MS. has: " so it be without bravery or impor- 
 tunitye." Lat. ut ebulliant eorum dolores et infuvtos abeant. 
 
 p. 61 [2] In the Hist, of Hen. 7, p. 137, Bacon says, after the execution 
 of Stanley, Lord Chamberlain, " men durst scarce commune or talke 
 one with another: but there was a generall Diffidence euery where. 
 Which neuerthelesse made the King rather more Absolute, then more 
 Safe. For, Bleeding Inwards and shut Vapours strangle soonest, 
 and oppresse most," backe: not .''a MS. and: 'or' in MS. 
 
 X2 
 
3o8 
 
 iSotc^ 
 
 fS— €] The Part, .them: the MS. has, ' Also the part of EpimetJteiis 
 may become Profuethrus in this case.' Coinp. de Sap. Vet. c. 26. 
 
 [8j Epimetfuus: in MS. ' Hee.' [9I at last shut the lid: omitted 
 
 in MS. [10] Certainly: omitted in MS. [11] and Entertaining: 
 
 the MS. has 'of some degree.' [13] Bacon had written otherwise of 
 Hope, and more bitterly, in Meditationes Sacrte, " De Spe Terrestri,'* 
 which was published in 1597. He there says, (I quote from the English 
 translation published in 1598) ; " And therefore it was much lightness© 
 in the Poets to faine Hope to bee as a counterpoyson of humaine 
 deceases, as to mittigate and asswage the fury & anger of them, 
 whereas in deede it doth kindle and enrage them, & causeth both 
 doubling of them and relapses." [14] Discontentments: MS. 'dis- 
 contents.* [15] and Proceedings* omitted in MS. [16] when.. 
 Satisfadlion : MS. ' if it can hold by hope where it cannott by satisfac- 
 tion.' [17 — 24] And when, .beleeve not: omitted in MS. [23] Lat. 
 ostentare in gloriam suam. [26] Bacon had this in mind afterwards 
 when he wrote Considerations touching a Warre with Spaine: 
 " They (the Spaniards) bragged, that they doubted not, but to abuse and 
 lay asleepe the Qtieene and Counsell of England, as to haue any feare 
 of the Party of Papists here ; For that they knew (they said) the State 
 »vould but cast the eye, and looke about, to see whether there were 
 any Eminent Head of that Party, vnder whom it might vnite it selfe; 
 And finding none worth the thinking on, the State would rest secure, 
 and take no apprehension" (p. 28. ed, 1629). [26] Discontented Per- 
 sons: MS. 'discontents.' [29] Lat. adds, et ducem idoneum. 
 [31] Lat acceptus est et gratiosits. [33] MS. ' that is thought dis- 
 content in his particular.* [54 J — p. 62 [4] which kinde. .reputation : 
 omitted in MS. 
 
 \>. (yi [5] Generally: MS. 'also.* all Fadlions, and Combinations: 
 
 MS. *anie combination.' [6] are: MS. 'is.' [7, 8] and setting 
 
 . .themselves : omitted in MS. [8] not one : MS. 'none.' [10] The 
 MS. has, "if the true parte of the State." [12] The MS. has, ' the 
 false, entyer and unytcd.' [13 — 32J I have .. noted : omitted in MS. 
 [15] Lat. exitiale sibi vtilmis tnjiixit. [16] Suet. Jul. Cces. tj. 
 
 Quoted in Adv. of L. 1. 7, § 12 : " vpon occasion, that some spake, 
 what a strange resolution it was in Lucius Syila, to resigne his Di<5la- 
 ture; he scoffing at him, to his owne aduantage, answered; That Syila 
 could not skill of Letters, and tlierefore knew not how to Diflate.*' 
 Apoph. 135. [21] Tac. Hist. i. 5. [23] Flav. Vop. Prob. 20. 
 
 [28] See quotation from the Adv. of L. given in the note to p. 20, 
 1. 18. [34] one, or rather more: omitted in MS. 
 
 p. 63 [i] Lat militid etfortitudine spe flatus. Valour: in MS. 
 
 'valew.* [4] Court: MS. 'Courts.' Lat in aulis principum. 
 
 first : omitted in MS. [6] Tac. Hist. 1. 28. [9]— end. The MS. 
 
 has, " But lett such one be an assured one and not popular, and hold- 
 ing good correspondence with the gowne men ; or els the remedy is 
 worse then the disease. £11] Lat et cum cateris proceribus bent 
 
 comparati. 
 
MoM 309 
 
 Essay 16 
 
 Considerably enlarged from the ed. of 1612. 
 
 p. 64 [2] Lat. Aicorani Tahnudi ant legender. Legend: the Golden 
 
 Legend, or Legenda Aurea, a coUedlion of lives of Saints and other 
 stories, written by Jacobus de Voragine. The Italian translation omits 
 *i\\& Legend.' and the Tahn7id: added in 1625. [4] ^^^ Adv. 
 
 of L. II. 6, § I : "There was neuer Miracle wrought by God to conuert • 
 an Atheist, bycause the light of Nature might haue leddc him to con- 
 fesse a God." [5] Atheismei 'Atheists' (1612). [6] convince it; 
 'conuince them' (1612). It is true that : ' Certainely' (1612). 
 
 [7] Mans minde: omitted in MS. Comp. Adv. <7/"Z. i. i, § 3 : " It 
 is an assured truth, and a conclusion of experience, that a little or 
 superficiall knowledge of Philosophic may encline the minde of Man 
 to Atheisme, but a further proceeding therein doth bring the mind 
 backe againe to Religion : for in the entrance of Philosophie, when 
 the second Causes, which are next vnto the sences, do offer themsclues 
 to the minde of Man, if it dwell and stay there, it may induce some 
 ebliuion of the highest cause ; but when a man passeth on further, and 
 seeth the dependance of causes, and the workes of prouidence ; then 
 according to the allegorie of the Poets, he will easily beleeue that the 
 highest Linke of Natures chaine must needes be tyed to the foote of 
 Itipiiers chsAYt." [8] MensMindes: 'men' (1612). [9] while: 
 
 'when' (1612). [10 — 12] it may. .further: ' it resteth in them ' 
 
 (1612). [12] the Chaine of: added in 1625. [13] Linked: 'knit' 
 
 (1612). [13, 14] must needs flie : 'flies' (1612). [14] Nay even : 
 
 *Most of air (1612). [15] Lat. adds, si qnis vere revi introspiciat. 
 
 [16] most: added in 1625. [17] Leucipptis: the founder of the 
 
 atomic theory. The date and place of his birth are unknown. Detno- 
 critus: born at Abdera in Thrace B.C. 460, died B.C. 357. Epicurus: 
 born in the island of Samos B.C. 342, died at AthCns B.C. 270. 
 [19] " Aristoteles of Stagira the Sonne of Nichomachus, hath put 
 downe for Principles these three, to wit, a certaine forme called Etite- 
 leckia, Matter, and Privation : for elements, foure, and for a fifth 
 Quintessence, the heavenly bodie which is immutable." Holland's 
 Plutarchy p. 808. [22] unplaced: Lat. sine ordine fortuitd vagati' 
 Hum. 
 
 p. 65 [2] Ps. xiv. I. This text is taken as the motto for the loth medita- 
 tion in Meditationes Satrce, " De Atheismo," with which this Essay 
 has many points of resemblance, as the following passages will shew. 
 " First, lie hath said in his /teart; it is not said, he hath thought in 
 his heart: that is, it is not so much that he feels it inwardly, as that 
 he wishes to believe it. Because he sees that it would be good for him 
 that there were no God, he strives by all means to persuade himself of 
 it and induce himself to think so ; and sets it up as a theme or position 
 or dogma, which he studies to assert and maintain and establish. .And 
 so it is true the Atheist hath rather said in his heart than thinks in his 
 heart that there is no God. .Nor shall you see that those who are fallen 
 into this phrensy to breathe and importunately inculcate anything else 
 
3IO ia.otc$J 
 
 almost, than speech tending to Atheism ; as in Lucretius the Epicu- 
 rean ; who makes his invedlive against religion almost as the burthen 
 or verse of return to every other subject. The reason appears to be 
 that the Atheist, not being well satisfied in his own mind, tossing to 
 and fro, distrustful of himself, and finding many times his opinion faint 
 within him, desires to have it revived by the assent of others. For it 
 is rightly said that he who is very anxious to approx>e his opinion ta 
 another, hi/use// distrusts it." (Works, vii. 251, 252, ed. Spedding.} 
 There is besides another passage, on the tendency of the study of natural 
 philosophy to Atheism, which is almost word for word the same with 
 that at the beginning of the Essay. [9 — 21] It appeareth. .thenv 
 
 selves: added in 1625. [17] \aX., lino, qttod inonstri simile est. 
 
 [29] Diog. Laert. x. 123. [^^] S>ceXtosi&y Hist. Nat. des Jades, \. 
 
 fol. 2123. (Fr. trans, ed. 1600): "ils n'auoient point neantmoins de nom 
 propre, pour nommer Dieu : car si nous voiilons rechercher en langue 
 des Indiens vn mot, qui respondc h. ce nom de Dieu, comme le latin 
 Deus, le grec, Theos, I'hebreu, El, I'Arabic, Alia, Ton n'en trouuera 
 aucun en langue de Cusco ny en langue de Mexicque." 
 
 p. 66 [4] In ed, of 1612, 'which shews yet they haue the motion, though 
 not the full extent* [7] very: added in 1625. [8] very: added in 
 
 1625. [8 — 30] The contemplative Atheist Religion: added in 
 
 1625. Part of this passage was included in the next Essay in the ed. 
 of 1612. In Antith. xiii. it appears in this form: Non cadit in nun- 
 iem hnmanam ut sit uterus atheist a dogmate; sed ntagni hypocritee 
 tunt vert atheistce, gin sacra perpetuo contreHant, sed nunquam 
 verentur. [9] "Some of the philosophers, and namely, Diagoras of 
 the isle of Melos, TJuvdorus the Cyrenaean, and Euemerus of Tegea, 
 held resolutely that there were no gods." Plutarch's Morals, trans. 
 Holland, p. 810, ed. 1603. [23] S. Bernard. Sertn. ad Pastores 
 [Opera, p. 1732 I, ed. Paris 1640.) [25] Lat. consuetiido profana 
 
 ludendi etjocandi in rebus sanHis. 
 
 p. 67 [5] who: 'which* (1612). [6] Ovid. Met. i. 21. [19] Cic d^ 
 
 Har. Resp. 9. 
 
 Essay 17 
 
 Enlarged from the edition of 1612, and omitted in the Italian trans- 
 lation. The chief points in this Essay and the preceding form the/r^? 
 andc^« oi Antith. xiii. Superstitio. 
 p. 68 [i] no: Lat. nullam aut incertam. In a letter to Mr Toby 
 Matthews, Bacon says: "I entreat you much to meditate sometimes 
 upon the efFe(5l of superstition in this last Powder Treason, fit to be 
 tabled and pi<5lured in the chambers of Meditation, as another Hell 
 above the ground; and well justifying the censure of the Heathen, 
 that Superstition is Jar 7Vorse then Atheism, by how much it is less 
 evil to have no good opinion of God at all, then such as are impious 
 towards his Divine Majesty and goodness" [Cabala, p. 57, ed. 1663^ 
 Mr, afterwards Sir Toby, Matthews, was a great friend of Bacon, and 
 a convert to Romanism. The Essay 'Of Superstition' may have 
 grown out of this letter. [2J Lat. guam contumeliosam et Deo in- 
 
i^ote^ 31 1 
 
 dignam. [4] Lat. impieiatis et opprobrii. [5] the : omitted in 
 ed. of 1612, but inserted in MS. [6—13] Plutarch. .Men: added in 
 1625. [6] Plut. de Superst. X. [8] at all; Lat. in rerum tiatura. 
 [10] Lat, comedere et devorare. [16] to : *vnto' (1612). an out- 
 
 ward Morall vertue: added in 1625. [18] Monarchy : *Tyranny' 
 
 (1612). [igJMindes: 'minde' (1612). Antith. "XAW, Non Epicuri 
 schola, scd Stoa, veteres respublicas perturbavit. [20] Lat. homines 
 eniin cantos reddit et securitati suce consulcntes. 
 
 p. 69 [i] 'As the time q{ Augustus Ccesar^ and our owne times m some 
 Countries, were, and are, ciuill times* (1612). civil: Lat. tran- 
 
 guilla. [2] 'confusion and desolation* (161 2). [3] Primum Mo- 
 
 bile: see note on p. 56, 1. 18. [8] Here followed in the ed. of 1612 
 
 the paragraph which was afterwards incorporated into the Essay ' Of 
 Atheisme :' "There is no such Atheist, as an Hipocrite, or Impostor : 
 and it is not possible, but where the generality is superstitious, many 
 of the leaders are Hipocrits. The causes of Atheisme ^x^, diuisions 
 in Religion: scandall of Priests; and learned times; specially if pros- 
 perous ; though for diuisions, any one maine diuision addeth zeale to 
 both sides, but many diuisions introduce Atheisme J' [8 — 18] It was 
 gravely said. .Church: added in 1625. [n] Sarpi, Hist. del. Cone. 
 
 Trid. p. 222, ed. 1619. "Fu da alcuni facet! detti, che se gli astro- 
 logi, non sapendo le vere cause de' moti cclesti, per salvare le apparenze 
 hanno dato in eccentrici, in epicicli non era maraviglia, se volendo 
 salvare le apparenze de' moti sopra-celesti, si dava in eccentricity d' 
 openioni." [19 — 29] 'the pleasing of Ceremonies; the excesse of 
 outward holinesse; the reuerence of traditions: the stratagems of 
 Prelats for their owne ambition and lucre, and barbarous times, speci- 
 ally with calamities, and disasters' (1612). [25] Conceits: Lat. 
 ethelothreskiis. [26] Lat. exemplomm iinportuna et inepta petitio 
 ab hutnanis qiuB in divina transferantur. [27] Lat. Fantasiaruiu 
 male co/i^rentium tnixturam. [30J 'without his vaile' (1612). 
 
 p. 70 [2] petty: Lat. pusillas et superjluas. [3 — 9] added in 1625. 
 [4] Lat. cum se tatito saniorem et puriorem vixtn inire putent homines. 
 £6] Lat. curce esse debet in religione re/ormandd. 
 
 Essay 18 
 
 The Latin title is De peregrinatione in partes ex t eras. 
 P- 71 [7] Lat. servo aliquo experto. I allow well: Lat. proho. 
 
 [11] Acquaintances: Lat. amiciticB et familiaritates. [20] Lat. 
 
 quant quce de industria observantur. 
 p. 72 [12] Magazens : Lat. cellce et horrea publica. [14] Lat, militum 
 
 dele6lus et i7tstru6lio. [21] Masques: I^at. saltationes sidi larvA. 
 p. 73 [5] Lat magnes est attrahendi familiaritates et co): nietudincs 
 
 hominum compiurium. [18] Employd men : Lat ininistrorum 
 
 interiorum. [23] Lat. quomodo os, vultus, et corporis liueamenta, 
 
 et motus respondeant famce. [26J Place: Lat. pnesidentitu 
 
 [27] Words : Lat. verba contumcliflsa. 
 p. 74 [4] forwards : \.?X./acilis et pronto. 
 
312 BoM 
 
 Essay 19 
 
 Altered and greatly enlarged from ed. of 1612. 
 
 p. 75 [i] Antith. VIII ; Quam miserum habere nil fere quod a^petafj 
 infinita qua inetuas. [9] Prov. xxv. 3. [10] Multitude : 'multi- 
 
 tudes' (1612). [13] Lat. exploratu difficilent. [14] it comes: 
 
 'commeth it' (i6ic). [17] Lat. ad ordinem aliquem aut collegium 
 
 institueuduvt. Ere(5ling of: added in 1625. [20] — p. 76. [i] As Nero. . 
 Chariots: added in 1625. Nero: see Dio Cass, lxiii. i. \-zi\Do- 
 mitian: Suet. Dom. 19. [22] Commodus: Dio Cass, lxxii. 10, 22. 
 
 p. 76 [i] Caracalla: Dio Cass, lxxvii. 10. [2] and the like : *& such 
 like, things' (1612). This seemeth; 'which seeme' (1612). 
 
 [6—16] 'Therefore great and fortunate Conquerours in their first 
 yeeres, tume melancholy and .superstitious in their latter, as did Alex- 
 ander the great, & in our memory Charles the fifth, and many others. 
 For he that is vsed to goe forward, and findeth a stoppe, falleth out of 
 his owne fauour' (1612). [12] "It is seportcd that King Alexander 
 
 the Great, hearing Anaxarcht*s the Philosopher discoursing and 
 maintaining this Position: That there were worlds innumerable: fell 
 ? weeping : and when his friends and familiars about him asked what 
 he ailed. Have I not (quoth he) good cause to weepe, that being as 
 there are an infinite number of worlds, I am not yet the Lord of one?" 
 (Holland's Plutarch, p. 147, ed. 1603). Diocletian abdicated ist May, 
 305, and passed the last eight years of his life in retirement near Salona. 
 [13] Charles V. gave up the Netherlands to his son Philip II. 25th OcL 
 1555 ; on the i6th of Jan. 1556 he gave up the throne of Spain, and on 
 the 27th of Aug. 1556 resigned the Imperial crown. He died at Yuste, 
 2ist Sep. 1558. [17, 18] *A true temper of gouemment is a rare 
 thing' (1612). [21] Philost. vit. Apoll. Tyan. v. 28. The story is 
 told again in y4/^//*. 51. [_2-j'\ sometimes : ^ and sometimes* [i6i2\ 
 
 [30] 'pressing power and relaxing power' (1612}. [32] This is true 
 
 that : added in 1C25, 
 
 P- 77 [3] this.. And: added in 1625. Lat. in agone cum fort una 
 
 experiri. [6] Matter: Lat. materias primas et inchoamenfa. 
 
 [7] difficulties : 'difficultnesse ' (1612). Lat. interveniunt procul- 
 
 dubio multce difficultates et impedimenta. [8] and : 'times' (1612}. 
 
 [9] Lat. principum ipsorum affcHus et mores. [10] Not Tacitus, 
 
 but Sallust {Bell. Jug. c 113). The passage is rightly referred to 
 Sallust in the Adv. of L, n. 22, § 5 : Salust noteth, that it is vsuall 
 with Kinges to desire Contradi(5loryes.' [13] Power: Lat. potentia 
 nimice. Lat. credere se Posse finem rei pro arbitrio assequi. 
 
 [15] — p. 81 [8) Kings have to deale . . Danger : added in 1625. [22] First 
 for their Neighbours, &a The original of this passage is to be found 
 in the tradl, published by Rawley after Bacon's death, entitled Con- 
 siderations touching a warre with Spaine, and written about the year 
 1624. "And to say truth, if one marke it well, this was, in all 
 Memory, the maine peece of Wlsdome, in strong and prudent Coun- 
 sels; To bee in perpetuall watch, that the States about them, should 
 neither by Approach, nor by Eucrcasc of Dominion, nor by Ruining 
 
iaote^ 313 
 
 Confederates, nor by blocking of Trade, nor by any the like meanes, 
 haue it in their power, to hurt or annoy the States they serue ; And 
 whensoeuer any such Cause did but appeare, straight-wayes to buy it 
 out with a Warre, and neuer to take vp Peace at credit, and vpon 
 Interest. It is so memorable, as it is yet as fresh, as if it were done 
 yesterday, how that Triumuiraie of Kings {Henry the eight of 
 England, Francis the first of France, and Charles the fifth, Emperour, 
 and King of Spaine,) were in their time>j so prouident, as scarce a 
 Palme of Ground could bee gotten by either of the Three, but that the 
 other Two would be sure to doe their best, to set the Ballance of 
 Enrobe vpright againe. And the Irke diligence was vsed in the Age 
 before, by that League, (wherewith Guicciardine beginneth his Story, 
 and maketh it (as it were) the Kalender of the good dayes of Italy,) 
 which was contradled betweene Ferdinando King oi Naples, Lorenzo 
 of Medici Potentate of Florence, and Ludouico Zforza Duke of Milan, 
 designed chiefly against the growing Power of the Venetians; But 
 yet so, as the Confederates had a perpetual! eye, one vpon another, 
 that none of them should ouertop. To conclude therefore, howsoeuer 
 some Schoolemen, (otherwise Reuerend Men, yet fitter to guide Pen- 
 kniues, than Swords,) seeme precisely to stand vpon it; That euery 
 Offensiue Warre must be Vltio; A Reuenge, that presupposeth a 
 precedent Assault or Iniurie ; yet neither doe they descend to this 
 Point, (which we now handle,) of a iust Feare; Neither are they of 
 authority to iudge this Question against all the Presidents of time." 
 Pp. 19, 20, ed. 1629. [33] Lat. Carolo quinto Hispano. 
 
 p. 78 [3, 4] either. .Warre: omitted in the Latin. [5] take up: Lat. 
 redimere. [6] Guicciardini, Hist. i. i. The League was renewed 
 in 1480 for 25 years. [12] Bacon probably refers to S. Thomas 
 Aquinas {Siannta TheologicB, 2', quaest. xl). ^^ Sea^ndo requiritur 
 cajtsa j'ltsta; ut scilicet illi qui impugnantur^ propter aliqitafn cul- 
 patn iinpugjiationetn inereantnr: unde Aug. dicit in lib. qjtcestionum. 
 {super Josue qucest. 10) Jiista bella solent dijffiniri qiue ulciscnntur 
 injur ias, si gensvelcivitas pleflenda est, qtue vel vindicare neglexerit 
 quod a suis improbe /aflum est, vel rediere quod per inj'uriajn abla^ 
 tuvi est." [14] The first proposition of Bacon's argument for a War 
 with Spain was, "that a iust Feare is a iust Cause 0/ a War; And 
 that a Preuentine Warre is a true Defettsiue^ (p. 23). [15] lawful! : 
 Lat. competens et legitima. [i8J Livia: Dio Cass. LVI. 30. Lat. 
 ob veneficiuin A ugusti. 
 
 P- 79 [25] Lat. quormn baculi pastorales cum regis glad io conceriarunt. 
 [30] from that State: i. e. the Clergy; Lat. a prcelatis. [31] Lat. 
 
 nisi tiii clerus ab auSloritate aut jurisdiSlione priftcipatus externi 
 pendet. [32] come in, and: omitted in the Latin. Lat. a populo^ 
 non autem a rege vel patronis ecclesiarton. 
 
 p. 80 [i] Lat. sunt illi certe cohibendi et tanquant in justA distantiA a 
 solio regali continendi. [5] Hist. o/Hen. 7, p. 241, ed. 1622 ; "Hee 
 kept a strait hand on his Nobilitie, and chose rather to aduancc 
 Clergie-men and Lawyers, which were more Obsequious to him, but 
 had lesse Interest in the People; which made for his Absolutcnesse. 
 
314 B-oM 
 
 but not for his Safetie. In so much as (I am pcrswaded' it was one of 
 the Causes of his troublesome Raigne ; for that his Nobles, though 
 they were Loyall and Obedient, yet did not Co-operate with him, but 
 let euery man goe his owne Way." [16] Lat. quinhno fove*idi sunty 
 tanquant qui potentiatn nobilitatis su/>erioris optivte teynperent^ ne 
 immodice excrescat. [21] Vena porta : " That vena porta is a vein 
 coming from the concave of the liver, and receiving those mesaraical 
 veins, by whom he takes the chyltis from the stomach and guts, and 
 conveys it to the liver." Burton, Anat. 0/ Mel. pt i. sect, i, mem. 2, 
 subs. 3. See Ess. xli. In another passage [Hist. 0/ Hen. 7, p. 161) 
 Bacon calls it ' the Gate- Vaine * : "But that that mooued him most, 
 was, that beeing a King that loued Wealth and Treasure, hee could 
 not endure to haue Trade sicke, nor any Obstru<ftion to continue in the 
 Gate-vaine, which dispcrseth that bloud." [24] and nourish little: 
 Lat. et habit inn corporis macntm. [26 — 29] Lat. quod in part ibus 
 
 lucre tur, in suimnA deperdit, comviercii qiianto dintinnto. [33] Or 
 their Customes : Lat. vel in gravaminibus tributontm. [34] Lat. 
 vel in aliis qua vi^utn eortnn decurtant. 
 p. 81 [2] Lat. si in corpus unumcogantur, velexercittisvel Prcesidiorum. 
 [3] Lat. clarissima exempla. [5] of Rome: omitted in the Latin. 
 [7] of Defence : Lat. utiles et saiubres. [g] Antit/t. viii ; Regesnoit 
 hominum instar sed astrorum sunt; nam et in singulos et in tempora 
 ipsa magnum habent injluxum. 'the heauenly bodies' {1612}. 
 Iio] Antith. viii; Qui in imperils sunt, similes sunt corporihus 
 calestibus, qua magnam venerationem habent, requiem nullam. The 
 original of this is a passage of Seneca, Consol. ad Polyb. c. 26 [Dial. 
 XI. 7) ; ex quo se Ccesar orbi tfrrarum dedicavit, sibi eripuit. Et 
 siderum modo, qua inrequieta semper cursus suosexplicant, nunquam 
 Hit licet nee subsistere nee quicqttam suum /acere. [11 — 14] In the 
 MS. of the edition of 161 2 this passage, with the exception of the 
 words *or Vice Dei^ is inserted in the margin in Bacon's own hand. 
 [15] bridleth: 'to bridle' (1612). 
 
 Essay 20 
 
 Altered and slightly enlarged from ed. of 1612. 
 
 p. 82 [i] and Man: omitted in the printed ed. of 1612, but added in the 
 MS. [4] Child: Lat. liberos. Some copies have 'children,' and in 
 
 the Italian it is / loro /igliuoli, but * child ' is the reading in the edition of 
 1612. [7Jobliged: \j3X. astringuntnr. [11] hat. si consilio virorufn 
 seleflorum utantur. [13] Is. ix. 6. [14] Prov. xx. 18. [18] Lat 
 tnconstantia et mutationum. [19] Lat. modo texenda, modo retex- 
 enda. [20] i Kings xii. 8. 
 
 p. 83 [10] See de Sap. Vet. c. 30. [12] Whereby they intend that: *so 
 as' (1612). [14] Lat. quod hujusmodi cotnmentum est. [19] him- 
 
 selfe : added in 1625. [20] Hes. Thcog. 886, [22] Councelll 
 
 'counsel!' (1612). [24] unto: 'to' (1612). \2i\\.2X. elaborata et 
 
 efformata. [28] C<7««r^//: ' counsel' (161 2). [31! 'hand' (1612). 
 
 p. 84 fs, 6] Let us. .Remedies: added in 1625. [11] Lat. ac si minus 
 
i^ote^ 3^5 
 
 ex re penderent. [14] Lat. quain principis ipsius. [15] Lat. 
 
 doHriiia quofiindam ex I talis. [16] in some Kings times : added 
 
 in 1625. [17] Lat. consilia interiora giue vitlgo vocantur cabinet ti. 
 
 [18] The MS. adds, "which hath toumed Metis the wife to Metis the 
 mistresse, that is Councells of State to which Princes are [solemly] 
 marryed, to Councells of gracious persons recommended chiefly by 
 [flattery and] aflecflion." Mr Spedding in his note (Bacon's Works, 
 VI. p. 555) remarks, "The word 'solemly' has a line drawn through it, 
 and the words 'flattery and' are inserted between the lines in Bacon's 
 hand." [19] As to: 'But for' (1612). Lat. occtiltationem constli- 
 onifH. [21] Lat. sed tarn personas qnant uegotia cinn deieflu excer- 
 pere Possunt. [25] comes: 'come' (1612). [26] jMotto: '' Mot^ 
 
 (1612). Counsels: 'counsell' (1612). [27] Ter. Eun. i. 2, 25. 
 
 [28] Lat. arcana nosse et retegere. [30—85 9] It is true — Fox : 
 
 added in 1625. 
 ; p. 85 [3] able to Grinde with a Hand-Mill: Lat. proprio Marte validus. 
 [6] Hist, of Hen. 7, pp. 15, 16; "About this time, the King called vnto 
 his Priuie-Conncell, lohn Morton, and Richard Foxe, the one Bishop 
 of Elie^ the other Bishop of Excester, vigilant men, and secret, and 
 such as kept watch with him almost vpon al men else." [11 — 13] Nay 
 . .Counsell: added in 1625. [17, 18] which are Things soone found, 
 
 and holpen : added in 1625. [20] Lat. sua rei prospefturos non 
 
 domini. [21] Luke xviii. 8. {2j]Coutisellours: 'counsels' (1612}. 
 [28] Counsellour: added in 1625. [29—31] So that. .Eare: added in 
 1625. [34] Mart. Epig. viii. 15. 
 p 86 [i] on: 'of (1612). [2] Speculative: Lat. riinatores. [4] their: 
 so in the original and in ed. of 1612. [10] Reverend : 'reuerent ' 
 
 (1612). Lat. gravior. [15] to preserve Freedome : omitted in M.S. 
 
 [16] to preserve Respedl: omitted in MS. Lat. ut modes tius senten- 
 tiam feraut. [24 — 28] 'what kind of person should be; but in 
 
 indiuiduo: For the greatest errors, and the greatest iudgement are 
 shewed in the choice of Indiuiduals (1612). In the MS. the Essay 
 ends here. [28] A saying of Alphonso of Aragon. Optivtos consili- 
 
 arios esse tnortuos dicebat, libros, videlicet, designans, a quibus sine 
 tnetu, sine gratia, quee nosse cuperet fideliter audiret. Alphonsi 
 regis diet, et fa6l. lib. 3, c. i, au(5l. Ant. Panormita. See also Apoph. 
 105 ; " Alonso of Aragon was wont to say of himself, That he was a 
 great nec7'o f nance r, for tJtat he used to ask counsel of the dead : 
 meaning books." The origin of the saying is to be sought at a still 
 more remote period. Zeno, the Stoic, enquired of the oracle by what 
 course of conduct he should live the best life. The god replied, et 
 OTryxPwifoiTO Tois j/e/cppi? (Diog. Laert. vii. i, § 3). [29] Lat. cum 
 
 consiliarii forte in adulationein lapsuri sint. [32] Lat. qui et ipsi 
 
 gubernacula rerum traHarunt. [34 — 88 8J The Coufisels.. 
 
 Placebo: added in 1625. 
 p. 87 [i] Lat. congressus et colloquia familiaria. [6] iv WKri /SovA>J, 
 
 Gaisford, Par. Gr. B. 359. [10] h^t. pctitiones privatas. [i-i\Hoc 
 agere. The phrase is explained in Plutarch's Coriol. p. 249 (North's 
 trans.) ; " But hereby appcareth plainely, how king Numa did wisely 
 
3i6 
 
 i^OtCjS 
 
 ordaine all other ceremonies concerning dcuotion to the goddes, and 
 specially this custome which he stablished, to bring the people to 
 religion. For when the magistrates, bishoppes, priestes, or other 
 religfious ministers goe about any deuine seruice, or matter of religion, 
 an hcrauld euer goeth before them, crying out aloud, Hoc age: as to 
 say, doe this, or mind this." [15] Indifferent persons: Lat. qui epgui 
 siintet in neutram partem propendeant. [18] Lat. delegationes 
 
 lion tantutn tetuporatieas aut e re natd sed etiain continuatas et per- 
 petuas. The Latin adds qiue curent separatim. [19] Suits : Lat. 
 graiias^ gravamina. [20] Lat. consilia subordinata diversa. 
 
 [26J The Latin adds, mercatoribus, artijicibus. [32] Lat. ad 
 
 Parietcs camera consilii. 
 p. 88 [6] Lat. se ad nut urn ejus appiicabutit. [8] a Song of Placebo : 
 
 the Vesper hymn for the dead. "Pope Sixtus's Breviary says, *ad 
 vesperas, absolute incipitur ab Antiphona placebo Domino in r-egione 
 %>ivorumy (Nares' Glossary, s. v.) Chaucer [Persones Tale) has, 
 "Flaterers ben the develes chapeleyns, that singen zy placebo.** 
 
 Bacon followed the advice which he himself gave. At the conclusion 
 of his speech for the Naturalization of the Scottish Nation, he said ; 
 "Mr Speaker, I haue (I take it) gone through the parts which I pro- 
 pounded to my selfe, wherein if any man shall think I have sung a 
 placebo, for mine owne particular ; I would have him know that I am 
 not so unsecne in the world, but that I discerne, it were much alike for 
 my priuate fortune a tacebo, as to sing z. placebo in this businesse : but 
 1 haue .spoken out of the fountain of my heart,** 
 
 Essay 21 
 
 p. 89 Tsl Antith. XL! : Occasio, instar Sibylla, minutt ohlatum, preiium 
 auget. [4] Sybilla: the story is told by Aulus Gellius, Nofi. Alt, 
 I. 19. [6] Lat. integrum^ tamen pretiutn postulai. Adag^'a, p. 
 
 687, ed. Grynajus : Fronte capillata est, post kac occasio calva. See 
 also Phaedrus, v. 8, and Posidippi Epigr. 13 in Brunck's Anthologia 
 ir. 49. [g] Antith. xli ; Occasio primuTn ansatn vasis porrigit, 
 deinde ventrem. [14] Antith. XLiir; Nonjant Irve est periculunt, 
 si let'cvideatur. [15] ibid. Plura periculafallunt, quatnznncunt. 
 
 p. 90 [2] ibid. Docet pericuhan prtgredi qui accingitur, et periculum 
 Jingit remedio. [8] Argos: iEsch. Prom. 567, &'c. Briareus: 
 Hom. //. I. 403. Antith. xli. The Helmet o( Pluto: Hom. //. v. 
 845. See de Sap. Vet, c. vii. Perseus in the fable wore the helmet 
 of Pluto when he slew the Gorgon Medusa. See the same fable en- 
 larged in the De Augmentis, ir. 13. A note in the Promus, fol. 15 b, 
 is: "Plutoes Helmett — Secresy Invi.sibility." 
 
 Essay 22 
 Greatly enlarged from the ed. of 161 2. 
 p. gt [8] In the Protnus of Formularies and Elegancies (Works vir. 
 197 ed. Spedding) occurs this note, descriptive of the charadlers of some 
 men : '* Cunning in the humours of persons, and not in the conditions 
 
iSote^ 317 
 
 of adlions." [9] Lat. personarum naturas et mores. [11] Lat. 
 in personarum aditibus et temporibtis. [13] Lat. constitutio 
 
 ipsissima. [13] of one : 'L2X. hominum. [16] I suppose the figure 
 is taken from the game of bowls. Under the head of '' Bowl- Alley, or 
 Bowliug-Alley," Nares [Glossary] gives "a covered space for the game 
 of bowls, instead of a bowling-green." He quotes, "whether it be in 
 open wide places, or in close allies, — the chusing of the bowle is the 
 greatest cunning." Country Contentm. G. Markham, p. 58. The 
 Latin translator seems to have missed the point. He renders, et non 
 aliter fere iisuin sui preebent quam. in viis quas scepe contriverunty 
 understanding alley in its ordinary sense, and applied metaphorically 
 to a narrow walk of life. [19] A saying of Aristippus; Diog. Laert. 
 II, 73, ei? ayvaJra? tous hvo yvfJLVOV^ a.ir6(T7€iXov icat €107;, It is quoted 
 again, Apoph. 255. [20] — 95 [14] And because, .looked backe: added 
 in 1625. 
 
 p. 92 [i] Adv. of L. II. 9, § 2. "And therefore a number of subtile per- 
 sons, whose eyes doe dwell vpon the faces and fashions of men ; doe 
 well know the advantage of this obseniation ; as being most part of 
 their abilitie ; neither can it bee denied, but that it is a great discouerie 
 of dissimulations, and a great diretflion in Businesse." [5] Some- 
 times: Lat. per vices. [8] Lat. ut cum aliquid propere et facile 
 obtinere et expedire cupias. [12] Lat. ad obje6liones et scrupulos. 
 [i6] Lat. de rebus stattis gravioribus sermones. [21] he doubts: 
 omitted in the Latin. [26] Lat. quasi se ipsu7n deprehenderet et 
 contineret. [32] Lat. insolitutn induere vultum. 
 
 p. 93 [i] Lat. quid sibi velit ista oris mutatio. [2] Neh. ii. i. 
 
 [lo] Tac. Ann. xi, 30. [12] Lat. non inutile est. [17] Lat. ut 
 rem. fere prcetennissam.. [30] Lat. astutia species satis vafra est. 
 
 [32] Lat. ut inde alterum irretiat et subruat. [33] Mr Spedding 
 
 has suggested to me that probably the two competitors for the office 
 of Secretary, here alluded to, were Sir Robert Cecil and Sir Thomas 
 Bodley. 
 
 p. 94 [i] Lat. qui tamen se invicem amice traSlabant. [6J 1^2^t. seque 
 illud genus hominutn 7ninime ambire. [7] Lat. verba ilia callide 
 prolata bona fide arripuit. [11] The Latin adds, tanquani 
 
 scilicet ab altero prolata. [12] The Latin adds cum ipsa se 
 
 vigentem reputaret. [j6] Various explanations of this proverb have 
 been given ; among others that by Mr Singer in his edition of the 
 Essays, suggested by a writer in the Gentleman's Mag. 1754, p. 66. 
 "It was originally, no doubt, ^Cate in the pan,' but thus popularly 
 corrupted. The allusion is probably to the dexterous turning or shift- 
 ing the side of a pancake by a sleight of hand familiar to cooks." The 
 Latin translator was clearly at a loss for the meaning when he wrote 
 gziod Anglico proverbio Felem in aheno vertere satis absiirde dicitur. 
 It appears to have been a common saying. Nares [Glossary, s. v.) 
 quotes the following ; 
 
 Damon smatters as well as he can of craftie phylosophie, 
 And can toume cat in the panne very pretily. 
 
 Damon and Pith. O. PI. i. 193. 
 
3i8 
 
 Mom 
 
 And again from the famous song of the Vicar of Bray, in which a cat- 
 iH-J>an appears to be synonymous with turncoat : 
 
 When George in pudding-time came o'er, 
 
 And moderate men look'd big, Sir, 
 I turn'd a cat-in-pan once more, 
 A:id so became a Whig, Sir. 
 
 [i6] Lat. cum ea verba, qiue guis aptid alium pro/ert, imputat collo- 
 quenti, tanquam ab ipso prolata. [22) Lat. ut quis in alios 
 
 spicula qtuedam oblique torqueat. [25] Tac. Ann. xiv. 57. [31] 
 Lat. unde et se viagis in tuto continent, quasi nihil diserte ajffir- 
 rnantes, et rem ipsam maj'ore cum voluptate spargi ejfficitmt. 
 
 P- 95 [9] sudden : omitted in the Latin. [12] Pauls: "The body of old 
 St Paul's church in London, was a constant place of resort for business 
 and amusement. Advertisements were fixed up there, bargains made, 
 servants hired, politics discussed, &c. ftc." Nares, Gloss, s. v. Fre- 
 quent allusions are made to it by Shakspere and the dramatists of his 
 time. [ 1 5 — 19] Altered from the edition of 161 2, where this paragraph 
 stands last; "Very many are the differences betweene cunning and 
 wisdome : and it were a good deed to set them downe ; for that nothing 
 doth more hurte in state then that cunning men passe for wise." 
 f 17] Lat. ubcriorcm catalogum. (20] But, certainly, some there are : 
 ' Euen in businesse there are some' (1612). [21] Resorts and Falls: 
 Lat. periodds et pausas. Ital. ie riuscite, et le cadute. The word 
 ' resort' appears to be used in the same sense in Adv. of L. 11. 2, § 4 ; 
 " But such becing the workemanship of God, as he doth hang the 
 greatest waight vpon the smallest Wyars, Maxima ^ Minitnis sus- 
 ^endens, it comes therfore to passe, that such Histories doe rather 
 set forth the pompe of busines, then the true and inward resorts 
 thereof" In the corresponding passage of the De Augmentis^ ii. 7, 
 the last clause is given quam eorum veros fovtites et texturas sub- 
 tiliores. The same sentiment as is expressed in the Essay occurs 
 again in the Adv. 0/ L. 11. 23, § 30: "If we obserue, we shall find 
 two difiering kinds of sufficiency, in managing of businesse: some 
 can make vse of occasions aptly and dexterously, but plotte little: 
 some can vrge and ])ursue their owne plottes well, but cannot accom- 
 modate nor take in : either of which is very vnperfite without tht^ 
 other." [22] the Maine : Lat. viscera et interiora. [25] Looses: 
 Lat. exitus. Lat. in conclusionibus deliberatorutn. [27 — 29] 
 
 Lat. ex fiac re existimationem quandam aucupantur^ veluti ingcnia 
 qua ad decernendum potius quafn ad disputandum sint aptiora. 
 1 29] In his "Observations upon a Libell published in anno 1592" [Re- 
 suscitatio, p. 145, ed. 1657), Bacon describes his father, Sir Nicholas 
 Dacon, as " one that was of the mind, that a Man, in his private Pro- 
 ceedings and Estate, and in the Proceedings of State, should rest upon 
 the Soundnesse and Strength of his own Courses, and not upon Prac- 
 tise to Circumvent others ; according to the Sentence of Salomon; 
 Vir Prudens advertit ad Gressus suos, stultus autem divertit ad Do- 
 lus." '\T>on abusing others' (1612). [32] Prov. xiv. 15. 
 
Essay 23 
 
 p. 96 [i] Comp. Adv. of L. 11. 23, § 8; "For many are wise in their 
 owne ways, that are weak for gouernmente or Counsell, Uke Ants 
 which is a wise creature for it self, but very hurtefuU for the garden." 
 [2] Orchard : omitted in the Latin. [6] Society : Lat. avtorem reij>ub- 
 licce. [7] Specially to thy King, and Country : added in 1625. [8] 
 Adv. of L. II. 23, § 8: Of the Science of government Bacon say£, 
 "But yet there is another part of this part, which differeth as much 
 from that wherof we haue spoken as sapere, & sibi Sapere : the one 
 moouing as it were to the circumference, the other to the centei : for 
 there is a wisedome of counsell, and againe there is a wisedome of 
 pressing a mans owne fortune; and they doe sometimes meet, and 
 often seue re." [i6\ Himself e : "Lat. covimodupn />ropri7tfn. [15] 
 onely : added in 1625. [19] Affaires : Lat. negotia j>tiblica. [20J 
 Hands : 'hand' (1612). 
 
 p. 97 [i] Lat. jninistros et servos qui hac nota non maculantur. [4] 
 'And that' (1612), [8] Servant: 'seruants' (1612). [10 — 16] 'And 
 yet that is the case; for the good &c.' (1612). [12] Lat. servos e£ 
 
 viinistros. [14] and Envies : omitted in the Latin. [22] Egges : 
 'egge' in the MS. of ed. of 1612. [26] Affaires: in the ed. of 1612 
 the Essay ends here. 
 
 p. 98 [2] Cic. ad Quint. Frat. iii. 8. [5] Lat. in exitu sacrificant 
 inconstantice fortunce. [7] Lat. ptilchra ilia sapientia sua. 
 
 Ess.w 24 
 
 This Essay is little more than a translation oi Antith. XL. 
 
 p. 99 [i] Antith. XL; novi partus deformes sunt. [4] ibid. Sicut 
 qui nobilitatevt infainiliam introducunt digniores fere sunt posteris ; 
 ita novationes reriim plerumque prcestatit iis quce ad exemplafiunt. 
 [6] Lat. Ita reruin exeinplaria et priviordia [quatido feliciter jafla 
 sunt) intitationem cFtatis sequentis, ut plurivtum^ superant. [10] 
 Lat. ut fieri amat in violcjitis motibus. [11] Antith. XL ; Oinnis 
 inedicina innovatio. Qui nova remediafugit, nova mala opperitur. 
 Novator maximus te^npus ; qrn'dni igitur temptis imitemur ? Cum 
 per se res mutentur in deterius, si consilio in jttelius non mutentury 
 quis finis erit malil Quce 7tsu obtinere, si non bona, at saltern apta 
 inter se sunt. [14] of course : Lat. decursu sola. [17] ha-t.fnis 
 viali. [18] liat. aptuin esse tamen temporibus. [21] Lat. ubi 
 contra nova veteribus non usquequaque tarn concittne cohcereant. 
 From the expression which Bacon makes use of in the AntitJuta, 
 nulla novitas absque injuria, nam prcesentia convellit, he had pro- 
 bably in his mind Matt. ix. 16. 
 
 p. 100 [2] Lat. tanq7ia7tt advenai aui peregrini. [4] I«at. in orbeni 
 agitatur. Froward : Lat. importuna et viorosa. Antith. XL; 
 Morosa mor7im retentio res t7irbulenta est, ^q7te ac novitas. Moris 
 servi, temporis hidibria. Q7tis novator tetnpus itnitat74r; q7*od 
 novatioftes ita insimtat^ ut sensi4S fallant ? Quod prceter spem evenit 
 
320 i^oM 
 
 cui prodest vtinus accepUutty cut obest magis violestum. [12] For 
 otherwise : Lat. Illitd eniin pro certo habeas. [14] Lat. cuiincre- 
 vienium est ttovitas, ille fortunce gratias habei et tempori. [17] 
 Lat. experimcntis novis in coiporibits politicU inedendis non uti. 
 [24— 27J Quoted again in Adv. 0/ L. i. 5, § 2. 
 
 Essay 25 
 
 Slightly altered and enlarged from the ed. of 1612. 
 
 p. loi [i] Lat. celeritas ttitnia et ajfeflata. [8 — 12] And as in Races 
 ..Dispatch: added in 1625. [10] After 'Speed' the Latin adds, 
 sed in inotu eoruudctn hutniliore et eequabili. [13] Lat. ut brez'i 
 tempore viultuvi confecisse videantur. [16] Abbreviate: 'make 
 shorte' (1612) ; l^^i. tempori parcere. [18 — 20] at severall. .Manner : 
 ' by peeces, is commonly protradled in the whole* (1612). [20] Sir 
 
 Amyas Paulet, with whom Bacon went to France in 1576 : see Apoph. 
 76. In Howell's Familiar Letters (Vol. 11. lett. 17) the saying is 
 attributed to Sir Francis Walsingham. that : added in 1625. 
 
 p. 102 [i] rich: 'LdX. pretiosa. [4] at a deare Hand: Lat magno. 
 [5 — 8] The 6"/ar/rt«j. .comming : added in 1625. The Spartans: 
 comp. Thuc. I. 70, 84- and Spaniards: see Bacon's "Report in 
 the House of Commons of the Earl of Salisburies and the Earle of 
 Northampton's Speeches" {Resuscitatio, p. 32, ed. 1657). [14] 'back- 
 wards' (1612). [14 — 16] 'and be more tedious by parcels, then he 
 could haue bin at once ' (1612). [18] Adlor : Lat oratorcm. [24] Lat. 
 toga pralonga terram verrens. [25] Lat. transitioncs belLr. [29J 
 Lat. glorioUx captatrices. Lat. cave ne in rem ipsam ab initio 
 descendas. [30] Wils : 'will' (1612), but the MS. has 'wills.' [32] 
 of Minde : added in 1625. of Speech : added in 1625. [33] Lat. 
 instar fomentationis ante ungutntum. 
 
 p. 103 [i] and Singling out of Parts: added in 1625. [17] See Nat. 
 Hist, cent vi. exp. 597. 
 
 Essay 26 
 Slightly enlarged and altered from ed. 161 2. 
 
 p. 104 [6] 2 Tim. iii. 5. [8] Lat. qui nngantur solenniter, cum pru- 
 
 dentes minime sint. [9] Ter. Heaut. 111. 5, 8. [11] Lat affcHa- 
 tiones istas videre in quot formas se vertant, et qualt utantur arte 
 quasi prospectivd. [12] Prospe(5lives : ' perspedliues' (1612). [14] 
 Close and Reserved: Lat secreti. [16] Lat et videri volunt plus 
 significare quam loqui. [20] well : Lat tuto. 
 
 p. 105 [2] Cic. in Pis. 6. [4] think to beare it: Lat se valere putant. 
 [5] 'and will goe on ' (1612). [6] Lat. pro admissis accipiunt. [8] 
 'they will seeme to despise' (1612). [10] Lat judicio limato. ^ [13] 
 Not Aulus Gellius but Quintilian (x. i), who says of Seneca, si rerum 
 Pondera minutissimis scnteniiis nonfregisset, consensu potius erudi- 
 tomm quam Puerorum amore comprobaretur. It is quoted again in 
 the Adv. o/L. I. 4, § 5- A- Gellius: ' Gellius ' (1612). [15] Plat 
 Protag. 337. [19] Lat negative libtnter se applicant. [21] Lat 
 
Mott^ 321 
 
 ex scnipulis ei diffiailtatihtis propofietidis et prcedicendis. [26) Lat. 
 
 decofler rei familiaris occultus. [29 — 34] Seeming Wise-men 
 
 Formall: added in 1625. [30] Lat. opinionem vulgi. [33] Lat. 
 quam hujtisinodiforntalistamfastidiosum. 
 
 Essay 27 
 
 Entirely rewritten from the ed. of 1612, where it stands thus : *' There is 
 no greater desert or wildemes then to bee without true friends. For 
 without friendship, society is but meeting. And as it is certaine, that 
 in bodies inanimate, vnion strengthneth any naturall motion, and 
 weakeneth any violent motion ; So amongst men, friendship multi- 
 plieth ioies, and diuideth griefes. Therefore whosoeuer wanteth forti- 
 tude, let him worshippe Friendship. For the yoke of Fri&ndship 
 maketh the j'oke oi fortune more light. There bee some whose liues 
 are, as if they perpetually plaid vpon a stage, disguised to all others, 
 open onely to themselues. But perpetuall dissimulation is painfull ; 
 and hee that is all FoHune, and no Nature is an exquisit Hitrling. 
 Liue not in continuall smother, but take some friends with whom to 
 communicate. It will vnfold thy vnderstanding ; it will euaporate thy 
 afFedlions ; it will prepare thy businesse. A man may keepe a corner 
 of his minde from his friend, and it be but to witnesse to himselfe, that 
 it is not vpon facility, but vpon true vse of friendship that hee imparteth 
 himselfe. Want of true friends, as it is the reward of perfidious na- 
 tures ; so is it an imposition vpon great fortunes. The one desenie it, 
 the other cannot scape it. And therefore it is good to retaine sin- 
 cerity, and to put it into the reckoning oi Ambition, that the higher one 
 goeth, the fewer true friends he shall haue. Perfection of friendship, 
 is but a speculation. It is friendship, when a man can say to himselfe, 
 I loue this man without respe<5l of vtility. I am open hearted to him, 
 I single him from the generality of those with whom I liue; I make 
 him a portion of my owne wishes." 
 
 p. 106 [3] Arist. Pol. r. i. [10] it : Lat. hujusmodi vita solitaria. 
 [12] Lat. altioribus contcvtpiaiioniinis. [21] Lat. nihilo phts sunt 
 quam in porticibus piflurce. 
 
 p. 107 [2] Adagia, p. 506. A comic poet quoted by Strabo xvi. p. 738, 
 punning upon the name of Megalopolis, a town of Arcadia, said epij/uLia 
 /xeya'Arj 'art-v -q fJnydXrj 776X19. Strabo applies it to Babylon. Entered 
 in the Promus, fol. 7 a. [3] Lat. Amici et necessarii. [16] Lat. 
 animce perturbationcs. doe cause and induce : Lat. imprivtere 
 Solent. [19] Lat. /;/ <egrittidifiibus atiiince. [25] The Latin adds 
 
 curas. [27] Lat. tanquam sub sigillo confessionis civilis. [33] 
 Lat. distantiajn et sublijnitatem. 
 
 p. 108 [6] Lat. nomine gratiosorum vel amicorutn regis. [10] Tibe- 
 rius called Sejanus, Koivinvov twi/ ^pofriScov (Dio Cass, lviii. 4), or 
 socium laborum, as Tacitus has it {Ann. iv. 2). [28] Plutarch, 
 
 Pomp. 14. Quoted in Adv. of L. 11. 23, § 5. [30] Lat. ut eutn^ 
 Ccesar Oflavio suo nepoti hceredem substituerit. [33] Lat. qui 
 
 Ctesarem ad mortem suam pertra.xit. [34] Plutarch, Jul. Cces. 64. 
 
 y 
 
32 z MoM 
 
 p. 109 [2] The Latin adds uxoris sitce. [4] Lat. sperare se etim 
 senatnm lion tarn pat-i>i habititrum, ut dimitiere ilium vellet donee 
 uxor sotnniiun inelitis somniasset. [8] Cic. Phil. xiii. ii. [10] 
 Dio Cass. Liv. 6. [20] Tac. Atin. iv. 40. [22J Tac. Ann. iv. 74. 
 [24] Lat. sivtilis ant etiavi illd majoris aniicititg exejnplnm cemitur. 
 [25] Plautianus: the ed. of 1625, and the Latin have Plantiamts. 
 [30] Dio Cass. Lxxv. 15. 
 
 p. no [6] Lat. nisi per hasce amicitias fafla fuisset inieg^a et perfefla, 
 [ii] Hist, of Philip de Commines, trans. Danett, v. 5, p. 164 (ed. 1596]. 
 [21] closenesse : Lat. occiiltatio consiliornm. [22] /xtj iaOCftv KopSCav, 
 a proverb of Pythagoras quoted by Plutarch de ednc. puer. c ij). la 
 Athenaeus it is attributed to Demetrius Byzantius (Adagia, p. 441). 
 See Diog. Laert. viit. 17, 18. [25] Lat. qnibtis cogitatioms suas et 
 anxieiates libere impertiant. 
 
 p. Ill [4] Paracelsi Opera, vi. 313, ed. Francof. 1605. Si lapis ille ex 
 materia convenient i et philosophic A raiione a prudenti medico fiat ^ 
 et cotisideratis satis omnihis circumstantiis hominis ipsi exhibeatur, 
 tunc renovat et i>istaurat organa vitce Perinde ac si igni apponatur 
 ligfia, qtue pene emortunm ignem refocillant, et causa sunt spien- 
 dentis et clam JJammce. [5] Good, and : omitted in the Latin. 
 [6] Lat. absque auxilio notionum chytnicarum. [8J Lat. in rebus 
 naturalibus. [24] Lat. clarescere veluti in diem. [26] Lat agitat 
 et in onutes partes versat. [31] Plutarch, Them. 29. 
 
 p. 112 [16] i^x^i ^'7P'7 <ro^Ta.Ti\, quoted by Galen. See Adagia, p. 268, 
 and Spedding's Bacon, in. 267, note. It occurs again in de Sap. 
 Vet. c. 27, and Apoph. 258: "Heraclitus the Obscure said; The dry 
 light was the best soul. Meaning, when the faculties intelledtual are 
 in vigour, not wet, nor, as it were, blooded by the afTecflions." 
 [26] See note on p. 37, 1. 12. 
 
 p. 113 [4] The Latin adds tanquam in speculo, aliquando, ut fit etiatn 
 in speculis. [12] Jam. i. 23. [14] Lat. Quantum ad n^gotia^ 
 
 vet us est; Melius videre ocjtlos quatn oculum ; licet ttonnulli hoc 
 cavillentur. Etiam re6le dicitur, <5r»c. [17 — 19] Or that. .Letters: 
 omitted in the Latin. [21 — 24J Lat. etsi quidam tarn altum sapiautt 
 ut patent in sese esse omnia. Vey^in quicquid did possit in contra- 
 rium certum est, consiliitm negotia dirigere et stabilire. 
 
 p. 114 [i] Lat. consilia ilia a diversis tnanantia [licet cum fide et bona 
 intentione prastita). [14] Lat. consiliis istis dispersis [ut j'am^ die- 
 
 turn). [26] Lat. non per hypHrrbolctn sed sobrie diflum esse ab antiquis. 
 [27] In Diog. Laert. vii. i, § 23 it is put in the mouth of Zeno Cittieus ; 
 epwTrjSei? ri kun. <^iAo?, aAAo? eyw, e^ij. It occurs again in Arist. 
 Magn. Mor. n. 15 ; Eth. Eud. vii. 12. [28] Lat. quando quidem^ 
 
 si quisvererem reputat, ajnici ofiicia proprias cujusque vires superent. 
 [30I Lat. in medio operum aliqitorum. [31] Lat. in collocatiofie 
 
 filii in matrimonium, cousumtnatione conatuum et desiderioruiti 
 suorutpi. 
 
 p. 115 [i] Lat. adeo ntfixtum immaturum vix obsit. as it were: LaL 
 ut loquamur tnore tribulum aut firmariorum. [5, 6] For. . . . 
 
 Ffend: omitted in the I^titi. [13] Lat. ad qua erubescimtts. 
 
i^ote^ 323 
 
 [18J upon Termes: Lat. saha digtiitate. [23] The Latin adds 
 
 in fabtda. 
 
 Essay 28 
 
 First published in the edition of 1597, enlarged in 161 2, where it is called 
 ' Of Expences,' and again in 1625. 
 
 p. 116 [4] Lat. sp07ttanea paupertas. [12 — 15] Certainly. .Part : added 
 in 1625. [12] Lat. quidiminutione7H/ortunarujHsiiaruinpati 
 
 nolit. \t.']\ Estate: 'estates' (161 2). [20] Wounds cannot be 
 
 Cured without searching : printed as a quotation in 1597. [22] at 
 
 all: added in 1612, but omitted in MS. ' 
 
 p. 117 [2] In the printed ed. of 1597 this clause stands, *yea and change 
 them after;' but the MS. which I have printed in the Appendix has 
 the corre6t reading. [3 — 5] He. .Certainties; added in ed. of 1612, 
 except that for 'it behoveth him to' the reading of that edition was 
 *had neede.' The sentence is omitted in MS. [4] Lat. euin quce 
 
 contputatioiii subjacent, in certos reditus atque etiavi sumptus vertere 
 convenit. [5 — 12] A Man. .Decay: added in X625. [12] Lat. in 
 
 perplexH etobceratd re familiari liberandd^ [16 — 21] Besides 
 
 Estate: added in 1612, but omitted in MS. [21] Certainly, who : 
 
 * He that' (1597). 
 
 Essay 29 
 
 Greatly altered and enlarged from the ed. of 1612. \\\ its present form, 
 though in a Latin dress, it was incorporated in the De Au£^ttentis, 
 VIII. 3. The Latin translation is said to have been by Hobbes of 
 Malmesbury. In the ed. of 1612 the title of the Essay is 'Of the 
 greatnesse of Kingdomes," and in the Latin translation, De prqferen- 
 dis imperii Jinibus. The beginning of the Essay seems to have been 
 the discourse "Of the true greatness of the kingdom of Britain," 
 written in 1608, which was never completed, but was turned into a 
 general treatise "Of the True Greatness of Kingdoms and Estates." 
 p. 118 [i] — p. 1 19 [7] The Speech, .serve : greatly altered from ed. of 1612, 
 where it stood thus: "The speech of T/iemistocles, ^h\ch. was arro- 
 gant in challenge, is profitable in censure. Desired at a banquet to 
 touch a Lute, hee said, Hee could not Jiddle; but /te could make a 
 small Towne to become a great Citie. This speech at a time of solace, 
 and not serious, was vnciuill, and at no time could be decent of a 
 mans selfe. But it may haue a pretie application : For to speake truly 
 of politikes & Statesmen, there are sometimes, though rarely, those 
 that can make a small estate great, and cannot fiddell. And there bee 
 many that can fiddell very cunningly, and yet the procedure of their 
 Art is to make a flourishing estate ruinous & distressed. For certainly 
 those degenerate Arts, whereby diuers politikes and Gouernors doe 
 gaine both satisfa(5tion with their Masters, and admiration with the 
 vulgar, deserue no better name then fidling ; if they adde nothing to 
 the safetie, strength, and amplitude of the States they gouerne." 
 [6] Plutarch, Them. 2: Cimon, 9; Adv. o/L. i. 3, §7. [8J holpen a 
 little with a Metaphore: Lat. ad settsum politicum translata. 
 
 Y2 
 
3^4 ilotc0 
 
 [9] cxpressc : Lat. optime describunt et distinguuni. differing ; 
 
 Lat. multuvi inter se discrepantes. [11 J Statesmen: \j3X. senatores 
 aliosque ad negotia publica admotos, qui usquatn fuerunt. [15] fid- 
 dle very cunningly : Lat. in cit/iard aut lyrd [hoc est aulicis tricis) 
 mire artijices. 
 p. 119 [8] Governours : the Latin adds minime spernendi. [9] Tac 
 
 ^««. VI. 39, XVI. 18. Mannage : a metaphor from horsemanship. See 
 Adv. of L. II. 20, § II ; So as Diogenes opinion is to be accepted, who 
 Commended not them which absteyned, but them which sustayned, and 
 could refraine their Mind in Precipitio, and could giue vnto the 
 mind (as is vsed in horsmanship) the shortest stop or turne." [13I in 
 Power, Meanes, and Fortune : omitted in the Latin. [20] vaine : 
 
 Lat. vanis et nitnis arduis. [24] ' The greatnes of a State in buike 
 or territory' (1612). (29I by Cards and Maps: Lat. tabulis. 
 
 Cards: 'Carts' (1612). [30] not any Thing amongst : 'nothing 
 
 among' (1612). [33] Power and Forces: 'greatnes' (1612}. 
 
 [33] After "Estate," the ed. of 1612 adds; "Certainly there is a kind 
 of resemblance betwcene the Kingdome of heauen, and the Kingdomes 
 vpon the earth." The same figure is employed by Bacon in his 
 
 speech on the Naturalization of the Scottish Nation, 17 Feb. 1606 — 7, 
 and in the discourse "Of the true Greatness of the Kingdom of 
 Britain" written in 1608. See Bacon's Works, vii. pp. 40, 49, ed. 
 Spedding. 
 p. 120 [i] Matt. xiii. 31. [4, 5] ' States that are great in Territory, 
 
 and yet not apt to conquer or inlarge' (1612). [6] some : 'others' 
 
 (1612). of: *or' (1612). [7] 'foundation' (1612). 
 
 [10 — 12] 'goodly Stables, Elephants, (if you wil) Masse of treasure. 
 Number in Armies, Ordinance, and Artillerie, they are all but a 
 Sheep &c.' (1612). [14] stout and warhke: 'militarie' (1612). 
 
 [14] — p. 121 [16] Nay. .Themselues; added in 1625. [16] Virg. Eel. 
 VII. 52. [24] And the Defeat was Easie : Lat. ea autent opinione 
 
 fitit facilior. [28] Plut. Alex. 31; North's trans, p. 735. The 
 
 saying is again quoted in Adv. 0/ L. i. 7, § 11. See also Arrian, 
 Exp. Alex. III. 19. [29] Plut. Liicull. 27 ; North's trans, p. 560. 
 p. 121 [4] This saying is attributed to Mutianus the general of Vespasian 
 in the discourse * Of the true greatness of the Kingdom of Britain,* 
 from which the whole passage is repeated. Machiavelli discusses the 
 question in Disc. sopr. Liv. 11. 10, where he tells the tale of Solon and 
 Croesus, for which see Lucian, Charon. Diogenes Laertius (iv. 48) 
 gives as a saying of Bion's tov -nXavTov vevpa irpaytiaTOiv, and allusion is 
 made to it in Plutarch [Agis &> Clcotn. c. 27} : " But he thatsayed first, 
 that money was the sinew of all things, spake it chiefly in my opinion, 
 in respe(5l of the warres" (North's trans, p. 862, ed. 1595). [16 — 20J 
 For this sentence the ed. of 1612 has: "The helpe is mercenary aides. 
 But a Prince or State that resteth vpon waged Companies of forraine 
 Armes, and not of his owne Natiues, may spread his feathers for a time, 
 but he will mew them soone after." [17] The Latin adds cum copiie 
 
 nativa desint. See Machiavelli Disc. sopr. Liv. 11. 20 ; Princ. 13, 
 
 [22, 23] That ike same People or Nation, should: 'to' (1612]. [23] 
 
Mom 325 
 
 Gen. xlix. 9, 14. [24] Maid betweene' (1612). it be, that: added in 
 1625. [25] over-laid with Taxes: 'ouercharged with tributes' (1612). 
 [25] — p. 122 [3] should ever. . Tribute: added in 1625. [29] For these 
 Excises or Accises see Howell's Fam. Lett. se6l. 1. lett. 6, ed. 1645. 
 Writing to his father from Amsterdam, he says : " Twere cheap living 
 here, were it not for the monstrous Accises which are impos'd upon 
 all sorts of Commodities, both for Belly and Back ; for the Retailer 
 payes the States almost the one Moity as much as he payed for the 
 Commodity at first, nor doth any murmur at it, because it goes not to 
 any Favourit, or private Purse, but to preserve them from the 
 Spaniard, their common Enemy as they term him ; so that the saying 
 is truely verified here, Defend vie, and spend tne : With this Accise 
 principally, they maintain all their Armies by Sea and Land, with 
 their Garrisons at home and abroad, both here, and in the Indies, and 
 defray all other public charges besides." 
 p. 122 [3] is: 'bee eu''r' (i6a2). [4— <5] ' Nobilitie & Gentlemen 
 
 multiplying in too great a proportion maketh &c.' (161 2). [4] States: 
 Lat. regttis et statibus. [5] Nobility and Gentlemen : Lat. nobiles 
 et patricii atque [gttos vocamus) generosi. [3] in effe<5l : adde 1 in 
 
 1625. [9] Labourer: Lat. mancipia et operarii, 'like as it is 
 
 in coplces, where' (1612). [10] siaddles: Lat. candicum sive arbo- 
 
 ru?n viajornm. [12 — 18] So in Countries. .Strength: altered from 
 
 ed. of 1612, where it stands thus: 'And take away the middle people, 
 & you take away the infantery, which is the- nerue of an Armie : and 
 you bring it to this, that not the hundreth pole will be fit for a helmet, 
 and so great population and little strength.' [18 — 34] This, which 
 
 ....Hirelings; added in 1625. , [23] ^h^ Middle People: Lat. 
 
 coloni et inferioris ordinis ho/nines. [25] Hist. 0/ Hen. 7, p. 73 — 75, 
 ed. 1622 : '''' Inclosnres at that time began to be more frequent, whereby 
 Arrable Land (which could not be manured without People and 
 Families) was turned into Pasture, which was easily rid by a few 
 Heards-7nen ; and Tenancies for Veares, Lines, diud At J Fill {where- 
 upon much of the Veoinanrie liued) were turned into Demesnes. 
 This bred a decay of People, and (by consequence) a decay of To^vnes, 
 Churches, Tithes, and the like. The King likewise knew full well, 
 and in no wise forgot, that there ensued withall vpon this a decay and 
 diminution of Subsidies and Taxes; for the more Gentlemen, euer 
 the lower Bookes of Subsidies. In remedying of this inconuenience, 
 the Kings Wisdome was admirable, and the Parliaments at that time. 
 Inclostires they would not forbid, for that had beene to forbid the 
 improuement of the Patrimonie of the Kingdome ; nor Tillage they 
 would not compell, for that was to striue with Nature and Vtilitie. 
 But they tooke a course to take away depopulating Inclosnres, and 
 depopulating Pasturage, and yet not by that name, or by any Impe- 
 rious expresse Prohibition, but by consequence. The Ordenance 
 was, That all Houses 0/ Husbandry, that were vsed ivith tiventie 
 Acres of Ground, andvprwards, should bee maintained and kept vp 
 for euer; together with a competent Proportion 0/ Land to be vsed 
 and occupied with them; and in no wise to bee seuered from them. 
 
326 
 
 Botes; 
 
 as by another Statute^ made aftenvards in his Successors time, was 
 more fully declared. This vpon Forfeiture to be taken, not by way of 
 Popular Anion, but by seizure of the Land it selfe, by the King and 
 Lords of the F'ee, as to halfe the Profits, till the Houses and Lands 
 were restored. By this meanes the Houses being kept vp, did of 
 necessitie inforce a D^veller; and the proportion of Land for Occupw- 
 tion being kept vp, did of necessitie inforce that Dweller not to be a 
 Begger or Cottager, but a man of some substance, that might kecpe 
 Hiends and Seruants, and set the Plough on going. This did wonder- 
 fully concerne the Might and Manner-hood oi the Kingdome, to haue 
 Fermes, as it were of a Standerd, sufficient to maintaine an able Body 
 out of Penurie, and did in effecSl amortize a great part of the Lands of 
 the Kingdome vnto the Hold and Occupation of the Yeomanrie or 
 Middle-People, of a Condition betweene Gentlemen, and Cottagers, 
 or Pesants. Now, how much this did aduance the Militar Power 
 of the Kingdome, is apparant by the true Principles of Warre, and 
 the Examples of other Kingdomes. For it hath beene held by the 
 generall Opinion of men of best Judgement in the Warres (howsoeuer 
 some few haue varied, and that it may receiue some distindlion of 
 Case) that the principall Strength of an Annie consisteth in the 
 Infanterie or Foot. And to make good Infanterie, it requireth men 
 bred, not in a seruile or indigent fashion, but in some free and plentiful I 
 manner. Therefore if a State runne most to Noblemen and GentU- 
 wen, and that the Husband-imn and Plough-men bee but as their 
 Work-folkes and Labourers, or else meere Cottagers (which are but 
 Housed- Beggers) you may haue a good Cauallerie, but neuer good 
 stable Bands of Foot; like to Coppice-Woods, that if you leaue \\\ 
 them Staddles too thicke, they will runne to Bushes and Briars, and 
 haue little cleane Vnder-wood. And this is to bee seene in France^ 
 and Italie, and some other Parts abroad, where in effedl all is, Noblesse, 
 or Pesantrie, I speake of People out of Townes, and no Middle 
 People; and therefore no good Forces oi Foot ; Insomuch, as they are 
 inforced to imploy Mercenarie Bands, of Switzers, and the like, for 
 their Battalions oi Foot. Whereby also it comes to passe, that those 
 Nations haue much People, and few Souldiors. Whereas the King 
 saw, that contrariwise it would follow, that England, though much 
 lesse in Territorie, yet should haue infinitely more Souldiours of their 
 natiue Forces, then those other Nations haue. Thus did the King 
 secretly sowe Hidraes teeth, wherevpon (according to the Poets 
 fidlion) should rise vp Armed men for the seruice of this Kingdome." 
 
 [34I — p. 123 [2] And thus Italy: ' Certainely K/V^7 coupled Armes 
 
 and the Plough together well in the constitution of ancient Italy' 
 
 (l6l2). 
 
 p- 123 [3] — p. 124 [34] Neither, .appeareth : added in 1625. [19] Dan. 
 iv. 10, &c. See Machiavelli Disc. sopr. Liz>. u. 3. [20] Comp. the 
 treatise "Of the true greatness of the Kingdom of Britain." Works, 
 VII. p. 52. [26] Comp. Machiavelli Z>«-c. j<7/r. Liv. 1.6. [30] See 
 Bacon's Speech on the Naturalization of the Scottish Nation, p. 23, 
 ed. 1641. nice: 'Lax. parci. .et difficiles. 
 
0oU% 327 
 
 p. 124 [5] Comp. Bacon's Speech on the Post-Nati of Scotland, p. 13, 
 ed. 1641. [21] containe : hat. Jro'narg. [30] Mr EHis inhis note 
 on the De Augvtentis, viir. c. 3 [Works, i. p. 797) quotes among the 
 foreign generals who held high commands in the armies of Spain, 
 "Bourbon, Prosper Colonna, Pescara, Egmont, Castaldo, Parma, Pic- 
 colomini, Spinola." He adds, "Of these, however, one or two might 
 almost be called Spaniards ; and it must be remembered that the domi- 
 nions both of Charles V. and of his successors extended beyond the 
 natural limits of the Spanish monarchy." The late Mr Buckle [Hist, of 
 Civ. II. 80) regarded this pra6lice at the end of the 17th century as 
 one of the signs of the decay of Spain. [33] Pragmaticall SanSlion. 
 See Mr Ellis's note {IVorks, i. p. 798); *'Soon after the accession of 
 Philip the Fourth a royal decree or Pragindttca was published which 
 attempted to carry out some of the recommendations of the council, 
 and which gave certain privileges to persons who married, and further 
 immunities to those who had six children." now: Lat. hoc anno, 
 i. e. 1622, when the Dg Augnieriiis was published. Mr Sidney Walker 
 [Crit. oil Shakespeare, 11. 216) conjedlured that we should read 'new.' 
 
 p. 125 \i — 4] 'Sedentary and within-doores Arts, and nice manufadlures, 
 that require rather the finger then the hand or arme, haue in their 
 nature a contrariety to a disposition militar' (1612). [6] Travaile : 
 'pain' (1612). [8] — p. 127 [28] Therefore. .Arming: added in 1625. 
 
 [11] Slaves: Lat. non ingenuos sed servos plenim que. did rid: 
 \u2X. €xpediebantur. [16J Lat. qui propterea alliciendi aitt saltern 
 facile recipiendi sunt. [29] Plutarch, Ro7n. 28; Livy, i. 16. 
 
 £34] though not wisely : Lat. non nitnis prudenter quidem scd dili- 
 genter tamen. 
 
 p. 126 [i] The Latin adds ut cives sui helligeratores essent. [3] The 
 Latin adds Britanni. [5] Lat. Turax idetn institutum, lege sua 
 paululum extimulati, Jwdie retinent. [25] Occasions (as may be 
 pretended): Lat. causas aut saltern pratexius. 
 
 p. 127 [6] Politique : Lat. publici. I30 — 34] * & to the politike body 
 of a Kingdome or estate, a ciuill warre is as the heate of a feuer : but 
 an honourable forraine warre is like the heate of exercise' {1612). 
 [33] Bacon {Hist, of Hen. 7, p. 68, ed. 1622) says of the rebellion of Sir 
 John Egremond, "when the King was aduertised of this new Insur- 
 reflion (being almost a Feuer, that tooke him euery yeare) &c." 
 
 p. 128 [i] and.. Health: added in 1625. [3] After 'Corrupt' the ed. 
 of 1612 has; "States liberall of naturalization, are capable of great- 
 nesse ; and the iealous states that rest vpon the first tribe & stirpe, 
 quickly want body to carrie the boughes and branches. Many are the 
 ingredients into the receit forgreatnesse." This was expanded in 1625 
 into the paragraph beginning p. 123, 1. 18. [3] — p. 130 [9] But howso- 
 ever. .To condude: added in 1625. [10] In his Considerations 
 touching a Warre with Spaine, p. 50, ed. 1629, speaking of the power 
 of that country. Bacon says ; "which Power, well sought into, will be 
 found, rather to consist in a Veterane Army, (such as vpon seuerall Occa- 
 sions and Pretensions, they haue euer had on foot, in one part or other 
 of Christendome, now by the space of (almost) sixscore ycares,) than in 
 
3z8 ilotc^ 
 
 the strength of their Dominions, and Prouinces." [14] Lat. Mon- 
 archia gturdam epitome est. [15] Cic ad Att. x. 8. [22] Fought 
 in Sept. B.C. 31 between the fleets of Antony and 0(5\avianus. 
 [23] Lepanto: Lat. Insulas Cursolares. The battle of Lepanto 
 was fought A.D. 1571 off the Kurzolari islands, Cervantes lost his hand 
 in the engagement. [24] Lat. cirathan in naribus Turca Posriit. 
 
 p. 129 [5] "Their Greatnesse consisteth in their Treasure: Their 
 Treasure in their Indies; And their Indies, (if it bee well weighed,) 
 are indeed but an Accession to such, as are Masters by Sea." Consi- 
 derations touching a IVarre with Spaine, p. 72, ed. 1629. [26] able 
 to enflame all Mens Courages : Lat. tot et tanta futirunt et tarn 
 insigfti splendore coruscantia, ut peSloribus mortaliuw, etiam maxi- 
 me conglaciatiSf igniculos subdere, eaque ad belluvi inJJammare 
 Potuerint. 
 
 p. 130 [10] Matt. vi. 27 ; Luke xii. 25. as the Scripture saith : added 
 
 in 1625. [ii] thi€: 'the' (1612). [12] *But certainly' (1612), 
 
 [14 — 20] to adde .. Chance : 'by ordinances and constitutions, and 
 maners which they may introduce, to sowe greatnesse to their pos- 
 teritie and succession. But these things are commonly left to chance' 
 (1612).^ 
 
 Essay 30 
 First published in the edition of 1597, slightly enlarged in 1612, and 
 again in 1625. 
 
 p. 131 [6, 7] not: omitted in 1597, first added in 1612. [10] Lat. qui 
 
 tamen in sene flute tandem velut debita exigentur. [12] After 
 
 'still' the ed. of 1612 has; "Certainly most lusty old men catch their 
 death by that aduenture." [12] For Age will not be Defied : added 
 
 in 1612; omitted in MS. [13I 'any sudden' (1597, 1612). 
 
 (15 — 17) For it is.. then one: added in 1612 but omitted in MS. 
 [i6] Possibly Bacon had in his mind what Madiiavelli says to the same 
 effe<5l [Disc, i, 26). [17] Lat. quam unnm magnum. [17]— p. 132 [3] Ex- 
 amine.. Body: added in 1625. [18] The Latin adds mansiones. 
 [22] Lat. ad consueta reddas. 
 
 p. 132 [6] 'is the best precept' (1597, l6I2^ [6 — 16] As for. .Nature : 
 
 added in 1625. [8] Lat. intus cohibitam. [10] Lat tristitiam 
 
 alte prcssain et non comtnunicatam. [13] Wonder, and : omitted in 
 the Latin. [18] for: 'to' (1597). [20 — 24] I commend, .lessc: 
 
 added in 1625. [25] your: 'the' (1597). (26) Lat. consilium 
 
 medicorum. [27] Lat. dum vales, corpore tuo utere; nee sis nimis 
 delicatus. [30] The Latin adds absque mult& tnedicatione. 
 
 [30] — p. 133 [6] added in 1612 but omitted in MS. [31] Celsus, de 
 
 Med. I. I. 
 
 p- 133 [6] Lat. robur acquiret. [8] 'humors' (1597, 1612). [10] Lat. 
 regulares et rigidi. [14] combine: 'compound' (1597). of cither 
 sort: 'of both sorts' (1597, 161 2). 
 
 Essay 31 
 First published in 1625. 
 
MoM 329 
 
 p. 134 [lo] Lat. lociein reperiunt. [12] Bacon describes Henry 7 as 
 
 '* hauing the composition of a wise King [Stout without, and apprehen- 
 suie within)." Hist. 0/ Hen. 7, p. 146. [21] \.dX.fumo enim et 
 
 tenehris alicnttir suspiciones. 
 
 p. 135 [i] Lat. angelos esse aut sanSlos. [5] Lat. rcTnedia parare ac 
 
 si suspiciones essent verce. [11] Buzzes: Lat. inattes bombi. 
 
 [12] Lat. externa artijicio. [20] Lat. cautum magis et circumspec- 
 turn. Xfii^'L.Tit. diverbitinthabetur apud Italos^ Antith. XLX ; 
 
 Siispicio fidem absolvit. Mr Singer gives as another form of the pro- 
 verb, Sospetto di Tiranno fede non arma. 
 
 Essay 32 
 
 First published in 1597, enlarged in 1612, and ag^in in 1625. In 
 the 'Sbort notes for civil Conversation' [Works, vir. p. 109), para- 
 graphs 4—8 are almost verbatim a repetition of this Essay. 
 
 P- 130 [7] Lat. ccetera steriles et jejuni. Comp. Plutarch's Morals, 
 trans. Holland, p. 8 ; "to be able to speak of one thing and no more, 
 is first and formest in my conceit no small signe of ignorance." 
 [9] when it is once perceived : added in 1625. [10] Part : * kind'(i6i2). 
 [ii] Lat. ansam sermon is preebe re. give: 'guide' in the printed 
 ed. of 1597, but 'giue' in the MS. which is printed in the Appendix to 
 the present volume. [14] *It is good to varie and mixe speech, &c.' 
 (1597, 161 2). [76] "LzX.. qucestiones cum positivis. [17 — 19] For 
 
 it is a dull Thing, .farre; added in 1625. [18] Lat. in aliqud 
 
 snbjeflo diutius /uerere. [20] As for lest, &c. : * But some thinges 
 
 are priuiledged from iest' (1597, 1612). 
 
 p. 137 [2 — 7] Yet there be. . . .Loris: added in 1625. [7] Ovid, Met. ir. 
 127. [8, 9I And generally. . Bitternesse : added in 1612, but both 
 
 this sentence and the next are omitted in the MS. [13] Lat. 
 
 placebit in inultis. [16] Lat. scientiani suam ostentandi. 
 
 [18—25] But let. .GalHards : added in 1625. [24] Lat. Sicut tib'- 
 
 cines inoderari solent saltantibiis. [29] ought to be seldome, and 
 
 well chosen : 'is not good often' (1597, 1612). [30 — 32] I knew. . 
 
 Himsclfe: added in 1625. 
 
 p. 138 [2] 'as whereunto' (1597, 1612). [3 — 6] Speech of Touch 
 
 any Man: added in 1612, but omitted in MS. [3] Lat. alios ptmgens 
 et vellicafis. [5, 6] Lat. instar cainpi aperti in quo spatiari licet, 
 
 non vice regies qu<e deducit domum. [6—14] I knew. .Dinner: 
 
 added in 1625. Lat. scomma aliquod. [16] Lat. apte loqui et 
 
 accotnvtodate. [19] 'sheweth' (1597, 1612). [2i]Setled: 'set* 
 
 (1597)- [24] As it is betwixt the Grey-hound, and the Hare : added 
 
 in 1625. Comp. Adv. of L. 11. 14, §6. [27] Lat. abruptum quiddam 
 estet ingratuin. 
 
 Essay 33 
 First published in 1625. The Latin title is ^ De plantationibus popu- 
 lorum, et coloniis. ' 
 p. 139 [s] Primitive : omitted in the Latin. [3] Comp. Lucr. v. 823, 4. 
 
fi3] L.zt. /ruflus uher ei locupies. [i6] Lat. siil iniiits coloniaruin, 
 [21 J Lat. exiiles et damnati. [22] Lat. corrtnupit et perdit. 
 
 p. 140 [i] Lat Hujiisntodi eniin homines projiigati instar erronum 
 degunt. [3] Lat. et colonue fastidio afficientur. Lat. nuncios et 
 
 literas in patria>n viittent in piantationis preejudicium et dedecus. 
 [6J Lat. priEci/nie sint artifices generuin sequentinm. [7] Carpen- 
 
 ters, loyners: l^'sX. fabri lignarii. [10] Lat. 2i^ds cervisiarii et 
 
 hiijusmodi. [11] Lat. esculeniontm et pociilentorum. [12] Lat. 
 
 siiu culturA. [18J The Latin adds ntcloncs, pepones, cucumeres. 
 
 I19] The Latinadds J/V/^«rtW. [27]Meale: 'Lzl. farin^e otnnigeno'. 
 [31] The Latin adds ciiniculi. The Latin adds, Prcecipio autem 
 
 piscationibus incumbendum, turn ad stistentationent colonur^ turn 
 ad lucrum exportationis. 
 
 p. 141 [2] Lat. horreis publicis assignetur. [6] I^at. merces natixfas. 
 
 [8] Lat. itt exporiatio earum in loca itbi max i me in pretio sunt 
 sumptus levet. [9 — 12] The order of these clauses is inverted in the 
 Latin. [11] In Captain John Smith's Hist, of Virginia, p. 165, cd. 
 1626, among the answers given by him to the commissioners for the 
 reformation of Virginia, we find the following: — ** Quest, 2. What 
 conceiue you should be the cause, though the country be good, there 
 comes nothing but Tobacco? Ans^v. The oft altering of Gouemours 
 it seemes causes euery man make vse of his time, and because Come 
 was stinted at two shillings sixpence the bushel 1, and Tobacco at three 
 shillings the pound, and they value a mans labour a yeere worth fifty 
 or threescore pound, but in Come not worth ten pound, presuming 
 Tobacco will furnish them with all things ; now make a mans labour in 
 Come worth threescore pound, and in Tobacco but ten pound a man, 
 then shall they haue Come sufficient to entertaine all commers, and 
 keepe their people in health to doe any thing, but till then, there will 
 be little or nothing to any purpose." [12] The Latin adds in regio- 
 
 nibus desertis. [13] but too much: omitted in the Latin. Lat. 
 
 Itaque ligna ad cedificia, naves, aut ej'usmodi ttsus apta, inter praci- 
 puas merces numeranda. [16] Lat. salis nigri confeflio per calorein 
 solis. \\Z\%rovi\w%^^^\ \j,2X. sericum vegetabiU. [24] The 
 
 Latin adds similiter et alia qiue perquiri possuni. Lat. verunt 
 fodinis ne confidas nimium pra^sertim a principio. [25] Lat. 
 
 fodintB enim fallaces sunt et sumptuoser, et spe pulchrA laflantes. 
 [33] — p. 142 [3] Let not. . Number : Lat. Rurstts, Colonia a numerosiore 
 concilio {intelligo in regione, matre colonice, residente) nan pendeai; 
 nee ob contributiones exiguas muliitudini nimice subj'iciatur; sed sit 
 jtumerus eorum, qui negotia colonic procuraut et ordinant, modera- 
 tus. [6J Lat. vefligalibus et portoriis. [9] Lat. in quascunque 
 
 velint partes. [10] of Caution : omitted in the Latin. 
 
 p. 142 [11] The Latin adds aut superoneres. [14 — 16] Lat. ut coloni 
 
 bene viflitant, nee penuriA affl-igantur. [18] Lat. in locis paliddi- 
 
 tiosis et aquosi's. [21] Lat. paulatim tamen in superioris regionis 
 
 partes et ab aquis remot lores ascendendum. [24] \j3X. quo cibi, 
 
 quos 7'ensivtile est putridos aliter s<rpe futuros, condiantur. 
 
 P- 143 [3] Lat. ut planiatio ex sese propagetur nee semper ab extemis 
 
iaoteg 331 
 
 fcudeai. [8] Lat. nil aliudest quain proditio mera prefusioqtte 
 
 sanguinis complurium. 
 
 Essay 34 
 Greatly enlarged from the ed. of 161 2. 
 
 r. 144 [i] Pro7mis, fol. 2 a, "Divitiae impedimenta virtutis: The bag- 
 gage of vertue." [2, 3] The Roman, .impedimenta: omitted in the 
 Latin. . [3] Antith. vi ; Non aliud droit ias dixerim, qicam impedi- 
 vienta virtutis; nam virtuti et necessari^ESunt, et graves. [5] nor 
 left behinde : omitted in the Latin. [6] loseth, or : omitted in the 
 
 Latin. [10] Eccl. v. i. [12 — 14] Lat. Possessio divitiarum nulla 
 voluptate dominum per/undit, quantum ad sensum. Antith. vi ; 
 
 Divitiarum magnantm vel custodia est, vel dispensatio qiuedam, vel 
 /atna; at nullus usus. Annon vides lapillis et idgettus dcliciis 
 
 Jingi pretia^ ut possit esse aliquis magnantm divitiarum. usus? 
 [i6J The Latin adds et injlatio ab ipsis. [21] you will say ; added 
 
 in 1625. Lat. usum earum vel in hoc maxime cet^ti posse. 
 
 p. 145 [i] Prov. xvii:. 11 ; in the Latin the whole verse is quoted. 
 [2] Lat. Sedcaute Salomon. [9] Lat. instar monachi alicujus auta 
 seculo abstraHi. [11] Cic pro Rabir. Post. 2. [13]— p. 147 [32] Heark- 
 en also. .Service: added in 1625. [15] Prov. xxviii. 20. [27] Lat. 
 per. . injusticiam et scelera. [30] Lat. neque tamen ipsa omnino 
 
 innocens est. 
 
 p. 146 [2] The Latin adds et lucra rust lea. [6] Lat. dives erat. .sylvis 
 tarn cadjiis qtcam grandioribus. T^s] Lat. nundinarum et merca- 
 
 tuujn. [18] younger: omitted in the Latin. [19] Lat. lucra ex 
 
 pro/essionibus. [24] Lat. servos et mifiistros alienos in damnum 
 
 dominorum corrumPat. [26] Lat. artijlciose et vafre. [27] Lat. 
 qua omnes mcrito damnandce sunt. 
 
 p. 147 [5] Lat. homines fortunarutn dubiarum quandoque extollettt. 
 [16] Lat. vix/ortunarum dispendia vitabit. [24] Lat. per servititim 
 regum aut magnatufn dignitatevt quandatn habent. [29] Tac. 
 
 Ann. xni. 42. [32, 33] 'Neither trust thou much others, that seeme 
 to despise them' (1612). [33] Antith. vi; Divitias contem7i7tnt qui 
 desperant. 
 
 p. 148 [2] Prov. xxiii. 5. [4] Lat. moribundi. [5] Lat. aut usui 
 
 publico, aut liberis cognatis et amicis. [10] In his Advice to the 
 
 King, touching Mr. Sitttons Estate, Bacon said, it "seemeth to me, 
 as a Sacrifice without Salt: Having the Materials, of a Good Inten- 
 tion, but not powdred, with any such Ordinaftccs, and Institutions, as 
 may preserve the same from turning Corrupt ; Or, at least, from 
 becomming Unsavoury, and of little Use." Resuscitatio, p. 265. This 
 was written in 1613. [14] thine Advancements: Lat. dona tua. 
 
 Essay 35 
 
 This Essay is omitted in the Latin translation, 
 p. 149 [5I 1 Sam. xxviii. 19. The witch of Endor is called m^ilier Pytho- 
 fum habens in the Vulgate, as having the spirit of Python, like the 
 
332 iJotejJ 
 
 girl at Philippi in Acls xvii. 16. [7] The verses are Virgil's {ySn, 
 
 III. 97), but adapted from Horn. //. xx. 307, 8. [12] Seneca, Affd. 
 
 II. 374—8. [19] Her. III. 124. 
 P- 150 [3] Plut. A/ex. 2. [10] Appian, Brl/. Civ. TV. 134. [11] Sue- 
 tonius [Galb. 4) tells it of Augustus, not Tiberius. [13] Tac. Hist. 
 V. 13. [17] Suet. Dom. 23. The same story is told in the Adv. of 
 L. I. 7, § 4, and in a letter from Bacon to King James on a Digest of 
 the Laws of England. [21] '■''One day ivJun King Henry the Sixth 
 {whose Innocencie gaue hivi Holines) was %vashi*tg his hands at a 
 great Feast, and cast his Eye ztpon King Henry, tJun a young 
 Youth, he said; This is the Lad, that shall possesse quietly that, that 
 we now striue for." Hist. 0/ Hen. 7, p. 247. ShalcsjHire has intro- 
 duced the incident (3 Hen. 6, iv. 6), "Come hither, England's hope: 
 If secret powers, &c." See Holinshed, in, p. 678 b, ed. 1587. 
 [24] The same story is told by De Thou [Hist. Lib. xxii. ad fin.), 
 who says the A.strologer was Luca Gaurico, an Italian. But Bayle 
 {Di6l. art. Henri 11.) has shewn that Gaurico's predictions, made in 
 1552 and 1556, were wholly different. I ara indebted to Mr Daniel, 
 of the Battersea Training College, for the following quotation from 
 Les Prophctics of Nostradamus (i cent. 35 quatr. ed. 1568). 
 Le lyon icune le visnx surmontera, 
 En cJiamp bcUique par singulier duelUt 
 Dans cage d'or les yeux luy creitera, 
 Deux classes vne puis monrir mort cntelle. 
 In the ed. of 1668 the last line nins Deux playes une, pour ^c. 
 [33] Henry 2 of France was killed at a tournament in 1559. 
 p. 151 [3] Another form is given in the Ancient Scottish Prop^ucies, 
 edited for the Bannatyne Club, 1833 ; 
 
 When Hempe is come and also gone, 
 Scotland and England shall be all one. 
 [16] Mr Daniel has suggested to me that the 'Baugh' is probably 
 the Bass Rock, and the 'May' the Isle of May in the Frith of Forth. 
 Compare The Covtplaynt of Sir D. Lyndsay [}VorkSy i. p. 277, ed. 
 Chalmers}. 
 
 Quhen the Bas, and the He of May, 
 Beis set upon the Mont Sinay. 
 [24] The date of the prophecy was a.d. 1475. It is quoted at length 
 by Bayle [Di6l. art. Stofler, not; d) from the Mercurius Gallo-Bel- 
 giais (an. 1589; Wolfii Le6l. Mem. to. 2, p. 1028} of Jansonius 
 Doccomensis Frisius. 
 
 Post utille explctos a Partu virginis annos, 
 
 Et post quingentos 7iirsus ab axe datos^ 
 Oriuagcsiunis oHavus vtirabilis annus 
 
 Ingruet, et secum tristia fata trahet. 
 Si non Jtoc anno totus male coftcidet orbis. 
 
 Si non in nihilum terra fretuntque rjtatl 
 Cnnfla tamen mundi sursum ibunt atque deorsum 
 Impefia, et luHus undique grandis erit. 
 
itotw 333 
 
 According to De Thou [Hist. lib. xc. sub init.) the prophecy of 
 Johannes Miiller, of Regiomontanus, as he was called from Konigs- 
 berg the place of his birth, was originally contained in four German 
 verses, which were still to be seen in De Thou's time in a monastery 
 at Kuchel in Austria. They were translated into Latin by Caspar 
 Bruschius, and published with a tract of Engelbert Abbot of Admont, 
 de ortu et fino R. hnperii. Bruschius altered them considerably in 
 his translation, and made them refer to events which were to happen 
 under one Sixtus. Another curious alteration is made in a recent 
 work, called Das Buck der IVahr- und IVeisstignngetiy Regensburg, 
 1859, where the second line reads thus, 
 
 Et septingentos riirsus abire dates, 
 and the prophecy is referred to the French Revolution. Bacon again 
 quotes it in his Considerations touching a Warre with Spaine^ pp. 49, 
 50, ed. 1629. [29] Arist. Eg. 195, &c. 
 p. 152 [10] An a(5l against fond and fantastical prophecies was passed, 
 5 Eliz. cap. 15 [1562]. See also 3 and 4 Ed. vi. cap. 15, and 33 Hen. 
 VIII. cap. 14 (Pickering's Statutes at Large, vi. 207, Cambr. 1763). 
 £26] Bacon refers to the Critias^ which in Cornarius' Latin trans- 
 lation is called "Critias sive Atlanticus." 
 
 Essay 36 
 
 Greatly enlarged from tlie ed. of 1612. 
 
 P- 153 [6] Lat. si in ainbitn et petitione suit 7'epnlsas non patiantur. 
 
 [9] The Latin adds et sitbinde /rustrentur. [11] Lat. in sinu latan^ 
 
 tur. [13] 'the worst propertie that can be' (1612). 
 
 [25] — p. 155 [11] But since. .Wood: added in 1625. 
 p. 154 [13] 'LzX.. Alius ususambitiosoruninofi parvus; ut preegrandibus 
 
 alas amptitent,et eorum potentiajn labefa^lent. [i6] Dio Cass. 
 
 LViii. 9. [26] Ambitions : omitted in the Latin. hat. procern/n 
 
 ant vtagistratmivi. [30] Lat. ceqne ainbitiosos et protervos. 
 
 [34] Lat. allicere . .ct aniviare. 
 P- 155 [2, 3] Lat. quantum ad tngenerandam tllam in ainbitiosis 
 
 opinionem, ut se ruince proximos putent, atqne eo inodo contineantur. 
 
 [12] 'the lesse' (1612). [14] Lat. confusionem consilioriim. 
 
 [15 — 17] But yet. .Dependances: added in 1625. [17] Lat. quigratil 
 
 et clietttelis pollet. [18] Lat. inter strefiuos et negotiis pares. 
 
 [20] The Latin adds, ut viros cordatos deprimat. [22] Lat. tribus 
 
 iftsignitur commodis. [24] Lat. ad viros priticipes, [30] and 
 
 States : omitted in the Latin. 
 
 Essay 37 
 Not translated in the Latin. 
 
 Essay 38 
 
 Slightly altered and enlarged from the ed. of 1612. 
 
 P- 159 [5] The Latin adds after 'Importune/ sed non tolhtnf. 
 
 [9] Faylings; 'failes' (1612). [12] Lat. natatorcs recentes. 
 
334 i^ote^ 
 
 [19 — 21] Like to. .Angry: omitted in the MS. [20] The Latin adds, 
 priusqiiam quicquavt faceret. [21] Lat. secufido, naturant mode- 
 
 7ari et ai minores portionesdeducere. [22] — p. 160 [2] As if. . Meale : 
 omitted in the MS. 
 
 p. 160 [i] Lat. a majoribits haustibus ad minores. [2] Lat. natiirani 
 penitus sub jtigian vtittere et doinare. [6J Ovid, Retn. Am. 293. 
 
 [8 — 11] The MS. has, "neither is it amisse to bend nature to a con- 
 trarye extreame, where it is noe vice." [14 — 17J See Adv. of L, 11. 
 19, § 2 ; Cic. de Orator, i. 33. [19 — 28] But let not. .moved with it: 
 added in 1625. [22] Babrius, Fab. 32. 
 
 p. i6i [i] Ps. cxx. 6, Vulgate; quoted agfain in Bacon's Letter to Sir 
 Thomas Bodley {Cabala, p. 64). [4] Lat. quicguid a naturd iuA 
 
 alienum re/>erias. [5] Lat. ad ejtisdem exercitationes et niedita- 
 
 t tones. [9 — 12] A Mans, .the Other : added in 1625. 
 
 Essay 39 
 
 Enlarged from ed. of 1612. 
 
 p. 162 [i] Ant it/t. x; Cogitainus secundum naturam; loquimur secun- 
 dum pracepta; sed agitnus secundum cottsuetuditutn. \fi\Duc. 
 sopr. Liv. III. 6. [12] Lat. aut in promissis constantibus nedum 
 juramentis. [13] Lat viris sanguinolentis et jamdudum ccedibus 
 assuetis. [15] Friar Clement assassinated Hen. 3 of France, 2 Aug. 
 1589. [16] Henry 4 was stabbed by Ravaillac 4 May, 1610. John 
 Jaureguy attempted the life of William the Silent, Prince of Orange, 
 18 March, 1582. On 10 July, 1584, the Prince was shot by Balthazar 
 Gerard, a fanatic (Motley, Dutch Rep. in. 538, 608). [17] The 
 Latin adds aw/ Guidotu Faulxie. [18] Observe the double negative. 
 Lat. Jidetn et fcrociam. [20] Lat. pritna classis sicarii. The 
 translator has evidently missed the point of the phrase * Men of the. 
 first Bloud,' which simply means men who for the first time have their 
 hands in murder. 
 
 p. 163 [8 — 26] We see also . . Body : added in 1625. [9] Cic. Tusc. v. 
 
 a?. § 78; Q. Curt. VIII. 9; Strabo, xv. i, § 62; Val. Max. 11. 6, § 14. 
 I^at. loquor de gymnosophistis veteribus et tnodemis. [16] Lat. vixr 
 ejulatu aut getnitu ullo emisso. The Translator evidently understood 
 'queching' in the sense of screeching, crying out, but Nares (G^&jjrtry) 
 says it is the same as quick, to move, flinch. Cic Tusc. 11. 14, § 34 ; 
 V. 27, § 77. [18] The story is told of Brian O'Rourke, who was 
 
 executed in May 1597, but this could hardly have been called the 
 beginning of Queen Elizabeth's time. See Cox, Hist, of Ireland, p. 
 399, ed. 1692 ; Biog. Brit. art. Ralegh, note C. This incident 
 i.s introduced into The first part of Sir John Oldcastle (K 3 verso, 
 ed. 1600), where the Irishman appeals to the judge: * Pre thee Lord 
 shudge let me have mine own clothes my strouces there, and let me 
 bee hanged in a wyth after my country the Irish fashion.' [21] See 
 Giles Fletcher's Russe Commonzvealth, pp. 89, 90, ed. 1591. [31] iu 
 iflfedl: 'nothing* (1612). [32] — p. 164 [i] So we see .. afterwards ; 
 added in 1625. 
 
Mom 335 
 
 p. 164 [i] Lat. in ptieritid aui adolesceniiA. [9] Collegiate: 
 
 *in troupe' (1612). [14] The Latin adds et {ut chymicorunt 
 
 vocabulo utar) projeflio. [17] The Latin adds giiin et leges 
 
 bonce, [18] much: added in 1625. 
 
 Essay 40 
 
 Slightly enlarged and altered from the ed. of 1612. 
 
 p. 165 \i\ * to a mans fortune' (161 2) : Lat. adforttinaspromovendas vel 
 deprimendas. Favour: Lat. gt-ntia alictijus ex magiiatibus. 
 
 'oportune death of others' (1612). [5] his owne hands : 'himselfe' 
 
 (1612). Faber. .Poet: added in 1625. The saying is attributed to 
 
 Appius in the treatise de Republ. orditi. 11. i, which is generally 
 assigned to Sallust. But Mr Mark by conje6lures, with great proba- 
 bility, from a passage in the Adv. of L. 11. 24, § 8, that Bacon imagined 
 the phrase to have grown out of a verse of Plautus {Trin. 11. 2, 87) : 
 ^^ Nam pol sapiens (saith theComicall Poet) Fingii/ortunam sibi, and 
 it grewe to an adage, Faber quisque/ortunce proprice." [6] Lat. 
 
 inquit Comicus. [9] Adagia, p. 82 ; 6<^is t\v fxrj ^dyY) o^w, SpaKtav 
 
 ov yevrjcreTai, Given also in a slightly different form in Mich. Apo- 
 stolii Frov. cent. xv. 55. The Latin adds i4i inqtiit adaghtm: 
 [12] 'hidden and secret' (1612). [13] Fortune. Certaine : The 
 
 editions of 1612 and 1625 both have a fi^U stop after * Fortune.' It 
 should probably be a colon. [16] 'no stonds' (1612). [17 — 19] But 
 \}cv3X. .Fortune: added in 1625. [19] 'saith Liuie well* (1612). 
 [20] Livy, XXXIX. 40. 
 
 p. 166 [5] Antith. XI ; Fortuna veluti Galaxia. [11] The MS. has, 
 
 "The Italians have found out one of them ; Poco di matto, when they 
 speak of one that cannot do amisse." [23, 24] The French. .R emu- 
 
 ant: omitted in the Latin. [29] The Latin adds eeeq7te vicissim 
 
 pariunt atiimos et aufloritatem. [34] Higher Powers : the MS. 
 
 ends here. [34] — p. 167 [23] So Ccesar. .Magnus: added in 1625. 
 
 p. 167 [i] Plut. Cces. 38. [2] Plut. Syll. 34. [6] Plut. Syll. 6. See 
 Adv. o/L. II. 23, § 8. [11—17] Certainly. .Selfe: added in 1625. 
 
 [14] Plut. Timol. 36. See Colours of Good and Evil, 9, 
 
 Essay 41 
 
 In a letter from Bacon to Secretary Conway, dated Gray's Inn, ag 
 March, 1623, he says, " I was looking over some short papers of mine 
 touching usury, how to grind the teeth of it, and yet to make it grind 
 to his Majesty's mill in good sort, without discontent or perturbation : 
 if you think good I will perfedl it, as I send it to his Majesty as some 
 fruits of my leisure. But yet I would not have it come as from me, not 
 from any tenderness in the thing, but because I know well in the 
 courts of princes it is usual tton res, sed displicet au£lor.^* (Dixon's 
 Pers. Hist, of Lord Bacon., p. 296). This fixes approximately the time 
 at which the Essay "Of Usurie" was written. The subjedl of Usury 
 was then being much discussed. On the 2nd of March, 1623, a bill was 
 brotight into parliament against Usury and passed the Commons on 
 
33'5 
 
 i^otc^ 
 
 the 26ih of April. Two years before, on 18 April, 1621, a bill for 
 the abatement of Usury had been brought in. 
 
 p. 168 [4] Ah Adl of 37 Hen. 8, cap. 6, had restridled the rate of usance to 
 10 per cent. In the reign of Edw. 6 Usury was forbidden, but in 
 Elizabeth's time the a6l of Hen, 8 was revived under certain restric- 
 tions. See p. 147, 1. I. [8] Virg. Georg. iv. 168. [10] Gen. iii. 
 19. [14] Overbury's Charaflcrs; The Devillish Vsurer. See 
 Arist. Pol. I. 3, § 23. [16J Matt. xix. 8. [22] Lat. de argentariis 
 et "excantbiis publicis. 
 
 p. 169 [2] Lat. ne dian faenore feramur in melius^ intercipiamur et 
 iiicidamus in pejus. [9] Vena Porta: see the note on p. 80, 1. 21. 
 
 [16] Lat. portorioruni et veSligaliutn imminutio. [20, 21] This 
 
 passage should evidently be pointed thus : * Uncertainties, at the end 
 of the Game, Most &c.' 
 
 p. 170 [14] Lat. distraniones Preproperce. 
 
 p. 171 [i] The Latin adds quod modo feciiuits. [20] The Latin adds si 
 710S audies. [25 — 30] Lat. Quandoguidevi anntius valor prcedioruniy 
 hie apiidnos in Anglid, excedit ilium /atnoris ad hanc proportionetn 
 redaSli, quantum annuus valor sex librarum excedit ilium quinque 
 tantum. [26] Lat. ruri et alibi degentibus. 
 
 p. 172 [3] After ' Merchants' the Latin adds ^-^ no n a His quibuscunque 
 hominibus, omitting the words 'uiX)n Usury at a Higher Rate.* 
 [9—13] omitted in the Latin. [24—26] Lat. ita enim, preetextu 
 
 licentiamm, opportunitatem non habebunt pecunias aliorutn pro suis 
 commodandi. [30^34] omitted in the Latin. 
 
 Ess.w 42 
 
 Enlarged from the ed. of 1612, where it is called * Of Young men and 
 Age.' 
 
 P- 173 [6 — 9] And yet. .Divinely ; added in 1625, [13 — 17] As it was. . 
 List: added in 1625. [14] Spartian. Vit. Sev.: quoted again in 
 
 Apoph. 98. [18 — 20] As it is seene. .and others : added in 1625, 
 
 P- 174 [3] ^g^' Lat. Scnuvi. [5] New Things : 'things meerly new' 
 
 (1612). [15, 16] Care not. .Inconveniences: omitted in the Latin. 
 
 [30] Good for: 'in respe<5l of (1612). \2,\\Rabbine: ' Kabdy' [\6i2). 
 Abrabanel in his Commentary on Joel has the same remark, which is 
 again referred to in the Adv. of L. i. 3, § 3, Compare also Hugo de 
 St Vidlore (i. p. 100, Ven. 1588) ; seues somniant genere somnii con- 
 templatorio, juvenes vident intellefluali genere visionis et re- 
 vela torio. 
 
 ?• 17s [i] Joel ii- 28. [9 — end] added in 1625. [13] Hermogenes : 
 
 see Philostr. Vit. Sophist. 11. 7 : es 5e av8pa<: tjkwv d^jpeOrf ttjv e^tv, 
 iiir' ovfiejLiias (}>avepas voarov. According to Suidas this happened when 
 he was 24. 
 
 p. 175 [20] Cic. Bntt. 95. [21] Lat. nimium effenmtur. [23] Lat 
 atas proveHior. [24] Livy, xxxviii. 53 ; the phrase is from Ovid, 
 
 Her. IX. 23, 24. 
 
Mom 337 
 
 Essay 43 
 
 Slightly enlarged from the ed. of 1612. 
 
 p. 176 [i] Aniith. 11; Virtus^ nt gemma nobilis, melius inseritur sine 
 mnlto auro ei ornntu. In the From»s, fol. 2 3, we find, " Vertue like 
 a ryche stone, best plaine sett." [8] Lat. ut no7i turpiter erraret. 
 
 [11 — 16] But this. .Times: added in 1625. [16] Lat. et nihilominus 
 perpulchri. [i8j Lat. oris ct corporis tnotits. [21] 'and there is 
 
 no* (1612). 
 
 p- 177 [i] 'proportions* (1612). [2] Apelles: not Apelles, but ZeuxiS 
 
 (Cic. de Inv. ii. i, § i ; Pliny, xxxv. 36, § 2), who, when painting a 
 pi(fture for the temple of Juno Lacinia at Croton, seledled five of the 
 most beautiful virgins of the country, that his painting might present 
 the best features of each. The allusion to Albert Durer is to his 
 treatise, De Symtnetrid partiujn humani corporis. Comp. Donne's 
 Satires, iv. 204—206; 
 
 "And then by Durer's rules survey the state 
 Of his each limb, and with strings the odds tries 
 Of his neck, to his leg, and waste to thighs." 
 [3] the : added in 1625. [12 — 15] A man. .doe well : added in 1625. 
 
 [17] The Latin adds, secunduvi illtid Euripidis. The original is pre- 
 served in Plutarch, Alcib. l. 5: irdvTOiV tiZv KoXtZv Koi to fxeToiriapov 
 KaKov. It occurs again Apoph. 145. Bacon entered it in \}[i^ Promus^ 
 fol. 8 a. [20] 'and by considering:' in the MS. of the ed. of 16x2. 
 
 [24] Lat. seneflutem atiietn sero Poenitcntem. 
 
 Essay 44 
 
 Slightly altered from the ed. of 161 2. 
 Chamberlain in a letter to Sir Dudley Carleton, written Dec. 17, 
 1612, soon after the publication of the second edition of the Essays, 
 says, *' Sir Francis Bacon hath set out new essays, where, in a 
 chapter of Deformity, the world takes notice that he paints out his 
 little cousin to the life" {Life and Times of yatnes I. i. 214). "His 
 little cousin" was Robert Cecil, Earl of Salisbury. 
 
 p. 178 [i] Antith. 11; Deformes ftaturam nlcisci solent. [4] partt 
 
 added in MS. in the ed. of 1612. Rom. i. 31 ; 2 Tim. iii. 3. [5] 
 
 And so they have their Revenge of Nature : omitted in the Latin. 
 
 P- 179 [3I 'specially' (1612). [ii] 'vpon the whole matter' (1612). 
 
 Lat. si 7'efn diligenter introspicias. [21] Lat. Manet ilia regula 
 quam an tea posnimiis. [24— end] 'and therefore they prooue 
 
 cither the best of men, or the worst, or strangely mixed' (1612), 
 
 Essay 45 
 
 p. 180 [14] Lat. variis eestilms reciprocantur. [20] iEsop, Fab. 275. 
 
 Prometheus made a man, Zeus a bull, and Athene a house, and Momus 
 was chosen judge. After finding fault with the bull for not having his 
 horns below his eyes so that he could see where to strike, and with 
 
 Z 
 
338 
 
 Moui 
 
 the man for not having a door in his breast (see Aifv. of L. ii. 23, 
 § 11), he said the house should have been built upon wheels that it 
 might be removed from ill neighbours. 
 
 p. 181 [4] the Commoditie: Lat. commoditas nulla, and this seems ne- 
 cessary to the sense. [10 — 14] Lat. qtue singula niinime eo animo 
 enuvteramus ac si damns aliqua his incommodis omnibus vacare 
 Possit, venun ui tot ex illis evitemus quot evitare concedatur. [16] 
 Plutarch, Luc u II. 39; Apoph. 106. [25] in the Oratours Art: 
 
 omitted in the Latin. 
 
 p. ib2 [4] Esth, i. 6. Lat. et portionem niansionis sive familia. [5} 
 Lat. ad pampas, magni/icentias, et ceUbritates. [7] Lat. non ut 
 
 latera. dovtus. [14] Fortie : Lat. quinquaginta. [15, 16] Lat tt 
 subter earn cameram item alteram, similis longitudinis et latitu- 
 dinis: qute apparatum ct instruflionem ad fcsta, liuios, et ejusmodi 
 magnijicetitias, aSlores etiam dum se ornent, et parent, commode 
 recipiat. [19] with a Partition betweene : omitted in the Latin. 
 
 [23] The Latin adds excepto sacello. [27] Eighteene : Lat. quin- 
 
 dccim. [30, 31] omitted in the Latin. [31] Lat. grad?is autem 
 
 iurris apertos esse, et in se revertentes, et per senos subinde divisosl 
 utrinque statuis ligneis inauratis, vel saltern a-nei coloris cinflos. • 
 
 p. 183 [2] Lat. verum cavendum ne locus ubi famuli comedant sit dd 
 
 , imum gradum vel prope ; si enim sit, ciborum nidor ascendet^ tan' 
 quam in tubo quodam. [8j Sixteene : Lat. viginti. [23] Lat. 
 
 latus universum arece. [25] The Latin adds sint in laquearibus. 
 [27] Lat. ubi pingantur columfur, imagines omnigence, flores, et 
 similia, [28 — 30] Lat. At latus ex parte familiar, simul cum 
 
 latere tertio e regione front is, compleflatur cameras prasentiales; 
 et alias usus et decoris ordifiarii. [34] Lat. cubicula et camera. 
 
 p. X84 [6] Lat. ad planum eedificii, et minime protuberantes. [13] 
 
 Lat. diuB scilicet ex ittroque latere arece. [20] The Latin adds 
 
 quatenus ad duo latera. [25] 'Lzt. fons splendidus. [31] The 
 
 Latin adds tarn ex cameris et conclavibus et porticibus. [33] Lat, 
 
 Habeant autem portiones singula trgris destinatee [ut moderni fo^ 
 quuntur) Antecafneram, Cameram ad cubilc et Re-cameram. 
 
 p. 185 [3] The Latin adds ex omnibus tribus lateribus. [5] Lat 
 
 ad augulos duos lateris transversi in solaria secundo. [g\ Lat. 
 
 sint autem cone lav ia ilia rebus curios is omnigcttis, et speflatu dig fits ^ 
 refer ta. [13] Lat. qui per secretas tubos iterum transeant. Then 
 
 follows the add'tional clause ; Interior autem pars, in solaria supe* 
 riore versus aream, forme tur in porticus et atnbulacra, bene munita 
 et obdufla, ad usum canvalescentium. [15] The Latin adds nam 
 
 de balncis et piscinis non laquar. [16] Lat area viridis, gramine 
 
 vestiia, cum pariete in circuitu, et j'uxta parietem arboribus, ordine 
 posit is, sata. [23 — 35] Lat. sed ambulacris supra coluinnas, non 
 
 arcus, ereHis; in summitate vera plumba, vcl lapide quadrato^ 
 coopertis, et ad latera elegantibus statuis parvis, etnei coloris, muui* 
 its clausam. [27] Lat. porticus hnmiliores et obie^Ue. 
 
iaotc^ 339 
 
 Essay 46 
 
 p. 186 [5] Lat. ntaujis taniuni sunt opera, fiec sapiunt ttaiuratn. [17] 
 The Latin adds ^w^wj. [19J Flagges: 'L.^X. t'irides qttoad folia. 
 
 [21] 'L^t. jitxta Parietem et versus solem satiis. [23] \^2X. arbus- 
 
 tum chamcple^ germanicee sive mezercoiiis. 
 
 p. 187 [20] The French Mary-gold : omitted in the Latin. [26] The 
 
 Latin zAd^sJlos cyaneus, the corn blue-bottle. 
 
 p. 188 f3] Lat. Ros<e ser(F. [4 — 7] In two copies of the edition of 1625 
 the following sentence is substituted: "Thus, if you will, you may 
 haue the Golden Age againe, and a Spring all the yeare long." It is 
 evident that this is a later alteration by Bacon himself, for on con:- 
 paring the page on which it occurs with the same page in other copies 
 of the same edition, it will be seen that, though the first and last lines 
 of the page are the same rn all, yet in consequence of the substituted 
 sentence being shorter than the original one, the copies which contain 
 it have the following paragraph printed much more loosely in order 
 to make it spread over the page. [6] Virg. Georg. ii. 149. (SJ 
 
 Comp. Hist. Vitce et Mortis, v. 31. [11] The Latin adds qua ex 
 
 odore Jloruin percipitur. [12] Lat. quce adhuc crescentes, nee 
 
 avulsiE, niaxiute etjiittent auras suave s, et aerem odore per/undunt. 
 [14] Lat. odoris sui sunt tenaces nee aerem tinguni. [23] Lat. sub 
 
 yifiem Angus ti. See Hist. Vitee et Mortis, 1. 57. [25] Lat. qme 
 
 , halitum emittunt plane cardiacum. The edition of 1625 j^ads 
 'which,' and this in 1629 was altered into 'with:' 'which yeeld' is 
 probably the true reading. [31 — 33] Lat. tuvt cariophyllata, tain 
 
 minores quant inajores. 
 
 p. 189 [i] The Latin adds, tunt lavendtihe Jiores. [25] Lat. hortwn 
 
 Prcecipuuin. 
 
 p. 190 [i, 2] on that Side, which the Garden stands : omitted in the Latin. 
 
 P- 191 [5] like Welts: Lat. instar Jintbriarunt. [6J Lat. in aliquibus 
 locis sparsas, sepibus vestitas. [20] I^t. stagna et piscines exulent. 
 [24.] The Latin adds cuvi crater ibus suis. [29] Lat. ;// perpetuo 
 
 Jluat, nee consistat. [3/] The Latin adds ut vianeat limpida. 
 
 p. 192 [19] The Latin aJds cainpanarum after 'Canopies;' and again, 
 after the bracket, etiani rupes artifieiosas et huju.fniodi. [25] The 
 
 Latin adds, nisi quod in aliquibus locis, erigi prceeipio arboi^m 
 series, qtue in vertiee ambulacra coniineant, ratnis arborutn cooperta 
 cum fenestris. Subjaeeat auteni pars soli jftoribus odoris suains 
 abunde consita, qui auras in superius exkalent ; alias /ruticetutn 
 apertum esse sine arboribus velim. [28] \.2X,fragis prcecipue. 
 
 [29 — 32] Lat. Dumeta autem, et anibiilaera super arbores, spargi 
 vohimus ad placitum, non ordine aliquo collocari. 
 
 P- 193 [6] Low : omitted in the Latin. [33] Lat. ne succo defraudent 
 
 arbores. 
 
 p. 194 [16] The Latin adds vemas et autumnales. [24] The Latin 
 
 adds Quantum vero ad ambulacra in clivis, et variis ascensibus 
 ftmoenis conjicienda, ilia natjiree dona sunt, nee ubique extrui pfis^ 
 sunt: nos autem ea posuimus, quee omul loco conveniunt. [31 J Lat. 
 varia, parum cumjudicio, compommt. 
 
 zz 
 
34^ iiote$ 
 
 Essay 47 
 First published in 1597; enlarged in 1612, and again in 1625. 
 
 P- ^95 [7> 8] added in 1612, but omitted in the MS. of that edition. [9] 
 'breedes' (1597). [10—15] Or in tender Cases. .Expound; added in 
 1612. [xi] IjtX. in vuliton et gestufft alterius intenttts. [12] he: 
 'one* (1612). 
 
 p. 196 [i — 12] Use also. .Prescription: added in 1625, [7] Lat. ad 
 
 res qiue aliqttid iniqui habent transigendas. [17] that: 'which 
 (1597, 1612). [29] Pretext: the printed copies of the ed. of 1597 
 
 have 'precept,* but the MS. printed in the Appendix reads 'pretext.' 
 [32] Perswade: 'winne' (1597). Weaknesse: 'weaknesses' (1597). 
 
 and : 'or' (161 2). [34] and so Goveme him : so the ed. of 1597, but 
 ed, of 1612 has 'them.* 
 
 p. 197 [4 — end] In all.. Degrees: added in 1625. 
 
 Essay 48 
 
 First published in 1597 ; enlarged in 1612, and again in 1625. Th« 
 Latin title is De Clientibtis, famulis, et amicis. 
 
 p. 198 [6] Followers: 'following* (1597), but 'followers* in the MS. [9] 
 Wrongs: 'wrong* (1597). IjaX. clientes autem et amicifaniosi, 
 
 [15—20] Likewise.. Envie: added in the ed. of 1612, but omitted in 
 the MS. of that edition. [15 — 17] who. .Follow: added in 1625. 
 
 [17] Inconvenience: 'inconueniency* (1612). [20] The Latin adds 
 
 si quis vere rem repute t. [21] — p. 199 [4] There is. .Tales: added 
 
 in 1625. 
 
 P- 199 [3] The Latin adds apud dominos suos. [5] of Men: added in 
 1625. [13I apprehendeth : 'intendeth* MS. of ed. of 1597. 
 
 [17 — 19] And besides. .Vertuous: added in 1625. [19] It is true 
 
 that : omitted in 1612. [22] Lat. quaftdoquidem ordinis paritas 
 
 ceqnas gratice conditiones tanquam ex debito poscit. [23] contrari- 
 
 wise : added in 1625. [24] Favour: 'fauours' (1597). \a2X. prodest 
 cum deleflu afficere. [28] Discretion : added in 1625. [30] Lat. 
 
 fingi {quod aiunt) et regi ab amico aliquo, as we call it : added in 
 1625. [31] safe: 'good' (1597, X612). [31]— P- 200 [2] For it 
 
 shewes . . Honour : added in 1625. 
 
 p. 200 [2] Yet: 'and* (1597, 1612). \.2X. plurium potestati subjici 
 
 et veluti in partes distrahi. [3 — 5] For it makes, . Change : added 
 in 1625, [4] The Latin translator seems to have imagined that the 
 
 metaphor is taken from the printing- press, for he x&n^txs postrema [ut 
 nunc loquuntur) editionis. But a passage in the Adv. of L. 11, 22, 
 § 4, shews what Bacon intended: "A Man shall find in the wisest 
 sort of these Relations, which the Italians make touching C<7«r/rt«^j, 
 the Natures of the seuerall Cardinalls, handsomlye and liuely painted 
 fourth : A man shall meete wich in euery dayes Conference the deno» 
 minations of Sensitiue^ dry, formally really hutnorous, certayne, 
 Huomo di Prima impressione, Huomo di vltima impressiotie, and 
 the like.** [5] 'but to take aduise' (1597, 1612}, some few: added 
 
 in 1612. [6] Adv. of L. 11. 21, § 7. [7] The Latin adds ut 
 
 adagio dicitur. [10] The Latin adds apud veteres. 
 
iiote?; 341 
 
 Essay 49 
 
 First published in 1597, slightly enlarged in 1612, and again in 1625. 
 p. 201 [i] and Proie(fls: added in 1625. [2, 3] And.. Good: added in 
 
 1625. [4] Bad: 'ill' (1597, 1612). [4 — 6] I meane .. Performance : 
 
 added in 1625. [6] Lat. recipiuHt et operant avide pcllicentur. 
 
 [10 — 12] or at least. .Hopes: added in 1612. [15] *an apt precept' 
 
 (1597) : but the MS. has 'apt pretext' [16 — 18] Or generally, .their 
 
 owne : added in 1625. [22] some : added in 1625. 
 p. 202 [12 — 14] But let him.. Nose: added in 1625. [24] Lat. hoc ei 
 
 fraiidi tton sit, sed poii»s remuneretur, [25] but the Partie left to 
 
 his other Meanes: added in 1612. [25, 26] and. .Discoverie : added 
 
 in 1625. \->,\\Sute: 'suits' (1597, 1612}. 
 p. 203 [3 — 16] Let a man.. Favour: added in 1612. [10] Quint. Inst. 
 
 Or. IV. 5, 16. [19 — 22] There are no worse.. Proceedings: added 
 
 in 1625. 
 
 Essay 50 
 
 First published in 1597 ; enlarged in 1612, and again in 1625. The 
 I^tin title is De studiiset leStioue libronim. 
 
 p. 204 [t, 2] Lat. Studia et leHioues libroruvt ant vteditationum 
 voluptati, aut orationis ornaiuento, ant negotioruin subsidio inservi- 
 unf. The MS. oftheed. of 1612 has, "Studies serve for Pastymes, 
 for ornaments, and for abillityes : Theire chiefe use for pastyme, is," 
 &c. [i] Delight: 'pastime* (1597), 'pastimes' (MS.). [4] Lat. 
 
 in seriHOiie tavi familiari qiiam solenni. [5] the : added in 1625. 
 
 and Disposition of Businesse : added in 1625. [6 — 9] ' For expert men 
 can execute, but learned men are fittest to iudgeor censure' (1597, 1612). 
 [10] Studies: 'them' (1625). Lat. speciosa quadam socordia est, 
 
 [12] After * AffecStation' the Latin adds qu<e seipsatn prodit. [13] The 
 Latin adds nee bene succedit. [14 — 18] For Naturall Abilities, .expe- 
 rience : added in 1615. [19] Contemne : the ed. of 1597 has 'continue,* 
 but the MS. rightly reads 'contemne.' Studies: 'them' (1597, 1612). 
 
 p. 205 [i] and Confute : added in 1625. [3, 4] and Take. .Discourse: 
 
 added in 1625. [3] Lat. sed ut addiscas, ponderes, et J7idicio tuo 
 
 aliquatenus ntaris. [5] Lat. sunt quos deglutire cursivtque legere 
 
 oportet. [8] not Curiously : 'cursorily' (1597). [10 — 15] Some 
 
 Bookes . .YXz-shy Things: added in 1625. [14] Bacon censures 
 
 Ramus for "introducing the Canker oi Epitomes.^' Adv. ofL. ir. 17, 
 § II. [15 — 17] In a tradl published in 1596, dedicated by Edward 
 
 Monings to the Countess of Warwick, and reprinted by Nichols 
 [Progresses of Q. Eliz. 111. 394, ed. 1823), we find an instance of the 
 plagiarism of which Bacon complains in the dedication of his first edition 
 of the Essays in 1597: "His education prince-like; generally knowen in 
 all things, and excellent in many, seasoning his grave and more important 
 studies for ability in judgment, with studies of pastime for retiring, as 
 in poetrie, musike, and the mathemitikes : and for ornament in dis- 
 course, in the languages, French, Italian, and English, wherein he is 
 expert, reading much, conferring and writting much. He is a full 
 man, a readie man, an exa6l vian." [16] Lat. scriptio autem. 
 
342 iiote^ 
 
 et notanim colleflio, perleSla in animo ituprimit ct altitts Jigit. 
 [25] Contend: in the ed. of 1597 and the MS. of the ed. of 1612 
 the Essay ends here. Ovid, Her. xv. 83 ; quoted again in 
 
 Adv. 0/ L. I. 3, § 4. [30] Lat. sagittatio. [32] Sec 
 
 Adv. o/L. II. 8, § 3, where Bacon says of the mathematics, "if the 
 wit bee to dull, they sharpen it : if to wandring, they fix it : if to 
 inherent in the sense, they abstradl it.** And again, 11. 19, § 2 ; "If a 
 Child be Bird-witted, that is, hath not the facultie of attention, the 
 Mathematiques giueth a remedy thereunto ; for in them, if the witte 
 be caught away but a moment, one is new to begin." 
 [34]— P- 206 [ij For in Demonstrations, .again : added in 1625. 
 p. 206 [3] For they are Cyviini SeHores; added in 1625. [4] See 
 
 Adv. of L. \. T, %T, Antoninus Pius "was called Cymini Sehor, a 
 earner, or diuider of Comine seede, which is one of the least seedes; 
 such a patienre hee had and setled spirite, to enter into the least and 
 most exadl diflcrencesof causes." Dio Cass. lxx. 3. Lat. si quis 
 ad trattscursus iugenii segttis sit. [5, 6J to call, .another: *to 
 
 find out resemblances' (161 2}. 
 
 Essay 51 
 
 First published in 1597, slightly enlarged in 1612, and again much 
 more in 1625. 
 
 p. 207 [i] an Opinion not wise: *a newe wisedome, indeede a fond 
 opinion' (1597). [4] Respeifl: 'respe<5ls' (1597), but 'rcspedl' in 
 
 MS. a: 'the' (1597, 161 2). \^^ Vox. vel in paipandis, coitcili- 
 
 andis, et iraflandis singulis. [13] Lat. javipridem honorem 
 
 adept is. [16] Lat. ut videatur guis aiieri ex partibits addiStus, 
 
 et tavten parti adverser viinimc odiosus, viain guatidam stemit ad 
 honores, per medimn fafliorntni. [17] 'passablest' (1597, 1612}. 
 
 [20 — 22] And it is often. .Moderate : added in 1625. 
 
 p. 208 [i] After ' Subdivideth' the ed. of 1597 adds 'which is good for a 
 second fa<5Hon;' the ed. of 1612 has 'which is good for a second.' 
 [i — 19] As the Faflion. .out of use: added in 1625. [5] Senates: 
 
 Lat. senatiis et optiinatum. [22, 23] added in 1625. [27] In 
 
 ed. of 1597 and the MS. of the ed. of 1612 the Essay ends here. 
 [27] — p. 209 f 1] The Even Carriage . . House : added in 1612. [29] Lat. 
 sed a consilio callido, quandoquidem proximus sibi quisque sit, atque 
 ex utr&que faflione ittilitatem demetere speret. [33] be: added 
 
 in 1625. 
 
 p. 209 [i] House: the Essay ends here in the ed. of 1612. [2] Comp. 
 Essay xv. p. 55. [7J Gen. iii. 22. 
 
 Essay 52 
 
 First published in 1597 ; enlarged in 161 2, and again in 1623. The 
 Latin title is De avrimoniis civilibits, et dt'coro. 
 p. 210 [3] to: added in 161 >. [4 — 6] 'But commonly it is in praise as 
 
 it is ingaine* (1597, 1612). [6] 'For as' (1597, 1612). [7] Entered 
 in the Promus, fol. 7 a. [9] 'So it is as true' ,1597}. [13] Fcsti- 
 
iloic^ 343 
 
 vals: 'holy-dales' (1597. 1612). [1^—16] Therefore.. Formes: 
 
 added in 1625. [14] The Latin adds regina Castiliati<i. [15] See 
 Apoph. Hisp. collegia a Ger. Tuningio, 1609 ; " La reyna dona 
 Ysabel dezia que el que tenia buen gesto llevara carta de recomen- 
 dacion." Compare also Publii Syri Sent. ; /onnasa fades vnita 
 commefidatio est. [16] them; 'good formes' (1597, 1612). almost: 
 
 added in 1625. [19] * For if he care to expresse them' (1597, 161 2\ 
 
 [20] lose; Meese' (1597). {^zi^'L.z.X.. vultits et gestus et externa alia. 
 
 p. 211 [i] Antith. XXXIV ; qui aniinum ad tarn exiles obsen>ationes 
 applicat, viagnce cogitationis capax non est. [5] 'diminish his 
 
 respedl' (1597) ; 'diminisheth respect' (1612). [7] hvit. Jioniines 
 
 ingenio/astidioso. Formall : 'strange* (1597). [7 — 14] But the 
 
 dwelling, .upon it: added in 1625. [8] Lat. loaiiio plane hyper" 
 
 bolica [quali nontiulli utnntur). [10] htit.j^defn et pondus eortim 
 
 gu(e dicuntttr. [23] Lat. ex comitate et urbanitate. 
 
 [30] — p. 212 [7] Men had need, .findes: added in 1612, but omitted in 
 the MS. [33] The Latin adds urbanus tantum et affcclator. 
 
 [34] Adv. of L. II. 23, § 2 ; ''there is no greater impediment of Adlion, 
 then an ouercurious obseruance of decency, and the guide of decencye, 
 which is Tyme and season. For as Salomon sayeth, Qui rcspicit ad 
 ventos, non seminal, &* qui respicit ad nrtbes, non vietet: A man 
 must make his opportunity, as ofte as finde it. To conclude ; Be- 
 hauiour seemeth to me as a Garment of the Minde, a:id to haue the 
 Condicions of a Garmente. For it ought to bee made in. fashion : it 
 ought not to bee too curious: It ought to bee shaped so, as to sette 
 foorthe anye good making of the minde : and hide any deformity ; and 
 aboue all, it ought not to be too straighte, or restrayned for exercise or 
 mocion." This was published in 1605, and afterwards in substance 
 transferred to the Essays ia 1612 and 1625. 
 
 p. 212 [3] Eccl. xi. 4. [7 — 9] added in 1625. 
 
 Essay 53 
 First published in 161 2 ; enlarged in 1625. 
 
 p. 213 [i] Lat. atqite, utft in speculis, traJiit aliquid e natjird corporis^ 
 quod reflexio7iein pnebct. [11] Tac. Ann. xV. 48. [13] The 
 
 same is said of Time, Novum Organum, Aph. Lxxr. [17J Eccl. 
 
 vii. I. [22] ' hold it suspe<5l' (1612}. 
 
 p. 214 [4] Comp. Ess. X. p. 37, 1. 12. [15] Apparently referring to 
 
 Pliny, Ep. in. 18; Nam p7-cEcipere qualis esse debeat princeps, pul- 
 chrum q7tide>n, sed ofierosutn ac prope superbtim est: laudate vera 
 optimum prificipem, ac per hoc posteris, vehit e specula, lutnen 
 quod sequantur cstendere, idem utilitatis habet, adrogantice 7tihil. 
 [19] Tac. Agr. 41. [20 — 24] In so much..(y<?: added in 1625. 
 
 fzi] Comp. Theocr. Id. ix. 30, xii. 24. [26] After * Vulgar ' the ed. 
 of 1612 has ' but appropriate.* [27] Prov. xxvii. 14. [31J Scorne: 
 
 in the ed. of 1612 the Essay ends here. 
 
 p. 215 [6] The Latin adds Hispa7iico vocabulo. [7 — 11] Lat. ac si 
 
 artes i.llce me7noratie, magis ejus77todi hoi7ii7tes qua77i in fastigio 
 't:ardi7ralatus pcsitos decerent: et ta77zen [si res rite ponderetur) speat- 
 
344 B^^^^ 
 
 lativa cum civilibus non male viiscentnr. [12] 2 Cor. xi. 23. 
 
 [13] Rom. xi. 13. 
 
 Essay 54 
 
 First published in 1612 ; enlarged in 1625. 
 
 p, 216 [6] if they have never so little Hand in it : added in 1625. 
 [13] *<5r»/<f«' (1612). [18J LiVy, xxxvii. 48. [21] — p. 217 [6] 'as 
 if a man that should interpose himselfe to negotiate between two, 
 should to either of them scucrally pretend, more interest then he hath 
 in the other' (1612). 
 
 p. 217 [6] these : 'this' {1612). [7] Kindes: 'kind' (1612). 
 
 [10^13] In Militar. .another : added in 1635. [17 — 22] In Fame. 
 
 Ostentation: added in 1625. [19] Cic. Titsc. Disp. i. 15. [21] The 
 Latin translation adds, inquit illc, and after ^ Galen , ma^^na nornina. 
 [23 — 25] Lat Neque virtus ipsa tantiim humants natune debet 
 fropter nominis sui celebrationem quantum sibi ipsi. [27] Lat. ad 
 
 /tunc diem vix durasset aut saltem non tarn vegeta. [28] Lat. Vrt- 
 
 nitate et j'aflantia. [33] Tac. Hist. 11. 80; see Adv. of L. ii. 
 
 23, § 25. 
 
 p. 218 [i] 'of a natural magnanimity' (1612). [2] The Latin adds qui 
 
 ttaturd vclnti comparati ad earn sunt. [10] Pliny, Epist. VI. 17. 
 
 [16 — 19] Glorious Men.. Vaunts: added in 1625. [18] \jaX. parasitis 
 ^rtedce et esc^y sibimet ipsis et gloria vatue ntancipia. 
 
 Essay 55 
 
 First published in the ed. of 1597; omitted in the cd. of 1612, though 
 contained in the MS. of that edition, and again printed with additions 
 in 1625. It had been previously printed in the pirated editions of 
 John Jaggard in 1612, 1613, and of Elizabeth J aggard in 1624. It is 
 also in the Italian translation published in t6i8. 
 
 p. 219 [i] The MS. has "The true wynning of honour," and this is pro- 
 bably the corre<5l reading, for the Latin gives. Honoris et existima- 
 tionis vera et jure optimo acquisiiio ca est. [4] Wooe and : added 
 
 in 1625. [7] contrariwise: added in 1625. [14] The MS., after 
 
 'Follower,' adds; "If a man consider wherein others have given 
 distast, and wynne honor vpon theire envye, the beame will be the 
 quicker." [15] Lat. ita inter se committal et contemperet. 
 
 [18J Comp. Suet. Aug. 25, where the same maxim is attributed to 
 Augustus. [21] — p. 220 [5] Honour. .Vto^t.'. added in 1625. 
 
 [21] Lat. qui comparatiz'us esty et alium prcegravat, 
 
 p. 220 [i] instar adamantis aut carbunculi. [6] The Latin adds 
 
 Ita Q. Cicero. See Q. Cic. de petit, consul, v. 17 ; quoted again in 
 Adz', of L. ir. 23, § 15. The quotation was added in 1625, 
 
 [14I Imperiorum: added in 1625, [island Common- Wealths. , 
 
 Isniacl: added in 1625. [21 — 23] ^wq}ci. .Side Partidas: added 
 
 in 1625. [22 J "Alphonso the JFise, (the ninth of that Name,) King of 
 Castile, compiled the Digest of the Laives oi SpaitiCy Intituled the 
 Siete Partidas; An excellent Worke, which he finished in seuen 
 
iaotts 345 
 
 years." Bacon's Misc. IVorks, p. 150, ed. Rawley, 1629. The above 
 is from a tra<5l Of a digest to he made of the lawes 0/ England, 
 [24] or Salvatorcs I added in 1625. The Latin adds patriaruttt 
 suarttm. [27 — 29] As AngttstJts Cccsar. .France: added in 1625, 
 
 [34] Suet. Tib. 67. 
 p. 221 [i — 3] Both which. .Number: added in 1625. [10] Lat qui 
 
 non ultra hoc potes sunt. [15 — 20] There is an Honour. .Decijl 
 
 added in 1625. 
 
 Essay 56 
 
 First published in 161 2 ; enlarged in 1625. The Latin title is De 
 Officio Judicis. 
 
 p. 222 [3] Antith. XLVi; Cum receditur a literdf judex transit in 
 legislatorem. [4] 'like the presumption of the Church of /?^w^* 
 
 (1612). [6] 'vsurpeth and pra(5tiseth an authority to adde and alter' 
 (1612). [8] Shew: 'colour' (1612). [13] Deut. xxvii. 17. 
 
 [15] Lat. lapidem fines distinguentent. In Bacon's Speech "to 
 Justice Hutton, when he was called to be one of the Judges of the 
 Common Pleas," one of the "Lines and Portraitures" which he gave 
 was, "That you contain the jurisdifliojt of the Court within the 
 ancient Meerc-S tones, without Removing the Mark." ResuscitatiOy 
 p. 94, ed. 1657. [15] 'too blame* (1612). [22] Prov. xxv. 2b; 
 
 comp. Adv. of L. ir. 23, § 5. 
 
 p. 223 [7] Amos v. 7. [13] 'the more open' (1612} ; *the more close* 
 
 (1612). [18] Is, xl. 4. [25] Prov. XXX. 33. [26] "■'^wK Lawes 
 
 are likened to the Grape, that being too much pressed yields an hard 
 and unwholsome Wine." Resitscitatio, -p. 176. 
 
 p. 224 [i] Ps. xi. 6. "There is a Wise and Learned Civilian, that 
 applies the Curse of the PropJiet, Pluet super eos Lagueos, To Multi- 
 plicity of Lawes; For they do but ensnare and entangle the People." 
 Resuscitatio, p. 98. [3 — 9] Therefore Rerum, &'c. : added in 1625, 
 [8] Ovid, Ti'ist. i. i. 37. [15, i6] Secondly. .P/Jf^rtf; added in 1625, 
 [18] Ps. cl. 5, Pr. Bk. Bacon in his Speech to Justice Hutton, 
 
 quoted above, admonishes him; "That you affedl not the opinion oi 
 Pregnancy and Expedition, by an impatient and Catching Hearing of 
 the Cotinsellours at the Barre." p. 93. [22] 'counsell or euidence' 
 
 (1612). [24] in Hearing : added in 1625. [27] The Latin adds 
 
 advocatoruvt et testiutn. 
 
 p. 225 [4] Jam. iv. 6. [6] 'that the custome of the time doth warrant 
 
 ludges to haue noted fauourites' (1612). [9] Lat. obliqui ad judices 
 
 aditus. [12] 'speciallie' (1612). [20 — 28] And let not. .Place: 
 
 added in 1625. [24] Lat. causce medice et 7iullatenus peroratte. 
 
 [33] Matt. vii. 16. 
 
 p. 226 [27] ' Lastly' (1612) : for that. .Estate: added in 1625. [30] Not 
 in the laws of the 12 Tables but in Cic. de Leg. \\i. 3, § 8. 
 
 p. 227 [18] Let ludges. .Soveraigntie: added in 1625. ** It is proper 
 
 in you, by all means, with your Wisdonie and Fortitude to maintain 
 the Laws of the Realm: Wherein, neverthelesse, I would not have 
 you Head-strong^ but Heart-strong ; And to weigh and remember 
 
34^ 
 
 Botc^ 
 
 with yourself, that the 12 Judges of the Realm are as the 12 Lions 
 under SalomorCs Throne; They must show their Stoutnesse in Ele- 
 vating and Bearing up the Throne'^ Bacon's Speech to Justice 
 Hutton, Resnscitatjo, p. 93. x Kings x. 20. [22] ' Neither ought 
 Judges to be so ignorant' (1612). [28J z Tim. i. 8, quoted from the 
 
 Vulgate. 
 
 Essay 57 
 
 p. 228 [3] Eph. iv. 26. [i8] Seneca, De IrA, i. i, [20] Luke xxi. 19. 
 
 ]). 229 [3] Virg. Georg. iv. 238. [4] Lat. res hunUlis est et infra 
 
 dignitatem hominis. [8 J Lat caveant homines [si modo dignitatis 
 sua velint esse me mores) ne iram suam cum vtttn eorum qnibns 
 irascuntur, sed cum contcmptu conjungant. [20] Lat. si qtiis 
 
 cnriosus et pcrspicax sit, in inter/retatione injuritr iilatce, qnntenus 
 ad circumstantias ejus, ac si copitentptum spiraret. [27] Lat. 
 
 . opinio contnmelice, sive quod existimatio hominis per conseqnentiam 
 ladatur et perstringatur^ iram intendit et multiplicat. [30] The 
 
 same saying is related in the Adv. of L. n. 20, § 12; Apoph. 180, and 
 in Bacon's Speech against Duels (pp. 28, 29, ed. 1614) : ** But for this 
 apprehension of a disgrace, that a fillipp>e to the person should bee a 
 mortall wound to the reputation, it were good that men did hearken 
 vnto the saying of Consaluo the great and famous commaunder, that 
 was wont to say ; A Gentlcmans honor should bee, De teld crassiore, 
 
 " of a good strong warppc or webbe that euery little thing should not 
 catch in it, when as now it scemes they are but of copwebbe lawne, or 
 such light stuffe, which certainely is weaknesse, and not true greatnesse 
 of mind, but like a sicke mans body, that is so tender that it feeles 
 euery thing." 
 
 p. 230 [2] Lat. sed instare quasi ad manum opportunitatem aliquam 
 fuajorem. [24] Lat. tempera serena et ad hilaritatem proua. 
 
 Essay 58 
 
 p. 231 [i] Eccl. i. 9. [3] Plato, Phced. 72 e; Meno, 81 d. [8] Lat 
 abstrusus et parttm notus. [19] V.^X.. illce populum penitus non 
 
 absorbent, aut destrnunt. [20J Ovid, Met. ii. [21] i Kings 
 
 xvii, xviii. 
 
 p. 232 [i] Lat. apud Indias Orientates. [2] The Latin z^^^s, pe stile n- 
 tias etiam Prcetereo q7tia nee ilUe totaliter absorbent. [9 — 25] See 
 
 Acosta, Hist. Nat. des Indes, iv. 25, fol. 49, for an account of the 
 tradition of a deluge among the West Indians. "lis font entr'cux 
 grande mention d'vn deluge auenu en leur pays, mais Ton ne pent 
 pasbien iuger, si ce deluge est I'vniuersel, dont parle I'Escriture, ou 
 - si 9'a est^ quelqae autre deluge, ou inondation particuliere des regions 
 oil ils sont. Aucuns hommes experts, disent que Ton voit en ce pays 
 Ih, plusieurs notables apparances de quelque grande inondation, & 
 suis de I'opinion de ceux qui pensent que les vestiges & marques 
 qu'il y a de ce deluge, ne sont de celui de No^, mais de quelqu'autre 
 particulier, comme de celuy que raconte Phiton, ou celuy que les 
 
^aM 347 
 
 Poetes chantent de Deucalion." [15] Plato, Tim. 25 d. [26] Ma- 
 chiavelli, Z>isc. so/r. Liv. ii. 5. [28] Comp. Adv. of L. 1.6, § 12; 
 
 Gibbon, c. xlv. [33] Sabinian succeeded Gregory as Pope, a.d, 604. 
 [34] The Latin adds, tunc vera j>rohibita, licet te^iebris coopertUt 
 obrepunt tamen et stios nanciscjmtur peyiodos. 
 
 P- 233 [3] Plato, Tim. 38, &c. ; Cic. de Nat. Deor. ir. 20. "The great 
 yeare is a space of time in the which not onely all the Planets, but also 
 all the fixed starres that are in the firmament, hauing ended all their 
 reuolutions do returne againe to the selfe same places in the heauens, 
 which they had at the first beginning of the world," Blundevile's 
 Exercises, fol. 168 a, ed. 1594. [17] The Latin adds, tempestatis 
 
 anni, semitce aut cursus. 
 
 p. 234 [6] give stay : Lat. moras injicere aut rentedia exhibere. 
 
 p. 235 [19] The Gauls crossed the Hellespont B.C. 278. [24] Lat. 
 
 naturAjixi. 
 
 p. 236 [2] The Latin adds, ut liquet in populo A raucensi, qui ad ultJ- 
 riora Austri posit i omtiibus Peruvicnsibus foriitudine longe prce- 
 cellunt. [9] 'LsX. aliis geutibus in prcedam cadufit. [21] The 
 
 Latin adds sed civiliores fere sunt. [25] Lat. at injindationibus 
 
 nut mig-rationibjts. [30] Lat. et novas sedes queerant, et sic alias 
 
 nationes invadant. See the Tra(5t Of the true Greatnesse of the 
 
 Kiiigdom of Britain (Bacon's IForks, vii. 57, ed. Spedding). 
 
 p. 237 [9] The Latin adds tempore A lexandri Magni. Bacon's memory 
 seems to have been at fault for this statement. I have been unable to 
 discover anything which could have suggested it. [12] Lat. usum 
 
 Pulveris pyrii et tormentorum ig7ieorum. [20] The Latin adds id 
 
 quod etiam tormentis igneis majoribus competit. [34] Adv. of L. 
 
 II. 10, § II : " For as it hath beene well obserued, that the Arts which 
 florish in times, while vertue is in growth, are Militarie: and while 
 vertue is in State are Liherall: and while vertue is in declination, are 
 voluptuarie: so I doubt, that this age of the world, is somewhat vpon 
 the descent of the wheele." 
 
 p. 238 [8] Lat. soUdiores et exafliores. [9] The Latin adds manetite 
 
 tamen garrulitate. 
 
 The Essay "Of Fame" was first printed by Rawley in the Resttsci- 
 
 tatio, in 1657. 
 p. 239 [8—18] Comp. Virg. j^n. iv. 175-T190. [19] Comp. Essay 
 
 XV. p. 55. 
 p. 240 [17] Tac. Hist. II. 80. [22] Caesar, de Bell. Civ. i. 6. 
 
 [28 J Tac. Auft. I. 5. 
 p. 241 [2] Her. VIII. 108, 109. 
 
 Colour i 
 p. 247 [10] Cic. Acad, apttd Augnstm. c. Acad. iii. 7. 
 
 Colour 3 
 p. 249 [29] Hor. Sat. i. i. 66. [31, 32] From the Latin translation of 
 
348 
 
 iiotc^ 
 
 Theocr. Id, xxvil. 6g, by Eobanus Hessus. The Greek is o/*ftariv 
 ai£d/xei/a, KpaSCa S" oi evSov IdvO/j. 
 p. 250 [4] Pythagoras, Ai^r. Vers. v. 12; vayruv it fiaXtar alaxvvto 
 aavTov. ^ [10] The ed. of 1597 has 'a low,' of 1598 'Alow,' which in 
 later editions was corrupted into * a law.* [27] accounted: 're- 
 
 counted' (1598, 1606). [30] as spurres: 'the spurres' (1598, 1606). 
 
 Colour 4 
 p. 251 [9] iEsop, Fai. 38 ; quoted again in Adv. 0/ L. ir. 23, § 36. This 
 
 same fable of the frogs is applied by Selden to marriage. See TabU 
 
 Talk. 
 p. 252 [10] Livy, IV. 28. 
 
 Colour 5 
 p. 254 fsl or flowers: *as flowers' (1598, 1606). [22] Luke x. 41. 
 
 [31] The original, quoted by Zenodotus from Archilochus, is ttoAV oI5* 
 dAwTTTjf, a'AX* extt'o? tv \i.iya.. Bacon found the Latin in Erasmus* 
 Adagia, from which he transferred it to the Protnus, fol 18 a, 
 [17] itsop, Fab. 52. 
 
 Colour 6 
 p. 256 [17] aAisSpvo?, Adagia, p. 597. In the Promus, fol. 19^, we find, 
 
 "Satis quercus. Enough of acornes." [32] iEsop, Fab. 50. 
 p. 257 [18J Virg. yEn. x. 450. 
 
 Colour 7 
 
 P- 258 [3] assimilate: * assimulate' (1597) ; corre<5led in 1598. [6] Arist. 
 Meteor. \. 12. Compare Blundevile's Exercises, fol. 179 3, ed. 1594. 
 " Next to the Fire is the Aire which is an Element hotte and moyst, 
 & also most fluxible, pure & cleare, notwithstading it is farre thicker 
 & grosser as some say, towards the Poles the elsewhere, by reason 
 that those parts are farthest from the sun : And this Element is de- 
 uided of the naturall Philosophers into three Regions, that is to say, 
 the highest Region, the Middle Region, and the lowest Region, which 
 highest Region being turned about by the fire, is thereby made the 
 hotter, wherein all fierie impressions are bredde, as lightnings, fire 
 drakes, blazing starres and such like. 
 
 The middle Region is extreame cold by contra opposition b}' reason 
 that it is placed in the midst betwixt two hotte Regions, and therefore 
 in this Region are bred all cold watry impressions, as frost, snow, ice, 
 haile, and such like. 
 
 The lowest Region is hotte by the reflexe of the sunne, whose 
 beames first striking the earth, doe rebound backe againe to that 
 Region, wherein are bred cloudes, dewes, raynes, and such like mode- 
 rate watry impressions." Blundevile's Exercises, fol. 179 b, ed. 1594- 
 
 p. 25S [31] ' the sappe' (1598, 1606). [32] Adagia, p. 640, where it 
 
 stands, Spartce servi maxime serzn. [33] Henry Noel : See 
 
 Apoph. 244. 
 
 p. 259 [183 Ovid, Ars A;n. u. 662, quoted again in Adv. of L, n. 23, 
 
MoU^ 349 
 
 $27. ^roximiiaie: ^J>rocinitaie' {isgj)', covTt6iQA\nxs<^. [25] 
 
 Matt. ix. 12. 
 
 Colour 8 
 
 p. 260 [10] Virg. yEn. xii. 600. malortim: * inaluni^ (1597} I corre<5led 
 
 in 1598. [21] hurt; *hart' (1597) ; corredled in 1598. [24] Virg. 
 
 Eel. V. 23. [34] See the ist and 3rd Philippics. 
 
 p. 261 [12] Enchiridion, c. 5. [21] Ovid, ^/«. i. 2. 10. 
 p. 262 [i] Essay viii. p. 28. 
 
 Colour 9 
 
 p. 262 [31] Hab. i. 15, 16. 
 
 P- 263 [5] Cic. pro Marcell. 9. [11] In the De Angm. vi. 3, Soph, it, 
 Bacon attributes this to Solomon. See Mr Spedding's note ( Works, 
 I. p. 685). [23] Plut. Cces. 38. [30, 33] In both Hnes the ed. of 
 
 1597 has 'imitable,' but in the corresponding passage of the De Aug' 
 vtentis the Latin is in one case inimitabilis, and in the other itnitatio- 
 ncfn noti recipiunt, and I have therefore substituted * inimitable * in 
 both. 
 
 p. 264 [7] Plut. Timol. 36. See Essay xl. p. 167. 
 
 Colour 10. 
 
 p. 264 [28] Virg. Eel. I. 15. [29] Sybilla: see Essay xxL p. 89. 
 
 p. 265 [6] 'it is more to him' (1598, 1606). [13] Quoted by Seneca, 
 
 Ep. I. I, §5, and introduced with the words 'ut visum est majoribus 
 nostris.' The original is Hesiod, Works ^ Days, 367, ieiAj} 6' kv\ 
 •trvOixeuL ^et5w. [16] Arist. de Gen. et Corr. I. 4. alterius: *vlte- 
 
 rius' (1597); corre(5led in 1598. [19] The origin of this is a pas- 
 
 sage in Dem. 01. in. 33, which Wolf translates ali7nenta stint vestrum 
 oviniiifn socordice. See Mr Ellis's note on the De Augmentis, with 
 Mr Spedding's addition [Works, 1. 681, 682). [22] aliments; the 
 
 editions of 1597, 1598, and 1606, all read 'elements,' but Bacon quotes 
 the Latin when again referring to the passage, Adv. o/L. n. 23, § 13, 
 alimenta socordice. [25] One copy of the ed. of 1597 in the Cam- 
 
 bridge Univ. Libr. (xvn. 38. 19) omits the words 'to say;' ' the' was 
 added in 1598. Bacon made a memorandum of the anecdote in the 
 Proinus, fol. 46 « : " The fashion of d. He6l. to the dames of London 
 y® way is to be sicker." 
 
 p. 266 [10] Hor. Ep. I. 2. 40. Comp. Arist. Nic. Eth. i. 7; o^px^ ^fxt<TV 
 iravToi; ; Plato de Legg. vi. 753 E ; Hesiod, Works ^ Days, 40. 
 [24J jtwdum: added in ed. of 1598. [27, 28] for. .inception : added 
 in 1598. 
 
 p. 267 [12] 'other' in ed. 1597; 'otherwise' (1598, 1606). 
 
 Appendix. 
 p. 279 [20] men : omitted in the MS. 
 
35^ ^ppcnt)ii to tje iioUjj 
 
 APPENDIX TO THE NOTES. 
 
 In preparing the present edition I have used ten different copies of 
 the edition of 1625, the last which had the benefit of Bacon's own revi- 
 sion. Of these ten copies no two are exadlly alike. The differences are 
 numerous, though, except in one case, not important; but, as they 
 throw light upon the manner in which books [)assed through the press in 
 Bacon's time, I have subjoined a list of all that I have noticed. The 
 cause of these differences it is not difficult to conjedlure. Corre<5lions 
 were made while the sheets were being printed off, and the corre<5led and 
 uncorredled sheets were afterwards bound up indiscriminately. In this 
 way the number of different copies might be multiplied to any extent. 
 Instances occur in which a sheet appears in three different stages : one 
 with two errata on one page, a second with one of the errata corre<5led, 
 and a third with both corre<5led. Another peculiarity with regard to 
 these copies is that they differ in the title page. Upon examination it 
 appears that the original title page was as follows: "The Essayes or 
 Covn.seIs, civill and morall, of Francis Lo. Vervlam, Viscovnt S*. Alban. 
 Newly enlarged. London, Printed by lohn Haviland for Hanna Barret, 
 and Richard Whitak«er, and are to be sold at the signe of the Kings head 
 in Pauls Church-yard. 1625." That this is the original is evident from 
 the fa<5l that it corresponds with the entry in the books of Stationers' 
 Hall, and also from a memorandum in a copy of the Essays in the Cam- 
 bridge Univ. Libr. (xvii. 36. 14), "Jo: Finch 300 Martij. 1625 ex dono 
 Authoris." The date of presentation was as early as it could well be 
 in the year in which the book was published. Besides, on examining 
 the copies which have the other title page, it is evident that it has been 
 inserted. It is as follows: "The Essayes or Covnsels, civill and morall, 
 of Francis Lo. Vervlam, Viscovnt S*. Alban. Newly written. London, 
 Printed by lohn Haviland for Hanna Barret. 1625." From this it 
 would seem as if the whole of the stock had come into Barret's hands, 
 by sc me means or other, and that she cancelled the old title page and 
 had a new one printed. I shall speak of these as the first and second 
 title pages. The numbers attached to the following description of the 
 ten copies to which I have referred, correspond with those given with the 
 various readings. The first four have the second title page : 
 
 1. A copy in the British Museum, referred to by Mr Spedding. 
 
 2. In the Library of Trin. Coll. Cambridge (T, 2. i). 
 
 3. In the Cambridge Univ. Libr. (xvii. 36. 15). 
 
 8. In the Library of Christ's College, Cambridge (M. i. 6). 
 The following have the first title page : 
 
 4. Mr Spedding's own copy. 
 
 5. A copy in the Cambridge Univ. Libr. (xvii. 36. 14). 
 
apfcntiia to tl;c iHctc^ 351 
 
 6. 7. In the Library of St John's College, Cambridge (Bw. 7. 32 ; 
 Ee. I. so). 
 
 9. In the Library of Christ's College, Cambridge (M. i. 5). 
 
 10. Another copy in the possession of Mr Spedding, of which he 
 kindly sent me the readings while the present sheet was passing througlx 
 the press. 
 
 The numbers of the pages refer to the pages of these copies which are 
 the same throughout. Of the two readings I suppose the second to be 
 the corredlion of the first. 
 
 p. 25 [12] Encourageth (3) — encourageth (i. 2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). 
 p. 28 [2] to Knowledge (3) — to the Knowledge (i. 2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). 
 p. 2914] both; (3) — both, (i, 2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). [loj Silence; (3) — 
 
 Silence, (i. 2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10}. [13] secret (3) — secret (i. 2. 4. 5. 
 
 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). 
 p. 39 [8] mary (2. 4) — marry (i. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). 
 p. 79 [12J Opinion: (i. 8. 10) — Opinion:) (2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9). 
 p. 115 [6] Child (2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7)— Children (i. 8. 9. 10) [16] The 
 
 Counsc Hour Salomon (2. 3. 4. 6. 7) — The Coufisellour: Salomon (r. 
 
 5. 8. 9. 10). 
 p. 121 [10] bould (4)— bold (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). [ii] Consort (4) — 
 
 Consort, (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). [12] obnoxius (4) — obnoxious 
 
 (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). [13] both; (4) — both: (i. 2. 3- 5. 6. 7. 8. 
 
 9. 10). [20] Life, (4) — Life (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). [22] Persons 
 
 (4) — Persons (1. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). [23] Persons (4) — Persons (i. 
 
 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. lo). 
 p. 124 [i] Counsellours (4) — Counsellours (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). 
 p. 125 [2] times (4)— times, (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). [9] Occasion (4) — 
 
 Occasion (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). [17] Things; (4) — Things, (i. 
 
 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). [20] dangers (4) — Dangers (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 
 9. 10). 
 
 p. 131 [8] Words; (4)— Words, (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). 
 
 p. 137 [24] those which, (2. 4) — those, which (i. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). 
 
 p. T46 [7] Certainly (i. 3. 7. 8. 9. 10) — certainly (2. 4. 5. 6). 
 
 p. 147 [i] Light: (i. 3. 7. 8. 9. 10)— Light; (2. 4. 5. 6). [6] of that (t. 
 
 3. 7. 8. 9. 10) — of that, (2. 4. 5. 6). [23] difference (i. 3. 7. 8. 9. 10)— 
 Diflference (2. 4. 5. 6). 
 
 p. 150 [i] Scicilian (i. 3. 7. 8. 9. 10) — Sicilian (2. 4. 5. 6). [7] and Faces 
 
 (i. 3. 7. 8. 9. 10) — And Faces (2. 4. 5. 6). 
 p. 151 [6] Flower oi Snlphttr (i. 3. 7. 8. 9. 10) — Flowers oi Sulphur (2. 
 
 4. 5. 6). [9] Friend (i. 3. 7. 8. 9. lo) — Frend (2. 4. 5. 6). 
 [t6] Friendship (i. 3. 7. 8- 9- 10) — Frettdship (2. 4. 5. 6). 
 
 p. 163 [7] of (4. 6. 8)— oft (i. 2. 3. 5. 7. 9. 10). 
 p. 170 [6J Arcenalls, (4. 9) — Arcenalls (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 10). 
 p. 171 [6] enow (4. 9) — enough (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 10). 
 p. 174 [22] Vcomafiry (4. 9) — Yeomanry, (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 10). 
 p. 175 L8] enough (4. 9) — enough, (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 10). 
 p. 201 [19] Drugs, and, (i. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 8. 9. 10) — Drugs and (7). 
 p. 202 [8] Seruice (i. 2. 4. 7) — Seruice, (3. 5. 6. 8. 9. 10). [12] Nunv 
 
 her; (i. 2. 4- 7) — Number: (3. 5. 6. 8. 9. 10). 
 
35^ ^ppenl)ijf to tjje i^otc^ 
 
 p. 203 [20] amisse : (i. 2. 4. 7)— amisse. (3. 5. 6. 8. 9. xo). 
 
 p. 206 [17] Leave (3. 5. 6. 8. 9. 10)— leave (i. 2. 4, 7^ 
 
 p. 233 [6J Haltar (2. 4. 7)— Halter (i. 3. 5. 6. 8. 9. 10). 
 
 p. 234 [17) seeds (i. 3. 6. 8. 9. 10)— Seeds (2. 4. 5. 7). 
 
 P- 235 [3] Fortune, (i. 3. 6. 8. 9. 10) — Fortune: (2. 4- 5. 7). 
 
 p. 236 [iij atteiuiuely, hee (2. 4. 7) — Attentiuely, he (i. 3. 5. 6. 8. 9. 10). 
 
 p. 237 [17] Wise Men (2. 4. 7) — Wise Men, (i. 3. 5. 6. 8. 9. lo). Enuie 
 
 (2. 4. 7)— Enuy (i. 3. 5. 6. 8. 9. 10). [18] a scribe {4]— ascribe (i. 2. 
 
 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). 
 p. 240 [7] Baukes (2. 4. 7)— Bankes (i. 3. 5. 6. 8. 9. 10). [15] with that, 
 
 (2. 4. 7)— with that (i. 3. 5. 6. 8. 9. 10). [16] are. (2. 4. 7)— are: (i. 
 
 3. 5. 6. 8. 9. 10). [18J Vsury (2. 4, 7)— Kwrj/ (i. 3. 5. 6. 8. 9. 10). 
 
 (20) part (2. 4. 7)— Part (i. 3. 5. 6. 8. 9. 10). 
 p. 241 [3] decay (2. 4. 9)— Decay (x. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 10). [9] Gaine (4. 9) 
 
 —Game (r. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 10). [21] Ruin (4. 9)— Ruine (i. 2. 3. 5. 
 
 6. 7. 8, 10). [last line] are (4. 9) — are (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 10]. 
 p. 244 [10] Vsury (4. 9) — Vsury, (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 10). 
 
 p. 245 [14] Money. (4. 9) — Money: (i. 2. 3. 5 6. 7. 8. ic). 
 
 p. 248 [7] to Inuent (4. 9)— to Inuefit, (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 10). [17] beene 
 done (4. 9) — becne done, (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 10). [21] Ende (4) — End 
 (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. loj. [last line] drawes (4) — draws (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 
 
 7. 8. 9. 10). 
 
 p. 250 [15] dispositions (i. 2. 3. 4. 6. 7. 8. 10} — Dispositions (5. 9). 
 
 [19I Hortentius (i. 2. 3. 4. 6. 7. 8. 10) — Hortettsius (5. 9). 
 p. 251 [2] surely (i. 2. 3. 4. 6. 7. 8. 10) — surely, (5. 9). [6] dignity (i. 2. 
 
 3. 4. 6. 7. 8. 10) — Dignity (5. 9). [13] Vertue; (i. 2. 3. 4. 6. 7. 8. 10] 
 
 — Vertue. (5. 9). 
 p. 266 [3] pleasure (i. 3. 8) — ^pleasures (2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10}. [5] without 
 
 which (i. 3. 8) — without which, (2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10). 
 p. 267 [3] Blene (1. 3. 8)— Blewe (2. 4. 5^ 6. 7. 9. 10). [5] And (i. 3. 8. 
 
 9. 10) — & (2. 4. 5. 6. 7). stirred (i. 3. 8) — stooued (2. 4, 5. 6. 7. 9. 
 
 10), [10] Anemonies (i. 3. 8) — Anemones (2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10). 
 
 [12] Camairis (i. 3. 8) — Chamalris (2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10). [13] There 
 
 Come (i. 3. 8) — There come (2. 4. 5, 6. 7. 9. 10). [20] Couslip, (i. 3. 
 
 8)— Couslip; (2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10). [21] Daffadill, (i. 3. 8)— Daffadill; 
 
 (2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10). 
 p. 268 (269) [last line] Bullies (7. 9) — Bullises (i. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 8. 10). 
 p. 269 (270) [9] Hand, therefore Nothing (7. 9) — hand, therfore nothing 
 
 (i. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 8. 10). [12] Damask and Red (7, 9)^ — Damask & Red 
 
 (i. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 8. 10). [13] Smelles (7. 9) — Smels (r. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 8. 
 
 10). [18] Marioram (i. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 8. 10) — Marioram, (7. 9). 
 
 (Obs. Copies 7 & 9 differ from all others on this page for the reason 
 
 given in note to p. 188). 
 p. 270 [8] Pinks (i. 3. 8)— Pincks, and Gilly-FIowers (2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10). 
 
 [9] and Cloue (i. 3. 8) — & Clone (2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10). [10] Lime 
 
 Tree (i. 3. 8) — Lime tree (2. 4, 5. 6. 7. 9. 10}. [m] Honny-Suckles 
 
 (i. 3. 8) — Hony-Suckles (2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10}. [17] Water-AIints, (i, 
 
 3. 8) — Water-Mints. (2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10). 
 P* 271 [3J Garden (i. 3. Z)— Maine Garden (2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10). middest 
 
2(ppettt)ix to tje J^oM 353 
 
 (x. 3. 8)— midst (2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10). [7] side (i. 3. 8)—^/^ (2. 4. 
 
 5. 6. 7. 9. 10). [9] pleasures, (i. 3. 8) — pleasures ; (2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 
 
 10). [17] shade, (i. 3. 8)— shade (2. 4. 5. 6. 7, 9. 10). [23] Gar- 
 
 den, (i. 3. 8) — Garden. (2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 9. 10). 
 p. 272 (274; [12] let there be (7. 9)— let there bee (i. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 8. 10). 
 [14] And ouer euery Arck, and vpon the Vpper Hedge, ouer euery 
 yirtrA {7. 9) — And vpon the Vpper Hedge, ouer euery ^rcA (i, 2. 3. 4. 
 
 5. 6. 8. lo). [18] between (7. 9) — betweene (i. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6, 8. 10). 
 
 p. 273 [15] into first, (4. 8. 9)— into, first (i. 2. 3. 5. 6, 7. 10). [17] Images, 
 
 Cut (4. 8. 9) — Images Cut (i. 2, 3. 5. 6. 7. 10). 
 p. 274 [21] is (i. 3. 6. 10)— is, (2. 4. 5. 7. 8. 9). 
 P- 275 [7] Curiosity; and Beauty (i. 3. 6. 10)— Curiosity, and Beauty (2. 
 
 4. 5. 7. 8. 9). [14] Point, (i. 3. 6. 10)— Point (2. 4. 5. 7. 8. 9). 
 
 [18] Poole, (i. 3. 6. lo)— Poole, (2. 4. 5. 7. 8. 9). 
 p. 276 [22] Conuallium, (4. 8. 9) — Conuallium; (i. 2. 3, 5. 6. 7. 10). 
 p. 277 [4] Beare-berries ; ( ) (4. 8.'9) — Beare-berries ( ;) (i. 2. 3. 5. 
 
 6. 7. 10). [6] Goose-berry (4. 8. 9) — Goose-berries (r. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 
 10). [12] Shade: (4. 8. 9) — Shade; (i. 2. 3. 5. 6. 7. 10). 
 
 p. 278 [6] Enclosure, (i. 3. 6. 10) — Enclosure {2. 4. 5. 7. 8. 9). 
 
 p. 284 [16] Commonly (i. 3. 6. 8. 10) — commonly (2. 4. 5. 7, 9). 
 
 p. 285 [12] Commonly (i. 3. 6. 8. 10) — commonly (2. 4. 5, 7. 9). Past 
 
 line] Oddes (i. 3. 6. 8. 10) — Odds (2. 4. 5. 7. 9). 
 
 p. 286 [16] One Cannot (1. 2. 4. 6. 7. 10) — One cannot (3. 5, 8. 9). 
 
 p. 290 [2] mero (3. 7. 8)— more (i. 2. 4. 5. 6. 9. 10). [3] grwon (3. 7. 
 
 8)— grown (i. 2, 4. 5. 6. 9. 10). [12] Meanes (3. 7. 8)— Meanes; (i. 
 
 2. 4. 5. 6. 9. 10). [23] graunt {3)— grant (i. 2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10), 
 
 [24] those which (3. 7. 8) — those, which (i. 2. 4. 5. 6. 9, 10). 
 
 p. 291 [i] chuse (3) — choose (i. 2. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10). 
 
 p. 294 [22] again ; (3. 7. 8)— again : (i, 2. 4. 5. 6, 9. 10). [24] differ- 
 
 ence (3. 7. 8) — differences (i. 2. 4. 5. 6. 9. 10). 
 
 P- 295 [3] Cases; (3. 7. 8) — Cases: (i. 2. 4. 5. 6. 9. 10). 
 
 p. 309 [18] Commanders aud Soldiers (i. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. q. 10). 
 
 P- 313 [i5]^ep7itatton. (i. 2. 3. 4. 7. 8. 9) — Reputation: (5. 6. 10). 
 
 p. 328 [8] breake (i. 3. 7. 8) — break (2. 4. 5. 6. 9, 10). /^zV (i. 3. 7. 8) — 
 /'/"// (2. 4. 5. 6. 9. 10). [18] Times. When (3. 7. ^)— Times, when 
 
 (1.2. 4. 5. 6. 9. 10). [21] much. (i. 3. 7. 8)— much; (2. 4, 5. 6, 
 
 9. 10). 
 
 Additional Note, 
 Since writing the note on p. 188 [4-7] I have come to the conclusion 
 that the sentence as it stands in the text is later than the shorter one 
 which is found in some copies of the edition of 1625. My reason for this 
 change of opinion is founded upon a more minute examination of the 
 printing of that edition, which has convinced me that my former con- 
 clusion was wrong. 
 
 AA 
 
GLOSSARY. 
 
 E = Essay, F = Essay of Fame, C = Colour. 
 
 V. i. — verb intransitive, v. t. — verb transitive, v. refi. — 
 
 reflexive verb, p.p, = past participle. 
 
 A, AN. The use of 'a' or 'an' before words beginning with *h' 
 was not at all uniform in Bacon's time. For instance, we 
 have E. iii. p. 9, 1. 15, ^ an Heathen' ; E. v. p. 16, 1. i, ^ an 
 high ^)eech ; E. vi. p. 20, 1. 15, * an Habit' ; E. vii. p. 24, 
 I. 9, * an harmefull Errour' ; E. xii. p. 45, 1. 18, * an Hill' ; 
 E. xxxvi. p. 153, 1. I, 'an Humour' ; E. Ivi. p, 22^, 1. 28, 'an 
 Hallowed Place'. So also 'an usuall thing , F. p. 240, 
 1. 32 ; 'an whole age', E. xxxvi. p. 155, 1. 21 ; 'an Eunuch', 
 E. ix. p. 31, 1. 2. 
 
 The article is redundant in the phrases *upon a weari- 
 nesse', E. ii. p. 6, 1. 20 ; ' in a proportion', E. iii. p. 15, 1. 21 ; 
 comp. * in a readiness ', 2 Cor. x. 2. 
 
 In the following words the prefix a- is printed separately ; 
 'abreast', E. xlvi. p. 191, 1. 13; 'afarre', E. xlvi, p. 189, 
 1. I, xlvii. p. i^, 1. 13; 'apeece', E. xlv. p. 182, 1. 28; 
 *a while', E. li. p. 208, 1. 4. 
 
 ABATE, V. /. Lit. to beat down ; hence to blunt, depress. E. 
 ix. p. 32, 1. 33, xxix. p. 121, 1. 28. 
 
 ABLE, adj. Sufficient, capable. E. xxix. p. 129, 1. 26. Comp. 
 A(^s XX. 32, Rom. XV. 14, 2 Tim. iii. 15. 
 
 ABOVE, prep. More than. E. Ivi. p. 224, 1. 30. 
 
 ABSURD, adj. The Lat. absurdus is applied to the answer 
 given by a deaf man [surdus] which has nothing to do with 
 the question ; hence it signifies, deaf to reason, unreason^ 
 able. E. vi. p. 20, 1. 31, xlvii. p. 196, 1. 6. 
 
 ABUSE, sb. Deception. E. xlix. p. 202, 1. X5. 
 ,, V. t. To deceive. E. xlii. p. 174, 1. 5. 
 
 ABUSING, sb. Deceiving, mockery. E. xxii. p. 95, 1. 29. 
 Comp. 1 Sam. xxxi. 4, i Chron. x. 4, and the margmal read- 
 ings of both passages. 
 
 ACCEPT OF, V. t. To approve, receive with favour. E. iii. 
 p. II, 1. 23, xi. p. 41, 1. 29. Comp. Gen. xxjuL 30. 
 
ACCOMMODATE, v. i. To adapt oneself; used originally 
 
 as a reflexive verb. C. lo, p. 266, 1. 3. 
 ACCOUNT UPON, v. t. To reckon. E. xxxi. p. 135, 1. 5. 
 ACCOUNT, MAKE. To reckon, consider. E. xxxiii. p. 139, 
 
 1. ir, xlvi. p. 194, 1. 14. 
 ACQUAINT, V. t. To make acquainted, E. vii. p. 24, 1. 10. 
 ACT, sb. Adlion. E. xi. p. 40, 1. 33, 
 ACTOR, sb. A speaker, orator, like the Lat. cUlor. E. xxv, 
 
 p. 102, 1. 18. 
 ACULEATE, adj. Pointed. E. Ivii. p. 230, I. 3. 
 ADAMANT, sb. A load-stone, magnet. E. xviii. p. 73, 1. 5. 
 ADMIRABLE, adj. Wonderful. E. xxvii. p. no, 1. 27. 
 ADMITTANCE, BY. By admission. E. xxvi. p. 105, 1. 6. 
 ADOE, sb. Bustle. E. ix. p. 30, 1. 15, xii. p. 45, 1. 29. To do 
 
 is used in the same sense in many diale(5ls. 
 ADUST, /./. Parched, burnt up. E. xxxvi. p. 153, L 5. 
 ADVENTURE, sb. Chance, fortune. E. i. p. 3, I. 11. Risk. 
 
 E. liv. p. 217, 1. 14. 
 
 ,, V. i. To venture. E. xlii. p. 174, 1. 21. 
 
 ADVISED, p.p. Deliberate. E. xviii. p. 74, 1. 3, Ivi. p. 222, 1. 11. 
 ADVOUTRESS, sb. An adulteress. E. xix. p. 78, 1. 27. 
 iEQUINOCTIA, sb. The equinoxes. E. xv. p. 54, 1. 5. See 
 
 the note. 
 A FARRE OFF, adv. Far off. E. Iviii. p. 237, 1. 15. 
 AFFECT, V. t. To aim at, desire, have a liking for. E. i. 
 
 p. I, 1. 4, ix. p. 31, 1. 3, xiii. p. 47, 1. I, xxii. p. 94, 1. 6, 
 
 xxxviii. p. 161, 1. 3, xlvii. p. 196, 1. i. 
 AFFECTION, sb. Desire, liking. E. vii. p. 25, 1. i. 
 AFTER, adv. Afterwards. E. xxi. p. 89, 1. 11, xxix. p. 129, 
 
 1. 23, Iviii. p. 237, 1. 29. According, xxxix. p, 162, 1. 4, 
 AGREEABLY, xxxii. p. 138, 1. 16. 
 
 AIME AT, TAKE AN. To estimate. E. xvii. p. 69, I. 26. 
 ALLAY, sb. Alloy. E. i. p. 3. 1. 27. 
 ALLEY, sb. A v^^alk, bowling alley. E. xxii. p. 91, 1, 16, 
 
 xlv. p. 183, I. 20, xlvi. p. ic)3, 1. 18. 
 ALL ONE. The same. E. xxix. p. 121, 1. 34, Iviii. p. 232, 1. 8. 
 ALLOW, V. t. To approve. E. xviii. p. 71, 1. 7, xxvi. p. 105, 
 
 1. 23, Hi. p. 211, 1. 29. 
 ALMA I ONE. Germany. E. Iviii. p. 236, 1. 12. 
 ALMOST, adv. Generally; like Lat.y^r^. E. xliii. p. 176, 1. 5. 
 AMBASSAGE, sb. Embassy. E. xxix. p. 120, 1. 30. 
 AMIABLE, adj. Loveable; used in the passive sense. E, 
 
 xliii. p, 177, 1. 18. 
 AMONGST, adv. Used by itself in the sense of * intermixed*. 
 
 E. xlvi. p. 192, 1. 27. 
 AND. If. E. xxiii. p. 97, 1. 21, xl. p. 166, 1. 26. 
 ANGRY, adj. Provoking anger. E. Ivii. p. 230, 1. 25. 
 ANSWERED,/./. Guaranteed. E. xli. p. 172, 1. 14. 
 ANTICAMERA, sb. An antechamber. E. xlv. p. 184, 1. 33. 
 ANTIMASQUE. A grotesque interlude introduced between 
 
 the adls of the masque, to which it served as a foil and con- 
 trast, and hence its name. Ben Jonson {Masque of A u^rs) 
 
 AA2 
 
356 Glo^^ars 
 
 uses antic-masque, that is, a masque in which antics ox ^o- 
 tesque figures took part, but it is uncertain whether this is 
 the true etymology. E. xxxvii. p. 157, 1. 24. 
 
 ANTIQUES, sb. Grotesque figures introduced in antimas^ues. 
 E. xxxvii. p. 157, I. 26. 
 
 APACE, adv. Hastily. F. p. 241, 1. 3. 
 
 APPARENT, adj. Manifest. E. xl. p. 165, I. 11. 
 
 APPETITE, IN. Desirous of rising. E. xlvii. p. 196,]. 16. 
 
 APPOSED,/./. Questioned. E. xxii. p. 93, 1. 28. 
 
 APPROACHES, sb. Encroachments. E. xix. p. 77, 1. 28. 
 
 APRICOCKES, sb. Apricots. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 30. 
 
 APT, adj. Adapted, fit. E. xxix. p. 120, 1. 5, 7. 
 
 ARBITREMENT, sb. Arbitration, decision. E. iii. p. 10, 1. 18. 
 
 ARE NOT. Do not exist. E. iii. p. 11, 1. 28. So 'were not.' 
 xvii. p. 68, 1. 17. Comp. Matt. li. 18. 
 
 ARGUMENT, sb. A subjeiil for consideration. E. xxix. 
 
 p. 119, 1. 17. 
 
 ARIETATION, sb. Lat. arietatio, abutting; hence, an as- 
 sault with a battering ram. E. Iviii. p. 237, 1. 18. 
 
 ARRAS, sb. Tapestry ; so called from the town Arras in 
 Artois, where it was principally made. E. xxvii. p. 11 1, 
 
 1- 33- 
 ARRAY, V. t. To set in order of battle. E. Iviii. p. 237, 1. 28. 
 ARROGANCY, sb. Arrogance. E. ix. p. 33, 1. 22. 
 ARTIFICERS, sb. Skilled workmen. E. ix. p. 31, 1. 17. 
 ARTILLERY, sb. Originally any engines of war were called 
 
 artillery, and the term was retained after the invention of 
 
 gunpowder. E. xxix. p. 1-20, 1. 11. 
 AS, coHJ. That. E. vi. p. 18, 1. 18, xxiii. p. 97, 1. 21. So as=so 
 
 that. viii. p. 27, I. 5, p. 28, 1. 4, xxxix. p. 164, 1. 12. 
 ASKE, V. t. To require. E. vi. p. 18, I. 2, x. p. 38, 1. 12, 
 
 xxxiii. p. 140, 1. 20. 
 ASPECT, sb. The appearance of a planet, which varied with 
 
 its position among the stars. E. ix. p. 29, 1. 11. C. 7. p. 259, 
 
 1. II. 
 ASSAY, sb. Attempt. E. xv. p. 55, 1. 28. 
 ASSURED,/./. Sure, trustworthy. E. xi. p. 42, 1. 34, xv. 
 
 p. 57, 1. 20, p. 63, 1. 9. 
 ATHWART, /r</J. Across. F. p. 241, 1. 5. 
 AT THE FIRST. At first. E. xlv. p. 182, 1. 18. 
 AT THE LEAST. At least. E. xxix. p. 126, L 29, xxxi. 
 
 AT tSe second HAND. At second hand. E. liv. 
 
 p. 217, 1. 25. 
 ATTEMPER, v.t. To moderate. E. xiv. p. 51, L 6, Ivii. 
 
 p. 228, 1. 8. C. 8. p. 260, 1. I. 
 AVERSATION, sb. Aversion. E. xxvii. p. 106, 1. 6. 
 AVERT, V. t. To turn away. E. iii. p. 9, 1. 21. 
 AVOIDANCES, sb. Outlets. E. xlv. p, 185, 1. 14. 
 AWAKE, V. t. To awaken. E. xlix. p. 202, 1. 33. 
 AWAY. Used as a verb, to remove, or go away. E, liii. 
 
 p. 213, 1. 19. 
 
B. 
 
 BABLER, sh. An Idle talker. E. vi. p. 19, 1. 32. 
 BAND, s6. Bond. E. iii. p. 8, 1. i, 3, xv. p. 56, I. 10. 
 BANQUET, sd. A dining hall. E. xlv. p. 182, I. 3, 13. 
 BARBAROUS PEOPLE, sd. Barbarians. E. xvi. p. 6S, 
 
 1. 4, iviii. p. 236, 1. 21. 
 BARRIERS, sd. The lists within which a tournament was 
 
 fought. E. xxxvii. p. 158, 1. 7. 
 BARTHOLOMEW-TIDE, sd. St Bartholomew's day is on 
 
 24th Aug. E. xlvi. p. 188, I. 23. 
 BASE, adj. Literally, low; hence, in a moral sense, debased, 
 
 degraded. E. xxix. p. 122, 1. 14. 
 BATTAILE, s6. A body of troops. E. Iviii. p. 237, 1. 29. 
 BAUGH, sd. E. xxxv. p. 151, 1. 16. Probably the Bass Rock. 
 BE, 3//. E. i. p. I, 1. 3, iii. p. 11, 1. 8, xxix. p. 128, 1. 31. 
 P>E TO PAY. We should say, 'have to pay'. C.io. p. 265, 1. 5. 
 HEARE. To deare it = to carry it off. E. xxvi. p. 105, 1. 4. 
 BEARE-BERRIES, sd. Berberries. E. xlvi. p. 193, 1. n. 
 BEARES-FOOT, sd. Hellcborus foctidus; callcJ also in 
 
 Gerarde's Herball, Ox-heele, and Setter-wort. E. xlvi. 
 
 p. 193, 1. 6. 
 BEAUTIFY, V. t. To adorn. E. i. p. 3, 1. 6. 
 BECAUSE, co;tj. In order that. E. viii. p. 26, 1. 18, xxv. 
 
 p. loi, 1. 15, xxxiv. p. 144, 1. 19. 
 BECOME, V. i. To get to, betake oneself, E. xlv. p. 184, 1. 4. 
 BECOMMEN,/./. Become. E. x.xix. p. 123, 1. 34. 
 BEFALL TO. To happen, befall ; generally without the pre- 
 position. E. Iviii. p. 236, 1. 14. 
 BEHOLDING, adj. Beholden, indebted. E. x. p. 36, 1. i. 
 
 liv. p. 217, 1. 24. 
 BELIKE, adv. Probably. E. li. p. 208, 1. 22. 
 BEMOAN, V. rejl. To bemoan oneself = to lament E. ix. 
 
 P- 32. 1- 31- 
 BENT, sb. A kind of grass, called by Gerarde Reed-grass^ 
 
 which was used for chimney ornaments. E. xlvi. p. 188, 
 
 1. 27. 
 BESTOWING, sb. Placing, settling in life. E. xxvii. p. 114, 
 
 1.31. 
 BETWIXT, /r<;>. Between. E. xxxii. p. 138, 1. 24. 
 BEYER, sb. The front part of a helmet which had openings 
 
 for the eyes, and when down covered the face. Fr. baviere. 
 
 E. xxxv. p. 150, 1. 34. 
 BIGNESSE, sb. Size. E. xlv. p. 182, 1. 20. 
 BIN = BEEN. C. 10. p. 265, 1. I. 
 
 BIRTH, sb. That which is born, offspring. E. xxiv. p. 99, 1. i. 
 BLAB, sb. A teller of secrets. E. vi. p. 19, 1. 32. 
 BLACKES, sb. Mourning. E. ii. p. 6, 1. 1. 
 BLANCH, V. i. To flinch. E. xx. p. 86, 1. 30. 
 
 ,, V. t. To avoid. E. xxvi. p. 105, 1. 12. 
 
 BLUSHING, j^. The cause of blushing or shame. E. xxviL 
 
 p. 115, 1. 13. 
 
35^ ffilo^^ars 
 
 BOARD, j^. Table. E. xxxviii. p. 160, 1. 25. 
 BODY-HORSE, sfi. The shaft horse. C. 10. p. 266, 1. 19. 
 BONNETS, sd. Hats, of men, as well as women. E. xli. 
 
 p. 168, 1. 13. 
 BORDERER, sd. E. xxix. p. 127, 1. 5. "A borderer, one 
 
 that dwclleth by, that commeth out of one countrie and 
 
 dwelleth in another." Baret, Alvearie. 
 BOWED, /./>. Bent. E. xxvii. p. 113, 1. 33. 
 BRAVE, V. t. To assume ostentatiously, parade. E. xv. 
 
 p. 61, 1. 23, 
 BRAVE, adj. Fine. E. xxxiii. p. 141, 1.. 15. 
 BRAVERY, sb. Finery; hence ostentation, display, bra- 
 vado. E. xi. p. 41P I. 7, XV. p. 61, 1. I, XXV. p. 102, 1. 29, 
 
 xxxvii. p. 158, 1. 13, liv. p. 216, I. 9. Ivii. p. 228, 1. 2. 
 BREAK, V. t. To train, accustom. E. lii. p. 211, 1. 2. 
 BROAKE, v.i. To negotiate. E. xxxiv. p. 146, 1. 24. 
 BROKEN MUSICKE. Music that is interrupted or not 
 
 continuous. E. xxxvii. p. 156, 1. 8. Mr Chappell {Pop. 
 
 Mus. i. 246, note C ) says it means what we now term * a 
 
 string band.' 
 BRUIT, sb. Cry. E. liv. p. 216, 1. 14. 
 BUCKLING, /r. /. Preparing to go. E. xxi. p. 90» 1. 3. 
 BURSE, sb. The Exchange ; Fr. bourse. E. xviii. p. 72, 1. 12. 
 BUS IE, adj. Full of work, elaborate: now applied only to 
 
 persons. E. xlvi. p. 191, 1. i. 
 BUZZES, sb. Empty noises. E. xxxi. p. 135, I. 11. 
 BY. By how much. E. x. p. 37, 1. 24, xx. p. 82, 1. 7, xxxiv. 
 
 p. 147, 1. 30. By the space of. E. xxix. p. 128, 1. 13. 
 BY-WAY, sb. A secret way. E. xi. p. 42, 1. 16, Ivi. p. 225, 1. 9. 
 BY-WORD, sb, A proverb, saying. E. xxv. p. loi, 1. 21. 
 
 CAN, V. {. To be able. E. xi. p. 40, I. 19, 
 
 CANTICLE, sb. Song. E. ii. p. 7, 1. 13. 
 
 CAPABLE OF. Having capacity for. E. xxii. p. 91, 1. 12. 
 
 CAPITALL, adj. Chief. E. Ivi. p. 222, 1. 16. 
 
 CARE NOT. Are not careful or cautious. E. xlii. p. 174,!. 15. 
 
 CARD, sb. Chart. E. xviii. p. 72, 1. 31, xxix. p. 119, 1. 29. 
 
 CARRIED,/./. Carried on. E. xv. p. 56^ 1. 14. 
 
 CAST, v.i. To consider. E. xxvii. p. X14, 1. 24. 
 
 ,, V. t. To contrive. E. xlv. p. 183, 1. 33. To decide. 
 E. li. p. 208, I. 26, hence ' the casting^ vote'. 
 
 CASTORE UM. A natural produdl contained in two sacs near 
 the organs of generation of the beaver ; formerly used as 
 a medicine, now chiefly as a perfume. E. xxvii. p. 107, 
 
 CATCHPOLE, sb. A bailiff. E. liii. p. 215, 1. 9. 
 CENSURE, sb. Opinion. E. xxbc. p. 118, 1. 4. 
 CERTAIN EST, adj. Most certain. E. xxxiv. p. 146, I. 34. 
 CERTAINTY, sb. Trustworthiness. E. vi. p. 19, 1. 10. 
 CESSION, sb. Concession. E. liv. p. 218, I. 3. 
 
€EiIog0arg 359 
 
 CHALLENGE, v. t. To claim. E. xlviil. p. 198, 1. 7. Comp, 
 
 Ex. xxii. 9. 
 CHAMAIRIS. The dwarf Iris, of which Gerarde enumerates 
 
 1 1 varieties. Perhaps the Iris puviila may be meant. E. 
 
 xlvi. p. 187, 1. 2. 
 CHAPMEN, sb. Buyers. E. xxxiv. p. 146, 1. 27. 
 CHARACTER, sb. A stamp, mark. C. 9. p. 263, 1. 15. 
 CHARGE, jZ^. Cost. E. liv. p. 217, 1. 14. Comp. i Cor. ix. 18. 
 
 ,, V. t. To burden. E. xlviii. p. 198, 1. 4. 
 
 CHARGEABLE, adj. Costly, expensive. E. xxix. p. 128, 1, j. 
 CHARGES, sb. Expences. E. viii. p. 26, U 16, xxviii. 
 
 CHECKE WITH, v. t. To hinder. E. x. p. 38, 1. 7, xxxi. 
 p. i^, 1. 5. 
 
 CHIEFEST, adj. Chief. E. li. p. 207, 1. 6. Comp. 2 Cor. xi. 5. 
 
 CHOLER, sb. Anger. E. xxxvi. p. 15^, 1. i. 
 
 CHOP, v.i. To bandy words; from 'cnop' to change or in- 
 terchange. Hence the slang word 'chaff'. E. Ivi. p. 
 225, 1. 20. 
 
 CHOPPING, sb. Changing. E. xxxiv. p. 146, I, 28. 
 
 CHURCH MEN, sb. Ecclesiastics. E. viii. p. 27, I. ii. 
 
 CIRCUMSTANCE, sb. This word includes all the surround- 
 ings and accompaniments of an adlion. E. Iv. p. 219, I. 12. 
 
 CIVIL, adj. Literally, citizen-like : hence orderly, refined, 
 and, as applied to adlions, becoming. E. xvii. p. 69, 1. i, 
 xlviii. p. 199, 1. 9. 
 
 CIVILITY, sb. Civilization. E. xlvi. p. 186, 1. 7. 
 
 CLAMOUR, V. t. To disturb with clamour. E. xx. p. 87, 1. 30. 
 
 CLEARE, adj. Open. E. i. p. 3, 1. 25. 
 
 CLEARNESSE, sb. Openness. E. vi. p. 19, 1. 17. 
 
 CLEAVE, v.i. To stick, adhere. E. lii. p. 12, 1. 5, C. 8. 
 p. 261, 1. 24. 
 
 CLOISTERED, /./. Surrounded with cloisters. E. xlv. 
 p. 184, 1. 17. 
 
 CLOSE, adj. Secret. E. vi. p. 19, 1. 4, xi. p. 42, I. 16, Ivi. 
 p. 223, 1. 14. 
 
 CLOSENESSE, sb. Secrecy. E. vi. p. 18, 1. 13, 15, p. 19, 
 1. 20, xxvii. p. 110, 1. 17. 
 
 CLOVE GILLY-FLOWER, sb. Perhaps Dianthus caryo- 
 j>hyllus. Gerarde distinguishes the Clove Gilly -Flower 
 from the Carnation only by its being smaller both in leaf 
 and flower. E. xlvi. p. 188, 1. 33. 
 
 COEMPTION, sb. A buying up. E. xxxiv. p. 147, 1. 19. 
 
 COLLECT, V. t. To gather, infer. E. xxxv. p. 152, 1. 20. 
 
 COLLI AR, sb. An owner of coal mines. E. xxxiv. p. 146, 1. 6. 
 
 COLOUR, V. t. To colour other mens moneyes. E. xli. p. 172, 
 1. 25. ' To colour strangers' goods, is when a Free-man or 
 Denison perm.its a Foreigner to enter Goods at the Custom- 
 house in his name'. Phillips' New World of Words, 
 6th ed. 
 
 COMELINESSE, sh. Beauty, grace. E. xxvii. p. X15, 1. 8, 
 xliii. p. 177, 1. 21. 
 
360 
 
 CSlo^jjatB 
 
 COMELY, adj. Becoming. E. x. p. 37, 1. 10, Hv. p. 218, 1. 3. 
 
 COMFORT, v.i. To strengthen. E. xxxix. p. 164, 1. 11. 
 
 COMMEND, V. t. To recommend. E. xxx. p. 132. 1. 21. 
 
 COMMENDATORY, adj. 'L^xXftxs commendatory -\c\.\.^x%o{ 
 recommendation. E. Hi. p. 210, 1. 15. 
 
 COMMISERABLE, adj. Miserable, in the sense of deserv- 
 ing compassion. E. xxxiii. p. 143, 1. 9. 
 
 COMMODITIES, sb. Advantages. E. xli. p. 168, 1. 25. 
 
 COMMON, adj. Belonging to all alike, public. Thus 'The 
 Book of Comvion Prayer' is the book of prayer used in 
 public, and in common by all. E. xv. p. 55, 1. 34. 
 
 COMMON PLACE, sb. A theme, or college exercise, in 
 which a particular subje(5l was discussed. E. xxxiL p. 
 
 136, 1. 6, C. 10. p. 266, 1. 8. 
 COMMUNICATE,/./. Shared. E. xiii. p. 48, I. 30. 
 COMMUNICATE WITH, v,t. To share with, impart to. 
 
 E. XX. p. 84, 1. 20, xxvii. p. no, 1. 13, xxxi. p. 135, 1. 16. 
 COMPACTED, /./. Compaa. C. 5. p. 255, 1. 26. 
 COM PASSE, sb. Circuit. E. xxix. p. 129, I. 5. Contrivance. 
 
 C. 9. p. 264, 1. 16. 
 COMPOSITION, sb. Temperament. E. xlii. p. 173, 1. 21. 
 COMPOUND, v.L To settle. E. Iv. p. 220,1.24, Iviii. p. 
 
 235. 1- 4- 
 COMPREHEND, v. t. To include, embrace. E. xlviii. p. 
 
 200, 1. 12. 
 CONCEITS, sb. Conceptions, ideas. E. vi. p. 22, 1. 4. 
 CONDEMNED MEN. Convi^s. E. xxxiii. p. 139, 1. 21. 
 CONFEDERATE,/./. Leagued, united. E. xvi. p. 64, 1. 13. 
 CONFERENCE, j3. Consultation. E. 1. p. 205, 1. 16. 
 CONFERRE, v. i. To consult. E. I. p. 205, 1. 19. 
 CONFIDENCE, sb. Credit. E. xv. p. 61, 1. 31, xl. p. 166, 
 
 1. 27. Boldness, xvi. p. 65, 1. 32. 
 CONSCIENCE, sb. Consciousness. E. xi. p. 40, 1. 26. 
 CONSENTING,/./. Agreeing. C. 7. p. 257, 1. 27. 
 CONSORT, IN. In company, in concert. E. xx. p. 86, 1. 12. 
 CONTAINE, v.t. To hold iii, restrain, restria. E. xxix. 
 
 p. 124, 1. 21. p. 125, 1. 17, Ivii. p. 230, 1. 5. 
 CONTEND, V. i. To endeavour. E. Iv. p. 220, 1. 2. 
 CONTENT, V. i. To please, give satisfadlion. E. xxxii. p. 
 
 137. 1- 13- 
 
 CONTRARIE, adv. On the contrary. C. 6. p. 257, 1. 19. 
 CONTRARIWISE, adv. On the contrary. E. iii. p. 10, 1. 13, 
 
 ix. p. 32, 1. 10, xlviii. p. 199, 1. 23, li. p. 207, 1. 5. 
 CONTROVERSIE, sb. Dispute. E. xlix. p. 202, 1. i. 
 CONVENIENT, adj. Suitable. E. xxix. p. 122, 1. 31. 
 CONVERSANT IN. Conversant with. E. xx. p. 86, 1. 30. 
 CONVERSATION, sb. Used of a man's whole walk and 
 
 manner of life. E. xxvii. p. 106, 1. 12. 
 CONVERSE, V. i. To be engaged. E. xxxviii. p. 161, 1. 2. 
 CONVERT, v.t. To change. C. 6. p. 257, 1. 11. 
 CONVINCE, V. t. To refute. E. xvi. p. 64, 1. 5. 
 COPULATE, /.A Coupled, united. E. xxxix. p. 164, 1. 8. 
 CORNELIAN-TREE. The Cornel Tree. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 7- 
 
©lo^gatg 361 
 
 CORNELIANS, sb. The fruit of the Cornel tree, sometimes 
 called Cornelian cherries, which were in some parts of the 
 country used for tarts. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 34. 
 
 CORNE-MASTER, sb. An owner of com. E. xxxiv. p. 
 146, 1. 7- 
 
 CORRESPONDENCE, HOLD. To bear a proportion, cor- 
 respond. E. XV. p. 63, 1. n. 
 
 CORROBORATE,/./. Strengthened, confirmed. E. xxxix. 
 p. 162, 1. 9. 
 
 CORRUPT, V. i. To become corrupt, putrefy. E. xvii. 
 p. 69, 1. 34, xxxiv. p. 148, 1. 13. 
 
 COUNT, V. t. To reckon, consider. E. i. p. i, 1. 3, xxxvL 
 p. 154, 1. 23, xlvii. p. 196, 1. 24. 
 
 COUNTERVALE, v. t. To outweigh. C. 2. p. 240, 1. 14. 
 
 COUNTRY, adj. Belonging to one's country ; like the Lat 
 Patrius. E. xviii. p. 74, I. 6. 
 
 COURAGES, sb. Spirits. E. xxix. p. 128, 1. 2. 'Courage' 
 appears to have been used at first for any feeling of the 
 heart. Comp. Chaucer, C. T. prol. 22 ; 
 
 *In Southwerk at the Tabbard as I lay, 
 Redy to wenden on my pilgrimage 
 To Canturbury with devout corage.' 
 
 COURSE, OF. E. xxiv. p. 99, 1. 14. The Lat. translation 
 has decursu solo, that is, in its mere passage or progress, 
 and this seems to be the meaning of the phrase. 
 
 COURSE, OUT OF. Out of order. E. xlvi. p. 193, 1. 16. 
 
 COVERT, adj. Sheltered. E. xlvi. p. 189, 1. 30. 
 ,, sb. Shelter. C. 7. p. 259, 1. 17. 
 
 COVET, V. t. To desire earnestly. E. xxxv. p. 152, 1. 19. 
 
 CREATURE, sb. In the literal sense of 'a thing created', 
 applied both to animate and inanimate objects. E. i. p. 2, 
 1. 32, vii. p. 23, 1. iQ. 
 
 CRINGE, sb. A servile bow. E. iii. p. 9, 1. 29. 
 
 CROCUS VERNUS. By this Bacon apparently means some- 
 thing different from the plant now known by the name, 
 which has a purple flower. According to Loudon's Hortus 
 Britannicus, the common yellow crocus (C luteus) was not 
 introduced till 1629. The C. susiana, which has a yellow 
 flower, was introduced in 1605. Gerarde calls the Croctis 
 vermis * the early flouring wilde Saffron,' and gives two 
 kinds C. V.Jlore luteo. Yellow Spring Saffron, and C. V» 
 Jlore albo, White Spring Saffron, which may be those to 
 which Bacon alludes. 
 
 CROOK, V. t. To twist, pervert. E. xxiii. p. 96, 1. 20, xxviL 
 p. 113, 1. 34. 
 
 CROSSE, adj. Opposing, contradictory. E. iii. p. 10, 1. 21. 
 
 CUNNINGLY, adv. Skilfully. E. xxix. p. 118, 1. 15. 
 
 CURIOUS, adj. Literally, careful, with the notion of over 
 niceness or extreme accuracy ; ingenious. E. ix. p. 29, 
 1. 14. 
 
 CURIOUS ARTS. Magical arts. The phrase is borrowed 
 
362 
 
 ^lo^^arD 
 
 from the Vulgate rendering of A<5ls xix. 19. E. xxxv. 
 
 p. 150, 1. 26. 
 CURIOSITIES, x3. Nice questions. E. ix. p. 29, 1. 22. 
 CURIOSITY, sb. Elaborate work. E. xlvi. p. 192, 1. 4. 
 CURIOUSLY, adv. Carefully, accurately. E. 1. p. 205, 1. 8. 
 CURRANTLY, adv. Continuously. E. xxxi. p. 134, I. 7. 
 CUSTOME, sb. Tax, impost. E. xix. p. 80, 1. 33, xxxiii. p. 
 
 142, 1. 6. 
 
 DAINTILY, adv. Elegantly. E. i. p. 2, 1. 5, xlv. p. 185, 1. 7. 
 DAINTY, adj. Elegant. E. xxxvii. p. 156, 1. 15. 
 DAMMASIN, sb. The Damascene plum, or damson. E. xlvi. 
 
 p. 187, 1. 14. 
 \.MC 
 
 DAMOSELL, sb. Damsel. E. xxxviii. p. 160, I. 23. 
 DANGER, sb. To come in danger = to be endangered. 
 
 E. xiii. p. 47, 1. 17. In E. xlvii. p. 195, 1. 7, * danger' is 
 
 used where we should put the adjective; so 'reason' for 
 
 'reasonable'. 
 DECEIVABLE, ad/. Deceptive. E. xliv. p. 178, I. 16. 
 DECEIVE, V. t. To defraud, deprive. E. xlvi. p. 193, 1. 33, 
 
 C. 7. p. 258, 1. 31. 
 DECENT, adj. Becoming, graceful. E. xliii. p. 177, 1. 16, 
 
 xlv. p. 184, 1. 18. 
 DECLINATION, sb. Decline, declension. E. xxii. p. 94, 1. 5. 
 
 xxix. p. 126, 1. 5. 
 DECLINE, V. t. To turn aside. E. xl. p. 166, 1. 30. 
 DEDUCED,/./. Brought down. E. Ivi. p. 227, 1. 7. 
 DEEPE, adj. JProfound. E. ix. p. 32, 1. 20, 
 DEFACE, V. t. To destroy. E. iii. p. 12, 1. 10, xvi. p. 66, 1. 27. 
 DEFATIGATION, sb. Weariness. C. 10. p. 266, 1. 25. 
 DEGENERATE, /./. Degenerated. E. xi. p. 41, I. 12. 
 DELIVER, V. t. To describe. E. xlv. p. 181, 1. 27. 
 DELIVER, V. t. To let in, admit. E. xlvi. p. 190, 1. 25. 
 DELIVERED,/./. Let in, admitted. E. xlvi. p. 192, I. 14. 
 DELIVERIES, sb. Means of escape from difficulties. E. 
 
 xix. p. 76, 1. 34. 
 DENY, V. t. To refuse. E. xlix. p. 202, I. 16. 
 DEPENDANCES, sb. Dependencies. E. xx. p. 85, \. 14, 
 
 xxxvi. p. 155, 1. 17. 
 DEPRAVE, V. t. To misrepresent, disparage. E. xlix. p. 
 
 202, 1. 7. 
 DEPUTIE, sb. The Lord Lieutenant of Ireland. The word is 
 
 curious, because it is used in A<5ls xix. 38, for the Roman 
 
 proconsul. E. xxxix. p. 163, 1. 19. 
 DERIVE, V. t. To turn aside. E. ix. p. 34, 1. r. 
 
 ,, V. i. To be derived. C. 9. p. 262, 1. 23. 
 
 DESTITUTE, v. t. To leave destitute. E. xxxiii. p. 143, 1. 6. 
 DIET, V. i. To take one's meals. E. xviiL p. 73, 1. 7. 
 
DIFFICILNESSE, sh. Stubbornness. E. xiii. p. 49, 1. x6. 
 DIGGED, p.p. Dug. E. xxiii. p. 97, 1. 32. 
 DISABLE, V. t. To damage. E. xlix. p. 202, 1. 8. 
 DISADVANTAGEAELE, adj. Disadvantageous. E. xxviiL 
 
 p. 117, 1. 15. 
 DISCERNE, V. t. To distinguish. E. iii. p. lo, 1. 26, xxxvi. 
 
 p. i55» 1- 33- 
 DISCERNE OF. To discern. K xxxvi. p. 155, 1. 28. 
 DISCOMMODITIES, J^. Disadvantages. E. xxxiii. p. 142, 
 
 1. 21, xli. p. 169, 1. 5. 
 DISCONTENT, adj. Discontented. E. xv. p. 60, I. 18, 
 
 xlviii. p. 199, 1. 22. 
 DISCONTENTMENT, sb. Discontent. E. ix. p. 34, I. 18, 
 
 XV. p. 57, 1. 12. 
 DISCOURSING, adj. Discursive, rambling. E. i. p. 1, 1. 7. 
 DISCOVER, zf. t. To uncover, disclose. E. v. p. 17, 1. 27. 
 DISCOVERIE, sb. Disclosure. E. vi. p. 19, 1. 33, xli. p. 
 
 168, 1. 22. 
 DISPEOPLE, V. t. To depopubte. E. Iviii. p. 231, I. 20. 
 DISPLANT, 7f. t. To displace. E. xxxiii. p. 139, 1. 7. 
 DISPLEASURE, v. t. To displease. E. xxxvi. p. 154, 1. 27. 
 DISPOSITION, sb. Arrangement. E. 1. p. 204, 1. 5. 
 DISREPUTATION, sb. Disrepute. E. xlviii. p. 199, 1. 32. 
 DISSOLVE, V. t. To annul, used of laws, like the Lat. dissol- 
 
 vere. E. iii. p. 12, 1. 9. 
 DISTANCE, sb. Variance. E. xv. p. 62, 1. 7.. 
 DISTASTE, sb. Disgust. E. v. p. 17, 1. 17. 
 DISTASTED, p.p. Disgusted. E. xlix. p. 202, 1. 14. 
 DITTY, sb. The words [diila] of a song, and hence the song 
 
 itself. O. Fr. dini, ditti. E. xxxvii. p. 156, 1. 9. 
 DIVERS, adj. Different. E. iii. p. 9^ 1. 29, xx. p. 87, 1. 20. 
 DIVERSLY, adv. Differently. E. xxix. p. 122, 1. i. 
 DOCTOR, sb. Teacher. E. iii. p. 9, 1. 13, xiii. p. 48, 1. 9. 
 DOCTRINE, sb. Teaching. E. iiup. 13, I. 22. 
 DOE, V. t. To work, produce. E. Iviii. p. 232, 1. 31. 
 DOLE, sb. Dealing, distribution. E. xxxiv. p. 144, 1. 15. 
 DOLOR, sh. Pain. E. ii. p. 7, 1. 12. 
 DONATIVE, sb. A largess, gift of money. E. xv. p. 62, 1. 22, 
 
 xix. p. 81, I. 3, xxix. p. 129, 1. 25. 
 DOUBT, V. t. To fear ; like the Lat. dubitare in the later 
 
 sense. E. xxii. p. 92, 1. 22, xxviii. p. 116, 1. a8, Iviii. p. 
 
 234, 1. 12. 
 DRIE BLOW, sb. A joke, smart hit. E. xxxii. p. 138, 1. 11. 
 DRIVE, V. t. To condudl ; still used colloquially in the same 
 
 sense. E. xli. p. i6g, 1. 13. 
 DROWTH, sb. Drought. C. 4. p. 251, I. 11, 
 
 E. 
 
 ECCENTRICKS, sb. In the Ptolemaic system of astronomy 
 the sun and moon were supposed to move about the earth 
 in circles; biU in order to account for the varying velocity 
 
3^4 ffilo^^arg 
 
 of their motion the earth was supposed not to be at the 
 centre of these circles, which were therefore called eccen- 
 trics. E. xvii. p. 69, 1. 12. 
 
 EDGE, V. t. To incite, stimulate. E. xli. p. 171, 1. 31. 
 
 EFFECTUAL, adj. Efficient, effeaive. E. liv. p. 216, 1. 12. 
 
 EFFEMINATE, v.i. To become effeminate. E. xxix. 
 p. 128, 1. 2. 
 
 EIACULATION, sb. A darting forth. E. ix. p. 29, 1. 13. 
 
 EITHER, /r. Each. E. xxx. p. 133, 1. 14. 
 
 ELABORATE,/./. Elaborated. E. xx. p. 83, 1. 25. 
 
 ELECTION, sd. Choice. E. xliv. p. 178, 1. 10, xlviii. p. 199, 
 1. 25. C. 3. p. 250. 1. 14. 
 
 ELEGANCY, sd. Elegance. E. xxxvii. p. 156, 1. 4, xlv. 
 p. i8t;, 1. 9. 
 
 BLENCHES, si. Refutations. P. 247, 1. 4. 
 
 EM BASE, V. t. To make base, deteriorate. E. i. p. 3, 1. 29. 
 
 EMBASSAGE, sb. Embassy. E. liii. p. 215, 1. 6. 
 
 EMPLOYD MEN. Fr. employes, which is becoming natu- 
 ralized. E. xviii. p. 73, 1. 18. 
 
 EMULATION, j*. Strife, contention, as in Gal. v. 20. E. 
 vii. p. 24, 1. 18. 
 
 ENCREASE, sb. Produce. E. xxxiii. p. 140, 1. 1^ 
 
 END, sb. Intention. E. li. p. 208, p. 30. To the end—xxi. 
 order. E. xxii. p. 93, 1. 28, xlix. p. 201, 1. 20. 
 TDANGER, v. t. To run the risk of. E. xv. p. 61, 1. 3. 
 
 ENDANGERING, sb. Danger, risk. E. xxxiii. p. 142, 1. 16. 
 
 ENDANGER, v. t. To run the risk of. E. xv. p. 61, 1. -. 
 
 ENDANGERING, J^. Danger, risk. E. xxxiii. p. 142," 
 
 ENGAGE INTO. To involve in. E. xviii. p. 73, 1. 29. 
 
 ENGAGEMENT, sb. Obligation. E. xxxix. p. 162, 1. 18. 
 
 ENGINES, sb. Skilful contrivances, works of art involving 
 ingenintn or skill. E. xvii. p. 69, 1. 13. 
 
 ENQUIRE, V. t. Not now used as a transitive verb. E. xlviii. 
 p. 199, 1. I. 
 
 ENRICH, V. i. To grow rich. E. xxxiv. p. 145, 1. 28. 
 
 ENSIGNS, sb. Insignia; we have gone back to the Latin 
 word. E. xxix. p. 130, 1. 7. 
 
 ENSUE, V. i. To follow, result. E. xlviii. p. 198, 1. 13. 
 
 ENTERLACE, v. t. To insert. E. liii. p. 215, 1. 12. 
 
 ENTERPRISER, sb. An adventurer. E. xl. p. 166, 1. 22. 
 
 ENTERTAINMENT, sb. Diversion; something which with- 
 draws attention from the main subject. E. xlix. p. 201, 1. 18. 
 
 ENTRANCE, sb. Used metaphorically of elementary know- 
 ledge. E. xviii. p. 71, 1. 4. 
 
 ENTRED LEAGUE. Formed a league. E. xv. p. 56, 1. 5. 
 
 EPICURE, sb. Epicurean. E. iii. p. 13, 1. 2. C. 3. p. 249, 
 1. 22. 
 
 EPICYCLE, sK In order to account for the apparent motion 
 of the planets, sometimes dire(5l and sometimes retrograde, 
 it was supposed in the Ptolemaic system of astronomy that 
 each planet moved in a Small circle, the centre of which 
 described a larger circle about the earth. These small 
 circles were called epicycles. E. xvii. p. 69, 1. 12. 
 
 EQUIPOLLENT, adj. Equivalent E. xxxix. p. 162, 1. 22. 
 
6los{0ar5 ^6^ 
 
 EQUIVALENT ^WITH. Equivalent to. C. 5. P- 255, 1. 25. 
 
 ERE, ac^v. Before. E. xxxii. p. 138, 1. 26. 
 
 ERECTING, sd. Establishing. E. xix. p. 75, 1. 17. 
 
 ESPIAL, sd. Spy. E. xlviii. p. 198, 1. 22. 
 
 ESTATE, s6. State, condition. E. ix. p. 34, 1. 33, p. ^5, 1. 3, 
 xiv. p. 51, I. 2, XV. p. 58, 1. 34, XX. p. 87, I. 12, xxu. p. 92, 
 1. 16, Ivi. p. 227, 1. 10. 
 
 ESTEEM OF. To esteem, value. E. x. p. 37, \. 30. 
 
 ESTIVATION, sd. A place of estivation is a summer-house. 
 E. xlv. p. 184, 1. 21. 
 
 ETHIOPE, sd. Ethiopian. E. xxxvii. p. 157, 1. 27. 
 
 EUGH, sd. Yew. E. xlvi. p. 186, 1. 17. 
 
 EVACUATED,/./. Made void. C. 10. p. 267, 1. i. 
 
 EVERY, /r. Each. E. xv. p. 56, 1. 19. C. 5. p. 255, 1. 7. 
 
 EVILL-FAVOURED. Bad; literally, bad-looking, from fa- 
 vour, as applied to the features of the face. E. xxxix. 
 p. 162, 1. 6. 
 
 EXALTATION, sd. Tyrwhitt's note on the Wife of Bath's 
 Prologue (Chaucer, C. T. 1. 6284), explains this word : " In 
 the old astrology, a planet was said to be in its exaltation^ 
 when it was in that sign of the zodiac, in which it was sup- 
 posed to exert its strongest influence. The opposite sign 
 was called its dejeflion, as in that it was supposed to be 
 weakest." E. xxxix. p. 164, 1. 13. 
 
 EXCEEDING, adv. Exceedingly. E. xxxix. p. 164, 1. 6. 
 
 EXCEPT, 7t. i. To make exception. E. viii. p. 26, 1. 21. 
 
 EXCUSATION, sb. Excuse. E. xxv. p. 102, 1. 26, liv. 
 p. 218, 1. 3. 
 
 EXERCISED, p.p. Praaised, trained. E. xl. p. 166, I. 24. 
 
 EXHAUST, p.p. Exhausted. E. viii. p. 27, I. 24, Iviii. 
 p. 238, 1. 9. 
 
 EXPECT, V. t. To wait for. E. xxxiv. p. 146, 1. 14. 
 
 EXPERIENCE, PUT IN. Experienced. E. xxxiii. p. 141, 
 1. 18. 
 
 EXTENUATE, v. t. To weaken. C. 7. p. 259, 1. 6. 
 
 EXTERN E, adj. External. E. xlii. p. 174, 1. 30. C. 8. 
 p. 261, 1. 14. 
 
 EXTREME, adv. Extremely. E. xxxvii. p. 156, 1. 10, xliv. 
 p. 178, 1. 21. 
 
 FACILE, adj. Easily swayed, fickle. E. viii. p. 27, 1. 14. 
 
 FACILITY, sb. Fickleness. E. xi. p. 42, I. 21, Hi. p. 2x1, 1. 24 
 
 FACULTY, sb. Ability. E. xxx. p. 133, 1. 17. 
 
 FAINE, adj. Glad, and by a curious change of meaning, 
 compelled. E. xix. p. 80, 1. 12. 
 
 FAINE, adv. Gladly. E. xi. p. 40, 1. 5. 
 
 FAINED, adj. Ficlitious. E. xxxiv. p. 144, 1. 17, 
 
 FAINT, V. i. To decay, become feeble, and hence metaphori- 
 cally, to lose confidence. E. xvi. p. 65, 1. 13. 
 
365 ©Io0s;arg 
 
 FAT RE, adv. Handsomely. E. vi. p. 21, 1. 27, Ivi. p. 225, 
 
 1. II. 
 FAIRE, adj. Handsome. E. xiv. p. 52, 1. 16, xxii. p. 95, 1. 24, 
 
 xlv. p. 182, 1. 22. 
 FALL, V. i. To chance, happen. E. xiv. p. 52, L 11. 
 FALLAXES, sb. Fallacies. P. 247, 1. 3. 
 FALL UPON. To come to. E. xlvii. p. 196, 1. 13. 
 FAME, sb. Reputation. E. vi. p. 22, 1. 11. Rumour. E. xv. 
 
 p. 55, 1- 5- F- P- 240, 1. 17. 
 FARE, V. i. To happen. E. xvi. p. 65, 1. 16. 
 FASCET, sb. A facet, or little face. E. I v. p. 220, 1. 2. 
 FASHION, sb. Habit. E. xlvii. p. 196, 1. 31. 
 FAST, adj. Firm. E. xv. p. 62, I. 2. Tenacious, E. xlvi. 
 
 p. 188, 1. i^. 
 FAST, adv. Close. E. xiv. p. 52, I. 7. 
 FASTER, adv. Closer. E. xv. p. 56, 1. 10. 
 FAVOUR, sb. Face, coimtenance. E. xxvii. p. 113, 1. 14, 
 
 xliii. p. 176, 1. 17. 
 FEARES, sb. Objedts of fear. E. xv. p. 58, 1. 8. 
 FEARFUL, adj. Timid. E. xxix. p. 119, 1. 22, xxxi. p. 134, 
 
 1. 17, xxxvi. p. 155, 1. 3. 
 FEARFULNESSE, sb. Timidity. E. vi. p. 21, 1. 11. 
 FELICITY, sb. Good fortune. E. v. p. 17, 1. 16, xl. p. 166, 
 
 1. 28, xliii. p. 177, 1. 10, Iv. p. 220, 1. II. 
 FELLOW, sb. Companion. E. ix. p. 31, 1. 19, 
 FETCH ABOUT, v. i. To go about. E. xxii. p. 95, 1. 5. 
 FETCHING, sb. Striking. E. Iviii. p. 237, 1. 14. 
 FIFT, adj. Fifth. E. xvi. p. 64, 1. 20. 
 FLAGGES, sb. The Yellow Iris. E. xlvi. p. 186, I. 19. 
 FLASH, sb. A sudden bla^e; hence, with suddenness as the 
 
 prominent idea, an instant. E. xxix. p. 126, 1. 3. 
 FLASHY, adj. Tasteless. E. 1. p. 205, 1. 15. 
 FLOS AFRICANUS, sb. The African marigold. E. xlvi. 
 
 p. 187, 1. 21. 
 LOUT, • ' 
 
 FLOUT, sb. A jest, taunt. E. xxxii. p. 138, 1. 11. 
 FLOWER DE LICES, sb. Fleur de lis, or iris. E. xlvi. p. 
 
 187, 1. 10. 
 FLUX, sb. FluChiation. E. Iviii. p. 231, 1. 16. 
 FLY, V. t. To fly at, attack. F. p. 240, 1. i. 
 FOLLOWING, sb. Sea. E. iii. p. 10, 1. 13. 
 FOND, adj. Foolish. E. xxvii. p. 113, 1. 21. 
 FOOTPAC E, sb. A dais or raised platform for a chair of state. 
 
 E. Ivi. p. 225, 1. 30. 
 FORECONCEYVING, /r./. Preconceiving. C. 8. p. 260, 
 
 FORESEE, z'. /. To provide. E. xv. p. 59, 1. 8, xlv. p. 184, 
 
 1. 30, Iviii. p. 236, 1. 27. 
 FORGOT,/./. Forgotten. E. xxii. p. 93, 1. 22. 
 FORMALIST, sb. A formal person. E. xxvi. p. 104, L X2. 
 FORTH OF. Forth from. E. xxxv. p. 150, 1. 13. 
 FORWARDS, adi. Forward. E. xviii. p. 74, 1. 4. 
 FO WLE, sb. A bird of any kind. E. xiil p. 48, L 4, xlv p. 181, 
 
 1. 22. F. p. 240, L 2. 
 
6Jlo<{^ar5 367 
 
 FOWLER, s^. A bird-catcher. E, xxxiii. p. 140, 1. 8. 
 FRAME, OUT OF. In disorder. E. xv. p. 56, 1. 26. 
 FRETTELLARIA.sb. Fritillary. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 3. 
 FRIARLY, adj. Friarlike, monastic. E. xxxiv. p. 145, 1. 9. 
 FRONTED,/./. Confronted. E. xv. p. 62, 1. 2. 
 FROWARD, adj. Cross, perverse. E. viii. p. 27, 1. 31, xxiv. 
 
 p. 100, 1. 4, xlvii. p. 196, 1. 6. 
 FROWARD EST, adj. Most perverse. E. Ivii. p. 230, 1. 19. 
 FROWARDNESSE, sb. Perversity. E. xiii. p. 49, 1. 15. 
 FUME, sb. Smoke, steam ; hence, an empty fancy. E. xv. 
 
 p. 58, 1. 12, Iviii. p. 233, 1. 6. 
 FURNITURE, sb. Trappings, harness. E. xxxvii. p. 158, 1.14. 
 FUTILE, adj. Talkative. E. vi. p. 20, 1. 11, xx. p. 84, 1. 27. 
 
 GADDING, adj. Going hither and thither. E. ix. p. 30, 1. 21. 
 GALLI ARD, sb. A lively French dance. E. xxxii. p. 137, 1. 25. 
 GALLO-GRECIA.' Galatia. E. Iviii. p. 235, 1. 19. 
 GARNISHED, p.p. Ornamented. E. xlv. p. 185, 1. 18. 
 GAUDERIE, sb. Finery. E. xxix. p. 129, 1. 29. 
 GEMINATION, sb. A doubling. C. 8. p. 260, 1. 4. 
 GERMANDER, sb. Teucrium Chainadrys. E. xlvi. p. 
 
 186, 1. 19. 
 GTNGLES, sb. Rattles. E. xxxiii. p. 142, 1. 28. 
 GINNITING, sb. An early apple. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 28. 
 GLOBE, sb. A crowd, gathered round any thing. E. xi. 
 
 p. 40, 1. 34. 
 GLORIOUS, adj. Ostentatious. E. xxxiv. p. 148, 1. 10, 
 
 xlviii. p. 198, I. 15, liv. p. 216, 1. 8. 
 GLORY, sb. Ostentation, display. E. ix. p. 2p, 1. 17, Hv. p. 
 
 217, 1. 12, Ivi. p. 224, 1. 31. Lustre, xxxvii. p. 157, 1. 19, 
 p. 158, 1. 8. 
 
 GO ABOUT, V. i. To endeavour. C. i. p. 247, 1. 10. 
 
 GOE NEARE. The phrase *go near to', followed by a verb, 
 
 would now be replaced by an adverb, nearly, or almost. 
 
 E. viii. p. 27, 1. 5. 
 GOING ABOUT, sb. Endeavour. E. xv. p. 55, 1. 21. 
 GOING FORTH, sb. An outlet, exit. E. xlvi. p. 189, 1. 14- 
 GOINGS, sb. Movements. E. i. p. 3, 1. 30. 
 GOODLY, adj. Fine, handsome. E. xxxvii. p. 158, 1. 13, 
 
 xlv. p. 182, 1. 28. 
 GOTTEN, p.p. E. ix. p. 34, 1. 22, xv. p. 59, 1. 27. 
 GRACING, sb. Compliment, E. Ivi. p. 225, 1. 10. 
 GRACIOUS, adj. Graceful. E. xliii. p. 176, 1. 18, liv. p. 
 
 218, 1. 3. 
 
 GRECIA, j^. Greece. E. xxix. p. 127, 1. 20. 
 GRECIANS, sb. Greeks. E. i. p. i, 1. 16, xiii, p. 47, 1. 3, liil 
 
 p. 214, 1. 21. Comp. Joel iii. 6; Acts vi. i. 
 GRINDED, p.p. Ground. E. xli. p. 171, 1. 3. 
 GROSSE, IN. In the gross or mass. E. Iviii. p. 233, 1. 9. 
 
368 
 
 €Hlo0^arD 
 
 GROTTA, sb. Grotto. E. xlv. p. 184, 1. 21. 
 GROUNDED, p.p. Founded, well founded. E, Hi. p. u, 
 
 I. 33, xix. p. 77, 1. 2. 
 GROUNDS, sb. Soils. E. xlv. p. 180, 1. 23. 
 GROW BEHINDE, v,i. To get in arrear. C. 10. p. 265, 
 
 1. II. 
 GROWEN,/./. Grown. E. xxix. p. 126, 1. 21, xxx. p. 132, 
 
 GROWLING SILKE. Vegetable Silk, the produce of Bom- 
 bax Ceiba, the silk-cotton tree of S. America. E. xxxiii. 
 p. X41, 1. 18. 
 
 H. 
 
 HABILITATION, sb. Training. E. xxix. p. 125, I. 27. 
 HALFE LIGHTS, AT. By twilight. The Lat. has tanquam 
 
 in crepusculo. E. vi. p. 18, 1. 20. 
 HALFES, sb. Halves. E. xxvii. p. no, 1. 31. 
 HAND, AT A DEARE. At a great price. E. xxv. p. 102, 1. 4. 
 „ AT EVEN. To come at ez>en hand with another is to 
 
 be even with him. E. ix. p. 30, 1. 12. 
 „ OF EVEN. Equally balanced. North's P/k/. p. 999, 
 
 "The battcU was as yet of euen /land." E. xxviii. p. 116, 
 
 1. 13. 
 HANDLE, V. t. To treat; which is itself the Lat iroHare, to 
 
 handle. E. ix. p. 30, 1. 2, p. 34, 1. 19. 
 HANDY-CRAFTS-MEN, sb. Artisans. E. xxix. p. 125, 1. lo. 
 HANDY-WORK, sb. Workmanship, manufaaure. E. xlvi. 
 
 p. 186, 1. 5. Comp. Ps. xix. I. 
 HANGED, /./. Hung with tapestry. E. xlv. p. 185, 1. 7. 
 HAP, 7/. i. To happen. E. Iviii, p. 232, 1. 5. 
 HARDEST, adj. Hardiest. E. Iviii. p. 236, 1. 1. 
 HARDY, adj. Bold. E. xxvii. p. no, 1. 13. 
 HARMEFULL, adj. Hurtful, pernicious. E. vii. p. 24, 1. 9, 
 
 xxxvi. p. 155, 1. 12. 
 HEALTHS, sb. Toasts. E. xviii. p. 73, 1. 26. 
 HEARKEN, v. i. To get information, ascertain. E. xxxiii. 
 
 p. 142, 1. 12. 
 EIGTH, sb. Height, t. xiv. p. _ 
 HELPS, sb. Aids. E. xi. p. 41, 1. 26. 
 
 HEIGTH, sb. Height. E. xiv. p. 52, 1. 5. 
 
 HERB A M use ARIA, sb. The Grape-Hyacinth. E. xVn. 
 
 p. 187, 1. 24. 
 HEROICALL, adj. Heroic. E. v. p. 17, 1. 7, ix. p. 30, 1. 33, 
 
 xxxiii. p. 139, 1. 2. 
 HERSELIKE. adj. Funereal. E. v. p. 17, 1. 13. 
 HIACYNTHUS ORIENTALIS, sb. The garden hyacinth 
 
 brought from the Levant in 1596. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 2. 
 HIERUSALEM, sb. Jerusalem. E. xxxiii. p. 140, 1. 18. 
 HIRELINGS, sb. Hired servants. E. xxix. p. 122, 1. 34. 
 HIS, pr. Its. E. xxxvi. p. 153, 1. 4. Used for the genidrc 
 
 case. £. xix. p. 78, 1. 33, xxix. p. 128, I. 16. 
 
HITHER, adj. Nearer. E. xlvi. p. 190, 1. 28. 
 HOLD, V. reji. To adhere. C. i. p. 248, 1. 9. 
 HOLD WITH. To agree with. E. xv. p. 62, 1. 10. 
 HOLPEN, >./. Helped. E. xx. p. 85, 1. 18, xxiv. p. roo, 
 
 \. 14, xxix. p. 118, 1. 8. Comp. Dan. xi. 34. 
 HOLY DAY, sb. A saint's day. C. 9. p. 259, I. 2. 
 HOME, TO KEEP. To keep at home. E. ix. p. 30, 1. 22. 
 HONESTER, adj. More honest, E. xlvii. p, 196, 1. 25. 
 HONNY-SUCKLE, FRENCH, sb. Hedysarum Corotui- 
 
 rium, formerly called the hatchet vetch. E. xlvi. p. 187, 
 
 1- 13- 
 HONOURABLEST, adj. Most honourable. E. xxxiu p. 136, 
 
 L 10. 
 HORTATIVES, sb. Exhortations. E. viiL p. 27, 1. 17. 
 HOWSOEVER, adv. Although. E. i. p. 2, 1. 24. 
 HUMANITY, sb. Human nature. E. xxvii. p. 107, 1. 13. 
 HUMOUROUS, adj. Fanciful. E. viiL p. 27, L 3. 
 HUNDRED, adj. Hundredth. E. xxix. p- 122, 1. 15. 
 HUSBAND, V. t. To farm, cultivate. K xH. p. X69, 1. 12. 
 
 ,, sb. An economist. E. Iv. p. 219,!. 18. 
 
 HUSBANDING, sb. Cultivation, E. xv. p. 59, 1. 5. 
 
 I ADE, V. t. To over-drive ; and, metaphorically, to pursue a 
 
 subje<5l of conversation to weariness, E. xxxil p. 136, 1. 19. 
 lEOPARDY, sb. Risk, peril. C. 5- P- 256, 1. 6, 
 ILL, adj. Bad. E. xlv. p. 180, 1. 7. 
 IMAGERY, sb. Devices or figures in tapestry, painting, or 
 
 sculpture. E. xxvii. p. iii, 1. 34. Comp. Ez. viii. 12, 
 
 Ecclus. xxxviii. 27. 
 IMBASE, V. t. To make base, degrade. E. x. p. 38, 1. 20. 
 IMBOSMENTS, sb. Projeaions in architeaure. E. xlvL 
 
 p. 191, L 14. 
 IMPART, V. reft. To communicate. E. xx. p. 85, I. 7. 
 IMPERTINENCES, sb. Things not belonging to a question, 
 
 irrelevant. E. viii. p. 26, 1. 14. 
 IMPERTINENCY, sb. Irrelevance. E. Ivi. p. 224, 1. 26. 
 IMPERTINENT, adj. Irrelevant E. xxvL p. 105, 1. 9. 
 IMPORT, v.i. To be of importance. E. xxix. p. 120, 1. 15, 
 
 p. 125, 1. 24, 
 IMPORTUNE, adj. Importunate, E. ix. p. 35, L 10, xlviiL 
 
 p. 198, 1. 5. 
 IMPOSE UPON. To lay a restraint upon, K L p. i, 1. 13, 
 IMPOSTUMATION, sb. A tumor. E. xv. p. 61, 1. 4. 
 IMPRINTING, adj. Impressive. E. liL p. 211, 1. 12. 
 IMPROPRIATE, V. t. To appropriate, E. xxix. p. 130, 1. 3, 
 IN, prep. Into. E. i. p. i, 1. 14. 
 IN GUARD. On guard. E. xxii. p. 94, I. 31. 
 
 BB 
 
370 ©lojjjjarg 
 
 IN THAT. Like the Lat. in eo quod. E. ix. p. 31, 1. i. 
 INBOWED WINDOWES. Bow-windows, or bay-windows. 
 
 E. xlv. _p, 184, 1. >;. 
 INCENSED, p.p. Burnt. E. v. p. 17, 1. 26. 
 INCEPTIONS, sb. Beginnings. C. ro. p. 266, I. 14- 
 INCOMMODITIES, sb. Disadvanuges. E. xli. p. x68, I. 24. 
 JNCONFORMITY.J3. Want of agreement. E.xxiv. p. ioo,I.i. 
 INCUR, v.i. 'To incur into the note of others' is to come 
 
 under others* observation. E. ix. p. 31, I. 25. 
 INDIFFERENCY, sb. Indifference. E. xx. p. 87, I. 16. 
 INDIFFERENT, adj. Impartial. E. vi. p. 20, 1, 26, xiv. 
 
 p. 51, 1. 20, XX. p. 87, 1. 15, li. p. 207, 1. 14. 
 INDIGNITY, sb. An unworthy adt E. xi. p. 39, 1. 11. 
 INFAMED, /./. Branded with infamy. ^. xix. p. 78, 1. 18. 
 INFANTERY, sb. Infantry. E. xxix. p. 122, 1. 16. 
 INFLUENCES, sb. A trace of the old belief in the power 
 
 exercised by the stars over human destiny lingers in this 
 
 word. Comp. Job xxxviii. 31. E. ix. p. 29, 1. 11, IviiL 
 
 INF^RTUNATE, adj. Unfortunate. E. iv. p. 15, I. 31, xl. 
 
 p. 167, 1. 6. 
 INGAGED, p.p. Set fast. E. xxxix. p. 163, 1. 24- 
 INGROSSING, sb. Monopoly. E. xv. p. 60, 1. 12. 
 INORDINATE, adj. Irregular, ungovernable. E. x. p. 36, 
 
 I. 16. C. 7. p. 259, 1. 19. 
 INQUISITIONS, sb. Investigations. E. xxx. p. 132, 1. 9. 
 INSOLENCIE, sb. Insolence. E. xiv. p. 52, 1. 5, xv. 
 
 p. 61, 1. I. 
 INSPIRE, V. t. To breathe in. E. i. p. 3, 1. 4. 
 INTELLIGENCE, sb. Understanding. E. xlviii. p. 198, 1. 13. 
 
 To have intelligence = to have an understandmg, agree. 
 
 E. X. p. 37, 1. 13. 
 INTEND, v.t. To aim at, strive after. E. xxix. p. 125, 1. 31. 
 INTENTION, sb. Endeavour. E. xxix. p. 125, 1. 29. 
 INTERESSED, p.p. Interested; the old form of the word. 
 
 E. iii. p. y, 1. 33. 
 INTERLACE, v. t. To mix up together, insert. E. xi. p. 41, 
 
 1. 34, xl. p. 167, 1. 8. 
 INTERLOCUTION, sb. A speaking between different per- 
 
 sons, alternate speaking; conversation. E. xxxii. p. 138, 
 
 INTERVENIENT, adj. Intervening. E. Ivi. p. 227, I. 4. 
 INURE, V. t. To make use of E. xxxvi. p. 154, 1. 34- 
 INVOLVED, AA Intricate. E. xx. p. 85, I. 25. 
 INWARD, adj. Intimate. E. xi. p. 42, 1. 14, xx. p. 85, 1. 4. 
 ,, Interior. E. xliv. p. 184, 1. 14. Hence, secret. E, 
 
 xxvi. p. 105, 1. 26. 
 lOY, V. i. To rejoice. E. xxvii. p. no, I. 33. 
 IRRITATE, V. t. To provoke. E. Iii. p. 214, I. 30. 
 ITERATE, V. t. To repeat. E. xxv. p. 102, 1. 20. 
 ITERATION, sb. Repetition. E. xxv. p. 102, 1. 19. C la 
 
 p. 266, 1. 18. 
 
ffilo^jjarg 271 
 
 lUST, adj. Exaa. E. xv. p. 58, 1. 28. 
 
 „ sb. A tilt, tournament. E. xxxvii. p. 158, 1. 7. 
 
 K. 
 
 KINDE, sh. Manner. E. xH. p. 171, 1. 33. 
 KINSFOLKS, sb. Relatives. E. vii. p. 24, 1. 22, ix. p. 31, 1. 19. 
 KNAP, sb. A knoll. E. xlv. p. 180, 1. 12. 
 KNEE TIMBER, sb. Crooked timber. E. xiii. p. 49, 1. 28. 
 KNIT, V. t. To fasten. E. xv. p. 58, 1. 25. 
 KNOWLEDGE OF, TO TAKE. To take cognizance of, 
 observe. E. xiii. p. 48, I. 18. 
 
 LANDED, p.p. Possessed of landed property. C. 5. p. 254, 
 
 1. II. 
 LAUD ATI VES, sh. Eulogies, panegyrics. E. xxix. p. 129, 
 
 1.19. 
 LAY, V. i. To lie. K. xxxviii. p. 160, 1. 21. 
 LEAD-MAN, sb. An owner of lead mines. E. xxxiv. p. 146, 
 
 1. 7. 
 LEADS, sh. A leaded roof; used by Bacon in the singular. 
 
 E. xlv. p. 182, 1. 29. 
 LEARNINGS, sb. Sciences. E. iii. p. 13, 1. 23. 
 LEESE, V. t. To lose, cause the loss of. E. xix. p. 80, 1. 26, 
 
 xxix. p. 119, 1. 20, xxxi. p. 134, 1. 5, xxxiii. p. 139, 1. 11. 
 LEGEND, sb. See note. E. xvi. p. 64, 1. 2. 
 LELACKE, sb. Lilac. E. xlyi. p. 187, 1. 16. 
 LET, V. t. To hinder. E. xlvi. p. 190, 1. 28. 
 LEVITY, sb. Lightness, fickleness. E. ix. p. 31, 1. 12. 
 LIFT, sb. The step of a horse. E. xxv. p. loi, 1. 9. 
 LIGHT, V. i. To happen, turn out. E. xliii. p. 177, 1. 25. 
 
 ,, adj. Slight, unimportant. E. iii. p. 9, 1. 23. 
 
 LIGHTLY, adv. Easily. E. li. p. 208, 1. 24. 
 LIGHISOME, adj. Light. E. v. p. 17, 1. 22, xlv. p. i8r, 
 
 1. 18. 
 LIKE, adj. Likely. E. xx. p. 86, 1. 5, xxii. p. 93, 1. 24, xlvii. 
 
 p. 95, 1. 17, xlix. p. 203, 1. 2. C. I. p. 248, 1. 2. Had 
 
 like = was likely. E. xiii. p. 48, 1. 3. 
 LIKE TO. Like. E. ix. p. 34, 1. 20, xiii. p. 49, 1. 28. 
 LIKE UNTO. E. iii. p. 12, 1. 16. 
 LILIUM CONVALLWM, The lily of the valley. E. xlvi. 
 
 p. 187, 1. 25. 
 LIVELY, adv. Vividly. E. v. p. 17, 1. i. 
 LIVING, sb. Property. E. xlv. p. 181, 1. 9. C 5. p. 254, 1. 9. 
 LOADING, adj. Laden, burdened. *To be on the loading 
 
 part' is to aggravate. E. xiii. p. 49, 1. 19. Comp. behold- 
 ing, and beholden. 
 LODGING, sb. Sleeping apartment. E. xlv. p. 184, 1. 28. 
 
 5B2 
 
LOOSES, sb. Properly the letting loose an arrow from the 
 string ; hence applied to the acl of discharging any business. 
 The Latin has exitus. It is apparently used in the same 
 sense as "deliveries" in Essay xix. E. xxii. p. 95, 1. 25. 
 
 LOT, sb. A spell, like Fr. sort. E. ix. p. 33, 1. 32. The cus- 
 tom alluded to by Bacon is illustrated by the following 
 passage from Thrupp's Anglo-Saxon HomCy p. 276 [Notes 
 and Queries, 3rd S. ii. p. ii6j : "Diseases of which nothing 
 •was understood, such as epilepsy or insanity, were supposed 
 to arise from the influence of demons, and were dealt with 
 accordingly. The Anglo-Saxons had a notion, common to 
 many nations, that evil spirits could not be conjured out of 
 one man unless they were conjured into another, or into 
 something else. The disease was, therefore, commonly 
 charmed into a stick, and the stick thrown into a high-way ; 
 that it might be effecflually separated from the sufferer. It 
 was supposed Ihat the disease, or evil spirit, would enter 
 into the first person who picked it up." 
 
 LUCRE, sb. Gain. E. xvii. p. 69, 1. 23. 
 
 LURCH, V. t. To absorb ; literally to gulp down, from a Med. 
 Lat. word hircare, to swallow food greedily. E. xlv. p. 
 181, 1. 8. 'To Lurchf deuour, or eate greedily. Ingurgito.' 
 Baret, Ah)carie. 
 
 LUTE, sb. A stringed instrument of music, resembling the 
 modem guitar. E. xxix. p. 118, I. 5. 
 
 M. 
 
 MAGNIFIE, V. i. To make great or fmportant. E. xiii. p. 48. 
 
 1. 15. Comp. Josh. iii. 7, Job vii. 17. 
 MAINE, adj. Great, important. E. vi. p. 21, 1. 12. 
 MAINE, sb. The important part. E. xxii. p. 95, I. 22. 
 MAINLY, adv. Forcibly, vigorously. E. xv. p. 56, 1. 30, 
 
 xxxiv. p. 146, 1. 18. 
 MAINTAINE, v. t. To support, uphold. E. xx\n. p. 109, 
 
 1. 28. 
 MAKE FOR. To be for the advantage of. E. 1. p. 1, 1. 19, 
 
 xvi. p. 65, 1. 9, xxix. p. 128, 1. 5. 
 MAKE FORTH. To proceed. E. xli. p. 169, 1. 2. 
 MALIGNE, adj. Malignant. E. xv. p. 61, 1. 4, xxxvi. p. 
 
 153, 1. 5. 
 MANNAGE, v. t. A term of horsemanship ; literally to make a 
 
 horse obey the hand, and so to handle generally. E. vi. p. 
 
 19, 1. 12, xxix. p. 119, 1. 9. 
 MANNAGE, sb. Management. E. xlii. p. 174,!. n. 
 MANNER, sb. Kinds; used as a plural. E. Iviii. p. 234, 1. 28. 
 MARISH, adj'. Marshy. E. xxxiii. p. 142, 1. 18. 
 MARRE, v.t. To spoil. E. xxxii. p. 138, I. 14, xxxvi. p. 155, 
 
 1. 15. 
 
ffllo^^atg 373 
 
 MARVELLED, /.A Wondered at. E. xllv. p. 179, 1. 25. 
 MASTERIES, TO TRY. To contend for mastery or superi* 
 
 ority, E. xix, p. 77, 1. 3. 
 MASTERY, sb. Superiority. E. xxx. p. 133, I. 6. 
 MATE, V. t. Literally, to .stupefy or deaden ; hence to over- 
 
 power (Fr. mater). E. ii. p. 6, 1. 5, xv. p. 58, 1. 7. 
 MATERIALL, adj. Matter of facl. E. xxv. p. 102, 1. 30. 
 MATTER, sb. Used like the Lat. materia in the literal sense 
 
 of fuel ; hence, cause generally. E. xix. p. 77, 1. 5, xv, 
 
 p. 57, 1. 8. < 
 
 MATTER, UPON THE. On the whole. E. xHv. p. 179, I. u. 
 MEANE, sb. Means. E. xix. p. 77, 1. 14, xlix. p. 201, 1. 9. 
 
 Medium, instrument. E. xlix. p. 203, 1. 4. In a meane — 
 
 moderately. E. v. p. 17, I. 4. 
 MEANE, adj. Humble, inferior. E. xv. p. 57, 1. 24. 
 MEAT, sb. Food of all kinds, not exclusively nesh. The ^neat 
 
 offering of the Jews had no flesh in it. E. xxxiii. p. 140, 1. 23. 
 MEERE, adj. Absolute. E. xxvii. p. 107, 1. 7. Comp. Shaks. 
 
 M. of Ven, iii. 2 : 
 
 * I have engaged myself to a dear friend. 
 Engaged my friend to his mere enemy.* 
 
 MEERELY, adv. Absolutely. E. Iviii. p. 231, 1. 20. 
 
 MEERE STONE, sb. A boundary stone ; from A. -S. gemaere, 
 
 a boundary. E. Ivi. p. 222, 1. 15. 
 MELIORITIE, sb. Superiority. C. i. p. 248, 1. 10. 
 MELO-COTONE, j3. Akind of peach. E. xlvi.p. 187, 1.33. 
 MEN OF WARRE, sb. Warriors, soldiers. E. xix. p. 77, 
 
 1. 19, F. p. 240, 1. 34. 
 MERCHANDIZING, sb. Trade. E. xH. p. 170, 1. 2. 
 MERCURY ROD, sb. The caduceus or rod twined with 
 
 serpents with which Hermes is represented. E. iii. p. 13, 
 
 1. 24. 
 MEW, V. t. To moult or shed the feathers. Fr. muer. E. 
 
 xxix. p. 121, 1. 20. 
 MEZERION, sb. Daphne Mezeret^tn, caWed also by Gerarde 
 
 Dutch Mezereon, or Germane Olive Spurge. E. xlvi. 
 
 p. 186, 1. 23. 
 MIDDEST, sb. Midst. E. vii. p. 24, 1. 6, xlv. p. 182, 1. 11. 
 MILITAR, adj. Military. E. liv. p. 217, 1. 10. 
 MILITIA, sb. An armed force, army. iE. xxix. p. 124, 1. 29. 
 MILKEN WAY, sb. The Milky Way. E. xl. p. 166, 1. 5. 
 MINDE, sb. Intention. E. xiii. p. 50, 1. 9. 
 MINISTERS, sb. Attendants. E. Ivi. p. 225, 1. 28. 
 MINTMAN, sb. One skilled in coinage. E. xx. p. 87, 1. 26. 
 
 * Hee that thinketh Spaine, to be some great ouermatch for 
 
 this Estate, assisted as it is, and may be, is no good Mint- 
 
 vtan ; But takes greatnesse of Kingdomes according to their 
 
 Bulke and Currency, and not after their intrinsique Value.' 
 
 Bacon, Cons, touching a Warre with Spaine, p. 2, ed. 
 
 1629. 
 MISLAIER, sb. One who misplaces. E. Ivi, p. 222, 1. 15. 
 
374 ffilo^^ats 
 
 MISLIKE, V. i. To dislike. E. xli. p. 172, I. 12. 
 
 MODELL, sb. Plan. E. iii. p. 10, 1. 33. 
 
 MOILE, V. i. To labour. E. xxxiii. p. 141, I. 24. 
 
 MONETH, sb. Month; A.-S. M(5nj(«. E. xlvi. p. 186, 1. n. 
 
 MONEYES, sb. Sums of money. E. xli. p. 172, 1. 25. 
 
 MONOCULOS, sb. A one-eyed person. C. 10. p. 264, 1. 24. 
 
 MORE, adj. Greater. E. xliii. p. 177, 1. 3. 
 
 MORRIS DAUNCE, sb. A dance formerly common in 
 England on festival days, and especially on ^Iay Day, and 
 not yet entirely out of use. The name appears to indicate 
 that it was borrowed from the Moriscos or Moors, but no- 
 thing is known of its origin. E. iii. p. 9, 1. 28. 
 
 MOST, adj. Greatest. E. vii. p. 23, 1. 14, xx. p. 86, 1. 26, 
 xxxvii. p. 157, 1. 18. 
 
 MOTION, sb. Impulse. E. x. p. 38, 1. 14. Emotion, xiv. 
 P- 52, 1. 33. Movement, xliii. p. 176, 1. 10. 
 
 MOUGHT. Might. E. xv. p. 61, 1. 5, xxii. p. 92, I. 16, xx\'ii. 
 p. no, 1. 19. 
 
 MOUNT, sb. Mound. E. xlvi. p. 191, 1. n. 
 
 MOVE, V. t. To excite. E. iii. p. 9, 1. 30. 
 
 MOWEN, p.p. Mown. E. xv. p. 59, 1. 10. 
 
 MULTIPLICATION UPON. E. xxxix. p. 164, 1. 14. 
 
 MUNITE, V. t. To fortify. E. iii. p. 12, 1. 9. 
 
 MURTHER, V. t. To murder. E. iii. p. 13, 1. ia. 
 
 MUSKE MELON, sb. The common melon, called also by 
 Parkinson and Gerarde, Million. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 31. 
 
 MUSKE-ROSE, sb. Rosa moschata. E. xlvi. p. 188, 1. 24. 
 
 MUSTER, V. i. To count. C. 5. p. 251, I. 2. 
 
 MYSTERY, sb. A hidden meaning, known only to the ini- 
 tiated. E. V. p. i6, 1. 18. 
 
 N. 
 
 NAME, sb. Reputation. E. vi. p. 19, 1. 10. 
 NATURALL, adj. Native. E. xxix, p. 124, 1. 22. 
 NATURES, sb. Kinds. E. xlv. p. 180, 1. 23, xlvi. p. 187, 1. 11. 
 NAUGHT, adj. Bad. E. xxxiv. p. 146, 1. 28, Hi. p. 213, 1. 4- 
 NEASTLING, sb. Place for buUding nests. E. xlvi. p. 194, 
 
 1. 23. 
 NEEDS, adt<. Of necessity ; A. S. ne&des the gen. of ncddt 
 
 need. E. ix. p. 30, 1. 17, xii. p. 46, 1. 4, xxiii. p. 96, 1. 21. 
 NEERE UNTO. E. xv. p. 63, 1. i. 
 NEERNES, sb. Intimacy. C. 7. p. 259, 1. 24. 
 NEGLECTING, adj. Negligent. E. iv. p. 15, 1. 14. 
 NEIGHBOUR, adj. Neighbouring. E. xxix. p. 128, I. la 
 NEPHEW, sb. A grandson. E. xxix. p. 110, 1. 9. 
 NEVER A. E. xiii. p. 49, 1. 24, xxii. p. 95, 1. 23, xxxii. p. 138 
 
 1. II, xliii. p. 177, 1. 14. 
 NEWELL, sb. "A pillar of stone or wood, where the steps 
 
 terminate in a winding staircase." Kennett, MS. Lansd. 
 
 1033, quoted in Halliwell's Difl. E. xlv. p. 182, 1. 33. 
 
ffilo^jsarg 375 
 
 NEWES, sb. Used as a plural. E. xv. p. 54, 1, 14. 
 
 NEW MEN, sb. Like the Lat. novi /wmines, men who have 
 
 newly acquired rank. We are obliged to resort to the Fr. 
 
 parvenu to express this. E. ix. p. 30, 1. 25. 
 NICE, adj. Scrupulous. E. xxix. p. 123, 1. 30, xxxvii. p. 156, 
 
 1. 15. 
 NICENESSE, sb. Fastidiousness. E. ii. p. 6, 1. 16. 
 NOBLESSE, sb. Nobility. E. xv. p. 60, 1. 16. 
 NOTABLE, adj. Remarkable. E. liii. p. 215, I. 3. 
 NOTABLY, adv. Notoriously, remarkably. E. xv. p. 60, 1. 2, 
 
 xxix. p. 121, 1. 29. 
 NOTE, sb. Observation. E. ix. p. 31, 1. 25. Information. 
 
 E. xlix. p. 202, 1. 24. 
 NOTHING NEARE. K xxL p. 89, L 18. 
 WORTH. C. 10. p. 265, 1. 12. 
 NOVELTIES, sb. Innovations. E. xvii. p. 69, 1. 25. 
 NOURISH, v.L To receive nourishment. E. x»x. p. 80, 1. 24- 
 
 OBIECT, p.p. Exposed. C. 5. p. 254, 1. 8. 
 OBLIGED, p.p. Bound. E. xx. p. 82, 1. 7. 
 OBNOXIOUS TO. Exposed to, under the influence of; and 
 
 hence, submissive, complaisant. E, xx. p. 86, 1, 12, xxxvL 
 
 P- 155. 1- 3. xliv, p. 179, 1. 16. 
 OBTAINE, V. I. To attain ; to gain a cause in law. E. vi. p. 19, 
 
 1. 2, Ivi. p. 225, L 13. 
 OES, sS. Round bright spots. E. xxxviL p. 157, 1. 17. Used 
 
 by Shakspere of the stars [Mid. N.'s Dr. iii. 2) : 
 
 Fair Helena, that more engilds the night 
 Than all yon fiery oes and eyes of light. 
 
 OF. E. vi. p. 19, L 10, p. 22, 1. 2, xvii. p. 69, 1. 21, xix. p. 79, 
 l. 31, XXV. p. 102, L 28, xxvii. p. 109, 1. 34, XXX. p. 131, 1. 3, 
 XXXV. p. 151, L 31, li. p. 208, 1. 29, liiL p. 214, I, i. C. 3. 
 p. 249, 1. 24. In all these passages * oV would be replaced 
 in modern usage by other prepositions, which the reader 
 will easily supply- In a partitive sense. E. xxxiii. p. 142, 
 1. 32, xvi. p. 65, 1. 18. Of either side. E. xlvi. p. 189, 1. 29. 
 Of long. E. IvL p. 224, 1. 4. Of purpose. E. ix. p. 33, 
 L 17- Of the other side. C. 2. p. 249, 1. 10. 
 
 OFFER, sb. An attempt. C- 10. p. 266, 1. 16. 
 
 OFFICIOUS, adj'. Ready to serve, like the Lat- officiosus; 
 not in a bad sense. E. xlviii. p- 199, 1- 27. 
 
 OFT, adv. Often. C. i- p. 248, L 4, 2. p- 248, 1. 18. E. ii. 
 p. 6, 1. 21, viii. p. 27, 1. 27, xxxiii. p. 142, 1. 32. 
 
 OPINION, sb. Reputation. E. xxvL p. 105, 1. 30, liv. p. 217, 
 
 ORACULOUS, adj. Oracular. K vi. p. 20, I. 34- 
 
37^ Glo^^arg 
 
 ORANGE-TAWNEY, adj. Of a dark orange colour. In 
 Knight's Shaksjjere (ii. p. 250) it is said, Vecellio, a Vene- 
 tian, " expressly informs us that the Jews differed in nothing, 
 as far as regarded dress, from Venetians of the same profes- 
 sions, whether merchants, artisans, &c., with the exception 
 of a yellcnv bcmnet, which they were compelled to wear by 
 order of the government." See also Sir W. Scott's descrip- 
 tion of Isaac of York in Ixmnfwe, c. 5 : " He wore a high 
 square yellow cap of a peculiar fashion, assigned to his 
 nation to distinguish them from Christians.** E. xH. p. x68, 
 I. 13- 
 
 ORDER, TO TAKE. To take measures. E. xxxvi. p. 153, 
 1. 20. 
 
 ORDERING, sh. Arrangement. E. xlvi. p. 186, 1. lo, p. 190, 
 1. 32. Iviii, p. 237, I. 33. 
 
 OTHER, //. Others. E. viii. p. 26, 1. 15, xxiv. p. 100, 1. 13. 
 
 OVERCOME, v.t. In the phrase 'to overcome a bargain,* 
 to master it, and make it one's own. E. xxxiv. p. 146, I. 15. 
 
 OVER-GREAT, adj. Excessive. E. xvii. p. 69, I. 21. 
 
 OVERGREAl'NESSE, sb. Excessive greatness. E. xx. p. 85, 
 1. 16. 
 
 OVER-LIVE, V. i. To survive. E. xxvii. p. 109, 1. 31. 
 
 OVER-POWER, sh. Excessive power. E. Iviii. p. 236, 1. 17. 
 
 OVER-SPEAKING, adj. Speaking too much. E. Ivi. p. 224, 
 1. 17. 
 
 OVERTHROWEN, p.p. Overthrown. E. xv. p. 56, 1. 2. 
 
 OYNTMENT, sb. Perfume. E. liii. p. 213, 1. 19. 
 
 P. 
 
 PACE, V. i. To proceed. E. xxxiv. p. 145, I. 20. 
 PAIRE, V. t. To impair. E. xxiv. p. 100, 1. 13. 
 PALME, sb. A handbreadth. E. xix. p. 78, 1. i. 
 PARABLE, sb. A proverb. K xxvii. p. no, 1. 22. 
 PARDON, sb. Permission. E. xliii. p. 177, 1. 20. 
 PART, sb. Party. E. xvi. p. 66, 1. 13. 
 PARTICULAR, adj. Partial. E. Iviii. p. 231, 1. 22. 
 
 ,, sb. Used as a substantive, like * private,* &c. 
 
 E. XV. p. 6t, 1. 34. 
 PASS, V. i. 'Jo surpass. F. p. 239^ 1. 14. 
 PASSAGES, sb. Digressions. E. xxv. p. 102, 1. 25. 
 PASSING, adzK Surpassingly, exceedingly. E. vi. p. ig, I. x**. 
 PASTURAGES, sb. Pastures. E. xv. p. 60, 1. 13. 
 PAWNES, sb. Pledges. E. xli. p. 170, 1. 17. 
 PEECE, zf. i. To fit. E. xxiv. p. 99, 1. -ji. 
 PENURY, sb. Want. E. xxix. p. 123, 1. 17. 
 PENYWORTH, sb. A purchase. C 9. p. 264, I. 3. 
 PERCASE, adv. Perhaps. C. 3. p. 250, I. 7. 
 PERCEIVING, sb. Perception. K liii. p. 213, 1. ii. 
 
PEREMPTORY, adj. In its literal sense of deadly, destruc- 
 tive. E. XV. p. 6i, 1. 19. 
 
 PERIOD, sb. Termination, completion. E. xlii. p. 174, 1. 23. 
 
 PERISH, V. t. To destroy. E. .\xvii. p. 110, 1. 18. 
 
 PERSONAGE, sb. A representation of the human face. 
 E. xUii. p. 177, 1. 4, 6. 
 
 PERSUADE, v.t. To recommend. E. iii. p. 13, !. 32. 
 
 PHANTASM E, sb. A phantom. E. xxxv. p. 150, 1. 8. 
 
 PINCK, sb. 'The blush Pincke' is merely a variety of the 
 common Pink. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 18. * The w^//^^ Pinck ' 
 is called by Parkinson [Paradisjis, p. 316, ed. 1629J Caryo- 
 phylbis fftinor repens, and is described as "the smallest, 
 both for leafe and flower of all other Pinkes that are nou- 
 rished in Gardens." The .same Latin name is given by 
 Ray to the Maiden Pink, Dianthns deltoides. In the 
 and edition of Gerarde, Parkinson's plate is copied, and the 
 flower is called C. yi?-ginetis. Miller [Gard. Diet. 7th ed. 
 1759) describes a kind of Dianthits as "the small creeping 
 or Maiden Pink, commonly called the mated Pink by seeds- 
 men." He afterwards says it was used for the edgings of 
 borders. I cannot identify it. E. xlvi. p. 188, 1. 32. 
 
 PTNE-APPLE-TREE, sb. The Pine. E. xlri. p. 186, I. 17. 
 
 PITIE, sb. Used like 'reason' for the corresponding adjec- 
 tive. E. xli. p. 168, 1, 2. 
 
 PLACE, sb. Topic. F. p. 240, 1. 6. 
 
 TAKE. Tohaveeffea. E. xxxi. p. 134, I. ir, xlix. 
 p. 202, 1. 21. 
 
 PLACED, p.p. Put in place, or position. E. xi. p. 42, I. 10, 
 li. p. 208, I. 20. 
 
 PLACING, sb. Position. E. Iviii. p. 233, 1. 16. 
 
 PLAIE-PLEASURE, sb. E. ix. p. 30, 1. 17. 
 
 PLANT, V. t. To colonize. E. xxxiii. p. 139, 1. 22. 
 
 PLANTATION, sb. Colony. E. xxxiii. 
 
 PLASH, sb. A pool, or puddle. C. 4. p. 251, I. 11. 
 
 PLATFORM, sb. Plan. E. xlvi. p. 194, 1. 25. 
 
 PLAUSIBLE, rt^'. Praiseworthy, deserving applause. E. ix. 
 p. 34, 1. 26, XV. p. 55, 1. 12. In Ivi. p. 222, 1. II, it seems to 
 mean * courting applause,' and so approaches to the modern 
 sense. 
 
 PLEASURING, pr.p. Pleasing. E. xxxvi. p. 154, I. 27. 
 
 PLENTIFUL, ndj. Lavish. E. xxviii. p. 117, 1. 6. 
 
 PLIE, sb. Bend, twist. E. xxxix. p. 164, 1. 3. 
 
 POESY, sb. Poetry. E. i. p. 2, 1. 18, v. p. i6, 1. 14. C 9. 
 p. 264, I. 9. 
 
 POINT, V. t. To appoint. E. xlv. p. 183, 1. 2, Iviii p. 237, 1. 26. 
 
 POINT DEYICE, adj. Exaft. E. Hi. p. 212, 1. 8. 
 
 POLER, sb. An exadler of fees. E. Ivi. p. 226, 1. 17. 
 
 POLING, adj. Exadling. E. Ivi. p. 226, 1. 2. 
 
 POLITICKES, sb. Politicians. E. iii. p. 9, 1. 31, vi. p. 18, 1. 5. 
 
 POLITIQUE, sb. A politician. E. xiii. p. 49, 1. 28. 
 
 ,, adj. * The Politique Body,' the body politic, or 
 
 state. E. xii. p. 45, 1. 12. Politique Ministers, or Minis- 
 ters of State. E. xxix. p. 127, 1. 6. Politique persons= 
 politicians. E. ix. p. 32, 1. 30. 
 
378 Glo00ars 
 
 POLL, sb. Head; whence .* poll/ a reckoning or census of 
 
 heads. E. xxix. p. 122, 1. 15. 
 POPULAR, adj- Democratic. E. xii. p. 45, I. 5. 
 POPULARITIE, J^. A courting of popular favour. E. xlviii. 
 
 p. 199, 1. II. 
 POPULARITIES, sb. Popular representations. Pref to 
 
 Colours, p. 245. 
 PORTRAITURE, sb. Portrait. E. xiii. p. 49, 1. i. 
 POSER, sb. An examiner, who /t^j^j or puts questions. Still 
 
 in use at Eton and Winchester. E. xxxii. p. 137, 1, lo. 
 POWER, sb. *To have power with' is 'to have influence 
 
 over.' E. xxvii. p. 108, 1. 33. 
 PRACTISE, PRACTIZE, sb. Plot, plotting. E. iii. p. 12, 
 
 1. 19, xxii. p. 91, 1. 15, xlvii. p. 196, 1. 25. 
 PRAY IN AID. To call in .is an advocate. Comp. Adv. of 
 
 L, II. 17, § 9 : " Foi* it is a Rule, that whatsoeuer Science is 
 
 not consonant to presuppositions, must Pray in ayde of 
 
 Similitudes." E. xxvii. p. iii, 1. 6. 
 PRECEDENT, adj\ Preceding, previous. E. xix. p. 78, 1. 13. 
 PRECISELY, adv. With precision, exacflness. E. xlu p. 170, 
 
 1. 18. 
 PREDICTIONS, sb. Prognostics. E. xv. p. 56, 1. 33- 
 PREDIGESTION, sb. Premature digestion. E. xxv. p. lox, 
 
 1- 3- 
 PREDOMINANCIE, sb. Predominance. C. 7. p. 259, 1. 5. 
 
 E. xxxix. p. 163, 1. 2. 
 PREFER BEFORE. To make superior to, promote above 
 
 E. xxiii. p. 97. 1. 7. Comp. Esth. ii. 9. 
 PREHEMINENCE, j^. Rank. E. ix. p. 33, 1. 7. 
 PREOCCUPATE, v. t. To anticipate. E. ii. p. 6, 1. ir. 
 PRESCRIPTION, sb. Title, claim. E. xlvii. p. 196, 1. 12. 
 PRESENCE, CHAMBER OF. Reception room. E. xlv. 
 
 p. 183, 1. 28. 
 PRESENT, AT THIS. At the present time, now. E. xliv. 
 
 p. 179, 1. 14. 
 PRESENTLY, adv. Immediately. E. xli. p. 170, 1. 7. Comp. 
 
 I Sam. ii. 16; Matt. xxvi. 53. 
 PRESIDENTS, sb. Precedents. E. xi. p. 41, 1. 10, xxiv. 
 
 PRESb, 7'. t. To press upon, oppress. E. xiv. p. 52, 1. 2. 
 PRESSED, /./. Urged, enforced. E. xix. p. 76, 1. 30, Ivi. 
 
 p. 224, 1. 2. 
 PREST, adj. Readv. E, xxix. p. 127, 1. 8. 
 PRETEND, V. t. To put forward as a pretext E. xxiv. 
 
 p. 100, 1. 21, 
 
 ,, v.i. To make pretension. E. xxxii. p. 138, I. 3, 
 
 PREVAIL, V. i. To succeed. E. xlvii. p. 196, 1. 9. 
 PREVENT, V. t. To anticipate. E. Ivi. p. 224, 1. 23. Comp. 
 
 Ps. cxix. 148. 
 PRICE, sb. Value. C 5. p. 256, 1. 10, 9. p. 264, I. 13. Comp. 
 
 Prov. xxxi. 10; Matt. xiii. 46. 
 PRICK, v.t. To set, plant. E. xviii. p. 74, 1. 7, .xlvi. p. 193, 
 
 1.9. 
 
ffilo^^ar^ 379 
 
 PRIME, sb. E. Iviii. p. 233, 1. 27, See the passage Itself. 
 
 PRIME, adj. Best. E. xxxiv. p. 146. 1. i^. 
 
 PRIMUM MOBILE. E. xv. p. 56, 1. 18, li. p. 209, 1. 17. 
 See note on p, 56. 
 
 PRINCIPIALL, adj. Initial. E. xxxv. p. 151, 1. 6. 
 
 PRIVADOES, sb. Intimate friends, favorites. The Duchess 
 of Burgundy, after instru(fHng Perkin Warbeck in his part, 
 "sent him unknowne into Portugall, with the Lady Bramp- 
 ton, an English Ladie, that embarqued for Portugall at that 
 time ; with some Privado of her owne to haue an eye upon 
 him." Hist, of Hen. 7, p. 117, ed. 1622. E. xxvii. p. 108, 1. 7. 
 
 PRIVATE, sb. Used as a substantive. Comp. B. Jonson, 
 Sejanits, iii. i : " My Lord, this strikes at every Roman's 
 private." E. xxxiii. p. 141, I. 6. 
 
 PRIVATENESSE, sb. Privacy. E. xi. p. 39, 1. 18. 
 
 PRIVIE, adj. Private. E. xlv. p. 184, 1. 29. 
 
 PROCEEDING, sb. Course of adlion, policy. E. xv. p. 61, 
 1. 16, p. 62, 1. 10. 
 
 PROFIT, v.i. To make progress. E. xlii. p. 175, 1. 7, xxix. 
 p. 126, 1. 8. 
 
 PROPER, adj. Peculiar. E. vii. p. 23, 1. 9. Personal. E. 
 xxvii. p. 115, 1. 15, Ivii. p. 230, 1. 9. 
 
 PROPOUND, V. t. To propose. C. 4. p. 251, 1. 13. 
 
 PROPRIETY, sb. Property, peculiarity. E. iii. p. 9, 1. 14. 
 
 PROSPECTIVE, sb. Perspeaive glasses, which were appa- 
 rently used to produce the same solid appearance as the 
 modem stereoscope. E. xxvi. p. 104, 1. 13. Chaucer, Squire's 
 Tale, 10548 : 
 
 '* They speak of Alhazen and Vitilyon 
 And Aristotle, that writen in her lyves 
 Of queynte myrrours and. pros/>ectyves" 
 
 PROYNING, sb. Pruning. E. 1. p. 204, 1. 16. 
 
 PULING, sb. A whining. E. xxxvii. p. 157, 1. 13. 
 
 PURCHASE, V. t. To acquire, procure. E. iv. p. 14, 1. 16. 
 Iv. p. 219, I. 12. 
 
 ,, sb. Acquisition. C. 9. p. 263, I. 7. 
 
 PURPOSE, OF. Purposely. E. ix. p. 33, 1. 18. 
 „ HAD A. Purposed. F. p. 241, 1. 4. 
 
 HAD IN. Purposed. F. p. 240, 1. 18. 
 
 PURPRISE, sb. An inclosure, precindl. E. Ivi. p. 225, 1. 30. 
 
 PUT ABROAD. Spread out. E. xxvii. p. in, 1. 33. 
 
 PUT UP. To offer as a prayer. E. xxxix. p. 163, I. 18. 
 
 PUTRIFIE, V. t. To corrupt. E. xlix. p. 201, 1. 2. 
 
 PYTHONISSA, sb. A woman possessed with the spirit of 
 Python, or divination. See note. E. xxxv. p. 149, 1. 5. 
 
 QUADLINS, sb. Codlmgs. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 29. 
 QUALITIE, sb. Rank. E. xv. p. 59, 1. 17, liii. p. 213, 1. 15. 
 QUARRELL, sb. Lit. a cause of complaint ; hence any cause 
 or reason. E. viri. p. 28, 1. 5, xxix. p. 126, 1. 30. 
 
380 
 
 ffilo^^arg 
 
 QUARTER, TO KEEP. To keep one's proper place, and so 
 be on good terms with another. E. x. p. 38, 1. 5, xxii. p. 94, 
 1. I. 
 
 QUEECHING, sb. Crying out But see note. E. xxxix. 
 p. 163, 1. 16. 
 
 QUICKNING, sb. A giving life to. E. xli. p. 171, 1. 6. 
 
 QUIDDITIE, sb. Lit. somethingness, opposed to 'nuUitjr,* or 
 nothingness: an old scholastic term denoting essential sub- 
 stance. C. 10. p. 264, 1. 23. 
 
 QUIRE, sb. A choir. E. xxxvii. p. 156, 1. i6. 
 
 R. 
 
 RACES, sb. Breeds. E. xxix. p. 120, 1, 10. 
 
 RANGE, 7f. t. To set in order, arrange. E. Iviii. p. 237, 1. 28. 
 
 RANGED, p.p. Planted in ranges or rows. E. xlvi. p. 194, 
 
 1- 5- 
 RANGES, sb. Rows. E. xlvi. p. 193, 1. 28. 
 RASPES, sb. Raspberries. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 22. 
 RATH EST, adv. Soonest; superlative of rathey early, used 
 
 adverbially. C. i. p. 248, 1. i« 
 RAVENING, rt^*. Plundering. * Ravening fowle ' are * birds 
 
 of prey'. F« P- 240, I. 2. 
 RAVISH, V. i. To sweep hastily away. E. xvii. p. 69, I. 4. 
 REASON, f^. In the phrases * it is reason ', ' it were reason *, 
 
 where we should use the adje6live 'reasonable*. E. viii. 
 
 p, 26, 1. 8, xi. p. 39, 1. 17, xiv. p. 52, 1. 26. 
 RECAMERA, sb. A back chamber. E. xlv. p. 184, 1. 33. 
 RECEIPT, sb. Receptacle. E. xlvi. p. 191, 1. 24. 
 RECIPROQUE, adj. Reciprocal. E. x. p. 37, 1. 21. Used 
 
 as a substantive. E. ix. p. 37, 1. 23. 
 RECONCILEMENT, j<5. Reconciliation. E. iii. ] 
 
 as a substantive. E. ix. p. 37, 1. 23. 
 XONCILEMENT, sb. Reconciliation. E. iii. p. 10, I. 17. 
 RECREATIVE, adj. Recreating, refreshing. E. xxxvn. 
 
 p. 157, 1. 32. 
 REDUCED,/./. Brought within bounds. E. Iviii. p. 238, 1.8. 
 REFERENDARIES, sb. Referees. E. xlix. p. 202, 1. 13. 
 REFLECT, v.i. To be refleaed. Used as an intransitive 
 
 verb. E. xxix. p. 129, 1. 10. 
 REFRAINED, /./. Bridled, restrained, held in check. 
 
 E. Ivii. p. 228, 1. 10. See note on p. 119, L 9. 
 REFRAINING, J^. Bridling, restraining. E. ML p. 229, L 32. 
 REGARD, IN. Because. E. xxix. p. 122, 1. 23. 
 REGIMENT, sb. Reeimen. E. xxx. 
 REIGLEMENT, sb. Regulation. E. xli. p. 170, 1. 31. 
 REINES, sb. The kidneys (Lat. renes\ E. I. p. 205, 1. 30. 
 RELATION, .r^. Narrative. E. x. p. 37, 1- 27- 
 REMEMRRING. adf. Mindful. E. xi. p. 43, 1. 17. 
 REMOVE, sb. Removal. C. 6. p. 256, 1. 31. 
 REMOVER, sb. A restless man. E. xl. p. 166, 1. 23. 
 REPOSED,/./. Settled, calm. E. xlii. p. 173, 1. 17. 
 REPUTED, /./. Well reputed of, of good reputation. E. 
 
 XV. p. 63, 1. 10. 
 
RESEMBLANCE, sh. Comparison. E. Ivi. p. 226, 1. i8. 
 
 RESEMBLED, /.A Compared. £. xx. p. 83, 1. 34. 
 
 RESORT, sb. Apparently used in the sense of a spring or 
 fountain. In this case the phrase 'resorts and falls' is illus- 
 trated by the following quotation from Fuller {Holy States 
 xxv) : Mr Perkins ** was born the first, and died the last 
 year of Queen Elizabeth, so that his life streamed in 
 equal length with her reign, and they both had their 
 /o2iHtai^is and /alls togcth^r.'^ See the note. In the De 
 Au^. the true reading is probably fontes for fomites. 
 E. xxii. p. 95, 1. 21. 
 
 RESPECT, V. t. To regard, consider. E. xxx. p. 132, 1. 26. 
 ,, sb. Consideration. E. xi. p. 42, 1. 23, xiv. p. 51, 
 
 1. 17, xxiii. p. 97, 1. 25, lii. p. 212, 1. i. 
 ,, IN. In case. E. xxviii. p. 116, I. 20. 
 
 REST, sb. Have set up their n'j/ = have staked their all. 
 Nares [Glossary) thus explains it: "A metaphor from the 
 once fashionable and favourite game of primero ; meaning 
 to stand upon the cards you have in your hand, in hopes 
 they may prove better than those of your adversary." E. 
 xxix. p. 128, 1. 27. 
 
 REST, V. i. To remain. E. xxxvi. p. 154, 1. 16. 
 
 RESTRAINED,/./. Restrided. E. xxvii. p. 112, I. 3. 
 
 RETIRING, sb. Retirement. E. 1. p. 204, I. 3. 
 
 RETURNES, sb. Parts of a house built out at the back. 
 E. xlv. p. 182, 1. 7. 
 
 REVEREND, adj. Venerable, deserving of reverence or re- 
 specft. E. xiv. p. 52, 1. 15, XX. p. 86, 1. 10, Ivi. p. 222, 1. 10. 
 
 RIBES, sb. Probably the Ribes ritbrum, or red currant. 
 E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 22. 
 
 RICH, adj. Valuable, precious. E. xxv. p. 102, I. 1. 
 
 RID, V. t. To get rid of, dispose of. E. xxix. p. 125, I. 11. 
 
 RIGHT, adv. Very. E. xxiii. p. 96, 1. 9. 
 
 RIOTER, sb. A riotous or dissolute person. C. 7. p. 259, I. 25- 
 
 RISE, sb. Origin, source. E. xxxiv. p. 147, 1. 24. 
 
 RISING, /r. /. Arising. E. vi. p. 21, 1. 10. 
 
 ROUND, adj. Plain, straightforward. E. i. p. 3, 1. 25. 
 
 ,, adv. Swiftly, uninterruptedly. E. vi. p. 22, 1. 2, 
 
 xxiv. p. 100, 1. 4. 
 
 RUN A DANGER = run a risk. E. xxvii. p. 113, I. 30. 
 
 S. 
 
 SACIETY, sb. Satiety. E. ii. p. 6, 1. 16, lii. p. 211, 1. 20. 
 SAD, adj. Sober, grave; dark coloured. E. v. p. 17, 1. 21. 
 
 F. p. 240, 1. 4. 
 SALTNESSE, sb. Wit. E. xxxii. p. 137, I. 9. 
 SANCTUARY-MEN, sb. Men who had claimed the privilege 
 
 of sandluary. C. 7, p. 259, 1. 19. 
 SARZA, sb. Sarsaparilla. E. xxvii. p. 107, 1. 20. 
 SATYRIAN, sb. The orchis. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. 23. The sweet 
 
382 ffilo^^arg 
 
 satyrian with the white flower is probably the butterfly 
 
 orchis. 
 SAVE, adv. Except. E. xx. p. 87, 1. 23, xlv. p. 185, 1. 15. 
 SCANT, adv. Scarcely. C. i, p. 247, 1. 16. 
 
 ,, v.t. To limit. E. xlv. p. 181, 1. 10. 
 SCANTLING, sb. Limit, dimension. E. Iv. p. 221, 1. 11. 
 SCUTCHION, sb. Escutcheon. E. xxix. p. 129, 1. 16. 
 SEAT, sb. Site. E. xlv. p. 180, 1. 7. 
 SEA-WATER-GREENE, adj. Sea-green. E. xxxvii. p. 157, 
 
 1. 17. 
 SECRET, adj. Silent E. vi. p. 19, 1. 31. 
 SECRETTED, /./. Kept secret. E. vi. p. 18, 1. 19. 
 SEEK, TO. At a loss. E. xli. p. 171, 1. 11. 
 SEELED, p.p. Having the eyes closed. Hawks were tamed 
 
 by sewing up their eyelids till they became tradtable. E. 
 
 xxxvi. p. 154, 1. 10. 
 SEELINGS, sb. Wainscottings. E. liv. p. 217, 1. 29. 
 SENSIBLE OF. Sensitive to. E. viii. p. 27, 1. 4. 
 SENSITIVE, adj\ Sensible. B. Jonson, Sejanus, v. 10. 
 
 C. 10. p. 265, I. 33. 
 SENSUAL, adj. Affe<5ling the senses. E. xvii. p. 69, 1. 19. ^ 
 SENTENCE, sb. Sentiment, opinion. E. ii. p. 6, 1, 31, Iviii. 
 
 p. 231, 1. 4. 
 SEQUESTER, v. t. To withdraw. E. xxvii. p. 106, 1. 12. 
 SET UPON, v.t. To attack. E. xxix. p. 120, I. 22. 
 .SEVERALL, adj. Separate, different. E. vi. p. 18, 1. 16, xix. 
 
 p. 81, 1. 6, xli. p. 171, 1. 8. 
 SHADOW, sb. Shade. E. xi. p. 30, 1. 19. 
 SHAPEN, p.p. Shaped, formed. E. xxiv. 1. 2. 
 SHEEPE-MASTER, sb. An owner of sheep. Comp. 2 K, 
 
 iii. 4. E. xxxiv. p. 146, 1. 5. 
 SHEW, sb. Appearance. E. liii. p. 213, 1. 11. 
 
 ,, 7>. t. To cause to appear. E. ii. p. 6, 1. 2. 
 SHEWED, /./. Shewn. E. vi. p. 18, 1. 20. 
 SHINE, V. t. To cause to shine, E. xiii. p. 48, 1. 29. 
 SHREWD, adj. Mischievous. E. xxiii, p. 96, 1. 2. 
 SHRIFT, sb. Confession. E. xxvii. p. 107, 1. 27. 
 SHUT OUT, v.t. To exclude. E. xli. p. 171, 1. 23. 
 SIDE, v.t. To stand by. E. xi. p. 43, 1. 8. v, refl. To range 
 
 oneself. E. Ii. p. 209, 1. 2. 
 
 „ ON THE OTHER. On the other hand. E. xx. p. 86, 
 
 1. I, xli. p. 169, 1. 34. 
 SIGNES, sb. E. iviii. p. 234, 1. 29. Used as in the New Tes- 
 tament. 
 SIMILITUDE, sb. Comparison, parable. Comp. Hos. xii. 10. 
 
 E. xvii. p. 6^ I. 32. 
 SIMULATION, sb. A pretending to be that which one is not 
 
 E. vi. throughout. 
 SINGULAR, adj. Single. E. xxix. p. 124, 1. 11. 
 SIT, v.i. In the phrase *to sit at a great rent,' for *to be 
 
 subject to a great rent.' E. xli. p. 169, 1. 12, 
 SKIRTS,*^. Train. E. vi. p. 21, 1. 4. 
 
SLIDE, sd. Smooth motion. E. xiv. p. 53, I. 4, xl. p. 167, 
 
 1. 13. 
 SLIGHT, V. t. To pass slightly. E. xii. p. 45, 1. 28. 
 SLOPE, adj. Sloping. E. xlvi. p. igo, 1. 19, 
 SLUGGE, sb. Hindrance. E. xli. p. i6g, 1. 30. 
 SMOTHER, sb. * To keep in jw^M^r' is 'to stifle;' and *to 
 
 pass in smother,' 'to be stifled.' E. xxvii. p. 112, 1. 11, 
 
 xxxi. p. 134, 1. 22. 
 SO. Such. E. xxvii. p. no, 1. 2. 
 SOBERLY, adv. Moderately. E. xxix. p. 121, 1. 11. 
 SO FARRE FORTH. So far. E. xlix. p. 202, 1. 21. 
 SOFTLY, adv. Gently. E. vi. p. 19, 1. 7, xv. p. 56, 1. 21. 
 
 Comp. Gen. xxxiii. 14; Is. viii. 6. 
 SOME, /r. One, some one. E. ix. p. 35, 1. 14, xxviii. p. 117, 
 
 1. 6. 
 SOMETIME, adv. Sometimes. E. x. p. 38, 1. 18. 
 SOOTHSAYER, j3. Literally, 'truth-teller;' a teller of future 
 
 events. E. xxxv. p. 150, 1. 6. 
 SOPHY, sb. The shah of Persia. E. xliii. p. 176, I. 14. 
 SORT, v.i. To agree. E. vi. p. 18, 1. 6, xxvii. p^ 115, I. 20, 
 
 xxxviii. p. 160, 1. 34. To associate, consort. E. vii. p. 24, 
 
 1. II. To result, issue. E. xxvii. p. 108, 1. 5, xxix. p. 124, 
 
 1. 4. To arrange. E. xlv. p. 181, 1. 15. 
 ,, sb. Class, kind. E. xv. p. 60, 1. 20. 
 ,, IN A. In a manner. E. xli. p. 172, 1. 30. 
 SPAKE. Past tense of ' speak.' E. i. p. 2, 1. 23. 
 SPANGS, sb. Spangles. E. xxxvii. p. 157, 1. 17. 
 SPECIALLY, adv. Especially. E. Iviii. p. 233, 1. 14. 
 SPECULATIVE, adj. Inquisitive. E. xx. p. 86, 1. 2. 
 SPEND, V. t. To consume. E. xxxiii. p. 140, 1. 3. 
 SPEW OUT, V. t. To reje(5l with loathing. E. Ivi. p. 223, 
 
 1. 15. Comp, Rev. iii. 16. 
 SPIALLS, sb. Spies. E. xliv. p. 179, 1. ig. 
 SPIRITS, sb. 'High and great spirits^ men of high courage. 
 
 E. ii. p. 6, 1. 23, xliii. p. 176, 1. 15. 
 bl'OKEN TO, p.p. Discussed. E. xx. p. 8j 
 SPONNE, p.p. Spun. E. xxxv. p. 151, 1. 3. 
 
 SPREAD, adj. Wide spreading. C 7. p. 258, 1. 28. 
 STABLISHED, p.p. Established. E. xxxiv. p. 148, I. 9. 
 ST ADDLES, sb. Young trees left standing in a wood after tlie 
 
 underwood has been cut away. E. xxix. p. 122, 1. 10. 
 STAID, p.p. Steady. E. Ivi. p. 224, 1. 34. 
 STALE, sb. Stale mate at chess. E. xii. p. 46, 1. 7. 
 STAND, sb. A standstill, stagnation. E. xli. p. 170, 1. 7. 
 
 AT A. At a loss. E. i. p. i, 1. 17. 
 STAND UPON. To insist upon. E. xxix. p. 126, 1. 9. 
 
 ,, WITH. To be consistent with. E. xxxiii. p. 139, 1. 18. 
 STATE, sb. Stability. C. 9. p. 262, 1. 12. Estate. E. xxviii. 
 
 p. 117, 1. 21, xxxiv. p. 148, 1. 7. 
 STATELY, adv. In a stately manner. E. xlvi. p. 186, 1. 8. 
 STATU A, sb. Statue. E. xxvii. p. 112, 1. 10, xxxvii. p. 157, 
 
 1. 28, xlv. p. 182, 1. 29. 
 
384 
 
 €ilo0$ar» 
 
 STAY, STAND AT A. To stand still. E. xii. p. 46, 1. 7, xiv. 
 
 p. 52, 1. 32, xix. p. 76, 1. 5, Iviii. p. 231, 1. 16. 
 
 TO, GIVE. To check, hinder. E. Iviii. p. 234, 1. 6. 
 STICKE, v.i. To hesitate. E. xxii. p. 95, 1. 2, IvL p. 222, 1. 6. 
 STIFFE, adj. Stubborn. E. li. p. 207, 1. 20. 
 STILE, sb. Title. E. xxix. p. 129, 1. 22, xxxv. p. 151, 1. 11. 
 STIRPS, sb. Races, families; literally, stems, stocks. Lat. 
 
 stirpes. E. xiv. p. 51, 1. 11. 
 STIRRE, v.t. To move, excite. E. xi. p. 41, 1. 20, liii. p. 214, 
 
 1.18. 
 STOCK-GILLY-FLOWER, sb. The common stock. E. xlvi. 
 
 p. 187, 1. lo. 
 STOND, sb. Stop, hindrance. E. xl. p. 16^, 1. 16, 1, p. 205, 1. 26. 
 STOOVED, p.p. Warmed by a stove. E. xlvi. p. 186, L 21. 
 STOPPINGS, sb. Stoppages. E. xxvii. p. 107, 1. 17. 
 STORE, sb. Quantity. E. xxxiii. p. 140, 1. 26. 
 STOUT, adj. Strong, vigorous. E. xxxi. p. 131, 1. 13, xxxvi. 
 
 p. 155, 1. 4. 
 STOU rEST, adj. Most vigorous. E. xxxi. p. 134, 1. ii. 
 STRAIGHT, adv. Immediately, dire^ly. E. xxii. p. 94, 1. 7. 
 STRAIGHTWAIES, adv. Direclly. E. xix. p. 78, 1. 2, xxii. 
 
 p. 05, 1. 14. 
 STRAIN, sb. * To take too high a strain,' to make too great 
 
 an effort. Comp. Adv. o/L. 11. 22, § 10: "The first shal 
 
 bee, that wee beware wee take not at the first either to 
 
 High a stray fie or to weake." E. xlii. p. 175, L 31. 
 STRAIT, adj. Stridt E. xv. p. 60, 1. 11. 
 SUBMIT, v. rejl. 'Submit,' like many other words, as as- 
 
 sembte^ endeavour, repent, retire, was formerly used with a 
 
 reflexive pronoun. E. xxxiv. p. 147, 1. 31. 
 SUCCESSE, sb. The result, good or bad. The word 'success* 
 
 now by itself used always in a ^ood sense, was generally 
 
 accompanied by a qualifymg adjedlive. Comp. Josh. L 8. 
 
 E. xlvii. p. 195, 1. 19. 
 SUDDAINE, UPON THE. Suddenly. E. xxix. p. 124, 1. t. 
 SUFFICIENCIE, sb. Ability, capacity. E. xi. p. 42, 1. 33, 
 
 XX. p. 82, 1. 10, Iv. p. 221, 1. !■;. 
 
 SUFFICIENT, rt^'. Able. E.* Hi. p. 211, 1, 32. 
 
 SUGAR MAN, sb. The owner of a sugar plantation. E. xxxiv. 
 p. 147, 1. 10. 
 
 SURCHARGE, sb. Overcharge, excessive burden. The fol- 
 lowing quotation from Blackstone's Gomvt. iii. 16, illustrates 
 Bacon's usage of the word : " Another disturbance of corn- 
 mon is by surcharging it; or putting more cattle therein 
 than the pasture and herbage will sustain, or the party hath 
 a right to do." E. xiv. p. 52, 1. 9, xxxiii. p. 142, 1. 15. 
 
 SURFET, V. i. To gorge oneself. E. vii. p. 24, 1. 12. 
 
 ,, sb. Excess of eating or drinking, and its conse- 
 
 quences: here used metaphorically for that which causes 
 loathing or disgust. E. Ivi. p. 223, 1. 16. 
 
 SUSPECT, sb. A thing suspeaed. E. xxiv. p. 100, 1. 23, liiL 
 p. 213, I. 22. 
 
38.5 
 
 SUSPECT,/./, Suspedled, suspicious. E. li. p. 208, 1. 32. 
 
 SUSTENTATION, sb. Sustenance. E. Iviii. p. 236, 1. 28. 
 
 SUTE, sb. Order, succession. E. Iviii. p. 233, 1. 24. 
 
 SWAY, BEAR. To have influence. E. xvii. p. 69, 1. 10. 
 
 SWELLING, sb. Bombast, arrogance. E. i. p. 3, 1. 18. 
 
 SWEET WOODS, sb. Spices. E. xxxiii. p. 141, 1. 21. 
 
 SWITZERS, sb. Swiss. E. xiv. p. 51, 1. 15. 
 
 SVBILLA, sb. The Sibyl. Compare Adv. 0/ L. 11. 23, § 28. 
 "As Tarquinius that gaue for the third part of Sybillaes 
 books the treeble price, when he mought at first haue had 
 all three for the simple." C. 10, p. 264, 1. 29, 
 
 T. 
 
 TAKE, V. t. To catch, captivate. E. xxxvii. p. 156, 1. ix. 
 TARRASSES, sb. Terraces. E. xlv. p. 185, 1. 23. 
 TEMPER, sb. Mixture, temperament. E. xix. p. 76, 1. 17. 
 TEMPERANCE, sb. Moderation. E. v. p. 17, 1. 5. 
 TEMPERATE, adj. Moderate. E. xxxiii. p. 142, 1. 2. 
 TEMPERATURE, sb. Temperament. E. vi. p. 22, 1. 10. 
 TEND, V. t. To attend to. E. xi. p. 40, 1. 13. 
 TENDER, adj. Delicate. E. xv. p. 62, 1. 27, xxii. p. 93, 1. 4, 
 
 xlvii. p. 19s, 1. II. 
 TENDERING, sb. Nursing. E. xxx. p. 132, 1. 30. 
 TENDERLY, adv. Delicately, scrupulously. E. xv. p. 
 
 55» !• 31- 
 TERM, sb. The subjedl or predicate of a logical proposition. 
 
 E. iii. p. II, 1. 30. 
 TEXT, sb. A quotation. "Society (saith the text) is the 
 
 happiness of life." Shaks. Loves L. Lost^ iv. 2. E. xii. 
 
 p. 44, 1. I. 
 THAT, pr. That which. E. vi. p. 19, L 28, xii. p. 44, 1. 7, 
 
 xiii. p. 47, 1. 2, xxii. p. 92, 1. 20, Ivii. p. 228, 1. 19. 
 THEN, conj. Than. 
 
 THEOLOGUES, sb. Theologians. E. liiu p. 215, 1. 2. 
 THOROW,/r^/. Through. E. v. p. 17, 1. 3, xlv. p. 184, 1. 11. 
 THOROW-LIGHTS, sb. Lights or windows on both sides of 
 
 a room. E. xlv. p. 183, 1. 31. 
 THROUGHLY, adv. Thoroughly. E, xvi. p. 65, 1. 6, Ivii. 
 
 p. 228, 1- 17. 
 TILLER, sb. Cultivator. E. xxix. p. 125, 1. 18. 
 TIMBER MAN, sb, A proprietor of timber. E. xxxiv. 
 
 p. 146, 1. 6. 
 TO, /rej^. For. The usage of *to' in this sense, as indicating 
 
 the obje<5l, is still common in the north. E. xxxiii. p. 141, 1. 1. 
 TOUCH, V. t. To refer to, glance at. E. xxix. p. 130, 1. 17. 
 TOUCH, sb. Reference. ''Speech of touck" is speech that 
 
 touches or affeAs another. E^ xxxii. p. 138, 1. 3. In E. 
 
 Ivii. p. 229, 1. 28, it seems to mean sensitiveness. 
 TOUCHING, prep. With reference to. E. ix. p. 35, 1. 8, 
 
 xi. p. 41, 1. 26. 
 
 CC 
 
386 ©lo^^arg 
 
 TOURNEY, sh. A tournament. E. xxxvii. p. 158, I. 7. 
 TO WARD N ESS L, sIk Docility. E. xix. p. 79, 1. 5. 
 TOWNESIviEN, j6. Citizens. "Here come the /f>7i///j///^M od 
 
 procession." hiliaks. 2 Hen. 6, H. i. E, xi. p. 39, I. 20, 
 TOY, sb. A trifl;:. E. xix. p. 75, 1. 16, xxxvii. p. 156, 1. i, 
 
 Iviii. p. 233^ I. r> 
 TRACT, sb. ' yy^^of yeares* is length of years, like the La-. 
 
 troHus 9enefirUiis. E. xlii. p. 175, I. 23. Trait. E. vi. 
 
 p. 20, 1. iC. 
 TRANSCENDENCES, sb. Extravagances. E. v. p. 16, 1. 14. 
 TRASH, sb. Any thinT worthless; used as a cant word for 
 
 money: "Pclfc, trash, id est, money," Florio, p. 63. E. 
 
 xiii. p. 50, 1. g. 
 TRAVAILE, J^. Toil, labour. E. xxix. p. 125, 1. 6. 
 TRAVELS, sb. Labours. E. ix. p. 32, 1. 25. 
 TREATIES, sb. Treatises. E. iii. p. 10, 1. 5. 
 'JRENCH TO. To trench on. E. Ivi. p. 227, I. 9. 
 TRIBUNITIOUS, adj. Lit. like a tribune, and so, violent, 
 
 turbulent. E. xx. p. 87, 1. 29. 
 TRIUMPH, sb. A festival shew. E. xlv. p. 182. I. 5. 
 TRIVIALL, adj. Trite. E. iii. p. 10, 1. 29, xii. p. 44, I. t, 
 
 XXXV. p. 150, 1. 34 
 TRIVIALLY, adv. Tritely. E. xxix. p. 121, 1. 4. 
 TROTH, sb. Truth. E. vi. p. 21, 1. 30. 
 TRY IT, TO. 1*0 contend. E. xix. p. 79, I. 26. 
 TULIFPA, sb. Tulip. In Parkinson s Theatrum Botanicum 
 
 it is called Turkes Cap, and in Gerarde's Ilerlntll, The 
 
 Dalmatian Cap. Lyte calls it Tulpia or Tulipa. E. xlvi. 
 
 p. 187, 1. 2. C3f the early white Tulipa Parkinson [Paradi- 
 
 sus, pp. 48 — 50, ed. 1629) mentions 15 varieties, 16 of the 
 
 early purple, 11 of the early red, and 7 of the early yellow. 
 TURK, THE GREAT. The Sultan of Turkey. F.p. 240, 1. 33. 
 TURNE, FOR THAT. For that purpose. E. ix. p. 34, 1. 5. 
 TURQUET, sb. Perhaps a puppet dressed as a Turk. E. 
 
 xxxvii. p. 157, 1. 27. 
 TUSH ! ////. A scornful interje(5lion. C. 3. p. 250, 1. 22. 
 
 U. 
 
 UNAWARES, AT. Unexpeftedly. F. xlvii. p. 106, 1. 27. 
 UNBLESSED, adj. Accursed. E. xxxiii. p. 139, 1. 19. 
 UNCOMELY, adj. Unbecoming. E. vi. p. 20, 1. 8. 
 UNDER FOO r. Below the true value. E. xli. p. 170, 1. 12. 
 UNDER-SHERIFFRIES, sb. The offices of under-sheriffs. 
 
 UNDERSTANDING, adj. Intelligent. E. Ivi. p. 226, 1. 23. 
 UNDERTAKER, sb. A contraaor. E. xxxiii. p. 142, 1. i. 
 UNDERTAKING, adj. Enterprising. E. ix. p. 34, 1. 6. 
 UNLIKE, adv. Unlikely. E. Iviii. p. 236, 1. 13. 
 UNPLEASING, adj. Unpleasant. E. i. p. 2, 1. 16, x.\iL 
 
 p. 93, 1. 4. 
 UNPROPER, adj. Improper. E. xxvii. p. 113, I. 4- 
 
ffilo^^atg 387 
 
 UNREADY, adj. Restive. E. xlii. p. 174, 1. 19. 
 UNSECRETING, sb. Divulging, disclosure. E. xx. p. 84, 
 
 1.24. 
 UPBRAID UNTO. To reproach with. E. ix. p. 31, 1. 22. 
 UPON. In the following phrases : Upon a wearinesse. E. ii. 
 
 p. 6, 1. 20. Upon Negligence, xxviii. p. 116, 1. 18. Upon 
 
 the suddaine. xxix. p. 124, 1. i. Upon vaine Confidence. 
 
 p. 128, 1. 20. Upon Speed. E. xxxiv. p. 145, 1. 27. Upon 
 
 necessitie. xxxvi. p. 153, 1. 22. Upon Bravery. E. xxxvi. 
 
 P- i55> 1- 33- Upon affection, xlviii. p. 198, 1. 10. Upon 
 
 Conscience. E. xxxvi. p. 155, 1. 32. Upon regard. Hi. 
 
 p. 211, 1. 23. Upon facilitie. lii. p. 211, 1. 23. Upon recovery. 
 
 F. p. 240, 1. 31. Redundant in E. xxxviii. p. 161, 1. 4. 
 URE, sb. Use. E. vi, p. 21, 1. 15. Ore. E. xxxiii. p 141, I. 14. 
 USE, sb. Interest. E. xii. p. 170, 1. 17. Practice. E. li. 
 
 p. 208, 1. 19. 
 „ V. L 'lo be accustomed. E. xxif. p. 92, 1. 7, xxvii. p. 
 
 Ill, 1. 3, XXXV. p. 150, 1. 7, xl. p. 166, 1. 31. 
 USED, /./. Practised. E. xi. p. 42, 1. 4. 
 
 V. 
 VAINE, VEINE, sb. Used metaphorically in the sense of 
 
 inclination, disposition. E. i. p. i, 1. 8, ix. p. 31, 1. 18, xxxii. 
 
 P- 137, 1- 5- 
 VALEW, V. t. To give a value to ; and so, to represent as 
 
 trustworthy. E. xxxiv. p. 147, 1. 5. 
 VANTAGE, sb. Advantage. E. xxix. p. 128, 1. 34. 
 VECTURE, sb. Carriage. E. xv. p. 59, 1. 30. 
 VENA PORTA. E. xix. p. 80, 1. 21, xli. p. 169, 1. 9. See 
 
 note to p. 80. 
 VENDIBLE, adj. Saleable. E. xv. p. 59. 1. 6. 
 VERSION, sb. Turning, dire^ion. E. Iviii. p. 233, 1. 16. 
 VESTURE, sb. Garments, dress. E. iii. p. ii, 1. 6. 
 VICTUAL, sb. Viauals. E. xxxiii. p. 140, 1. 11. 
 VINDICATIVE, adj. Vindiaive. E. iv. p. 15, 1. 29. 
 VIZAR, sb. A visor, or mask. E. xxxvii. p. 157, 1. 22. 
 VOICE, V. t. To proclaim, report. E. xi. p. 41, 1. 22, xHx. 
 
 p. 202, 1. 31. 
 VOTARY, adj. ^Votary resolution' is the resolution of a 
 
 devotee. E. xxxix. p. 162, 1. 21. 
 VOUCH, V. t. To quote, appeal to as authority. E. iii. p. 9, 
 
 1. 23. 
 VULGAR, adj. Common. E. viii. p. 27, 1. 20, xxix. p. 125, 
 
 1. 17. 
 
 W. 
 WAGGISHNESSE, j3. A joke. E. xiii. p. 48. I. 4. 
 WAIT UPON, v.t. To watch. E. xxii. p. 92, iT i, xxxiv. 
 
 p. 146, 1. 24, Iviii. p. 233, 1. 12. 
 WANTON, sb. A dissolute person. E. vii. p. 24, 1. 6. 
 WARDEN, sb. A large baking pear. E. xlvi. p. 187, 1. ^4. 
 WARME, adv. Warmly. E. xlvi. p. 186, 1. ai. 
 WAX, V. i. To grow. E. xlii. p. 175, 1. 15. 
 
388 
 
 Glo^jjarg 
 
 WAY, GIVE BEST. To succeed best. E. H. p. 207, 1. 18. 
 „ KEEP. To keep pace. E. xl. p. 165, 1. 18. 
 ,, PUT IN. We use the article, *put in the way.* E. 
 
 xxvii. p. 114, I. 8. 
 „ sb. Course, E. xxix, p. 128, I. 21. Road. E. xlv. 
 
 p, 180, 1. ig. 
 WAVES, NO. In no way. E. x. p. 38, 1, 9, xxii. p. 95, I. 26, 
 
 xxix. p. 123, 1. 9. 
 WEALE, sb. Advantage. E, xiii. p. 47, 1. 2, xxix. p. 1x9, 1. 6. 
 WEATHER, sb. Storm. E. xiv. p. 52, 1. 19, Ivi. p. 226, 1. 20. 
 WELT, sb. Border, edging. E. xlvi. p. 191, 1. 5. 
 WERE BETl^ER. We should say 'had better.* E. xxvi. 
 
 p. 105, 1. 32, xxvii. p. 112, 1. 9, xlix. p. 203, 1. 12. 
 WHILE, sb. Time. E. li. p. 208, I. 4. 
 WHISPERER, sb. A detrador, malicious informer. E. xliv. 
 
 p. 179, 1. 19. 
 WHIT, sb. A bit, small portion. Never a wAzV = not at all. 
 
 E. xii. p. 45, 1. 23. No 7vhii, in the same sense. E. xli. 
 
 p. 172, I. 16, xlv. p. 184, 1. 24. 
 WHO, /r. He who. E. ix. p. 30, 1. 9, xxviii. p. 117, 1. 21, 
 WHO SO, pr. Whoever. E. ix. p. 30, 1. 10. 
 WILL, V. t. To desire, wish. E. xi. p. 40, 1. 18, xix. p. 77, 
 
 1. 10. C. 5, p. 255, 1. 22. 
 WINDFALL, sb. Anything blown down by the wind. E. 
 
 xxix. p. 124, 1. I. 
 -WISE, A termination denoting way, manner, fashion. E. 
 
 xxxvii. p. 156, 1. 18. 
 WISHED, /./. Desired. E. v. p. 16, 1. 3. 
 WIT, sb. E. vi. p. 18, 1. 3, xliv. p. 179, 1. 12. 
 WITH, sb. A branch of the willow-tree, which u'as formerly 
 
 called a zvithy. E. xxxix. p. 163, 1. 20. 
 WITH ALL, iidv. Besides. E. Iviii. p. 234, 1. 11. 
 WITTY, adj. Ingenious. E. iii. p. 10, 1. 17, Ivi. p. 222, 1. 10. 
 
 In E. 1. p. 205, 1. 22, witty corresponds more nearly to the 
 
 Fr. spiritual than to any modem English word. 
 WON, p.p. Gained. E. 1. p. 204, 1. 22. 
 WONDERFUL, adv. Wonderfully. E. xii. p. 44, 1. 18. 
 WONDERMENTS, sb. Surprises. E. xxxvii. p. 156, 1. 22. 
 WONT, p.p. Accustomed. E. xliv. p. 179, 1. 14. 
 WORKE, v.t. To produce. C. 10. p. 266, 1. i. E. xxvii. p. 
 
 no, 1. 30, liii. p. 213, 1. 8. Influence. E. xlvii. p. 196, 1. 29. 
 WORKE, sb. Pattern. E. v. p. 17, 1. 22, xlv. p. 183, 1. 27. 
 WOULD = SHOULD. E. iii. p. 13, 1. 29, xxii. p. 92, 1. 5, 
 
 xxxi. p. 135, 1. 21, xxxii. p. 137. 1. 6, xxxiiL p. 141, I. 18, 
 
 xxxvii. p. 156, 1. 13, xlvi. p. 193, 1. 29. 
 WROUGHT, p.p. Worked. E. lv=. p. 223, 1. 27. 
 
 Y. 
 YEELDED, /./. Given, rendered. C. 7. p. 258, 1. 6. 
 
 Z. 
 ZELANT, sb. Zealot. E. iii. p. 10, 1. 10. 
 ZEALES, sb. Zealous efforts. £. Kiii. p. 232, I. 31. 
 
 CAMBRIDGE: PRINTED AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS. 
 
Uniformly printed inlSmo, with Vignette Titles by J. E. Millais, 
 
 T. WOOLNER, W. HOLMAN HUNT, SiR NOEL PaTON, ArTHDR 
 
 Hughes. Engraved on Steel by Jeens and Stodart and other 
 Artists. Bound in extra cloth, 4^. 6d. each volume. 
 
 ** Messrs. Macinillan have, in their Golden Treasuiy Series, especially pro- 
 vided editions of standard works, volumes of selected poetiy, and original 
 compositions, which entitle this series to be called classical. Nothing 
 can be better than the literary execution, nothing more elegant than the 
 material workmanship." — British Quarterly Review. 
 
 THE GOLDEN TREASURY OF THE BEST SONGS 
 AND LYRICAL POEMS IN THE ENGLISH LAN- 
 GUAGE. Selected and arranged, with Notes, by Professor 
 Francis Turner Palgrave. 
 
 THE CHILDREN'S GARLAND FROM THE BEST 
 POETS. Selected and arranged by Coventry Patmore. 
 
 THE BOOK OF PRAISE. From the best English Hymn 
 Writers. Selected and arranged by Lord Selborne. A New 
 and Enlarged Edition. 
 
 THE FAIRY BOOK ; the Best Popular Fairy Stories. Selected 
 and rendered anew by the Author of **John Halifax, 
 Gentleman." 
 
 THE BALLAD BOOK. A Selection of the Choicest British 
 Ballads. Edited by William Allinqham. 
 
 THE JEST BOOK. The Choicest Anecdotes and Sayings. 
 
 Selected and an^anged by Mark Lemon. 
 
 ^BACON'S ESSAYS AND COLOURS OF GOOD AND 
 
 ' EVIL. With Notes and Glossarial Index by W. Aldis 
 
 Wright, M.A. 
 
 THE PILGRIM'S PROGRESS from this World to that 
 
 which is to come. By John Bunyan. 
 THE SUNDAY BOOK OF POETRY FOR THE 
 YOUNG. Selected and arranged by C. F. Alexander. 
 
 A BOOK OF GOLDEN DEEDS of All Times and All 
 Countries. Gathered and Narrated Anew by th3 Author of 
 *'Thb Heir of Redclypfe." 
 
THE GOLDEN TREASURY SERIES. 
 
 — THE ADVENTURES OF ROBINSON CRUSOE. 
 
 Edited, from the Original Edition, by J. W. Clark, M.A., 
 Follow of Trinity CoUefje, Cambridge. 
 
 •<^ THE REPUBLIC OF PLATO, Translated into English, 
 with Notes by J. Ll. Davirs, M.A., and D. J. Vaughan, M.A. 
 
 THE SONG BOOK. Words and Times from the best Poets 
 > and Musicians. Selected and arranged by John Hullah, Pro- 
 fessor of Vocal Music in King's College, London. 
 
 LA LYRE FR ANCAISE. Selected and arranged, with Notes, 
 by GusTAVK Masson, French Master in Harrow School. 
 
 TOM BROWN'S SCHOOL DAYS. By An Old Boy. 
 
 A BOOK OF WORTHIES. Gathered from the Old Histories 
 and written anew by the Author of *' The Heir op Red- 
 clyffe." 
 
 GUESSES AT TRUTH. By Two Brothers. New Edition, 
 
 THE CAVALIER AND HIS LADY. Selections from the 
 Works of the First Duke and Duchess of Newcastle. With 
 an Introductory Essay by Edward Jenkins, Author of **Ginx*s 
 Baby," &c. 
 
 SCOTTISH SONG. A Selection of the Choicest Lyrics of Scot" 
 land. Compiled and arranged, with brief Notes, by Mary 
 Carlyle Aitken. 
 
 "^ DEUTSCHE LYRIK : The Golden Treasury of the Best Ger- 
 man Lyrical Poems. Selected and arranged, with Notes and 
 Literary Introduction, by Dr. Buchheim. 
 
 HERRICK : Selections from the Lyrical Poems. Arranged, with 
 Notes, by F. T. Palgrave. 
 
 POEMS OF PLACES. Edited by II. AV. Longfellow. 
 England and Wales. Two Vols. 
 
 MATTHEW ARNOLD'S SELECTED POEMS. 
 
 THE STORY OF THE CHRISTIANS AND MOORS 
 IN SPAIN. By C. M. Yonge, Author of ** The Heir of 
 Kedclytfe." With Vignette by Holman Hunt. 
 
 LAMB'S TALES FROM SHAKESPEARE. Edited by 
 the Rev. A, Ainger, M.A., Reader at the Temple. 
 
THE GOLDEN TREASURY SERIES 3 
 
 VpOEMS of WORDSWORTH. Chosen and edited, with 
 Preface, by Ma^tthew Arnold. (Also a Large Paper Edition, 
 Crown 8vo, 9s.) 
 SHAKESPEARE'S SONGS AND SONNETS. Edited 
 with Notes by Professor Fkancis Turner Palgrave. 
 — POEMS FROM SHELLEY. Selected and arranged by 
 Stopford a. BrooKE, M.A. (Also a Large Paper Edition, 
 Crown 8vo, 125. M.) 
 ESSAYS OF JOSEPH ADDISON. Chosen and edited 
 
 by John Richard Green, M.A., LL.D. 
 POETRY OF BYRON. Chosen and arranged by Matthew 
 Arnold. (Also a Large Paper Edition, Crown 8vo, 95.) 
 -- SIR THOMAS BROWNE'S RELIGIO MEDICI; Letter 
 to a Friend, &c., and Christian Morals. Edited by W. A. 
 Greenhill, M.D. 
 ^THE SPEECHES AND TABLE TALK OF THE 
 PROPHET MOHAMMAD. Chosen and Translated, with 
 an Introduction and Notes, by Stanley Lane-Poole. 
 WALTER SAVAGE LANDOR, SELECTIONS FROM 
 THE WRITINGS OF. Arranged and Edited by Professor 
 Sidney Colvin. 
 SELECTIONS FROM COWPER'S POEMS. With 
 
 Introduction by Mrs. Oliphant. AVith a Vignette. 
 LETTERS OF WILLIAM COWPER. By the Kev. W. 
 
 Benham, B.D., F.S.A. 
 THE POETICAL WORKS OF JOHN KEATS. Edited 
 by Professor Francis Turner Palgrave. Large Paper 
 Edition. 95. 
 LYRICAL POEMS OF ALFRED, LORD TENNYSON. 
 Selected and Annotated by Professor Francis T. Palgrave. 
 Large Paper Edition. 8vo, 95. 
 IN MEMORIAM. By Alfred, Lord Tennyson. Poet- 
 Laureate. Large Paper Edition. 8vo. 
 ^ THE TRIAL AND DEATH OF SOCRATES. Being the 
 Euthyphron, Apology, Crito, and Phaedo of Plato. Translated 
 into English by F. J. Church, M.A. 
 
 %* Ot}ier Volumes to follow. 
 
 MACMILLAK and CO., LONDON. 
 
MACMILLAN AND CO/S PU BLICATIONS. 
 
 THE COLLECTED WORKS OF JOHN MORLEY. A 
 
 New I':<lition. In nine volames. Globe 8vo, 5s. each. 
 Voltaire, 1 Vol Didfrot and the Encyclopedists, 2 Vols. Rousseau, 
 2 Vols. On Compromise, 1 Vol. Miscellanies. 3 Vols. 
 
 Now Publishing, in Crown 8vo, price 2«. Od. each. 
 
 ENGLISH MEN OF LETTERS. 
 
 EDITED BY JOHN MORLEY. 
 
 JOHNSON. By Lfrlie Stephen. 
 
 SCOTT. By R. H. Hutton. 
 
 GIBBON. Bv J. C. MoRiBoN. 
 
 SH ELLEY. Bv J. A. Stmonds. 
 
 HUME. By Pr)f. Huxley, F.RS. 
 
 GOLDSMITH. By Wiluam 
 Black. 
 
 DEFOE. ByW. MiNTO. 
 
 BURNS. By Principal Shairp. 
 -SPENSER. By R. W. Church, 
 
 Denn of St. Paul's. 
 /THACKERAY. By Anthony 
 
 Troli/)pe. 
 -BURKE. By John MoR ley. 
 -MILTON. Bv Mark Pattison. 
 fH A W T H O R N E. By Henry 
 James. 
 
 SOUTHEY. By Prof. DowDEN. 
 'CHAUCER. ByA. W.Ward. 
 
 COW PER. By Gold win Smith. 
 
 BUNYAN. By J. A. Froude. 
 ' BYRON. By John Nichol. 
 
 LOCKE. By Thomas Fowler. 
 
 -POPE Bv Leslie Stephen. 
 /CHARLES LAMB. By Rev. 
 
 Alfrkd Ainger. 
 ^DE QUINCEY. By David Masson. 
 
 LAN DOR. By Sidney Colvin. 
 -DRYDEN. By George Saints- 
 
 BURV. 
 
 -WORDSWORTH. By F. W. H. 
 
 MVKRS. 
 
 BENTLEY. By Prof. R. C. Jebb. 
 
 S W I FT. By Leslie Stephen. 
 <DICKENS. By A. W. Ward. 
 
 GRAY. By Edmund Gosse. 
 
 STERNE. By H. D. Trails 
 IMACAULAY. Bv J. C. Morison. 
 
 SHERIDAN. By Mrs. Oliphant. 
 jFIELDING. By Austin DoBsoN. 
 .ADDISON. By W. J. Courthopr. 
 ^BACON. By R. W. Church, Dean 
 of wSt. Paul's. 
 
 COLERIDGE. By H. D. Traill. 
 
 KEATS. By Sidney Colvin. 
 
 [In the Press. 
 Other Volumes to follow. 
 
 ENGLISH POETS. Selections, with Critical Introductions 
 
 by various Writers, and a General Introduction by Matthew Arnold. 
 
 Edited by T. H. Ward. M.A. 4 vols. Crown 8vo, 7«. 6d. each. 
 Vol. I. CHAUCER to DONNE. I Vol. III. ADDISON to BLAKE. 
 
 II BEN JONSON to DRYDEN. | IV. WORDSWORTH to ROSSETTI. 
 CHARLES LAMB'S COLLECTED WORKS. Edited, 
 
 with Introduction and Notes, by the Rev. Alfred Ainger, M.A. Three 
 
 Volumes. Globe 8vo, 5«. each. 
 1. Essays of Elia. 2. Plays, Poems, and Miscellaneous Essays. S. Mrs. 
 
 Leicester's School ; the Adventures of Ulysses ; and other Essays. 
 THE WORKS OF THOMAS GRAY. In Prose and Verse. 
 
 Edited by Edmund Gosse, Clark Lecturer on Enpjlish Literature at the 
 
 University of Cambridge With Portraits. In Four Volumes. Globe 8vo, 20«. 
 RALPH WALDO EMERSON, The Collected Works of 
 
 Globe Svo, 5s. each. 
 1. Miscellanies. With anlntrodnctory Essay by John Morley. 2. Essays. 
 
 3. Poems. 4. English Traits: and Representative Men. 5 Conduct 
 
 of Life; and Society and Solitude. 6. Letters ; and Social Aims, &c. 
 
 MACMILLAN & CO., LONDON. 
 
 24 
 
 V